DRS
Table of Contents

As confidentially submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 2, 2018

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   2834   26-3744114

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

10222 Barnes Canyon Road, Bldg. #2

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 450-6464

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

R. Scott Struthers, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

10222 Barnes Canyon Road, Bldg. #2

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 450-6464

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Cheston J. Larson

Matthew T. Bush

Kevin C. Reyes

Latham & Watkins LLP

12670 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, California 92130

(858) 523-5400

 

Charles S. Kim

Sean M. Clayton

David Peinsipp

Cooley LLP

4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 550-6000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
Emerging growth company       

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities To Be Registered

  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $           $        

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price. Includes shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated                , 2018

Preliminary prospectus

            shares

 

 

LOGO

Common stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock by Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. We are offering                  shares of our common stock to be sold in the offering. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $        and $        per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to list our common shares on the Nasdaq Global Market, under the symbol “CRNX.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

        Per share        Total  

Initial public offering price

     $                     $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

     $        $  

Proceeds to Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., before expenses

     $        $  

 

(1)   See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 11.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                , 2018.

 

J.P. Morgan   Leerink Partners       Piper Jaffray

                , 2018


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page  

Prospectus summary

     1  

Risk factors

     11  

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

     62  

Market and industry data

     63  

Use of proceeds

     64  

Dividend policy

     66  

Capitalization

     67  

Dilution

     69  

Selected consolidated financial data

     72  

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     73  

Business

     86  

Management

     115  

Executive and director compensation

     124  

Certain relationships and related person transactions

     142  

Principal stockholders

     145  

Description of capital stock

     147  

Shares eligible for future sale

     152  

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     155  

Underwriting

     159  

Legal matters

     171  

Experts

     171  

Where you can find more information

     171  

Index to consolidated financial statements

     F-1  

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including                , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus) all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

For investors outside of the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the section in this prospectus entitled “Risk factors” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and “Crinetics” refer to Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Overview

We are a clinical stage pharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel therapeutics for rare endocrine diseases and endocrine-related tumors. Endocrine pathways function to maintain homeostasis and commonly use peptide hormones acting through G protein coupled receptors, or GPCRs, to regulate many aspects of physiology including growth, energy, metabolism, gastrointestinal function and stress responses. We have assembled a seasoned team with extensive expertise in drug discovery and development in endocrine GPCRs and built a highly productive drug discovery organization. We have discovered a pipeline of oral nonpeptide (small molecule) new chemical entities that target peptide GPCRs to treat a variety of rare endocrine diseases where treatment options have significant efficacy, safety and/or tolerability limitations. Our lead product candidate, CRN00808, is currently in clinical development for the treatment of acromegaly, and we are advancing additional product candidates through preclinical studies in parallel. Our vision is to build the leading endocrine company which consistently pioneers new therapeutics to help patients better control their disease and improve their daily lives.

We focus on the discovery and development of oral nonpeptide therapeutics that target peptide GPCRs with well understood biological functions, validated biomarkers and the potential to substantially improve the treatment of endocrine diseases and/or endocrine-related tumors. All of our product candidates have been discovered and developed internally and we have retained global rights to commercialize our product candidates and have no royalty or licensing obligations. The following table summarizes our product candidate pipeline and anticipated milestones.

 

 

LOGO

Our discovery team has significant expertise in understanding and creating product candidates to influence the dynamic behavior of GPCRs and has developed a number of proprietary methods, techniques and tools that we believe will enable us to efficiently and reliably evaluate newly synthesized molecules. We employ an iterative

 

1


Table of Contents

strategy where compounds are designed, synthesized and rapidly characterized for pharmacologic and pharmaceutical properties. There are more than 80 known peptide hormones acting at more than 120 known different receptors. Historically, it was assumed that small molecules could not replicate or compete with the complex interactions between peptides and their cognate GPCRs. As such, most drugs developed for peptide GPCRs have been and continue to be peptides themselves, which present manufacturing and formulation difficulties and force patients to undergo frequent injections because peptides generally are not orally bioavailable. With each of our drug discovery programs, our goal is to specifically tailor a product candidate with pharmacologic and pharmaceutical properties highly optimized for its interaction with its specific GPCR target that we anticipate will translate to downstream benefits in our chosen therapeutic applications.

We were founded by a team of scientists with a track record of drug discovery and development to create important new therapeutic options for patients with rare endocrine diseases. Prior to founding the company, our Chief Executive Officer, Scott Struthers, Ph.D., was Senior Director and Head of Endocrinology and Metabolism at Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. There, Dr. Struthers and his fellow co-founders, Stephen Betz, Ph.D. and Frank Zhu, Ph.D., as well as our VP of Development Ajay Madan, Ph.D., D.A.B.T., held key leadership roles in the discovery and development of elagolix, a nonpeptide product candidate designed for the treatment of endometriosis and uterine fibroids that is currently awaiting a decision from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, on marketing approval. In addition, Dr. Madan held a key leadership role in the discovery and development of Ingrezza, which was approved by the FDA in 2017 for tardive dyskinesia. Our investors include 5AM Ventures, OrbiMed Advisors, Perceptive Advisors, RA Capital Management, Versant Ventures and Vivo Capital.

Our product candidates

CRN00808 for the treatment of acromegaly

Our lead product candidate, CRN00808, establishes a new class of oral selective nonpeptide somatostatin receptor type 2, or sst2, biased agonists designed for the treatment of acromegaly and is the first agent in its class with reported clinical results. Somatostatin is a neuropeptide hormone that broadly inhibits the secretion of other hormones, including growth hormone, or GH, from the pituitary gland. Acromegaly arises from a benign pituitary tumor that secretes excess GH that in turn causes excess secretion of insulin-like growth factor-1, or IGF-1, by the liver. This loss of homeostasis in the GH axis results in excess tissue growth and other adverse metabolic effects throughout the body. More than 25,000 people in the United States suffer from acromegaly, and an estimated 40% to 60% are candidates for chronic pharmacological intervention, of which somatostatin peptide analogs are the primary pharmacotherapy. In 2017, injected somatostatin peptide drugs accounted for approximately $2.7 billion in global sales for the treatment of acromegaly, neuroendocrine tumors, or NETs, and other uses. Currently marketed peptide drugs require painful monthly or daily injections and, in the case of somatostatin peptide drugs, often fail to fully control the disease in many acromegaly patients.

In March 2018, we reported initial results from a Phase 1, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, single- and multiple-ascending dose trial to evaluate the safety, pharmacokinetics, or PK, and pharmacodynamics, or PD, of CRN00808 in 99 healthy volunteers. CRN00808 demonstrated clinical proof-of-concept by potently suppressing stimulated GH and baseline IGF-1 in these subjects. The plasma exposure of CRN00808 indicated the drug was well absorbed with a half-life of 42 to 50 hours, supporting once daily administration in patients. While we have yet to lock the database and unblind the safety data, the preliminary adverse event profile appears consistent with that of approved peptide somatostatin analogs. In early 2019, we plan to initiate two

 

2


Table of Contents

Phase 2 clinical trials in acromegaly patients. We anticipate that the first of these will be a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial conducted in patients whose IGF-1 levels are currently controlled by octreotide or lanreotide, each of which is a somatostatin analog approved for the treatment of acromegaly. We plan to conduct a second, open-label exploratory Phase 2 trial to evaluate the effects of CRN00808 on patients whose IGF-1 levels are not adequately controlled by octreotide or lanreotide alone.

CRN02481 for the treatment of hyperinsulinemias

CRN02481 represents a new class of oral selective nonpeptide somatostatin type 5 receptor, or sst5, agonists designed to treat congenital hyperinsulinism, or CHI. This is a devastating rare disease in which infants are born with mutations that cause excess secretion of the pancreatic hormone insulin resulting in profound hypoglycemia, a very low level of blood glucose. This loss of homeostatic control of blood glucose levels can lead to seizures, developmental disorders, learning disabilities, coma and even death. CHI occurs in approximately 1 in 30,000 to 50,000 new births. We believe an orally available sst5 agonist would provide an important new therapeutic option that inhibits insulin secretion while avoiding glucagon suppression, allowing these patients to maintain normal glucose levels and possibly avoid pancreatectomy, the surgical removal of all or a part of the pancreas.

To evaluate preclinical in vivo proof-of-concept, we tested CRN02481 in a rat model of CHI. When these rats were then treated with CRN02481, blood glucose levels returned to normal, and at higher doses, even to a hyperglycemic state. In addition, the drug-like characteristics of CRN02481 met our rigorous internal criteria that we use to determine if a product candidate should enter into preclinical development. We are currently optimizing the good manufacturing process, or GMP, synthesis and performing good laboratory practice, or GLP, first-in-human enabling studies for CRN02481. We expect to initiate a Phase 1 human proof-of-concept clinical trial that evaluates inhibition of insulin secretion and its effects on blood glucose in the first half of 2019. We expect results from this trial in 2019.

CRN01941 for the treatment of neuroendocrine tumors (NETs)

CRN01941 is an oral nonpeptide sst2 biased agonist designed for the treatment of NETs, which arise from cells of the enteroendocrine system in the gastrointestinal tract, lung or, more rarely, the pancreas. These tumors are usually slow growing and often initially asymptomatic. Therefore, many patients are only diagnosed at a time of extensive metastatic disease, and these patients will often progress to liver failure. In approximately 10% of cases, these tumors are associated with excess secretion of serotonin resulting in carcinoid syndrome, which is characterized by severe diarrhea and flushing. Patients with well- and moderately-differentiated tumors and distant metastases have a five-year survival probability of 35%, according to a 2012 study published in Neuroendocrinology. NETs are present in approximately 171,000 adults in the United States. Most NETs overexpress sst2 receptors and injected depots of peptide somatostatin analogs have become a standard of care.

The chemical structure of CRN01941 is derived from a different chemical scaffold from that of CRN00808. In vitro pharmacology studies demonstrated that CRN01941 potently stimulated sst2 receptor activity (as measured by a decrease in cyclic adenosine monophosphate, or cAMP, accumulation in cells expressing the human sst2 receptor) and is highly biased for Gi signaling versus receptor internalization (88-fold). In addition, the drug-like characteristics of CRN01941 met our rigorous internal criteria that we use to determine if a product candidate should enter into preclinical development. We are currently optimizing GMP synthesis and performing GLP first-in-human enabling studies on CRN01941 and expect to initiate a Phase 1 human proof-of-concept clinical trial in the first half of 2019. We expect results from this trial in late 2019/early 2020.

 

3


Table of Contents

Product candidate for the treatment of Cushing’s disease

We have an ongoing discovery effort to identify and advance into development the first nonpeptide product candidate to antagonize the peptide adrenocorticotrophic hormone, or ACTH, designed for the treatment of Cushing’s disease. Cushing’s disease results from a pituitary tumor that secretes excess ACTH which in turn causes the downstream synthesis and over-secretion of cortisol by the adrenal glands. Cortisol is the body’s main stress hormone and excess amounts can cause significant increases in mortality and morbidity. Cushing’s disease is an orphan indication with a prevalence of approximately 16,000 patients in the United States.

ACTH acts through a peptide GPCR called the melanocortin type 2 receptor, or MC2, that is specifically expressed in the adrenal gland. Our discovery team has identified potent, selective nonpeptide antagonists of MC2 designed to block ACTH action and prevent its excessive stimulation of the adrenal gland in Cushing’s disease patients. This program is currently in the lead optimization stage, and our goal is to select a product candidate for preclinical development in 2019.

Our strategy

Our objective is to transform the treatment of rare endocrine diseases and endocrine-related tumors by creating a diversified portfolio of novel therapeutics that will advance the standard of care. To achieve this objective, we are pursuing the following strategy:

 

 

Focus on rare endocrine diseases and endocrine-related tumors with significant unmet medical need;

 

 

Rapidly advance multiple product candidates in parallel to clinical proof-of-concept and late stage development by targeting diseases that require relatively small trials and employ validated biomarkers as clinical endpoints;

 

 

Continue to expand our therapeutic pipeline for rare endocrine diseases by leveraging the capabilities of our experienced discovery team in the area of peptide hormone GPCRs;

 

 

Retain commercialization rights to maximize the value of our product candidates; and

 

 

Maintain an entrepreneurial, scientifically rigorous and inclusive corporate culture where employees are fully engaged and strive to bring improved therapeutic options to patients.

Risks related to our business

Our ability to execute our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

 

We have a limited operating history, have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and expect to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We may never generate any revenue or become profitable or, if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain it.

 

 

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development programs, commercialization efforts or other operations.

 

 

We are early in our development efforts and have only one product candidate in clinical development. All of our other research programs are still in the preclinical or discovery stage. If we are unable to successfully develop product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

 

4


Table of Contents
 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop any product candidates.

 

 

Preclinical and clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and the results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results. Our product candidates may not have favorable results in later clinical trials, if any, or receive regulatory approval.

 

 

Any delays in the commencement or completion, or termination or suspension, of our clinical trials could result in increased costs to us, delay or limit our ability to generate revenue and adversely affect our commercial prospects.

 

 

We face competition from entities that have developed or may develop somatostatin agonist products or other product candidates. If these companies develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do or their technologies are more effective, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize products may be adversely affected.

 

 

We rely on third parties to conduct some or all aspects of our product manufacturing, research and preclinical and clinical testing, and these third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

 

 

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and our proprietary technologies.

Corporate information

We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware on November 18, 2008. Our principal executive offices are located at 10222 Barnes Canyon Road, Bldg. #2, San Diego, California 92121, and our telephone number is (858) 450-6464. Our website address is www.crinetics.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

We use our pending trademark Crinetics in this prospectus. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trademarks and tradenames.

Implications of being an emerging growth company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

 

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

 

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Sarbanes-Oxley;

 

 

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

5


Table of Contents
 

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, which such fifth anniversary will occur in 2023. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

6


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

                 shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for a period of 30 days to purchase up to                  additional shares of our common stock.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to fund research and development of our product candidates and development programs and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“CRNX”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering set forth above is based on 55,235,003 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017, after giving effect to the issuance of 19,641,200 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in February and March 2018 and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 48,404,379 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

 

2,758,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2017, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.24 per share;

 

 

                shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 equity incentive plan, or the 2018 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2018 Plan); and

 

 

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the ESPP).

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus assumes or gives effect to the following:

 

 

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

 

the issuance of an aggregate of 19,641,200 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in February and March 2018;

 

 

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 48,404,379 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;

 

7


Table of Contents
 

a one-for-     reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected before the closing of this offering;

 

 

no exercise of the outstanding options described above; and

 

 

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase                  additional shares of our common stock.

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial data

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical consolidated financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections in this prospectus entitled “Selected consolidated financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

      Years Ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2016     2017  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

    

Grant revenues

   $ 589     $ 2,045  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     5,100       9,233  

General and administrative

     1,533       1,939  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,633       11,172  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6,044     (9,127

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     37       26  

Interest expense

     (11     (8

Other expense

     (1     (48
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     25       (30
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (6,019   $ (9,157
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.81   $ (2.03
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

     3,324,597       4,509,224  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

     $ (0.36
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted
(unaudited)(1)

       25,484,677  

 

 

 

(1)   See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
      As of December 31, 2017
(in thousands)    Actual      Pro forma(1)     

Pro forma as

adjusted(1)(2)

            (unaudited)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,192      $ 77,692     

Working capital

     14,268        77,768     

Total assets

     15,598        79,098     

Convertible preferred stock

     29,700        —       

Accumulated deficit

     (16,265      (16,265   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (15,022      78,178     

 

 

(1)   Gives effect to (i) the issuance of an aggregate of 19,641,200 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in February and March 2018 and our receipt of $63.5 million in aggregate gross proceeds therefrom and (ii) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 48,404,379 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

(2)   Gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote (1) above and (ii) the issuance and sale of                shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amounts of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $        , after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

 

10


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.    

Risks related to our limited operating history, financial position and capital requirements

We have a limited operating history, have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and expect to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We may never generate any revenue or become profitable or, if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain it.

Pharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We are a clinical stage pharmaceutical company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. We commenced operations in 2010, and to date, we have focused primarily on organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, discovering potential product candidates and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials. Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any products of commercial value. In addition, only one of our product candidates, CRN00808, is in early clinical development, while our other development programs remain in the preclinical or discovery stages. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully complete any clinical trials beyond Phase 1, obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, any predictions made about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a history of successfully developing and commercializing pharmaceutical products.

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception. If our product candidates are not successfully developed and approved, we may never generate any revenue. Our net losses were $6.0 million and $9.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $16.3 million. Substantially all of our losses have resulted from expenses incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. All of our product candidates will require substantial additional development time and resources before we would be able to apply for or receive regulatory approvals and begin generating revenue from product sales. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we anticipate these losses will increase substantially as we continue our development of, seek regulatory approval for and potentially commercialize any approved products.

To become and remain profitable, we must succeed in developing and eventually commercializing products that generate significant revenue. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates, discovering additional product candidates, obtaining regulatory approval for these product candidates and manufacturing, marketing and selling any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. We are only in the preliminary stages of most of these activities. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenues that are significant enough to achieve profitability. In addition, we have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in

 

11


Table of Contents

new and rapidly evolving fields, particularly in the biopharmaceutical industry. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with pharmaceutical product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when, or if, we will be able to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our product candidates or even continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development programs, commercialization efforts or other operations.

The development of biopharmaceutical product candidates is capital-intensive. We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we conduct our ongoing and planned clinical trials of CRN00808, continue research and development and initiate clinical trials of CRN02481 and CRN01941, and seek regulatory approval for our current product candidates and any future product candidates, including product candidates that we may develop for our Cushing’s disease development program. In addition, if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution. Because the outcome of any preclinical study or clinical trial is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates. Furthermore, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operations for at least the next 24 months. In particular, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering will allow us to complete our planned Phase 2 clinical trials for CRN00808 and our planned Phase 1 clinical trials for CRN02481 and CRN01941. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our operating plans and other demands on our cash resources may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, such as strategic collaborations. We do not currently expect future grant revenues to be a material source of revenue. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Attempting to secure additional financing may divert our management from our day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop our product candidates.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

 

the type, number, scope, progress, expansions, results, costs and timing of, our preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates which we are pursuing or may choose to pursue in the future;

 

 

the costs and timing of manufacturing for our product candidates, including commercial manufacturing if any product candidate is approved;

 

 

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

12


Table of Contents
 

the costs of obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our patents and other intellectual property rights;

 

 

our efforts to enhance operational systems and hire additional personnel to satisfy our obligations as a public company, including enhanced internal controls over financial reporting;

 

 

the costs associated with hiring additional personnel and consultants as our preclinical and clinical activities increase;

 

 

the timing and the extent of any Australian Tax Incentive refunds and future grant revenues, if any, that we receive;

 

 

the costs and timing of establishing or securing sales and marketing capabilities if any product candidate is approved;

 

 

our ability to achieve sufficient market acceptance, adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors and adequate market share and revenue for any approved products;

 

 

the terms and timing of establishing and maintaining collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements; and

 

 

costs associated with any products or technologies that we may in-license or acquire.

Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials is a time- consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain regulatory approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of products that we do not expect to be commercially available for many years, if at all.

Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potentially collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

If we raise funds through future collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us and/or that may reduce the value of our common stock.

 

13


Table of Contents

Risks related to the discovery and development and regulatory approval of our product candidates

We are early in our development efforts and have only one product candidate in clinical development. All of our other research programs are still in the preclinical or discovery stage. If we are unable to successfully develop product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We are in the early stages of our development efforts and have only one product candidate, CRN00808, in early clinical development. All of our other development programs, including CRN02481 and CRN01941, are still in the preclinical or drug discovery stage. We have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources in developing our current product candidates, potential product candidates and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials. Our ability to generate product revenues, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of our product candidates. The success of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

 

 

completion of preclinical studies and clinical trials with favorable results;

 

 

acceptance of investigational new drug applications, or INDs, by the FDA or similar regulatory filing by comparable foreign regulatory authorities for the conduct of clinical trials of our product candidates and our proposed design of future clinical trials;

 

 

receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities, including new drug applications, or NDAs, from the FDA and maintaining such approvals;

 

 

making arrangements with our third-party manufacturers for, or establishing, commercial manufacturing capabilities;

 

 

maintaining an acceptable safety profile of our products following approval; and

 

 

maintaining and growing an organization of scientists and business people who can develop our products and technology.

The success of our business, including our ability to finance our company and generate any revenue in the future, will primarily depend on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of CRN00808, as well as our other product candidates, which may never occur. In the future, we may also become dependent on other product candidates that we may develop or acquire; however, given our early stage of development, it may be several years, if at all, before we have demonstrated the safety and efficacy of a treatment sufficient to warrant approval for commercialization. If we are unable to develop, or obtain regulatory approval for, or, if approved, successfully commercialize our product candidates, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to continue our business.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop any product candidates.

The success of our business depends primarily upon our ability to discover, develop and commercialize products created with our internal capabilities, including the experience of our scientists and drug development staff. While we believe we have a highly productive drug discovery and development organization, we have not yet succeeded and may not succeed in demonstrating efficacy and safety for any product candidates in clinical trials or in obtaining marketing approval thereafter. We may be unsuccessful in moving our other product candidates from preclinical studies into clinical development, discovering additional product candidates, including for our program for Cushing’s disease, and any product candidates that we are currently developing may be shown to have harmful side effects or may have other characteristics that may necessitate additional clinical testing or make the product candidates unmarketable or unlikely to receive marketing approval. If any

 

14


Table of Contents

of these events occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts for a program or programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and could potentially cause us to cease operations.

Preclinical and clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and the results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results. Our product candidates may not have favorable results in later clinical trials, if any, or receive regulatory approval.

Preclinical and clinical drug development is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the preclinical study or clinical trial process. Despite promising preclinical or clinical results, any product candidate can unexpectedly fail at any stage of preclinical or clinical development. The historical failure rate for product candidates in our industry is high.

The results from preclinical studies or early clinical trials of a product candidate may not predict the results of later clinical trials of the product candidate, and interim results of a clinical trial are not necessarily indicative of final results. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy characteristics despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. In particular, while we have conducted preclinical studies and have interim Phase 1 results for CRN00808, we do not know how CRN00808 will perform in future clinical trials, including as a result of any differences resulting from the use of new formulations that we may use in subsequent clinical trials of CRN00808. It is not uncommon to observe results in clinical trials that are unexpected based on preclinical studies and early clinical trials, and many product candidates fail in clinical trials despite very promising early results. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical development even after achieving promising results in earlier studies. In addition, interim results from our Phase 1 clinical trial for CRN00808 showed that the current capsule formulation exhibited an approximately 85% reduction in plasma concentrations when administered with a high fat breakfast, and, as a result, our planned protocol for our Phase 2 trials will require that patients fast prior to drug therapy. This may introduce variability into our Phase 2 results due to patient compliance. We expect to conduct additional activities to improve the capsule formulation, but cannot provide any assurance we will be successful in doing so. Furthermore, although our product candidates all target endocrine diseases and/or endocrine-related tumors, we cannot assure you that our preclinical programs will be able to progress from candidate identification to Phase 1 clinical proof-of-concept in healthy volunteers at the same rate as our lead product candidate, CRN00808.

For the foregoing reasons, we cannot be certain that our ongoing and planned clinical trials and preclinical studies will be successful. Any safety concerns observed in any one of our clinical trials in our targeted indications could limit the prospects for regulatory approval of our product candidates in those and other indications, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any delays in the commencement or completion, or termination or suspension, of our clinical trials could result in increased costs to us, delay or limit our ability to generate revenue and adversely affect our commercial prospects.

Before we can initiate clinical trials for our product candidates, we must submit the results of preclinical studies to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities along with other information, including information about product candidate chemistry, manufacturing and controls and our proposed clinical trial protocol, as part of an IND application or similar regulatory filing.

Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of our product candidates, we must conduct extensive clinical studies to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product candidates in

 

15


Table of Contents

humans. Clinical testing is expensive, time consuming and uncertain as to outcome. In addition, we may rely in part on preclinical, clinical and quality data generated by clinical research organizations, or CROs, and other third parties for regulatory submissions for our product candidates. While we have or will have agreements governing these third parties’ services, we have limited influence over their actual performance. If these third parties do not make data available to us, or, if applicable, make regulatory submissions in a timely manner, in each case pursuant to our agreements with them, our development programs may be significantly delayed and we may need to conduct additional studies or collect additional data independently. In either case, our development costs would increase. We conducted our Phase 1 clinical trial of CRN00808 in Australia, and we will need to submit an IND for acceptance by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities prior to initiating our planned Phase 2 clinical trials. We may conduct our future Phase 1 clinical trials for our other product candidates outside the United States. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to conduct additional preclinical studies for any product candidate before it allows us to initiate clinical trials under any IND or similar regulatory filing, which may lead to additional delays and increase the costs of our preclinical development programs. Any such delays in the commencement or completion of our ongoing and planned clinical trials for our product candidates could significantly affect our product development costs.

We do not know whether our planned trials will begin on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. The commencement and completion of clinical trials can be delayed for a number of reasons, including delays related to:

 

 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities disagreeing as to the design or implementation of our clinical studies;

 

 

obtaining regulatory authorizations to commence a trial or reaching a consensus with regulatory authorities on trial design;

 

 

any failure or delay in reaching an agreement with CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

 

obtaining approval from one or more institutional review boards, or IRBs;

 

 

IRBs refusing to approve, suspending or terminating the trial at an investigational site, precluding enrollment of additional subjects, or withdrawing their approval of the trial;

 

 

changes to clinical trial protocol;

 

 

clinical sites deviating from trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;

 

 

manufacturing sufficient quantities of product candidate or obtaining sufficient quantities of combination therapies for use in clinical trials;

 

 

subjects failing to enroll or remain in our trial at the rate we expect, or failing to return for post- treatment follow-up;

 

 

subjects choosing an alternative treatment for the indication for which we are developing our product candidates, or participating in competing clinical trials;

 

 

lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial;

 

 

subjects experiencing severe or unexpected drug-related adverse effects;

 

 

occurrence of serious adverse events in trials of the same class of agents conducted by other companies;

 

16


Table of Contents
 

selection of clinical end points that require prolonged periods of clinical observation or analysis of the resulting data;

 

 

a facility manufacturing our product candidates or any of their components being ordered by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to temporarily or permanently shut down due to violations of current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, regulations or other applicable requirements, or infections or cross-contaminations of product candidates in the manufacturing process;

 

 

any changes to our manufacturing process that may be necessary or desired;

 

 

third-party clinical investigators losing the licenses or permits necessary to perform our clinical trials, not performing our clinical trials on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices, or GCP, or other regulatory requirements;

 

 

third-party contractors not performing data collection or analysis in a timely or accurate manner; or

 

 

third-party contractors becoming debarred or suspended or otherwise penalized by the FDA or other government or regulatory authorities for violations of regulatory requirements, in which case we may need to find a substitute contractor, and we may not be able to use some or all of the data produced by such contractors in support of our marketing applications.

We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by a Data Safety Monitoring Board for such trial or by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose such a suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. In addition, changes in regulatory requirements and policies may occur, and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to comply with these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial.

Further, conducting clinical trials in foreign countries, as we may do for our product candidates, presents additional risks that may delay completion of our clinical trials. These risks include the failure of enrolled patients in foreign countries to adhere to clinical protocol as a result of differences in healthcare services or cultural customs, managing additional administrative burdens associated with foreign regulatory schemes, as well as political and economic risks relevant to such foreign countries.

Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of one or more of our product candidates.

If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues

 

17


Table of Contents

from any of these product candidates will be delayed. Moreover, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues.

In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, termination or suspension of, or a delay in the commencement or completion of, clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a product candidate. We may make formulation or manufacturing changes to our product candidates, in which case we may need to conduct additional preclinical studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions. Any delays to our clinical trials that occur as a result could shorten any period during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates and our competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do, and the commercial viability of our product candidates could be significantly reduced. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials given the limited number of patients who have the diseases for which our product candidates are being developed. If we encounter difficulties enrolling subjects in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

Subject enrollment, a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, is affected by many factors including the size and nature of the patient population, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility and exclusion criteria for the trial, the design of the clinical trial, the risk that enrolled patients will not complete a clinical trial, our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience, competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications we are investigating as well as any drugs under development. We will be required to identify and enroll a sufficient number of subjects for each of our clinical trials. Potential subjects for any planned clinical trials may not be adequately diagnosed or identified with the diseases which we are targeting or may not meet the entry criteria for such trials. For example, each of our target indications is an orphan indication and, in particular, our lead product candidate, CRN00808, targets acromegaly, a condition which currently affects approximately 25,000 people in the United States. We also may encounter difficulties in identifying and enrolling subjects with a stage of disease appropriate for our planned clinical trials and monitoring such subjects adequately during and after treatment. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials if we are unable to locate a sufficient number of eligible subjects to participate in the clinical trials required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, the process of finding and diagnosing subjects may prove costly.

We plan to initiate two Phase 2 clinical trials of CRN00808 in acromegaly patients, including those who are not adequately controlled with existing therapy, in early 2019. Additionally, we plan to initiate Phase 1 clinical trials for each of CRN02481 for CHI and CRN01941 for NETs in the first half of 2019. The timing of our clinical trials depends, in part, on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in our trials, as well as completion of required follow-up periods. The conditions for which we currently plan to evaluate our product candidates are orphan or rare diseases with limited patient pools from which to draw for clinical trials. The eligibility criteria of our clinical trials, once established, will further limit the pool of available trial participants. If patients are unwilling to participate in our trials for any reason, including the existence of concurrent clinical trials for similar patient populations, if they are unwilling to enroll in a clinical trial with a placebo-controlled design or the availability of approved therapies, or we otherwise have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients, the timeline for recruiting subjects, conducting studies and obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates may be delayed. Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of subjects for any of our future clinical trials would result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. In addition, we expect to rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure proper and timely conduct of

 

18


Table of Contents

our future clinical trials and, while we intend to enter into agreements governing their services, we will have limited influence over their actual performance.

We cannot assure you that our assumptions used in determining expected clinical trial timelines are correct or that we will not experience delays in enrollment, which would result in the delay of completion of such trials beyond our expected timelines.

Use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects or adverse events, which could severely harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

As is the case with pharmaceuticals generally, it is likely that there may be side effects and adverse events associated with our product candidates’ use. Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics. Undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Moreover, if our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects in clinical trials or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may elect to abandon their development or limit their development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective, which may limit the commercial expectations for the product candidate if approved. We may also be required to modify our study plans based on findings in our ongoing clinical trials. While we have not unblinded the complete safety data from our Phase 1 clinical trial for CRN00808 and the sample size is small, the preliminary adverse event profile appears generally consistent with other somatostatin agents. However, the unblinding of data or further analysis may reveal adverse events inconsistent with the safety profile observed to date. Additionally, while we have not yet initiated clinical trials for any of our other product candidates, it is likely that there may be side effects associated with their use. We believe our Phase 1 results for CRN00808 and our preclinical studies for our other product candidates suggest acceptable safety profiles given their respective stages of development. However, many compounds that initially showed promise in early stage testing have later been found to cause side effects that prevented further development of the compound. In addition, regulatory authorities may draw different conclusions or require additional testing to confirm these determinations.

It is possible that as we test our product candidates in larger, longer and more extensive clinical trials, including with different dosing regimens, or as the use of these product candidates becomes more widespread if they receive regulatory approval, illnesses, injuries, discomforts and other adverse events that were observed in earlier trials, as well as conditions that did not occur or went undetected in previous trials, will be reported by subjects. If such side effects become known later in development or upon approval, if any, such findings may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

In addition, if one or more of our product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

 

regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such product;

 

 

we may be required to recall a product or change the way such product is administered to patients;

 

 

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label, such as a “black box” warning or a contraindication;

 

19


Table of Contents
 

we may be required to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, or create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

 

 

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;

 

 

the product could become less competitive; and

 

 

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

As an organization, we are in the process of completing our first Phase 1 clinical trial, have never conducted later-stage clinical trials or submitted an NDA, and may be unable to do so for any of our product candidates.

We will need to successfully complete Phase 1 clinical trials and later-stage and pivotal clinical trials in order to obtain FDA or comparable foreign regulatory approval to market CRN00808, CRN02481, CRN01941 or any of our other product candidates. Carrying out later-stage clinical trials and the submission of a successful NDA is a complicated process. As an organization, we are in the process of completing our first Phase 1 clinical trial for CRN00808 and have not yet conducted any clinical trials for our other product candidates. We have not previously conducted any later stage or pivotal clinical trials, have limited experience in preparing, submitting and prosecuting regulatory filings and have not previously submitted an IND or an NDA or other comparable foreign regulatory submission for any product candidate. In addition, we have had limited interactions with the FDA and cannot be certain how many additional clinical trials of CRN00808 or any of our other product candidates will be required or how such trials should be designed. Consequently, we may be unable to successfully and efficiently execute and complete necessary clinical trials in a way that leads to regulatory submission and approval of CRN00808 or any of our other product candidates. We may require more time and incur greater costs than our competitors and may not succeed in obtaining regulatory approvals of product candidates that we develop. Failure to commence or complete, or delays in, our planned clinical trials, could prevent us from or delay us in commercializing CRN00808 or any other product candidate.

Our product candidates are subject to extensive regulation and compliance, which is costly and time consuming, and such regulation may cause unanticipated delays or prevent the receipt of the required approvals to commercialize our product candidates.

The clinical development, manufacturing, labeling, storage, record-keeping, advertising, promotion, import, export, marketing and distribution of our product candidates are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States and by comparable foreign regulatory authorities in foreign markets. In the United States, we are not permitted to market our product candidates until we receive regulatory approval from the FDA. The process of obtaining regulatory approval is expensive, often takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and can vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved, as well as the target indications and patient population. Approval policies or regulations may change, and the FDA has substantial discretion in the drug approval process, including the ability to delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons. Despite the time and expense invested in clinical development of product candidates, regulatory approval is never guaranteed. Neither we nor any future collaborator is permitted to market any of our product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA.

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a product candidate in the United States or abroad, we or our potential future collaborators must demonstrate with substantial evidence from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, that such product

 

20


Table of Contents

candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from nonclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we believe the nonclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, as the case may be, may also require us to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials for our product candidates either prior to or post-approval, or may object to elements of our clinical development program.

The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including:

 

 

such authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

 

negative or ambiguous results from our clinical trials or results may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory agencies for approval;

 

 

serious and unexpected drug-related side effects may be experienced by participants in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs similar to our product candidates;

 

 

the population studied in the clinical trial may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

 

 

such authorities may not accept clinical data from trials which are conducted at clinical facilities or in countries where the standard of care is potentially different from that of the United States;

 

 

we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

 

such authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

 

such authorities may not agree that the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates are acceptable or sufficient to support the submission of an NDA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere, and such authorities may impose requirements for additional preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

 

such authorities may disagree regarding the formulation, labeling and/or the specifications of our product candidates;

 

 

approval may be granted only for indications that are significantly more limited than what we apply for and/or with other significant restrictions on distribution and use;

 

 

such authorities may find deficiencies in the manufacturing processes or facilities of our third-party manufacturers with which we or any of our potential future collaborators contract for clinical and commercial supplies; or

 

 

the approval policies or regulations of such authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our or any of our potential future collaborators’ clinical data insufficient for approval.

With respect to foreign markets, approval procedures vary among countries and, in addition to the foregoing risks, may involve additional product testing, administrative review periods and agreements with pricing authorities. In addition, events raising questions about the safety of certain marketed pharmaceuticals may result in increased cautiousness by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities in reviewing new drugs based on safety, efficacy or other regulatory considerations and may result in significant delays in obtaining regulatory approvals. Any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approvals would prevent us or any of our potential future collaborators from commercializing our product candidates.

 

21


Table of Contents

Of the large number of drugs in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or foreign regulatory approval processes and are commercialized. The lengthy approval process as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates, which would significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Even if we eventually complete clinical trials and receive approval of an NDA or foreign marketing application for our product candidates, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly additional clinical trials, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and/or the implementation of a REMS, which may be required to ensure safe use of the drug after approval. The FDA or the comparable foreign regulatory authority also may approve a product candidate for a more limited indication or patient population than we originally requested, and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may not approve the labeling that we believe is necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of a product. Any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approval would delay or prevent commercialization of that product candidate and would materially adversely impact our business and prospects.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on specific product candidates, indications and discovery programs. As a result, we may forgo or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates that could have had greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through future collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.

We plan to seek orphan drug designation for CRN00808 and certain of our other product candidates. We may not be able to obtain or maintain orphan drug designations for any of our product candidates, and we may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with orphan drug designation, including the potential for market exclusivity.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act of 1983, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan product if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or a patient population of greater than 200,000 individuals in the United States, but for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the European Union, the European Medicines Agency’s, or the EMA, Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in 10,000 persons in the European Union. We plan to seek orphan drug designation in the United States and the European Union for CRN00808 for acromegaly patients, and we intend to seek orphan drug designation for certain of our other product candidates. There can be no assurance that the FDA or the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products will grant orphan designation for any indication for which we apply.

In the United States, orphan designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product candidate that

 

22


Table of Contents

has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including an NDA, to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity or where the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient product quantity. The applicable exclusivity period is ten years in Europe, but such exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a product no longer meets the criteria for orphan designation or if the product is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority can subsequently approve the same drug for the same condition if such regulatory authority concludes that the later drug is clinically superior if it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. Orphan drug designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process.

We have conducted, or plan to conduct, our initial clinical trials for CRN00808 and our other product candidates outside of the United States. However, the FDA and other foreign equivalents may not accept data from such trials, in which case our development plans will be delayed, which could materially harm our business.

We have conducted our initial clinical trials for CRN00808 in Australia. We believe that clinical data generated in Australia will be accepted by the FDA and its foreign equivalents outside of Australia, and therefore will enable us to commence Phase 2 and possibly registration clinical trials in the United States or the European Union following submission of an IND or CTA, without the need for us to repeat our Phase 1 clinical trials in the United States or European Union. We have not yet received authorization from the FDA or the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA, to begin Phase 2 clinical trials for CRN00808 and there can be no assurance the FDA, MHRA or other foreign equivalents will accept data from the clinical trials we are conducting or plan to conduct in Australia for CRN00808. If the FDA, MHRA or other foreign equivalents do not accept any such data, we would likely be required to conduct additional Phase 1 clinical trials, which would be costly and time consuming, and delay aspects of our development plan, which could harm our business.

Although the FDA, MHRA and other foreign equivalents may accept data from clinical trials conducted entirely outside the United States and not under an IND, acceptance of such study data is generally subject to certain conditions. For example, the FDA requires the clinical trial to have been conducted in accordance with GCPs, and the FDA must be able to validate the data from the clinical trial through an onsite inspection if it deems such inspection necessary. In addition, when studies are conducted only at sites outside of the United States, the FDA generally does not provide advance comment on the clinical protocols for the studies, and therefore there is an additional potential risk that the FDA could determine that the study design or protocol for a non-U.S. clinical trial was inadequate, which would likely require us to conduct additional clinical trials.

Conducting clinical trials outside the United States also exposes us to additional risks, including risks associated with:

 

 

additional foreign regulatory requirements;

 

foreign exchange fluctuations;

 

compliance with foreign manufacturing, customs, shipment and storage requirements;

 

cultural differences in medical practice and clinical research; and

 

diminished protection of intellectual property in some countries.

 

23


Table of Contents

In addition, in June 2016, the United Kingdom held a referendum and voted in favor of leaving the European Union. This has created political and economic uncertainty, particularly in the United Kingdom and the European Union, and could cause disruptions to, and create uncertainty surrounding, our planned clinical trials and activities in the United Kingdom, including affecting our relationships with our existing and prospective customers, partners, vendors and employees, and could have a material impact on the regulatory regime applicable to our planned clinical trial in the United Kingdom.

Interim, topline and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose preliminary or topline or data from our clinical studies, which is based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular study or trial. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the topline results that we report may differ from future results of the same studies, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Topline data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, topline data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. From time to time, we may also disclose interim data from our clinical studies. Interim data from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Adverse differences between preliminary or interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects.

Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and our company in general. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is the material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure, and any information we determine not to disclose may ultimately be deemed significant with respect to future decisions, conclusions, views, activities or otherwise regarding a particular drug, drug candidate or our business. If the topline data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, our product candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.

Risks related to our reliance on third parties

We rely on third parties to conduct many of our preclinical studies and clinical trials. Any failure by a third party to conduct the clinical trials according to GCPs and in a timely manner may delay or prevent our ability to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates.

We are dependent on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials, including our ongoing clinical trial for CRN00808, preclinical studies for CRN02481 and CRN01941 and any future clinical trials and preclinical studies for our product candidates. Specifically, we have used and relied on, and intend to continue to use and rely on, medical institutions, clinical investigators, CROs and consultants to conduct our clinical trials in accordance with our clinical protocols and regulatory requirements. These CROs, investigators and other third parties play a significant role in the conduct and timing of these trials and subsequent collection and

 

24


Table of Contents

analysis of data. While we have agreements governing the activities of our third-party contractors, we have limited influence over their actual performance. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on the CROs and other third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and our CROs are required to comply with GCP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for all of our product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs or trial sites fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable, and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product produced under cGMP regulations. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

There is no guarantee that any such CROs, investigators or other third parties will devote adequate time and resources to such trials or perform as contractually required. If any of these third parties fail to meet expected deadlines, adhere to our clinical protocols or meet regulatory requirements, or otherwise performs in a substandard manner, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated. In addition, many of the third parties with whom we contract may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other drug development activities that could harm our competitive position. In addition, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and may receive cash or equity compensation in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected the interpretation of the study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection of any NDA we submit by the FDA. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates.

If any of our relationships with these third-parties terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative third parties or do so on commercially reasonable terms. Switching or adding additional CROs, investigators and other third parties involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, investigators and other third parties, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We rely on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical and clinical development and expect to continue to do so for the foreseeable future. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities and have no plans to build our own clinical or commercial scale manufacturing capabilities. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates and related raw materials for preclinical and clinical development, as well as for commercial manufacture if any of our product candidates receive marketing approval. The facilities used by third-party manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates must be approved by the FDA pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit our NDA to the FDA. We do not control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, third-party manufacturers for compliance with cGMP requirements for manufacture of drug products. If these third-party manufacturers cannot successfully

 

25


Table of Contents

manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or others, including requirements related to the manufacturing of high potency compounds, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. In addition, we have no control over the ability of third-party manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our products.

In addition, we may be unable to establish any agreements with third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms. Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

 

 

failure of third-party manufacturers to comply with regulatory requirements and maintain quality assurance;

 

 

breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

 

 

failure to manufacture our product according to our specifications;

 

 

failure to manufacture our product according to our schedule or at all;

 

 

misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and

 

 

termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.

Our product candidates and any products that we may develop may compete with other product candidates and products for access to manufacturing facilities. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that might be capable of manufacturing for us.

Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or marketing approval, and any related remedial measures may be costly or time-consuming to implement. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a second source for all required raw materials used in the manufacture of our product candidates. If our current third-party manufacturers cannot perform as agreed, we may be required to replace such manufacturers and we may be unable to replace them on a timely basis or at all.

Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates or products may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we currently rely on other third parties to manufacture our product candidates and to perform quality testing, we must, at times, share our proprietary technology and confidential information, including trade secrets, with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information. Despite the contractual provisions employed

 

26


Table of Contents

when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are intentionally or inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets and despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our proprietary technology and confidential information or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks related to commercialization of our product candidates

Even if we receive regulatory approval for any product candidate, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense. Additionally, our product candidates, if approved, could be subject to labeling and other restrictions on marketing or withdrawal from the market, and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates, when and if any of them are approved.

Following potential approval of any our product candidates, the FDA may impose significant restrictions on a product’s indicated uses or marketing or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly and time consuming post-approval studies, post-market surveillance or clinical trials to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product. The FDA may also require a REMS as a condition of approval of our product candidates, which could include requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, import, export and recordkeeping for our products will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMPs and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

 

 

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, withdrawal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

 

restrictions on product distribution or use, or requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

 

 

fines, restitutions, disgorgement of profits or revenues, warning letters, untitled letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

 

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of approvals;

 

 

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and

 

 

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenue and could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity.

 

27


Table of Contents

In addition, if any of our product candidates is approved, our product labeling, advertising and promotion will be subject to regulatory requirements and continuing regulatory review. The FDA strictly regulates the promotional claims that may be made about drug products. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. If we receive marketing approval for a product candidate, physicians may nevertheless prescribe it to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant sanctions. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the current U.S. administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the current U.S. administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. It is difficult to predict how these executive actions, including the Executive Orders, will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.

The commercial success of our product candidates will depend upon the degree of market acceptance of such product candidates by physicians, patients, health care payors and others in the medical community.

Our product candidates may not be commercially successful. Even if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors or the medical community. The commercial success of any of our current or future product candidates will depend significantly on the broad adoption and use of the resulting product by physicians and patients for approved indications. The degree of market acceptance of our products will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

 

demonstration of clinical efficacy and safety compared to other more-established products;

 

 

the indications for which our product candidates are approved;

 

 

the limitation of our targeted patient population and other limitations or warnings contained in any FDA-approved labeling;

 

 

acceptance of a new drug for the relevant indication by healthcare providers and their patients;

 

 

the pricing and cost-effectiveness of our products, as well as the cost of treatment with our products in relation to alternative treatments and therapies;

 

28


Table of Contents
 

our ability to obtain and maintain sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement from government healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors;

 

 

the willingness of patients to pay all, or a portion of, out-of-pocket costs associated with our products in the absence of sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

 

the prevalence and severity of any adverse effects;

 

 

potential product liability claims;

 

 

the timing of market introduction of our products as well as competitive drugs;

 

 

the effectiveness of our or any of our potential future collaborators’ sales and marketing strategies; and

 

 

unfavorable publicity relating to the product.

If any product candidate is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, hospitals, healthcare payors or patients, we may not generate sufficient revenue from that product and may not become or remain profitable. Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors regarding the benefits of our products may require significant resources and may never be successful.

The successful commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, will depend in part on the extent to which governmental authorities and health insurers establish coverage, adequate reimbursement levels and favorable pricing policies. Failure to obtain or maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

The availability of coverage and the adequacy of reimbursement by governmental healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors are essential for most patients to be able to afford prescription medications such as our product candidates, if approved. Our ability to achieve coverage and acceptable levels of reimbursement for our products by governmental authorities, private health insurers and other organizations will have an effect on our ability to successfully commercialize those products. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product by a third-party payor, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement in the United States, the European Union or elsewhere will be available for any product that we may develop, and any reimbursement that may become available may be decreased or eliminated in the future.

Third-party payors increasingly are challenging prices charged for pharmaceutical products and services, and many third-party payors may refuse to provide coverage and reimbursement for particular drugs when an equivalent generic drug or a less expensive therapy is available. It is possible that a third-party payor may consider our products as substitutable and only offer to reimburse patients for the less expensive product. Even if we are successful in demonstrating improved efficacy or improved convenience of administration with our products, pricing of existing drugs may limit the amount we will be able to charge for our products. These payors may deny or revoke the reimbursement status of a given product or establish prices for new or existing marketed products at levels that are too low to enable us to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our products and may not be able to obtain a satisfactory financial return on products that we may develop.

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, third-party payors, including private and governmental payors, such as the

 

29


Table of Contents

Medicare and Medicaid programs, play an important role in determining the extent to which new drugs will be covered. Some third-party payors may require pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative devices or drug therapies before they will reimburse health care providers who use such therapies. It is difficult to predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our products.

Obtaining and maintaining reimbursement status is time-consuming, costly and uncertain. The Medicare and Medicaid programs increasingly are used as models for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for drugs. However, no uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors in the United States. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. Furthermore, rules and regulations regarding reimbursement change frequently, in some cases at short notice, and we believe that changes in these rules and regulations are likely.

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe and other countries has and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of our products. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medical products but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our products. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenue and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our products. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our products due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products.

We face competition from entities that have developed or may develop somatostatin agonist products or other product candidates. If these companies develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do or their technologies are more effective, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize products may be adversely affected.

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary and novel products and product candidates. Our competitors have developed, are developing or may develop products, product candidates and processes competitive with our product candidates. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. We believe that a significant number of products are currently under development, and may become commercially available in the future, for the treatment of conditions for which we may attempt to develop product candidates. In particular, there is intense competition in the field of endocrine disorders. Our competitors include larger and better funded pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical, biotechnological and therapeutics companies. Moreover, we may also compete with universities and other research institutions who may be active in endocrinology research and

 

30


Table of Contents

could be in direct competition with us. We also compete with these organizations to recruit management, scientists and clinical development personnel, which could negatively affect our level of expertise and our ability to execute our business plan. We will also face competition in establishing clinical trial sites, enrolling subjects for clinical trials and in identifying and in-licensing new product candidates. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

With respect to CRN00808, injected peptide somatostatin agonists and GH receptor antagonists are the main medical therapies for acromegaly patients where surgery is unsuccessful. There are three injected somatostatin analogs approved for the treatment of acromegaly: octreotide (marketed by Novartis AG), lanreotide (marketed by Ipsen Biopharmaceuticals, Inc.) and pasireotide (marketed by Novartis). Pegvisomant (marketed by Pfizer Inc.) is a daily injectable growth hormone receptor antagonist and is generally used in patients not fully controlled on somatostatin analogs. Orally administered dopamine agonists, such as bromocriptine and cabergoline, are also used. In terms of other products in clinical development, all of them are new formulations of peptide somatostatin agonists or GH receptor antagonists. Chiasma, Inc. is in Phase 3 development for an oral octreotide product candidate for the maintenance therapy of adult patients with acromegaly in whom prior treatment with somatostatin analogs has been shown to be effective and tolerated. Other companies developing peptide somatostatin agonists or GH receptor antagonists include Camurus AB, Dauntless Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Enesi Pharma Limited, Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc./Antisense Therapeutics Ltd., Ipsen, MidaTech Pharma PLC and Novartis.

With respect to CRN02481, maintaining glucose levels through feeding or glucose infusions is the first step in managing CHI. Diazoxide (marketed by Teva Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) is the only approved therapy indicated for hyperinsulinemia. Octreotide (used off-label) is administered as subcutaneous injections in those who respond poorly to diazoxide. Patients who fail pharmacological therapy often progress to partial or nearly complete pancreatectomy, which can result in type I diabetes that must be managed for the remainder of the patient’s life. Companies in or entering Phase 3 are Eli Lilly and Company and Zealand Pharma A/S with glucagon analogs, and Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. with glucagon Ready-To-Use (RTU). Other companies developing products for potential use in CHI include Eiger Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. and Rezolute, Inc.

With respect to CRN01941, injected depots of peptide somatostatin analogs are used as therapy for NETs. In adults whose carcinoid syndrome symptoms are inadequately controlled by somatostatin therapy, telotristat ethyl (marketed by Lexicon Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) is an orally administered add-on therapy. Targeted therapies everolimus (marketed by Novartis) and sunitinib malate (marketed by Pfizer) are typically only used in patients with high grade tumors which constitute only a small fraction of NETs. In 2018, the FDA approved Novartis’ Lutathera for the treatment of somatostatin receptor positive gastroenteropancreatic neuroendocrine tumors. Companies in Phase 3 development include Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and EUSA Pharma Inc. Other companies developing products for potential use in NETs include Apeiron Scientific, LLC, Camurus, Celgene Corporation, EpicentRx, Inc., Ipsen, Mateon Therapeutics, Inc., Merck & Co., Inc., MidaTech, Novartis, Oncoceutics, Inc. and Roche Holding AG.

As with acromegaly, first-line therapy for Cushing’s disease is surgery to remove the pituitary tumor if possible. Adrenal enzyme inhibitors (metyrapone, ketoconazole) prevent the synthesis of cortisol and can improve symptoms. Mifepristone (marketed by Corcept Therapeutics, Inc.), a glucocorticoid receptor antagonist, is approved for control of hyperglycemia in Cushing’s syndrome. The somatostatin agonist pasireotide is also approved for Cushing’s disease. Novartis and Strongbridge Biopharma are each conducting Phase 3 clinical trials with osilodrostat and levoketoconazole, respectively. Other companies developing products for potential use in Cushing’s disease include Corcept, Cyclacel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Millendo Therapeutics, Inc.

 

31


Table of Contents

Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and supply resources or experience than we do. If we successfully obtain approval for any product candidate, we will face competition based on many different factors, including the safety and effectiveness of our products, the ease with which our products can be administered and the extent to which patients accept relatively new routes of administration, the timing and scope of regulatory approvals for these products, the availability and cost of manufacturing, marketing and sales capabilities, price, reimbursement coverage and patent position. Competing products could present superior treatment alternatives, including by being more effective, safer, more convenient, less expensive or marketed and sold more effectively than any products we may develop. Competitive products may make any products we develop obsolete or noncompetitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our product candidates. For example, a competitor could develop another oral formulation of a somatostatin agonist or other technology that could make administration of peptide therapies more convenient. If we are unable to compete effectively, our opportunity to generate revenue from the sale of our products we may develop, if approved, could be adversely affected.

The number of patients suffering from the rare endocrine diseases that we target, including acromegaly, CHI and NETs, is small, and have not been established with precision. If the market opportunities for our products are smaller than we believe they are, our revenue may be adversely affected, and our business may suffer.

We focus our research and product development on treatments for orphan and rare diseases. Given the small number of patients who have the diseases that we are targeting, it is critical to our ability to grow and become profitable that we continue to successfully identify patients with these diseases. Our projections of both the number of people who have these diseases, as well as the subset of people with these diseases who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our products, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including the scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations or market research, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases. The number of patients may turn out to be lower than expected. The effort to identify patients with diseases we seek to treat is in early stages, and we cannot accurately predict the number of patients for whom treatment might be possible. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for each of our products may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with our products, and new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. Further, even if we obtain significant market share for our products, because the potential target populations are very small, we may never achieve profitability despite obtaining such significant market share.

We may seek to enter into collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements of our product and may not be successful in doing so, and even if we are, we may not realize the benefits of such relationships.

We may seek to enter into collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements for the development or commercialization of our product candidates, due to capital costs required to develop or commercialize the product candidate in such markets. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish such collaborations for our product candidates because our product candidates may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort or third parties may not view our product candidates as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy or significant commercial opportunity. In addition, we face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners, and the negotiation process can be time-consuming and complex. Further, any future collaboration agreements may restrict us from entering into additional agreements with potential collaborators. We cannot be certain that, following a strategic transaction or license, we will achieve an economic benefit that justifies such transaction.

Even if we are successful in our efforts to establish such collaborations, the terms that we agree upon may not be favorable to us, and we may not be able to maintain such collaborations if, for example, development or

 

32


Table of Contents

approval of a product candidate is delayed, the safety of a product candidate is questioned or sales of an approved product are unsatisfactory. We also may not be able to realize the benefit of such collaborations if we are unable to successfully integrate them with our existing operations and company culture.

In addition, any potential future collaborations may be terminable by our strategic partners, and we may not be able to adequately protect our rights under these agreements. Furthermore, strategic partners may negotiate for certain rights to control decisions regarding the development and commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, and may not conduct those activities in the same manner as we do. Any termination of collaborations we enter into in the future, or any delay in entering into collaborations related to our product candidates, could delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates and reduce their competitiveness if they reach the market, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience as a company in commercializing products, and we may have to invest significant resources to develop these capabilities. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our products, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We have no internal sales, marketing or distribution capabilities, nor have we commercialized a product. If any of our product candidates ultimately receives regulatory approval, we expect to establish a marketing and sales organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize each such product in major markets, which will be expensive and time consuming. We have no prior experience as a company in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. We may also choose to collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. We may not be able to enter into collaborations or hire consultants or external service providers to assist us in sales, marketing and distribution functions on acceptable financial terms, or at all. In addition, our product revenues and our profitability, if any, may be lower if we rely on third parties for these functions than if we were to market, sell and distribute any products that we develop ourselves. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we are not successful in commercializing our products, either on our own or through arrangements with one or more third parties, we may not be able to generate any future product revenue and we would incur significant additional losses.

Our future growth may depend, in part, on our ability to operate in foreign markets, where we would be subject to additional regulatory burdens and other risks and uncertainties.

Our future growth may depend, in part, on our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates in foreign markets. We are not permitted to market or promote any of our product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from applicable regulatory authorities in foreign markets, and we may never receive such regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates. To obtain separate regulatory approval in many other countries we must comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements regarding safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, commercial sales, pricing and distribution of our product

 

33


Table of Contents

candidates. If we obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates and ultimately commercialize our products in foreign markets, we would be subject to additional risks and uncertainties, including:

 

 

different regulatory requirements for approval of drugs in foreign countries;

 

 

reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

 

the existence of additional third-party patent rights of potential relevance to our business;

 

 

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;

 

 

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

 

 

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

 

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;

 

 

foreign reimbursement, pricing and insurance regimes;

 

 

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is common;

 

 

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

 

business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

Risks related to our business operations and industry

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or any guidance we may provide.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

 

 

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research, development, regulatory approval and commercialization activities relating to our product candidates, which may change from time to time;

 

 

coverage and reimbursement policies with respect to our product candidates, if approved, and potential future drugs that compete with our products;

 

 

the cost of manufacturing our product candidates, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with third-party manufacturers;

 

 

expenditures that we may incur to acquire, develop or commercialize additional product candidates and technologies;

 

 

the level of demand for any approved products, which may vary significantly;

 

 

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

 

 

the timing and success or failure of preclinical studies or clinical trials for our product candidates or competing product candidates, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners.

 

34


Table of Contents

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue or earnings guidance we may provide.

We are dependent on the services of our management and other clinical and scientific personnel, and if we are not able to retain these individuals or recruit additional management or clinical and scientific personnel, our business will suffer.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. We are highly dependent upon our senior management, particularly our Chief Executive Officer, as well as our senior scientists and other members of our senior management team. The loss of services of any of these individuals could delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, initiation or completion of our planned clinical trials or the commercialization of our product candidates. Although we have executed employment agreements or offer letters with each member of our senior management team, these agreements are terminable at will with or without notice and, therefore, we may not be able to retain their services as expected. We do not currently maintain “key person” life insurance on the lives of our executives or any of our employees. This lack of insurance means that we may not have adequate compensation for the loss of the services of these individuals.

We will need to expand and effectively manage our managerial, operational, financial and other resources in order to successfully pursue our clinical development and commercialization efforts. We may not be successful in maintaining our unique company culture and continuing to attract or retain qualified management and scientific and clinical personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other businesses, particularly in the San Diego area. Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. If we are not able to attract, integrate, retain and motivate necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will significantly impede the achievement of our development objectives, our ability to raise additional capital and our ability to implement our business strategy.

We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations successfully.

As of March 31, 2018, we had 28 full-time employees and 2 part-time employees. As we continue development and pursue the potential commercialization of our product candidates, as well as function as a public company, we will need to expand our financial, development, regulatory, manufacturing, marketing and sales capabilities or contract with third parties to provide these capabilities for us. As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage additional relationships with various strategic partners, suppliers and other third parties. Our future financial performance and our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively.

We conduct certain research and development operations through our Australian wholly-owned subsidiary. If we lose our ability to operate in Australia, or if our subsidiary is unable to receive the research and development tax credit allowed by Australian regulations, our business and results of operations could suffer.

In January 2017, we formed a wholly-owned Australian subsidiary, Crinetics Australia Pty Ltd, or CAPL, to conduct various preclinical and clinical activities for our product and development candidates in Australia. Due

 

35


Table of Contents

to the geographical distance and lack of employees currently in Australia, as well as our lack of experience operating in Australia, we may not be able to efficiently or successfully monitor, develop and commercialize our lead products in Australia, including conducting clinical trials. Furthermore, we have no assurance that the results of any clinical trials that we conduct for our product candidates in Australia will be accepted by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities for development and commercialization approvals.

In addition, current Australian tax regulations provide for a refundable research and development tax credit equal to 43.5% of qualified expenditures. If we lose our ability to operate CAPL in Australia, or if we are ineligible or unable to receive the research and development tax credit, or the Australian government significantly reduces or eliminates the tax credit, our business and results of operation may be adversely affected.

We are subject to various federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our results of operations and financial condition.

Our business operations and current and future arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors and customers expose us to broadly applicable federal and state fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations, including how we research, market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Such laws include:

 

 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or certain rebates), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in return for, either the referral of an individual or the purchase, lease, or order, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti- Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act;

 

 

the federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the civil False Claims Act, which, among other things, impose criminal and civil penalties against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or from knowingly making or causing to be made a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

 

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement, in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

 

 

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, also impose obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization by covered entities subject to the rule, such as certain health

 

36


Table of Contents
 

plans, healthcare clearinghouses and healthcare providers as well as their business associates that perform certain services for or on their behalf involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information;

 

 

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the government information related to payments and other “transfers of value” made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members; and

 

 

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non- governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, or by the patients themselves; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws and regulations that require drug manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information, which requires tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to physicians, other healthcare providers and entities; state and local laws that require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Ensuring that our internal operations and business arrangements with third-parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations could involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices, including our consulting and advisory board arrangements with physicians and other healthcare providers, some of whom receive stock options as compensation for services provided, do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from U.S. government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, or similar programs in other countries or jurisdictions, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, diminished profits and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Further, defending against any such actions can be costly, time-consuming and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusion from government funded healthcare programs and imprisonment. If any of the above occur, it could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

 

37


Table of Contents

Recently enacted legislation, future legislation and healthcare reform measures may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval for and commercialize our product candidates and may affect the prices we may set.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system, including cost-containment measures that may reduce or limit coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. In particular, there have been and continue to be a number of initiatives at the U.S. federal and state levels that seek to reduce healthcare costs and improve the quality of healthcare.

For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively the Affordable Care Act, was enacted in the United States. Among the provisions of the Affordable Care Act of importance to our potential product candidates, the Affordable Care Act: establishes an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents; expands eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; increases the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program; creates a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program; establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and establishes a Center for Medicare Innovation at the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending. At this time, we are unsure of the full impact that Affordable Care Act will have on our business. There have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act, as well as recent efforts by the Trump administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act and we expect such challenges and amendments to continue. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the Affordable Care Act on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” Additionally, on January 22, 2018, President Trump signed a continuing resolution on appropriations for fiscal year 2018 that delayed the implementation of certain Affordable Care Act-mandated fees, including the so-called “Cadillac” tax on certain high cost employer-sponsored insurance plans, the annual fee imposed on certain health insurance providers based on market share. Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or the BBA, among other things, amends the Affordable Care Act, effective January 1, 2019, to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the “donut hole.” It remains unclear the extent to which any such change may impact our business or financial condition.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals for spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, including the BBA, will remain in effect through 2027 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny in the United States of pharmaceutical pricing practices in light of the rising cost of prescription drugs. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent

 

38


Table of Contents

congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products.

At the federal level, the Trump administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2019 contains further drug price control measures that could be enacted during the 2019 budget process or in other future legislation, including, for example, measures to permit Medicare Part D plans to negotiate the price of certain drugs under Medicare Part B, to allow some states to negotiate drug prices under Medicaid and to eliminate cost sharing for generic drugs for low-income patients. While any proposed measures will require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, Congress and the Trump administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs.

At the state level, individual states in the United States are also increasingly active in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Legally mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our product candidates, if approved, or put pressure on our product pricing, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We expect that the Affordable Care Act, these new laws and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

We and any of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers may use potent chemical agents and hazardous materials, and any claims relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of these materials could be time consuming or costly.

We and any of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers will use biological materials, potent chemical agents and may use hazardous materials, including chemicals and biological agents and compounds that could be dangerous to human health and safety of the environment. Our operations and the operations of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers also produce hazardous waste products. Federal, state and local laws and regulations govern the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may be expensive, and current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our product development efforts. In addition, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials or wastes. We do not carry specific biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage, and our property, casualty and general liability insurance policies specifically exclude coverage for damages and fines arising from biological or hazardous waste exposure or contamination. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for damages or be penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials or regulatory approvals could be suspended.

 

39


Table of Contents

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance for certain costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biologic, hazardous or radioactive materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which have tended to become more stringent over time. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions or liabilities, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our products.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical trials of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize our product candidates. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates allegedly cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product candidate, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims may be brought against us by clinical trial participants, patients or others using, administering or selling products that may be approved in the future. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts.

If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit or cease the commercialization of our products. Even a successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

 

decreased demand for our products;

 

 

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

 

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

 

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

 

a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

 

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

 

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

 

significant negative financial impact;

 

 

the inability to commercialize our product candidates; and

 

 

a decline in our stock price.

We currently hold approximately AUD$20 million (or approximately USD$15.4 million based on the applicable exchange rate as of March 31, 2018) in product liability insurance coverage in the aggregate. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials or if we commence commercialization of our product candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. Our inability to obtain and retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could

 

40


Table of Contents

prevent or inhibit the commercialization of our product candidates. Although we maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies will also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

We and any of our potential future collaborators will be required to report to regulatory authorities if any of our approved products cause or contribute to adverse medical events, and any failure to do so would result in sanctions that would materially harm our business.

If we and any of our potential future collaborators are successful in commercializing our products, the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities would require that we and any of our potential future collaborators report certain information about adverse medical events if those products may have caused or contributed to those adverse events. The timing of our obligation to report would be triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We and any of our potential future collaborators or CROs may fail to report adverse events within the prescribed timeframe. If we or any of our potential future collaborators or CROs fail to comply with such reporting obligations, the FDA or a foreign regulatory authority could take action, including criminal prosecution, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, seizure of our products or delay in approval or clearance of future products.

Our internal computer systems, or those of any of our CROs, manufacturers, other contractors or consultants or potential future collaborators, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our product development programs.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our current and any future CROs and other contractors, consultants and collaborators are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, cybersecurity threats, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other similar disruptions. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. We also rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or manmade disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. We rely on third- party manufacturers to produce our product candidates. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers were affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption. In addition, our corporate headquarters is located in San Diego, California near major earthquake faults and fire zones, and the ultimate impact on us of being located near major earthquake faults and fire zones and being consolidated in a certain geographical area is unknown. The

 

41


Table of Contents

occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our employees and independent contractors, including principal investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees and independent contractors, including principal investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors may engage in misconduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violate: (1) the laws and regulations of the FDA and other similar regulatory requirements, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities, manufacturing standards, (2) federal and state data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations in the United States and abroad or (3) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, the creation of fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials, or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. In addition, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and financial results, including, without limitation, the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgements, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, individual imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

We are subject to U.S. and certain foreign export and import controls, sanctions, embargoes, anti-corruption laws and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Compliance with these legal standards could impair our ability to compete in domestic and international markets. We can face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which can harm our business.

We are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, clinical research organizations, contractors and other collaborators and partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting or receiving, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. We may engage third parties for clinical trials outside of the United States, to sell our products abroad once we enter a commercialization phase, and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations and other regulatory approvals. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities and other

 

42


Table of Contents

organizations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, clinical research organizations, contractors and other collaborators and partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences.

We may engage in strategic transactions that could impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.

From time to time, we may consider strategic transactions, such as acquisitions of companies, asset purchases and out-licensing or in-licensing of intellectual property, products or technologies. Additional potential transactions that we may consider in the future include a variety of business arrangements, including spin-offs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments. Any future transactions could increase our near and long-term expenditures, result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, including our common stock, or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses or acquired in-process research and development expenses, any of which could affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Future acquisitions may also require us to obtain additional financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all. These transactions may never be successful and may require significant time and attention of management. In addition, the integration of any business that we may acquire in the future may disrupt our existing business and may be a complex, risky and costly endeavor for which we may never realize the full benefits of the acquisition. Accordingly, although there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any additional transactions of the nature described above, any additional transactions that we do complete could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Risks related to our intellectual property

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and our proprietary technologies.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection and trade secret protection for our product candidates, proprietary technologies and their uses as well as our ability to operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others. We generally seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our product candidates, proprietary technologies and their uses that are important to our business. Our patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless, and until, patents issue from such applications, and then only to the extent the issued claims cover the technology. There can be no assurance that our patent applications will result in additional patents being issued or that issued patents will afford sufficient protection against competitors with similar technology, nor can there be any assurance that the patents issued will not be infringed, designed around or invalidated by third parties. Even issued patents may later be found invalid or unenforceable or may be modified or revoked in proceedings instituted by third parties before various patent offices or in courts. The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain. Only limited protection may be available and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. This failure to properly protect the intellectual property rights relating to our product candidates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Although we own three issued patents in the United States, we cannot be certain that the claims in our other U.S. pending patent applications, corresponding international patent applications and patent applications in certain foreign territories will be considered patentable by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or

 

43


Table of Contents

USPTO, courts in the United States or by the patent offices and courts in foreign countries, nor can we be certain that the claims in our issued patents will not be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged.

The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that we or any of our potential future collaborators will be successful in protecting our product candidates by obtaining and defending patents. These risks and uncertainties include the following:

 

 

the USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process, the noncompliance with which can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, and partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction;

 

 

patent applications may not result in any patents being issued;

 

 

patents may be challenged, invalidated, modified, revoked, circumvented, found to be unenforceable or otherwise may not provide any competitive advantage;

 

 

our competitors, many of whom have substantially greater resources than we do and many of whom have made significant investments in competing technologies, may seek or may have already obtained patents that will limit, interfere with or eliminate our ability to make, use and sell our potential product candidates;

 

 

there may be significant pressure on the U.S. government and international governmental bodies to limit the scope of patent protection both inside and outside the United States for disease treatments that prove successful, as a matter of public policy regarding worldwide health concerns; and

 

 

countries other than the United States may have patent laws less favorable to patentees than those upheld by U.S. courts, allowing foreign competitors a better opportunity to create, develop and market competing product candidates.

The patent prosecution process is also expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner or in all jurisdictions where protection may be commercially advantageous. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection.

In addition, although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, outside scientific collaborators, CROs, third-party manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties, any of these parties may breach such agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection.

Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

If the scope of any patent protection we obtain is not sufficiently broad, or if we lose any of our patent protection, our ability to prevent our competitors from commercializing similar or identical product candidates would be adversely affected.

The patent position of biopharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions, and has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our product candidates or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive product candidates.

 

44


Table of Contents

Moreover, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if patent applications we own currently or in the future issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us, or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Any patents that we own may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented, or invalidated by third parties. Consequently, we do not know whether our product candidates will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. We may be subject to a third party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, post-grant review, or PGR, and inter partes review, or IPR, or other similar proceedings challenging our owned patent rights. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate or render unenforceable, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our product candidates and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. Moreover, we may have in post-grant challenge proceedings, such as oppositions in a foreign patent office, that challenge our or priority of invention or other features of patentability with respect to our patents and patent applications. Such challenges may result in loss of patent rights, loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our product candidates. Such proceedings also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

 

 

others may be able to develop products that are similar to our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own;

 

 

we might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patents or patent application that we own;

 

 

we might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;

 

 

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

 

it is possible that our pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents;

 

 

issued patents that we own may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

45


Table of Contents
 

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

 

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; and

 

 

the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

Should any of these events occur, it could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

Our commercial success depends significantly on our ability to operate without infringing the patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. Claims by third parties that we infringe their proprietary rights may result in liability for damages or prevent or delay our developmental and commercialization efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. However, our research, development and commercialization activities may be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate patents or other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by third parties. Other entities may have or obtain patents or proprietary rights that could limit our ability to make, use, sell, offer for sale or import our product candidates and products that may be approved in the future, or impair our competitive position. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biopharmaceutical industry, including patent infringement lawsuits, oppositions, reexaminations, IPR proceedings and PGR proceedings before the USPTO and/or corresponding foreign patent offices. Numerous third-party U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications exist in the fields in which we are developing product candidates. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates.

As the biopharmaceutical industry expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties. Because patent applications are maintained as confidential for a certain period of time, until the relevant application is published we may be unaware of third-party patents that may be infringed by commercialization of any of our product candidates, and we cannot be certain that we were the first to file a patent application related to a product candidate or technology. Moreover, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently-pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe. In addition, identification of third-party patent rights that may be relevant to our technology is difficult because patent searching is imperfect due to differences in terminology among patents, incomplete databases and the difficulty in assessing the meaning of patent claims. There is also no assurance that there is not prior art of which we are aware, but which we do not believe is relevant to our business, which may, nonetheless, ultimately be found to limit our ability to make, use, sell, offer for sale or import our products that may be approved in the future, or impair our competitive position. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. Any claims of patent infringement asserted by third parties would be time consuming and could:

 

 

result in costly litigation that may cause negative publicity;

 

 

divert the time and attention of our technical personnel and management;

 

 

cause development delays;

 

 

prevent us from commercializing any of our product candidates until the asserted patent expires or is held finally invalid or not infringed in a court of law;

 

 

require us to develop non-infringing technology, which may not be possible on a cost-effective basis;

 

46


Table of Contents
 

subject us to significant liability to third parties; or

 

 

require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or which might be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same technology.

Although no third party has asserted a claim of patent infringement against us as of the date of this prospectus, others may hold proprietary rights that could prevent our product candidates from being marketed. Any patent-related legal action against us claiming damages and seeking to enjoin commercial activities relating to our products or processes could subject us to potential liability for damages, including treble damages if we were determined to willfully infringe, and require us to obtain a license to manufacture or market our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. We cannot predict whether we would prevail in any such actions or that any license required under any of these patents would be made available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. Moreover, even if we or our future strategic partners were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. In addition, we cannot be certain that we could redesign our product candidates or processes to avoid infringement, if necessary. Accordingly, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding, or the failure to obtain necessary licenses, could prevent us from developing and commercializing our product candidates, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, intellectual property litigation, regardless of its outcome, may cause negative publicity and could prohibit us from marketing or otherwise commercializing our product candidates and technology.

Parties making claims against us may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful. Further, our issued patents could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.

Competitors may infringe our intellectual property rights. To prevent infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent we own is not valid, is unenforceable and/or is not infringed. If we or any of our potential future collaborators were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent directed at one of our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that our patent is invalid and/or unenforceable in whole or in part. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge include an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, written description or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could include an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO or made a misleading statement during prosecution.

Third parties may also raise similar invalidity claims before the USPTO or patent offices abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, PGR, IPR, derivation proceedings, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in the revocation of, cancellation of or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our

 

47


Table of Contents

technology or platform, or any product candidates that we may develop. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our technology or platform, or any product candidates that we may develop. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and/or unenforceability is unpredictable, and prior art could render our patents invalid. There is no assurance that all potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found. There is also no assurance that there is not prior art of which we are aware, but which we do not believe affects the validity or enforceability of a claim in our patents and patent applications, which may, nonetheless, ultimately be found to affect the validity or enforceability of a claim.

If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on such product candidate. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to our intellectual property rights may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or other legal proceedings relating to our intellectual property rights, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation or other proceedings. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

In addition, the issuance of a patent does not give us the right to practice the patented invention. Third parties may have blocking patents that could prevent us from marketing our own patented product and practicing our own patented technology.

Intellectual property litigation may lead to unfavorable publicity that harms our reputation and causes the market price of our common shares to decline.

During the course of any intellectual property litigation, there could be public announcements of the initiation of the litigation as well as results of hearings, rulings on motions, and other interim proceedings in the litigation. If securities analysts or investors regard these announcements as negative, the perceived value of our existing products, programs or intellectual property could be diminished. Accordingly, the market price of

 

48


Table of Contents

shares of our common stock may decline. Such announcements could also harm our reputation or the market for our future products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Derivation proceedings may be necessary to determine priority of inventions, and an unfavorable outcome may require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights from the prevailing party.

Derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or declared by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our defense of derivation proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. In addition, the uncertainties associated with such proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our research programs, license necessary technology from third parties or enter into development or manufacturing partnerships that would help us bring our product candidates to market.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. In particular, under the Leahy-Smith Act, the United States transitioned in March 2013 to a “first inventor to file” system in which, assuming that other requirements of patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent regardless of whether a third party was first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after March 2013 but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Furthermore, our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our technology and the prior art allow our technology to be patentable over the prior art. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we were the first to either (1) file any patent application related to our product candidates or (2) invent any of the inventions claimed in our patents or patent applications.

The Leahy-Smith Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including PGR, IPR, and derivation proceedings. An adverse determination in any such submission or proceeding could reduce the scope or enforceability of, or invalidate, our patent rights, which could adversely affect our competitive position.

Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Thus, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent

 

49


Table of Contents

applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Changes in U.S. patent law, or laws in other countries, could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.

As is the case with other pharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the pharmaceutical industry involve a high degree of technological and legal complexity. Therefore, obtaining and enforcing pharmaceutical patents is costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or in the interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property and may increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents. In addition, Congress or other foreign legislative bodies may pass patent reform legislation that is unfavorable to us.

For example, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. federal courts, the USPTO, or similar authorities in foreign jurisdictions, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents we might obtain in the future.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

We may also be subject to claims that former employees or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and distraction to management and other employees.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

If we do not obtain patent term extension for our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term restoration under the Drug Price Competition

 

50


Table of Contents

and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch- Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. A maximum of one patent may be extended per FDA approved product as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only those claims covering such approved drug product, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Patent term extension may also be available in certain foreign countries upon regulatory approval of our product candidates. However, we may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration or the term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially. Further, if this occurs, our competitors may take advantage of our investment in development and trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Although we have three issued patents in the United States and pending patent applications in the United States and other countries, filing, prosecuting and defending patents in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our product candidates, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of many foreign countries do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

 

51


Table of Contents

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, documentary, fee payment and other requirements imposed by regulations and governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to the USPTO and various foreign patent offices at various points over the lifetime of our patents and/or applications. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we rely on our outside patent annuity service to pay these fees when due. Additionally, the USPTO and various foreign patent offices require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with rules applicable to the particular jurisdiction. However, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. If such an event were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Even though we have filed three trademark registration applications in the USPTO, our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition, we rely on the protection of our trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information to maintain our competitive position. Although we have taken steps to protect our trade secrets and unpatented know-how, including entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, and confidential information and inventions agreements with employees, consultants and advisors, we cannot provide any assurances that all such agreements have been duly executed, and any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets.

Moreover, third parties may still obtain this information or may come upon this or similar information independently, and we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of these events occurs or if we otherwise lose protection for our trade secrets, the value of this information may be greatly reduced and our competitive position would be harmed. If we do not apply

 

52


Table of Contents

for patent protection prior to such publication or if we cannot otherwise maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary technology and other confidential information, then our ability to obtain patent protection or to protect our trade secret information may be jeopardized.

We may be subject to claims that we have wrongfully hired an employee from a competitor or that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged confidential information or trade secrets of their former employers.

As is common in the pharmaceutical industry, in addition to our employees, we engage the services of consultants to assist us in the development of our product candidates. Many of these consultants, and many of our employees, were previously employed at, or may have previously provided or may be currently providing consulting services to, other pharmaceutical companies including our competitors or potential competitors. We may become subject to claims that we, our employees or a consultant inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other information proprietary to their former employers or their former or current clients. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely affect our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management team and other employees.

Risks related to our common stock and this offering

An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we expect to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. We and the representatives of the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, an active trading market may not develop following the consummation of this offering or, if it is developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses or technologies using our shares as consideration, which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our business.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock could be highly volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for stock of pharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by those factors discussed in this “Risk factors” section and many others, including:

 

 

our ability to enroll subjects in our ongoing and planned clinical trials;

 

 

results of our clinical trials and preclinical studies, and the results of trials of our competitors or those of other companies in our market sector;

 

 

regulatory approval of our product candidates, or limitations to specific label indications or patient populations for its use, or changes or delays in the regulatory review process;

 

53


Table of Contents
 

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

 

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems, especially in light of current reforms to the U.S. healthcare system;

 

 

the success or failure of our efforts to acquire, license or develop additional product candidates;

 

 

innovations or new products developed by us or our competitors;

 

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

 

manufacturing, supply or distribution delays or shortages;

 

 

any changes to our relationship with any manufacturers, suppliers, future collaborators or other strategic partners;

 

 

achievement of expected product sales and profitability;

 

 

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

 

market conditions in the pharmaceutical sector and issuance of securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

 

trading volume of our common stock;

 

 

an inability to obtain additional funding;

 

 

sales of our stock by insiders and stockholders;

 

 

general economic, industry and market conditions other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control;

 

 

additions or departures of key personnel; and

 

 

intellectual property, product liability or other litigation against us.

In addition, in the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against pharmaceutical companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market could result in a delisting of our common stock.

If, after listing, we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum closing bid price requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to delist our common stock. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, prevent our common stock from dropping below the Nasdaq minimum bid price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with Nasdaq’s listing requirements.

 

54


Table of Contents

We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways that you and other stockholders may not approve.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of proceeds.” Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment, and the failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $        per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In the past, we issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding options are ultimately exercised, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will sustain further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Following the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and greater than 5% stockholders, in the aggregate, will own approximately    % of our outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options). As a result, such persons, acting together, will have the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and approval of any significant transaction, as well as our management and business affairs. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control, impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our business, even if such a transaction would benefit other stockholders.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation, if any, in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which stockholders have purchased their shares.

 

55


Table of Contents

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise adequate capital through the sale of additional equity securities.

Based on shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                    shares of common stock after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares, only the                shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering, unless they are purchased by one of our affiliates.

Our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding securities have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters pursuant to which they may not, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, offer, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our securities, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Leerink Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. The underwriters may permit our officers, directors and other stockholders and the holders of our outstanding options who are subject to the lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements, subject to limitations. See “Underwriting.” Sales of these shares, or perceptions that they will be sold, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. After the lock-up agreements expire, up to an additional                shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

In addition, as of March 31, 2018, up to                    shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our employee benefit plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

After this offering, the holders of                shares of our outstanding common stock, or approximately     % of our total outstanding common stock as of March 31, 2018, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to vesting and the 180-day lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We are an emerging growth company, and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and

 

56


Table of Contents

intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

 

 

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” disclosure;

 

 

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

 

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

 

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

 

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC, and the Nasdaq Global Market to implement provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the SEC has adopted additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as mandatory “say on pay” voting requirements that will apply to us when we cease to be an emerging growth company. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements

 

57


Table of Contents

divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, interest in our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.

Pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, our management will be required to report upon the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the annual report for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. When we lose our status as an “emerging growth company” and reach an accelerated filer threshold, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. To comply with the requirements of being a reporting company under the Exchange Act, we will need to upgrade our information technology systems; implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures; and hire additional accounting and finance staff. If we or, if required, our auditors are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.

We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting once that firm begin its Section 404 reviews, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

 

58


Table of Contents

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to entrenchment of management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that could significantly reduce the value of our shares to a potential acquiror or delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. The provisions in our charter documents will include the following:

 

 

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

 

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

 

the exclusive right of our board of directors, unless the board of directors grants such right to the stockholders, to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

 

the required approval of at least 66-2/3% of the shares entitled to vote to remove a director for cause, and the prohibition on removal of directors without cause;

 

 

the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror;

 

 

the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

 

the required approval of at least 66-2/3% of the shares entitled to vote to adopt, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;

 

 

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

 

an exclusive forum provision providing that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain actions and proceedings;

 

 

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

 

 

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions contained in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other exceptions, the board of directors has approved the transaction.

 

59


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes may be limited in connection with this offering or other ownership changes.

We have incurred substantial losses during our history and do not expect to become profitable in the near future, and we may never achieve profitability. To the extent that we continue to generate taxable losses, unused losses will carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire (if at all). At December 31, 2017, after reducing net operating losses, or NOLs, and research and development credits for amounts not expected to be utilized, we had federal, state and foreign NOL carryforwards of approximately $6.2 million, $6.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal and state NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2035, unless previously utilized. The foreign NOL carryforwards do not expire. The Company also has federal and California research and development credit carryforwards totaling $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal research and development credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2030, unless previously utilized. The California research credits do not expire.

Under recently enacted U.S. tax legislation, federal NOL carryforwards generated in periods after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely but may only be used to offset 80% of our taxable income annually. The California research and development tax carryforwards are available indefinitely. Our NOL carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities and may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant stockholders over a three-year period in excess of 50 percentage points, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Our ability to utilize our NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities may be limited as a result of ownership changes, including potential changes in connection with this offering. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have not yet determined the amount of the cumulative change in our ownership resulting from this offering or any resulting tax loss limitations. Such limitations could result in the expiration of our carryforwards before they can be utilized and, if we are profitable, our future cash flows could be adversely affected due to our increased tax liability. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOLs and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.

Recent U.S. tax legislation may materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Recently enacted U.S. tax legislation, known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, has significantly changed the U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. corporations, including by reducing the U.S. corporate income tax rate and

 

60


Table of Contents

revising the rules governing NOLs. Many of these changes are effective immediately, without any transition periods or grandfathering for existing transactions. The legislation is unclear in many respects and could be subject to potential amendments and technical corrections, as well as interpretations and implementing regulations by the Treasury and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, any of which could lessen or increase certain adverse impacts of the legislation. In addition, it is unclear how these U.S. federal income tax changes will affect state and local taxation, which often uses federal taxable income as a starting point for computing state and local tax liabilities. Based on our current evaluation of this legislation, the reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate required a provisional write-down of our deferred income tax assets (including the value of our NOL carryforwards and our tax credit carryforwards).

There may be other material adverse effects resulting from the legislation that we have not yet identified. While some of the changes made by the tax legislation may adversely affect us in one or more reporting periods and prospectively, other changes may be beneficial on a going forward basis. We continue to work with our tax advisors to determine the full impact that the recent tax legislation as a whole will have on us. We urge our investors to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to such legislation and the potential tax consequences of investing in our common stock.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because pharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

 

61


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, research and development costs, the anticipated timing, costs and conduct of our planned clinical trials for CRN00808 and our planned discovery actions and preclinical studies and clinical trials for our other development programs, the timing and likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals for CRN00808 and our other product candidates, our ability to commercialize CRN00808 and our other product candidates, if approved, the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved, the potential benefits of strategic collaborations and our ability to enter into strategic arrangements, timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations, and future results of anticipated products are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described under the sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus. See “Where you can find more information.”

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to rely unduly upon these statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

Market and industry data

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from independent market research, industry and general publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly available information in addition to research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Internal estimates are derived from publicly available information released by industry analysts and third-party sources, our internal research and our industry experience, and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of our industry and market, which we believe to be reasonable. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. In addition, while we believe the industry, market and competitive position data included in this prospectus is reliable and based on reasonable assumptions, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in “Risk factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties or by us.

 

63


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $          million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $          million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets.

We intend to use the net proceeds from the offering as follows:

 

 

approximately $         million to fund the clinical development of CRN00808;

 

 

approximately $         million to fund pre-clinical and clinical development of our other development programs; and

 

 

the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes.

We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds and our existing cash and cash equivalents to in-license, acquire, or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current commitments or obligations to do so.

We believe, based on our current operating plan, that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 24 months, although there can be no assurance in that regard. In particular, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering will allow us to complete our planned Phase 2 clinical trials for CRN00808 and our planned Phase 1 clinical trials for CRN02481 and CRN01941. However, our expected use of proceeds from this offering described above represents our current intentions based on our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the actual amounts that we will spend on the uses set forth above. The net proceeds from this offering, together with our cash and cash equivalents, will not be sufficient for us to fund all of our product candidates through regulatory approval, and we will need to raise additional capital to complete the development and commercialization of all of our product candidates.

The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the time and cost necessary to conduct our planned preclinical and clinical trials, the results of our preclinical and clinical trials and other factors described under “Risk factors” in this prospectus, as well as the amount of cash used in our operations and any unforeseen cash needs. Therefore, our actual expenditures may differ materially from the estimates described above. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds.

 

64


Table of Contents

Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

65


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

 

66


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2017:

 

 

on an actual basis;

 

 

on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the issuance of an aggregate of 19,641,200 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in February and March 2018 and our receipt of $63.5 million in aggregate gross proceeds therefrom, and the automatic lapsing of our repurchase right on up to 1,732,500 shares of common stock, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 48,404,379 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and (3) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of          shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

      As of December 31, 2017  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    Actual     Pro forma     Pro forma as
adjusted(1)
 
           (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,192     $ 77,692     $               
  

 

 

 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 38,350,914 shares authorized, 28,763,179 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     29,700       —      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         —      

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 50,500,000 shares authorized; 6,830,624 shares issued and 5,098,124 outstanding, excluding 1,732,500 shares subject to repurchase, actual;              shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 55,235,003 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     5       55    

Additional paid in capital

     1,238       94,388    

Accumulated deficit

     (16,265     (16,265  
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (15,022     78,178    
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 14,678     $ 78,178     $  

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents
(1)   Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $        , after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of common stock in the table above is based on 55,235,003 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017, after giving effect to the issuance of 19,641,200 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in February and March 2018 and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 48,404,379 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

 

2,758,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2017, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.24 per share;

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2018 Plan); and

 

 

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the ESPP).

 

68


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

As of December 31, 2017, we had a historical net tangible book deficit of $(15.0) million, or $(2.20) per share of common stock based on 6,830,624 shares of common stock outstanding, including 1,732,500 shares subject to repurchase, as of such date. Our historical net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding (including shares subject to repurchase) at December 31, 2017.

On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to (1) the issuance of an aggregate of 19,641,200 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in February and March 2018 and our receipt of $63.5 million in aggregate gross proceeds therefrom and (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 48,404,379 shares of our common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering stock, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2017 would have been approximately $78.2 million, or approximately $1.42 per share of our common stock.

After giving further effect to the sale of                  shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2017 would have been approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

           $               

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of December 31, 2017

   $ (2.20  

Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2017

     3.62    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2017

     1.42    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

     $  

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $        , and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting

 

69


Table of Contents

the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $        per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $        per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $         per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $         per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of December 31, 2017, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by new investors in this offering. The calculations below are based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

      Shares purchased      Total consideration      Average price  
     Number      Percent      Amount      Percent      per share  

Existing stockholders before this offering

        %      $                     %      $               

New investors participating in this offering

               $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

        100%           100%     

 

 

If all outstanding options had been exercised as of December 31, 2017, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $        , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $        .

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full:

 

 

the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately      % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

 

the number of shares held by new investors will increase to         , or approximately      % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing tables and calculations (other than the historical net tangible book value calculation) are based on 55,235,003 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017, including 1,732,500 shares subject to repurchase, after giving effect to the issuance of an aggregate of 19,641,200 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in February and March 2018 and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 48,404,379 shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering, and exclude:

 

 

2,758,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2017, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.24 per share;

 

70


Table of Contents
 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2018 Plan); and

 

 

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering(which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the ESPP).

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, or we issue additional equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

71


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data

The following tables set forth selected historical consolidated financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section in this prospectus entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

      Years Ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2016     2017  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

    

Grant revenues

   $ 589     $ 2,045  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     5,100       9,233  

General and administrative

     1,533       1,939  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,633       11,172  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6,044     (9,127

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     37       26  

Interest expense

     (11     (8

Other expense

     (1     (48
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     25       (30
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (6,019   $ (9,157
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.81   $ (2.03
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

     3,324,597       4,509,224  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

     $ (0.36
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

       25,484,677  

 

 

 

(1)   See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

      As of December 31,  
(in thousands)    2016     2017  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 12,152     $ 14,192  

Working capital

     11,475       14,268  

Total assets

     12,599       15,598  

Convertible preferred stock

     17,740       29,700  

Accumulated deficit

     (7,108     (16,265

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (6,204     (15,022

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a clinical stage pharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel therapeutics for rare endocrine diseases and endocrine-related tumors. Endocrine pathways function to maintain homeostasis and commonly use peptide hormones acting through GPCRs to regulate many aspects of physiology including growth, energy, metabolism, gastrointestinal function and stress responses. We have assembled a seasoned team with extensive expertise in drug discovery and development in endocrine GPCRs and built a highly productive drug discovery organization. We have discovered a pipeline of oral nonpeptide (small molecule) new chemical entities that target peptide GPCRs to treat a variety of rare endocrine diseases where treatment options have significant efficacy, safety and/or tolerability limitations. Our lead product candidate, CRN00808, is currently in clinical development for the treatment of acromegaly, and we are advancing additional product candidates through preclinical studies in parallel. Our vision is to build the leading endocrine company which consistently pioneers new therapeutics to help patients better control their disease and improve their daily lives.

We focus on the discovery and development of oral nonpeptide therapeutics that target peptide GPCRs with well understood biological functions, validated biomarkers and the potential to substantially improve the treatment of endocrine diseases and/or endocrine-related tumors. Our pipeline consists of the following three product candidates and discovery program:

 

 

CRN00808, our lead product candidate, establishes a new class of oral selective nonpeptide sst2 biased agonists designed for the treatment of acromegaly and is the first agent in its class with reported clinical results. In March 2018, we reported initial results from a Phase 1, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, single- and multiple-ascending dose trial to evaluate the safety, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of CRN00808 in 99 healthy volunteers. CRN00808 demonstrated clinical proof-of-concept by potently suppressing stimulated GH and baseline IGF-1 in these subjects. We plan to initiate two Phase 2 clinical trials of CRN00808 in acromegaly patients, including those who are not adequately controlled with existing therapy, in early 2019.

 

 

CRN02481 represents a new class of oral selective nonpeptide sst5 agonists designed to treat congenital hyperinsulinism. CRN02481 is currently in first-in-human enabling studies, and we expect to initiate a Phase 1 human proof-of-concept clinical trial in the first half of 2019. We expect results from this trial in 2019.

 

 

CRN01941 is an oral nonpeptide sst2 biased agonist designed for the treatment of neuroendocrine tumors, that originate from neuroendocrine cells commonly found in the gut, lung or pancreas. CRN01941 is currently in first-in-human enabling studies, and we expect to initiate a Phase 1 human proof-of-concept clinical trial in the first half of 2019. We expect results from this trial in late 2019/early 2020.

 

73


Table of Contents
 

We have an ongoing discovery effort to identify and advance into development the first nonpeptide product candidate to antagonize ACTH, designed for the treatment of Cushing’s disease. Our goal is to select a product candidate for preclinical development in 2019.

To date, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to drug discovery, conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, obtaining and maintaining patents related to our product candidates, and the provision of general and administrative support for these operations. We recognize revenues from various research and development grants, but do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any product sales. We have funded our operations primarily through the private placement of preferred stock and grant revenues. To date, we have raised gross proceeds of approximately $93.5 million to fund our operations from the issuance of convertible preferred stock. As of December 31, 2017, we had cash and cash equivalents of $14.2 million, which does not include aggregate proceeds of $63.5 million from the sale of shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in February and March 2018, or the Series B Financing.

We have incurred cumulative net losses since our inception. Our net losses were $6.0 million and $9.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $16.3 million. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year, depending on the timing of our preclinical studies and clinical trials and our expenditures on other research and development activities. We expect our expenses and operating losses will increase substantially as we conduct our ongoing and planned clinical trials, continue our research and development activities and conduct preclinical studies, hire additional personnel, protect our intellectual property and incur additional costs associated with being a public company, including audit, legal, regulatory, and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums, and investor relations costs.

We do not expect to generate any revenues from product sales unless and until we successfully complete development and obtain regulatory approval for one or more of our product candidates, which we expect will take a number of years. If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Accordingly, until such time as we can generate significant revenue from sales of our product candidates, if ever, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potentially collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and could force us to delay, scale back or discontinue the development of our existing product candidates or our efforts to expand our product pipeline.

Australian operations

In January 2017, we established Crinetics Australia Pty Ltd, or CAPL, a wholly-owned subsidiary which was formed to conduct various preclinical and clinical activities for our product and development candidates. We believe CAPL will be eligible for certain financial incentives made available by the Australian government for research and development expenses. Specifically, the Australian Taxation Office provides for a refundable tax credit in the form of a cash refund equal to 43.5% of qualified research and development expenditures under the Australian Research and Development Tax Incentive Program, or the Australian Tax Incentive.

 

74


Table of Contents

Financial operations overview

Grant revenues

To date, we have not generated any revenues from the commercial sale of approved products, and we do not expect to generate revenues from the commercial sale of our product candidates for at least the foreseeable future, if ever. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, revenues were derived from Small Business Innovation Research Grants, or SBIR Grants, awarded to us by the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases of the National Institutes of Health. We do not currently expect future grant revenues to be a material source of funding.

Operating expenses

Research and development

To date, our research and development expenses have related primarily to discovery efforts and preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates. Research and development expenses are recognized as incurred and payments made prior to the receipt of goods or services to be used in research and development are capitalized until the goods or services are received.

Research and development expenses include:

 

 

salaries, payroll taxes, employee benefits, and stock-based compensation charges for those individuals involved in research and development efforts;

 

 

external research and development expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, investigative sites and consultants to conduct our clinical trials and preclinical and non-clinical studies;

 

 

laboratory supplies;

 

 

costs related to manufacturing our product candidates for clinical trials and preclinical studies, including fees paid to third-party manufacturers;

 

 

costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements; and

 

 

facilities, depreciation and other allocated expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent, maintenance of facilities, insurance, equipment and other supplies.

We recognize the Australian Tax Incentive as a reduction of research and development expense. The amounts are determined based on eligible research and development expenditures. The Australian Tax Incentive is recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the Australian Tax Incentive will be received, the relevant expenditure has been incurred, and the amount of the Australian Tax Incentive can be reliably measured.

Our direct research and development expenses consist principally of external costs, such as fees paid to CROs, investigative sites and consultants in connection with our clinical trials, preclinical and non-clinical studies, and costs related to manufacturing clinical trial materials. For 2016 and 2017, the majority of our third-party expenses related to the research and development of CRN00808. We deploy our personnel and facility related resources across all of our research and development activities.

We plan to substantially increase our research and development expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue the development of our product candidates and discovery of new product candidates. We cannot determine with certainty the timing of initiation, the duration or the completion costs of current or future preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates due to the inherently unpredictable nature of

 

75


Table of Contents

preclinical and clinical development. Clinical and preclinical development timelines, the probability of success and development costs can differ materially from expectations. We anticipate that we will make determinations as to which product candidates to pursue and how much funding to direct to each product candidate on an ongoing basis in response to the results of ongoing and future preclinical studies and clinical trials, regulatory developments and our ongoing assessments as to each product candidate’s commercial potential. We will need to raise substantial additional capital in the future. In addition, we cannot forecast which product candidates may be subject to future collaborations, when such arrangements will be secured, if at all, and to what degree such arrangements would affect our development plans and capital requirements.

Our clinical development costs may vary significantly based on factors such as:

 

 

per patient trial costs;

 

 

the number of trials required for approval;

 

 

the number of sites included in the trials;

 

 

the countries in which the trials are conducted;

 

 

the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;

 

 

the number of patients that participate in the trials;

 

 

the number of doses that patients receive;

 

 

the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

 

 

potential additional safety monitoring requested by regulatory agencies;

 

 

the duration of patient participation in the trials and follow-up;

 

 

the cost and timing of manufacturing our product candidates;

 

 

the phase of development of our product candidates; and

 

 

the efficacy and safety profile of our product candidates.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and employee-related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in executive, finance and other administrative functions. Other significant costs include facility-related costs, legal fees relating to intellectual property and corporate matters, professional fees for accounting and consulting services and insurance costs. We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future to support our continued research and development activities and, if any of our product candidates receive marketing approval, commercialization activities. We also anticipate increased expenses related to audit, legal, regulatory, and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums, and investor relations costs associated with operating as a public company.

Other income (expense)

Other income (expense) consists of interest income from our money market account, foreign exchange losses related to CAPL and interest expense on a bank loan that was repaid in 2017.

 

76


Table of Contents

Results of operations

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017:

 

      Years ended December 31,          
(in thousands)    2016        2017      Change  

Grant revenues

   $ 589        $ 2,045      $ 1,456  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     5,100          9,233        4,133  

General and administrative

     1,533          1,939        406  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,633          11,172        4,539  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6,044        (9,127      (3,083

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     37          26        (11

Interest expense

     (11        (8      3  

Other income (expense)

     (1        (48      (47
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     25          (30      (55
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (6,019      $ (9,157    $ (3,138

 

 

Grant revenues.    Grant revenues were $0.6 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The increase was primarily due to increased research and development activities related to our SBIR Grants.

Research and development expenses.    Research and development expenses were $5.1 million and $9.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The increase of $4.1 million was primarily due to increases in the following: $1.2 million of clinical study related expenses, $1.2 million of manufacturing expenses, $1.2 million of external non-clinical expenditures, and $0.7 million of personnel related expenses. In 2017, the expenses above were offset in part by an Australian Tax Incentive of $0.5 million.

General and administrative expenses.    General and administrative expenses were $1.5 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The increase of $0.4 million was primarily due to increases in the following: $0.2 million of personnel related expenses, $0.1 million of professional services primarily related to patent activities and corporate legal fees, and $0.1 million of facility related expenses and other general and administrative expenses.

Liquidity and capital resources

We have incurred cumulative net losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception and anticipate we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $16.3 million. As of December 31, 2017, we had cash and cash equivalents of $14.2 million. In February and March 2018, we raised an aggregate of $63.5 million in gross proceeds through the sale of 19,641,200 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in the Series B Financing.

 

77


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a summary of the net cash flow activity for each of the periods set forth below:

 

      Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2016        2017  

Net cash provided by (used in):

       

Operating activities

   $ (5,468      $ (9,479

Investing activities

     (190        (304

Financing activities

     (53        11,823  
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (5,711      $ 2,040  

 

 

Operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $5.5 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to our net loss of $6.0 million, adjusted for $0.4 million of noncash charges and a $0.2 million change in operating assets and liabilities. The noncash charges primarily related to $0.3 million of stock-based compensation charges and $0.1 million of depreciation expense. Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily due to our net loss of $9.2 million, adjusted for $0.4 million of noncash charges and a $0.7 million change in operating assets and liabilities. The noncash charges primarily related to $0.3 million of stock-based compensation charges and $0.1 million of depreciation expense.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was due to property and equipment purchases in each period.

Financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily due to the principal payments on an outstanding bank loan. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was the result of net proceeds of $12.0 million from the sale of Series A convertible preferred stock and $0.1 million from the exercise of common stock options, offset by principal payments on an outstanding bank loan, which was repaid in full in 2017.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and the estimated net proceeds from this offering, together with interest thereon, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next 24 months. In particular, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering will allow us to complete our planned Phase 2 clinical trials for CRN00808 and our planned Phase 1 clinical trials for CRN02481 and CRN01941. However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we expect. Additionally, the process of testing product candidates in clinical trials is costly, and the timing of progress and expenses in these trials is uncertain.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

 

the type, number, scope, progress, expansions, results, costs and timing of, our preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates which we are pursuing or may choose to pursue in the future;

 

 

the costs and timing of manufacturing for our product candidates, including commercial manufacturing if any product candidate is approved;

 

 

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

78


Table of Contents
 

the costs of obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our patents and other intellectual property rights;

 

 

our efforts to enhance operational systems and hire additional personnel to satisfy our obligations as a public company, including enhanced internal controls over financial reporting;

 

 

the costs associated with hiring additional personnel and consultants as our preclinical and clinical activities increase;

 

 

the timing and the extent of any Australian Tax Incentive refund and future grant revenues, if any, that we receive;

 

 

the costs and timing of establishing or securing sales and marketing capabilities if any product candidate is approved;

 

 

our ability to achieve sufficient market acceptance, adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors and adequate market share and revenue for any approved products;

 

 

the terms and timing of establishing and maintaining collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements; and

 

 

costs associated with any products or technologies that we may in-license or acquire.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues to support our cost structure, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potentially collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be or could be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise funds through collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us and/or may reduce the value of our common stock. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market our product candidates even if we would otherwise prefer to develop and market such product candidates ourselves.

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2017 (in thousands):

 

      Payments due by period  
      Total      Less than
1 year
     1 — 3
years
     3 — 5
years
     More than
5 years
 

Operating lease obligations(1)

   $ 429      $ 171      $ 258      $      $  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 429      $ 171      $ 258      $      $  

 

 

 

(1)   Our operating lease obligations relate to our former corporate headquarters which we are currently using as laboratory space in San Diego, California.

The table above excludes a non-cancellable operating lease we entered into in February 2018 for our new corporate headquarters and laboratory space in San Diego, California. The lease has an initial term of seven

 

79


Table of Contents

years and we have an option to extend the term of the lease for an additional five years and have a termination option subject to early termination fees. The lease is subject to base lease payments and additional charges for common area maintenance and other costs and includes certain lease incentives and tenant improvement allowances. Under the terms of the lease agreement, we provided the lessor with an irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $0.5 million. The lessor is entitled to draw on the letter of credit in the event of any default by us under the terms of the lease. Expected future minimum lease payments for the years ending December 31, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 and thereafter are $0.3 million, $1.1 million, $1.1 million, $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with clinical trial sites and clinical supply manufacturers and with vendors for preclinical studies, research supplies and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination after a notice period, and, therefore, are cancelable contracts and not included in the table above.

Critical accounting policies and significant judgments and estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, accrued expenses and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events, and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies and estimates to be most critical to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Grant revenues

Under the terms of the grants awarded, we are entitled to receive reimbursement of our allowable direct expenses, allocated overhead, general and administrative expenses and payment of other specified amounts. Revenues from development and support activities under the grants is recorded in the period in which the related costs are incurred for cost reimbursement grants. Revenue is recognized when earned and expenses are recognized when incurred. Any of the funding sources may request reimbursement for expenses or return of funds, or both, as a result of noncompliance by us with the terms of the grants. No reimbursement of expenses or return of funds for noncompliance has been requested or made since inception of the contract and grants.

Australian research and development tax incentive

CAPL is eligible to obtain a cash refund from the Australian Taxation Office for eligible research and development expenditures under the Australian Tax Incentive. The Australian Tax Incentive is recognized as a reduction to research and development expense when there is reasonable assurance that the Australian Tax Incentive will be received, the relevant expenditure has been incurred, and the amount can be reliably measured. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually received, if our estimates of the amounts and timing of the receipt of the Australian Tax Incentive differ from actual amounts received, it could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period.

 

80


Table of Contents

Accrued expenses

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. The significant estimates in our accrued research and development expenses include the costs incurred for services performed by our vendors in connection with research and development activities for which we have not yet been invoiced.

We base our expenses related to research and development activities on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with vendors that conduct research and development on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the research and development expense. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepaid expense accordingly. Advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made.

Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, if our estimates of the status and timing of services performed differ from the actual status and timing of services performed, it could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences between our estimates of such expenses and the amounts actually incurred.

Stock-based compensation expense

Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the grant date fair value of employee awards over the requisite service period of the awards (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. For stock awards for which vesting is subject to performance-based milestones, the expense is recorded over the remaining service period after the point when the achievement of the milestone is probable or the performance condition has been achieved. We account for awards to nonemployees using the fair value method. Awards to nonemployees are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms and was not material for all periods presented. We estimate the fair value of all stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recognize forfeitures as they occur.

Estimating the fair value of equity awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of stock options, the expected dividend yield and the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

81


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2017, the unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock options was $0.2 million and is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.0 years. The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2017 was approximately $         million, based on the estimated public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, of which approximately $         million related to vested options and approximately $                million related to unvested options.

Common stock valuations

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing fair value calculations, which is the most subjective input into the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards was determined on each grant date by our board of directors, taking into account input from management and independent third-party valuation analyses. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant, based on the information known to us on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock in order to determine an exercise price for the option grants. Our determinations of the fair value of our common stock were made using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid.

Our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors, along with input from management, to determine the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

 

valuations of our common stock performed by independent third-party valuation specialists;

 

 

our stage of development and business strategy, including the status of research and development efforts of our product candidates, and the material risks related to our business and industry;

 

 

our results of operations and financial position, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

 

the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

 

the lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;

 

 

the prices of our convertible preferred stock sold to investors in arm’s length transactions and the rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

 

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

 

trends and developments in our industry; and

 

 

external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors.

Our valuations were prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the Practice Aid, which prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, income and market approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. The cost approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the cost of reproducing or replacing the property less depreciation and functional or economic obsolescence, if present. The income approach establishes the value of

 

82


Table of Contents

an enterprise based on the present value of future cash flows that are reasonably reflective of our company’s future operations, discounting to the present value with an appropriate risk adjusted discount rate or capitalization rate. The market approach is based on the assumption that the value of an asset is equal to the value of a substitute asset with the same characteristics. Each valuation methodology was considered in our valuations. In determining a fair value for our common stock, we estimated the enterprise value of our business using either the market approach or back-solve method. The back-solve method assigns an implied enterprise value based on the most recent round of funding or investment and allows for the incorporation of the implied future benefits and risks of the investment decision assigned by an outside investor. In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the various methods for allocating the enterprise value across our classes and series of capital stock to determine the fair value of our common stock at each valuation date. We concluded that the Option Pricing Method, or OPM, was most appropriate for each of the valuations of our common stock performed by independent third-party valuation specialists. We believed the OPM was the most appropriate given the expectation of various potential liquidity outcomes and the difficulty of selecting and supporting appropriate enterprise values given our early stage of development. Under the OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of our common stock based on its closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

Other company information

Net operating loss and research and development carryforwards and other income tax information

At December 31, 2017, we had federal, state, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $6.2 million, $6.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal and state loss carryforwards will begin expiring in 2035, unless previously utilized. The foreign loss carryforwards do not expire. We also have federal and California research and development credit carryforwards totaling $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal research and development credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2030, unless previously utilized. The California research credits do not expire.

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. Based on the weight of all evidence including a history of operating losses, management has determined that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance of $4.9 million as of December 31, 2017 has been established to offset the deferred tax assets as realization of such assets is uncertain.

Future utilization of our net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to an annual limitation, pursuant to Internal Revenue Code, or IRC, Sections 382 and 383, as a result of ownership changes that may have occurred or that could occur in the future. An ownership change occurs when a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. It is possible that we have already incurred ownership changes and may incur additional ownership changes in the future, including as a result of this offering. We have not completed an IRC Section 382/383 analysis regarding the limitation of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards. When this analysis is finalized, we plan to update our unrecognized tax benefits accordingly.

We have not provided for deferred taxes on the outside basis difference of CAPL. The deficit in earnings would result in a deferred tax asset, and it is not apparent that this temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

83


Table of Contents

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 includes a number of changes to existing U.S. tax laws that impact us, most notably a reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from a maximum of 35% to a flat 21%, effective January 1, 2018, and a one-time transition tax on unremitted foreign earnings. In conjunction with the tax law changes, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118, or SAB 118, to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. In these instances, a company can record provisional amounts in its financial statements for the income tax effects for which a reasonable estimate can be determined. For items for which a reasonable estimate cannot be determined, a company should continue to apply Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, based on the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately prior to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 being enacted.

As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, we have remeasured our deferred tax assets based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, resulting in a reduction in the deferred tax asset balance of $1.6 million in 2017 which was offset by a reduction in the valuation allowance by a corresponding amount. The one-time transition tax is based on the total post-1986 earnings and profits, or E&P, previously deferred from U.S. income taxes. As we have a deficit in post-1986 E&P from CAPL, there was no increase in income tax expense as a result of the one-time transition tax. This impact is considered to be a provisional amount as we are still analyzing certain aspects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 and refining our calculations. The ultimate impact may differ from this provisional amount, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions we have made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions we may take as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We also intend to rely on other exemptions provided by the JOBS Act, including without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which converges the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board standard on revenue recognition. Areas of revenue recognition that will be affected include, but are not limited to, transfer of control, variable consideration, allocation of transfer pricing, licenses, time value of money, contract costs and disclosures. This guidance is effective for the fiscal years and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We adopted ASU 2014-09 on January 1, 2018. We do not currently have any contracts with customers and, as such, the adoption had no material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, which outlines a comprehensive lease accounting model and supersedes the current lease guidance. The new accounting standard requires lessees to recognize lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms of greater than twelve months. It also changes the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. The new accounting standard must be adopted using the modified retrospective approach and is

 

84


Table of Contents

effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adoption on our consolidated financial statements.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

During the periods presented we did not have, nor do we currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined under the rules of the SEC.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Interest rate risk

Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and a money market account. We do not hold any short-term investments. As a result, the fair value of our portfolio is moderately insensitive to interest rate changes.

Foreign currency

In January 2017, we formed a wholly-owned subsidiary in Australia, which exposes us to foreign currency exchange rate risk. The functional currency of CAPL is the United States dollar. Assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiary that are not denominated in the functional currency are remeasured into U.S. dollars at foreign currency exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date except for nonmonetary assets and capital accounts, which are remeasured at historical foreign currency exchange rates in effect at the date of transaction. Expenses are generally remeasured at foreign currency exchange rates which approximate average rates in effect during each period. Net realized and unrealized gains and losses from foreign currency transactions and remeasurement are reported in other income (expense), net, in the consolidated statements of operations and totaled approximately $44,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2017, the impact of a theoretical 10% change in the exchange rate of the Australian dollar would not result in a material gain or loss. To date, we have not hedged exposures denominated in foreign currencies.

Effects of inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and clinical trial costs. We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our results of operations during the periods presented.

 

85


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a clinical stage pharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel therapeutics for rare endocrine diseases and endocrine-related tumors. Endocrine pathways function to maintain homeostasis and commonly use peptide hormones acting through G protein coupled receptors, or GPCRs, to regulate many aspects of physiology including growth, energy, metabolism, gastrointestinal function and stress responses. We have assembled a seasoned team with extensive expertise in drug discovery and development in endocrine GPCRs and built a highly productive drug discovery organization. We have discovered a pipeline of oral nonpeptide (small molecule) new chemical entities that target peptide GPCRs to treat a variety of rare endocrine diseases where treatment options have significant efficacy, safety and/or tolerability limitations. Our lead product candidate, CRN00808, is currently in clinical development for the treatment of acromegaly, and we are advancing additional product candidates through preclinical studies in parallel. Our vision is to build the leading endocrine company which consistently pioneers new therapeutics to help patients better control their disease and improve their daily lives.

We focus on the discovery and development of oral nonpeptide therapeutics that target peptide GPCRs with well understood biological functions, validated biomarkers and the potential to substantially improve the treatment of endocrine diseases and/or endocrine-related tumors. Our pipeline consists of the following three product candidates and discovery program:

 

 

CRN00808, our lead product candidate, establishes a new class of oral selective nonpeptide somatostatin receptor type 2, or sst2, biased agonists designed for the treatment of acromegaly and is the first agent in its class with reported clinical results. Somatostatin is a neuropeptide hormone that broadly inhibits the secretion of other hormones, including growth hormone, or GH, from the pituitary gland. Acromegaly arises from a benign pituitary tumor that secretes excess GH that in turn causes excess secretion of insulin-like growth factor-1, or IGF-1, by the liver. This loss of homeostasis in the GH axis results in excess tissue growth and other adverse metabolic effects throughout the body. More than 25,000 people in the United States suffer from acromegaly, and an estimated 40% to 60% are candidates for chronic pharmacological intervention, of which somatostatin peptide analogs are the primary pharmacotherapy. In 2017, injected somatostatin peptide drugs accounted for approximately $2.7 billion in global sales for the treatment of acromegaly, neuroendocrine tumors, or NETs, and other uses. Currently marketed peptide drugs require painful monthly or daily injections and, in the case of somatostatin peptide drugs, often fail to fully control the disease in many acromegaly patients.

In March 2018, we reported initial results from a Phase 1, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, single- and multiple-ascending dose trial to evaluate the safety, pharmacokinetics, or PK, and pharmacodynamics, or PD, of CRN00808 in 99 healthy volunteers. CRN00808 demonstrated clinical proof-of-concept by potently suppressing stimulated GH and baseline IGF-1 in these subjects. The plasma exposure of CRN00808 indicated the drug was well absorbed with a half-life of 42 to 50 hours, supporting once daily administration in patients. The preliminary blinded adverse event profile appears consistent with that of approved peptide somatostatin analogs. In early 2019, we plan to initiate two Phase 2 clinical trials of CRN00808 in acromegaly patients, including those who are not adequately controlled with existing therapy.

 

 

CRN02481 represents a new class of oral selective nonpeptide somatostatin type 5 receptor, or sst5, agonists designed to treat congenital hyperinsulinism, or CHI. This is a devastating rare disease in which infants are born with mutations that cause excess secretion of the pancreatic hormone insulin resulting in profound hypoglycemia, a very low level of blood glucose. This loss of homeostatic control of blood glucose levels can lead to seizures, developmental disorders, learning disabilities, coma and even death. CHI occurs in

 

86


Table of Contents
 

approximately 1 in 30,000 to 50,000 new births. CRN02481 is currently in first-in-human enabling studies, and we expect to initiate a Phase 1 human proof-of-concept clinical trial in the first half of 2019. We expect results from this trial in 2019.

 

 

CRN01941 is an oral nonpeptide sst2 biased agonist designed for the treatment of NETs that originate from neuroendocrine cells commonly found in the gut, lung or pancreas. Typically, NETs are only diagnosed at a time of extensive metastatic disease and will often progress to liver failure. NETs are present in approximately 171,000 adults in the United States. Most NETs overexpress sst2 receptors and injected depots of peptide somatostatin analogs have become a standard of care. CRN01941 is currently in first-in-human enabling studies, and we expect to initiate a Phase 1 human proof-of-concept clinical trial in the first half of 2019. We expect results from this trial in late 2019/early 2020.

 

 

We have an ongoing discovery effort to identify and advance into development the first nonpeptide product candidate to antagonize the peptide adrenocorticotrophic hormone, or ACTH, designed for the treatment of Cushing’s disease. Cushing’s disease results from a pituitary tumor that secretes excess ACTH which in turn causes the downstream synthesis and over-secretion of cortisol by the adrenal glands. Cortisol is the body’s main stress hormone and excess amounts can cause significant increases in mortality and morbidity. Cushing’s disease is an orphan indication with a prevalence of approximately 16,000 patients in the United States. Our goal is to select a product candidate for preclinical development in 2019.

Patients with many other debilitating endocrine diseases await new therapeutic options, and we are continuously evaluating where next to deploy our drug discovery efforts. All of our product candidates have been discovered, characterized and developed internally and are the subject of composition of matter patent applications, including an issued U.S. patent covering CRN00808 extending to 2037. We have retained worldwide rights to commercialize our product candidates and do not have any royalty obligations. Over time, we intend to sell our products, if approved, through our own commercial organization, which we believe can be of modest size to cover the relatively small number of specialty endocrinologists who treat patients with rare endocrine diseases and endocrine-related tumors.

We were founded by a team of scientists with a track record of drug discovery and development to create important new therapeutic options for patients with rare endocrine diseases. Prior to founding the company, our Chief Executive Officer, Scott Struthers, Ph.D., was Senior Director and Head of Endocrinology and Metabolism at Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. There, Dr. Struthers and his fellow co-founders, Stephen Betz, Ph.D. and Frank Zhu, Ph.D., as well as our VP of Development Ajay Madan, Ph.D., D.A.B.T., held key leadership roles in the discovery and development of elagolix, a nonpeptide product candidate designed for the treatment of endometriosis and uterine fibroids that is currently awaiting a decision from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, on marketing approval. In addition, Dr. Madan held a key leadership role in the discovery and development of Ingrezza, which was approved by the FDA in 2017 for tardive dyskinesia. Our investors include 5AM Ventures, OrbiMed Advisors, Perceptive Advisors, RA Capital Management, Versant Ventures and Vivo Capital.

Our strategy

Our objective is to transform the treatment of rare endocrine diseases and endocrine-related tumors by creating a diversified portfolio of novel therapeutics that will advance the standard of care. To achieve this objective, we are pursuing the following strategy:

 

 

Focus on rare endocrine diseases and endocrine-related tumors with significant unmet medical need.     There are numerous rare endocrine diseases and endocrine-related tumors for which currently available pharmacological therapies (when they exist) have significant limitations in efficacy, safety and/or tolerability.

 

87


Table of Contents
 

Patients living with these diseases often experience significant morbidity, mortality and/or poor quality of life. We are focused on discovering, developing and commercializing orally available therapies for multiple rare indications across endocrinology to advance the standard of care for these patients.

 

 

Rapidly advance multiple product candidates in parallel to clinical proof-of-concept and late stage development by targeting diseases that require relatively small trials and employ validated biomarkers as clinical endpoints.    Phase 1 clinical trials for rare endocrine diseases and endocrine-related tumors can often measure predictive biomarkers in healthy volunteers and lower the technical risk by providing a predictive measure of efficacy early in clinical development. Clinical trials in these indications often enroll relatively small numbers of trial subjects and use validated biomarkers as registration endpoints, which we believe will allow us to efficiently develop multiple clinical programs in parallel. This advantage is exemplified by our lead product for acromegaly, CRN00808, which progressed from candidate identification to Phase 1 clinical proof-of-concept in healthy volunteers in just over one year. Similarly, our two preclinical programs in CHI and NETs follow this paradigm and should allow us to generate meaningful clinical data in Phase 1.

 

 

Continue to expand our therapeutic pipeline for rare endocrine diseases by leveraging the capabilities of our experienced discovery team in the area of peptide hormone GPCRs.    Our discovery team has significant expertise in understanding and creating product candidates to influence the dynamic behavior of GPCRs and has developed a number of proprietary methods, techniques and tools that we believe will enable us to efficiently and reliably evaluate newly synthesized molecules. We employ an iterative strategy where compounds are designed, synthesized and rapidly characterized for pharmacologic and pharmaceutical properties. This approach has led to our current pipeline, and we will continue to invest in creating additional product candidates acting at this important class of targets. Peptide hormone GPCRs regulate many aspects of physiology and are attractive drug targets for treating a broad range of diseases. There are more than 80 known peptide hormones acting at more than 120 known different receptors. With each of our drug discovery programs, our goal is to specifically tailor a product candidate with pharmacologic and pharmaceutical properties highly optimized for its interaction with its specific GPCR target that we anticipate will translate to downstream benefits in our chosen therapeutic applications.

 

 

Retain commercialization rights to maximize the value of our product candidates.    We plan to establish our own commercial organization in major markets and develop a network of third-party distributors in other selected markets. We believe this organization can be focused and modest in size due to the relatively small number of specialty endocrinologists who treat patients suffering from the diseases we target. Therefore, we do not expect that we will require larger pharmaceutical partners for commercialization of our product candidates, although we may consider partnering for certain territories or indications, or for other strategic purposes.

 

 

Maintain an entrepreneurial, scientifically rigorous and inclusive corporate culture where employees are fully engaged and strive to bring improved therapeutic options to patients.    The patients we seek to treat currently only have options with significant drawbacks and often limited efficacy, safety and/or tolerability. We are passionate about developing new pharmacological therapies to help these patients better control their diseases and to reduce the impact of these diseases on their daily lives. We believe that building a successful and sustainable endocrine company requires not just specific expertise in multiple areas of biology, chemistry, drug discovery, development and commercialization, but a team-oriented culture that integrates and harnesses the creative energy, scientific insights and enthusiasm of the entire organization.

 

88


Table of Contents

The endocrine system

Overview

The endocrine system regulates most of the body’s physiological activities through the actions of hormones, which are chemical and biochemical messengers secreted from different organs that influence growth, gastrointestinal function, maturation and development, reproduction, stress, metabolism and nearly all aspects of homeostasis. Hormones are structurally variable and can be monoamines, steroids, amino acids, peptides or larger proteins. The endocrine system includes the pituitary gland, hypothalamus, pancreas, adrenal gland, thyroid and parathyroid, ovaries and testes, as well as specialized enteroendocrine cells.

Hormonal secretion is complex and the body employs several mechanisms to exert positive and negative feedback control to maintain homeostasis. For example, the pituitary gland, which is located behind the eyes at the base of the brain, is sometimes referred to as “the master endocrine gland” because it regulates multiple endocrine systems. Positive and negative control of pituitary hormonal secretion is often dictated by the adjacent hypothalamus, which integrates feedback responses from other areas of the body, including the brain. In the case of GH, its synthesis and secretion is stimulated by growth hormone-releasing hormone, or GHRH, and inhibited by somatostatin, which are both hypothalamic peptides. Another example is the pancreas that secretes insulin and glucagon, which lower and raise blood glucose levels, respectively. Insulin and glucagon secretion are both inhibited by somatostatin, which is also locally produced in the pancreas.

Hormonal dysregulation can arise from endocrine organ defects, including injury, inflammation, genetic abnormalities or the growth of tumors derived from endocrine cells. These insults can result in the under-secretion or over-secretion of one or more hormones, disrupting homeostasis and causing disease. For example, several serious clinical disorders, including acromegaly and Cushing’s disease, result from pituitary tumors secreting excess hormones. In the pancreas, genetic defects or cellular dysfunction can give rise to disorders of under-secretion or over-secretion of pancreatic hormones (e.g., hyperinsulinemia).

Peptide hormone GPCRs

Various GPCRs are expressed in every type of cell in the body and their function is to transmit signals from outside the cell across the membrane to signaling pathways within the cell, between cells and between organ systems. Because of these critical actions, the GPCR superfamily is the largest and single most important family of drug targets as highlighted by the large number of approved therapeutics targeting this class. However, most currently available GPCR-targeting drugs act at receptors for which the native ligands are small molecules, such as histamine, adrenaline and neurotransmitters.

Most peptide hormones bind selectively to specific receptors located on the surface of cells in the target tissue. Receptors for peptide hormones are often GPCRs, which play a central role in many biological processes and are linked to a wide range of disease areas. There are more than 80 known peptide hormones acting at more than 120 known different receptors. Historically, it was assumed that small molecules could not replicate or compete with the complex interactions between peptides and their cognate GPCRs. As such, most drugs developed for peptide GPCRs have been and continue to be peptides themselves, which present manufacturing and formulation difficulties and force patients to undergo frequent injections because peptides generally are not orally bioavailable. We believe our approach to developing novel small molecule product candidates that uniquely engage peptide hormone GPCRs will enable us to generate orally bioavailable, and potentially more selective, effective and better tolerated therapeutics for patients.

The somatostatin receptor family of peptide GPCRs is an illustrative example of the complex and subtle control inherent in endocrine biology and peptide hormone physiology. The peptide hormone somatostatin, which was

 

89


Table of Contents

first isolated over 40 years ago, is produced by a variety of cell types and has pleiotropic effects throughout the body, many of which are related to the inhibition of secretion of other hormones or neurotransmitters. The effects of somatostatin are mediated by five different somatostatin receptor proteins (sst1-sst5), which lower levels of cyclic adenosine monophosphate, or cAMP, a key intracellular signaling molecule regulated by GPCR activation. Each of these receptors is expressed in different subsets of tissues. For example, sst2 is the most widely expressed subtype in NETs and is the dominant receptor by which GH secretion is suppressed in the pituitary. The sst5 receptor is expressed by pancreatic islet cells where its activation potently inhibits insulin secretion.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 1.    GPCR signaling is determined by many factors, including the binding characteristics of ligands, which dictate the responses of different signaling and regulatory pathways. Selectively favoring one pathway over others is termed biased signaling. Upon activation, GPCRs can also be trafficked into the cell, where they are either targeted for degradation or recycled back to the cell surface.

GPCRs were originally thought to function as simple on-off switches responding to hormones and neurotransmitters, but have since been shown to exhibit complex and diverse molecular and cellular behaviors. Many lines of structural and mechanistic research demonstrate that distinct signaling cascades and feedback mechanisms create multi-dimensional pathways with distinct physiological responses. These different responses are based on ligand binding kinetics, receptor regulation and trafficking (Figure 1). Some transduce signals into the cell interior to regulate various cellular functions. Other responses attenuate hormonal signals to prevent overstimulation and include receptor internalization (a removal of the GPCR from the cell surface, which makes it unavailable for external ligands), desensitization and downregulation. The capacity of a GPCR ligand to preferentially affect one of these pathways, such as G-protein signaling, over others, such as receptor downregulation, is termed biased agonism. We believe our understanding of these different signaling pathways enables us to develop oral, small molecule product candidates that not only are highly selective for specific receptor subtypes but also are further custom-tailored to activate specific GPCR properties and ultimately improve patient outcomes.

 

90


Table of Contents

Our product candidates

All of our product candidates have been discovered and developed internally and we have retained global rights to commercialize our product candidates and have no royalty or licensing obligations. The following table summarizes our product candidate pipeline and anticipated milestones.

 

 

LOGO

CRN00808 for the treatment of acromegaly

Our lead product, CRN00808, is an oral selective nonpeptide sst2 biased agonist in clinical development for the treatment of acromegaly. CRN00808 is the first nonpeptide sst2 agonist with reported results from a clinical trial. Initial results from our Phase 1 trial of CRN00808 demonstrated clinical proof-of-concept based on observed suppression of GH and IGF-1 secretion in healthy volunteers. We plan to initiate two Phase 2 clinical trials in early 2019.

Disease background

Acromegaly is typically caused by a pituitary tumor that secretes excess GH. Pituitary tumors are generally benign adenomas that, in addition to GH secretion, also express membrane receptors for somatostatin. Increased GH secretion results in excess downstream secretion of IGF-1 from the liver. GH and IGF-1 promote tissue growth and have other metabolic effects throughout the body.

The symptoms of acromegaly include abnormal growth of hands and feet and changes in shape of the bones that result in alteration of facial features. Overgrowth of bone and cartilage and thickening of tissue can lead to arthritis, carpal tunnel syndrome, joint aches, enlarged lips, nose and tongue, deepening of voice due to enlarged vocal cords, sleep apnea due to obstruction of airways and enlargement of the heart, liver and other organs. Additional symptoms can include thick, coarse, oily skin, skin tags, excessive sweating and skin odor, fatigue and weakness, headaches, goiter, decreased libido, menstrual abnormalities in women and erectile dysfunction in men. As the tumor grows, it can impinge on the nerves in the optic chiasm leading to visual problems and potentially vision loss. Compression of the surrounding normal pituitary tissues can decrease production of other pituitary hormones, resulting in hypopituitarism. Acromegaly patients experience increased mortality rates, principally due to cardiovascular diseases (diabetes, hypertension), respiratory disease and cerebrovascular diseases.

Acromegaly is often suspected when the patient exhibits enlargement of extremities and an alteration of facial features. Pituitary tumors are also often found during clinical workup for severe headaches, vision changes or incidentally on cranial imaging initiated for other reasons. Elevation of serum IGF-1 levels confirms the suspicion of acromegaly, but a formal diagnosis requires lack of suppression of serum GH levels in response to

 

91


Table of Contents

an oral glucose tolerance test. A magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or computerized tomography (CT) scan of the pituitary is then used to locate the tumor, determine its size and assess the potential for surgical intervention. There are an estimated 25,000 patients in the United States with acromegaly.

Current treatments and limitations

The major goals of treatment are to reduce serum GH and normalize IGF-1 levels, ameliorate symptoms and relieve any pressure resulting from the tumor. Surgical removal of the pituitary tumor is the first treatment option and often results in rapid improvement of symptoms. Surgery can be curative if the tumor is small and accessible enough to be fully resected. However, an estimated 40% to 60% of acromegaly patients turn to pharmacological treatments if they are not candidates for surgery or surgery was unsuccessful. Somatostatin analogs octreotide (marketed as Sandostatin) and lanreotide (marketed as Somatuline) are selective for sst2 receptors and are the preferred first-line pharmacologic treatments. However, these peptides leave many patients inadequately controlled. For example, a meta-analysis published in 2014 by the Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism showed that approximately 50% of over 4,000 acromegaly patients treated with octreotide or lanreotide failed to achieve biochemical control. Pegvisomant (marketed as Somavert) is a daily injectable GH receptor antagonist and is generally used in patients resistant to or intolerant of somatostatin analogs. Pasireotide (marketed as Signifor) is a less-selective sst receptor agonist that is also used and has activity toward sst5, sst3 and sst2 receptors. However, pasireotide treatment leads to a significant increase in pre-diabetes and diabetes due to its insulin-suppressing sst5 activity. Orally administered dopamine agonists, such as bromocriptine and cabergoline, are also used, but do not achieve hormone normalization in most patients. For this reason, dopamine agonists are usually used as adjunct to somatostatin analogs. While these currently approved drugs reduce the disease burden, many patients still report acromegaly symptoms despite treatment, particularly at the end of the monthly dosing cycle.

Currently available therapies for acromegaly are peptide drugs that require injection, making them both painful and inconvenient. Octreotide and pasireotide are typically a monthly intramuscular injection, lanreotide a monthly deep subcutaneous injection and pegvisomant a daily subcutaneous injection. Patients report pain, swelling and bruising both at the time of injection and for days following injections. In addition, octreotide, lanreotide and pasireotide labels require injections by a trained healthcare provider and are therefore inconvenient for patients. Finally, the reconstitution of ocreotide and pasireotide can be complex and prone to error for healthcare providers.

We believe that a once-daily oral nonpeptide somatostatin agonist that reduces excess GH secretion and normalizes IGF-1 levels in acromegaly patients would represent a major clinical advance by eliminating painful injections and reducing the frequency of physician office visits. Additionally, we believe it should allow physicians to more quickly determine optimal dosing regimens compared to existing depot therapies.

CRN00808 overview and clinical development

CRN00808, our lead product candidate, pioneers a new class of oral selective nonpeptide sst2 biased agonists designed for the treatment of acromegaly and is the first agent in its class with reported clinical results. It is designed to reduce excess GH secretion from benign pituitary tumors and normalize IGF-1 levels in patients with acromegaly. In vitro pharmacology studies demonstrated that CRN00808 potently stimulated sst2 receptor activity as measured by a decrease in cAMP accumulation in cells expressing the human sst2 receptor (EC50=0.25 nM, the concentration that achieves 50% cAMP inhibition). Analogous experiments using the other sst receptor subtypes showed CRN00808’s selectivity for sst2 was 4,000 times greater than the other sst receptor subtypes.

Internalization and desensitization of sst2 is thought to contribute to the inability of some patients to fully respond to octreotide. Therefore, in creating CRN00808, we focused our discovery efforts on identifying biased

 

92


Table of Contents

agonists that were selective for inhibition of cAMP accumulation while minimizing receptor internalization. In vitro studies have shown that CRN00808 was 75 times more potent for cAMP inhibition than receptor internalization. Figure 2 illustrates the difference in bias between octreotide and CRN00808. Concentrations of octreotide where cAMP is maximally suppressed also induced extensive internalization of sst2 receptors whereas in the same experiment, nearly all receptors remained on the cell surface at concentrations where CRN00808 maximally suppressed cAMP. We believe that this increased bias suggests a reduced likelihood of desensitization of the sst2 receptor by CRN00808 at pharmacologically relevant concentrations.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 2.    Dose response curves are shown from individual representative experiments. All points are the mean ± standard error of either triplicate or quadruplicate readings. White circles are from a cAMP assay measuring sst2 activation. Black circles are from an internalization assay measuring the amount of cell surface receptors. M = molar concentration.

In addition to somatostatin receptor-directed pharmacology, CRN00808 showed little off-target activity in a variety of assays for other GPCRs, enzymes, ion channels and transporters. Based on further in vivo studies in rats and dogs, CRN00808 suppressed GH and IGF-1 consistent with its mechanism of action. We conducted 28-day good laboratory practice, or GLP, toxicity studies in rats and dogs and identified no dose-limiting toxicities, which supported moving CRN00808 into human clinical trials.

 

93


Table of Contents

We began a Phase 1, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in late 2017 to assess the safety, tolerability, PK and PD of CRN00808 in 99 healthy human volunteers. This trial was performed at a single center in Melbourne, Australia, and the overall trial design is shown in Figure 3. Safety, tolerability and PK were monitored in all subjects. Subjects in the single ascending dose, or SAD, arm (up to 20 mg) were also evaluated for the ability of CRN00808 to suppress GH secretion. Because GH secretion is pulsatile during the day, subjects in the first five SAD cohorts were given an intravenous bolus of GHRH (50 µg) to ensure a reliable window of high GH secretion. These GH responses were evaluated on day -1 (the day prior to dosing) and again on day 1 (the day of dosing either CRN00808 or placebo). The ability of CRN00808 to suppress serum IGF-1 was evaluated in the multiple ascending dose, or MAD, cohorts. The clinical portion of the trial has been completed. Preliminary interim analysis of the PK and PD has been performed and are discussed below. Analysis of the safety and tolerability data is in progress and we are currently blinded.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 3.    Design of CRN00808 Phase 1 trial. The SAD phase (N=8* per cohort (6 active, 2 placebo)) initially used an oral solution (1.25-20 mg) and switched to capsules for later cohorts (40-60 mg). The 10 mg SAD cohort also compared the plasma exposure of CRN00808 when it was administered as an oral solution, first generation capsules when fasted and as first generation capsules when taken with a high-fat breakfast. The MAD phase (N=9 per cohort (6 active, 3 placebo)) only used capsules (5-30 mg). There was an additional cohort (N=8) to assess the potential for drug-drug-interactions (midazolam +/- 20 mg CRN00808). *The 20 mg SAD Cohort only enrolled 7 subjects due to a subject’s last-minute cancellation.

Figure 4 shows a summary of PK/PD data from the SAD arm of the trial. As illustrated for the 10 mg cohort in Figure 4a, administration of GHRH on day -1 resulted in a rapid surge of serum GH that lasted approximately 2 hours. In contrast to day -1, the presence of CRN00808 in plasma strongly suppressed (approximately 92%) stimulated GH secretion, consistent with the compound’s activity as an sst2 agonist. This response was dose dependent as shown in Figure 4b. The first-generation capsule achieved approximately 75% of the total plasma exposure (area under the curve, or AUC) of the same dose administered as an oral solution to fasted subjects (Figure 4c). However, when the capsule was administered with a standardized high fat meal, plasma AUC was reduced by approximately 83%, suggesting that the current formulation should be taken under fasted conditions. In the drug-drug interaction cohort, repeated dosing of CRN00808 resulted in no change in the exposure of the sensitive CYP3A4 reporter midazolam, suggesting that CRN00808 is not likely to cause drug interactions by inhibiting the metabolism of other drugs that are primarily metabolized by the major CYP enzymes in the liver.

 

94


Table of Contents

 

LOGO    LOGO
LOGO    Figure 4.    PK/PD analysis of the single-ascending dose arm. a) Suppression of GHRH stimulated GH by 10 mg of CRN00808 administered as an oral solution on day 1 (filled circles), compared to day -1 (open circles). The plasma exposure of CRN00808 is shown in black squares. b) Dose response of GH suppression of CRN00808 (data excludes an outlier in the 1.25 mg cohort which was likely related to variability in method of GHRH administration. The methodology was corrected for cohorts 2.5 mg and higher). c) Comparison of CRN00808 plasma exposure following oral administration of 10 mg CRN00808 as an oral solution (black squares) and as a first-generation capsule (white squares). h = hour, Pbo=placebo. All data are mean ± standard error.

In the MAD arm, subjects were dosed with CRN00808 for seven days (5 mg cohort) or ten days (10-30 mg cohorts) and serum IGF-1 levels were measured each day. In both acromegaly patients and healthy volunteers, sustained suppression of GH release results in lowering of serum IGF-1 levels. However, in contrast to the rapid effects of the GH response, IGF-1 levels are known to decrease more gradually and require several days of exposure to somatostatin agonists to produce an observable effect. Figure 5a illustrates the PK/PD relationship between trough plasma CRN00808 concentrations and IGF-1 levels. As CRN00808 concentrations reached steady state, serum IGF-1 concentrations began to decline. This decline reached steady state in approximately seven days. Of note, IGF-1 remained suppressed for several days after the final dose, but began to recover as CRN00808 plasma concentrations fell.

As shown in Figure 5b, CRN00808 exhibited dose-proportional increase in exposure and a half-life of 42 to 50 hours, consistent with potential for once daily administration. Suppression of IGF-1 levels for the 10 mg, 20 mg and 30 mg cohorts was similar (Figure 5c) indicating that the 10 mg dose achieved a maximal response. This degree of IGF-1 suppression by CRN00808 was similar to that observed for peptide somatostatin analogs (octreotide, lanreotide) in previously reported healthy volunteer studies. Concentrations of somatostatin analogs in healthy volunteers that result in this level of suppression in healthy volunteers are comparable to the trough concentrations in patients on the highest approved dose. This suggests that drug concentrations that result in maximal suppression of IGF-1 in healthy volunteers translates to meaningful suppression of IGF-1 in acromegaly patients. Based on this analysis, we selected 10 mg as the initial dose in our Phase 2 trials.

 

95


Table of Contents
LOGO    LOGO
LOGO    Figure 5.    PK/PD analysis of the multiple-ascending dose arm. a) Time-course of plasma CRN00808 trough concentrations (black squares) and IGF-1 concentrations (grey squares) in the 10 mg MAD cohort. b) Plasma concentration of CRN00808 on last day of dosing. 30 mg (black circles), 20 mg (white circles), 10 mg (black squares), 5 mg (white squares). c) Dose response of IGF-1 suppression on last day of dosing for MAD cohorts compared to placebo (Pbo). All data are mean ± standard error.

While we have yet to lock the database and unblind the safety data from our Phase 1 clinical trial for CRN00808, the preliminary adverse event profile appears consistent with that of approved peptide somatostatin analogs.

Based on the initial results of our Phase 1 clinical trial, we believe we have demonstrated proof-of-concept for the ability of CRN00808 to suppress the GH axis in humans. We plan to initiate two Phase 2 clinical trials in acromegaly patients in early 2019. We anticipate that the first of these will be a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial conducted in patients whose IGF-1 levels are currently controlled by octreotide or lanreotide. We plan to conduct a second, open-label exploratory trial to evaluate the effects of CRN00808 on patients whose IGF-1 levels are not adequately controlled by octreotide or lanreotide alone. In parallel, we are developing a second-generation capsule formulation that may mitigate the food effect observed with the first-generation capsule.

CRN02481 for the treatment of hyperinsulinemias

CRN02481 is an oral selective nonpeptide sst5 receptor agonist designed to inhibit the excess insulin secretion associated with congenital and acquired disorders of hyperinsulinism, with our initial focus on CHI. We are currently conducting first-in-human enabling studies for CRN02481 and expect results from a planned Phase 1 human proof-of-concept clinical trial in 2019.

Disease background

Hyperinsulinemia is a heterogeneous condition in which dangerously low blood sugar levels are caused by increased insulin secretion from pancreatic ß-cells. The most severe form of hyperinsulinemia arises from CHI, a disorder whose underlying pathology is driven by genetic mutations in key genes involved in regulating insulin secretion from ß-cells. The incidence of CHI is approximately 1 in 30,000 to 50,000 new births.

 

96


Table of Contents

Hyperinsulinemia is one of the most frequent causes of persistent hypoglycemia in neonates and infants. Early diagnosis is vital to prevent neurological complications due to chronic low blood sugar, which can result in apneas, seizures, developmental delays, learning disabilities, epilepsy and even death.

Hyperinsulinemia can also be a severe complication for patients with insulin secreting tumors (insulinomas). Insulinomas are a specific type of NET derived from pancreatic ß-cells that secrete insulin and cause hypoglycemia. The incidence of insulinomas is 1 to 4 in 1,000,000 persons. In addition, hyperinsulinemic hyperglycemia following meals in patients who have undergone gastric bypass surgery (commonly referred to as Dumping Syndrome) occurs in approximately 10 to 15% of these patients. The number of gastric bypass surgeries continues to increase, from an estimated 158,000 surgeries in 2011 to 216,000 in 2016.

Current treatments and limitations

Maintaining glucose levels through feeding or glucose infusions is the first step in managing CHI. Diazoxide is the only approved therapy indicated for hyperinsulinemia. It acts at the ATP-sensitive potassium channels, or KATP, that are involved in insulin secretion and inhibits insulin secretion. However, mutations in these channels are present in approximately half of CHI patients, which limits the efficacy of the drug in this population. There are also serious side effects of diazoxide, which include hypertrichosis (abnormal and excessive hair growth over much of the body) and pulmonary hypertension, for which the FDA issued a warning regarding its use in infants and children. Octreotide (used off-label) is administered as subcutaneous injections up to six times/day in those who respond poorly to diazoxide. Octreotide is an sst2 agonist, which can suppress both insulin and glucagon secretion (Figure 6). As glucagon is a primary physiologic defense mechanism against hypoglycemia, targeting sst2 is not optimal for CHI patients. Patients who fail pharmacological therapy often progress to partial or nearly complete pancreatectomy, which can result in type I diabetes that must be managed for the remainder of the patient’s life. We believe an orally available sst5 agonist would provide an important new therapeutic option that inhibits insulin secretion while avoiding glucagon suppression, allowing these patients to maintain normal glucose levels and possibly avoid pancreatectomy, the surgical removal of all or a part of the pancreas.

 

LOGO

Figure 6.    Hyperinsulinemia arising in CHI and the potential utility of sst5 agonists.

 

97


Table of Contents

CRN02481 overview and preclinical development

CRN02481 is an optimized, orally available, nonpeptide sst5 agonist that is designed to reduce the excess secretion of insulin in patients with CHI, insulinomas and post-meal hypoglycemia that occurs in some patients who have undergone bariatric surgery.

In the process of discovering CRN00808, we synthesized many other drug-like nonpeptides, some of which also showed activity at other somatostatin receptor subtypes including sst5. Because activation of sst5 is known to strongly inhibit insulin secretion, we focused on optimizing selective sst5 agonists to identify potential product candidates, eventually selecting CRN02481. This molecule is a highly potent agonist of the sst5 receptor (EC50 = 0.4 nM) with selectivity against other somatostatin receptors (>15-10,000-fold).

CRN02481 was examined in a rat model of CHI (Figure 7). In this model, rats were treated with sulfonylurea glyburide, which promotes insulin release by acting at KATP channels. This activity mimics the KATP channel mutations found in about half of CHI patients. This high level of insulin produced a decrease of blood glucose in rats. When these rats were then treated with CRN02481, blood glucose levels returned to normal, and at higher doses, even to a hyperglycemic state. Repeat dose experiments demonstrated that insulin continued to be suppressed after seven days. Further, glucagon secretion was not suppressed in these experiments.

 

 

LOGO    LOGO

Figure 7.    a) Rescue of glyburide-induced hypoglycemia by CRN02481 in rats. To mimic a high insulin state similar to CHI, rats were treated with the sulfonylurea glyburide (30 mg/kg, black circles) or vehicle (white circles). CRN02481 was administered orally two hours after glyburide administration at either 3 mg/Kg (grey squares) or 10 mg/Kg (white squares). b) Effects on insulin and glucagon secretion by CRN02481 in rats. Animals were orally administered 30 mg/Kg glyburide (black bars) or glyburide + 10 mg/Kg CRN02481 (grey bars) daily for 7 days. Insulin and glucagon were measured three hours after CRN02481 administration on the first and last day of dosing. All data are mean ± standard error.

In addition, the drug-like characteristics of CRN02481 met our rigorous internal criteria that we use to determine if a product candidate should enter into preclinical development. This includes extensive evaluation of pharmacology, selectivity, drug interaction potential, oral bioavailability and PK in multiple species, synthetic accessibility and preliminary non-GLP safety assessments including 14-day screening toxicology in rats and cardiovascular safety studies in dogs.

 

98


Table of Contents

We are currently optimizing the good manufacturing process, or GMP, synthesis and performing GLP first-in-human enabling studies for CRN02481. We expect to initiate a Phase 1 human proof-of-concept clinical trial that evaluates inhibition of insulin secretion and its effects on blood glucose in the first half of 2019. We expect results from this trial in 2019.

CRN01941 for the treatment of neuroendocrine tumors (NETs)

CRN01941 is an oral, selective nonpeptide sst2 biased agonist designed for the treatment of NETs that originate from neuroendocrine cells commonly found in the gut, lung or pancreas. We are currently conducting first-in-human enabling studies for CRN01941 and expect results from a planned Phase 1 human proof-of-concept clinical trial in late 2019/early 2020.

Disease background

NETs arise from cells of the enteroendocrine system in the gastrointestinal tract (approximately 70% of cases), but can also arise from neuroendocrine cells in the lung (approximately 25% of cases) or, more rarely, the pancreas. These tumors are usually slow growing and often initially asymptomatic. Therefore, many patients are only diagnosed at a time of extensive metastatic disease, and these patients will often progress to liver failure. In approximately 10% of cases, these tumors are associated with excess secretion of serotonin resulting in carcinoid syndrome, which is characterized by severe diarrhea and flushing. Patients with well- and moderately-differentiated tumors and distant metastases have a five-year survival probability of 35%, according to a study published in the Journal of Clinical Oncology. NETs are present in approximately 171,000 adults in the United States and while still an orphan disease, it is the second most common gastrointestinal malignancy after colon cancer.

Current treatments and limitations

Most NETs overexpress sst2 receptors and injected depots of peptide somatostatin analogs have become a standard of care for patients with carcinoid syndrome. Lanreotide was approved for the treatment of gastroenteropancreatic NETs based on a long-term study that showed significant improvement in progression free survival. However, many patients eventually become increasingly resistant to somatostatin analogs requiring increased dosage of depot preparations or use of short-acting analogs as an add-on therapy. In 2017, the serotonin synthesis inhibitor, telotristat, was approved as an add-on therapy to somatostatin analogs to help prevent breakthrough symptoms of carcinoid syndrome. Second-line targeted therapies Afinitor and Sutent are typically only used in patients with high grade tumors which constitute only a small fraction of NETs.

The overexpression of sst2 in NETs is also the basis for somatostatin targeted radioimaging of the tumors for diagnosis and staging. Peptide somatostatin analogs modified to incorporate a chelating agent can use their sst2 binding activity to concentrate radioisotopes in tumor tissue that can then be imaged using positron-emission tomography (PET). More recently, this approach has been adapted to deliver the alpha particle emitter 177Lu for anti-tumor activity. A drug using this mechanism, Lutathera, significantly improved progression free survival and led to a substantial reduction in the risk of disease progression or death when added onto octreotide LAR therapy compared to a double dose of octreotide LAR, in a Phase 3 trial in NET patients who had failed on somatostatin analog therapy.

CRN01941 overview and preclinical development

CRN01941 is an optimized, selective, orally available, nonpeptide biased agonist of sst2 receptor designed for the treatment of patients with NETs. The chemical structure of CRN01941 is derived from a different chemical scaffold from that of CRN00808. In vitro pharmacology studies demonstrated that CRN01941 potently (EC50=0.1 nM) stimulated sst2 receptor activity (as measured by a decrease in cAMP accumulation in cells expressing the

 

99


Table of Contents

human sst2 receptor) and is highly biased for Gi signaling versus receptor internalization (88-fold). Analogous experiments using the other sst receptor subtypes showed selectivity for sst2 was greater than 100-fold over the other sst receptor subtypes.

In addition, the drug-like characteristics of CRN01941 met our rigorous internal criteria that we use to determine if a product candidate should enter into preclinical development. This includes extensive evaluation of pharmacology, selectivity, drug interaction potential, oral bioavailability and PK in multiple species, synthetic accessibility and preliminary non-GLP safety assessments including 14-day screening toxicology in rats and cardiovascular safety studies in dogs.

We are currently optimizing GMP synthesis and performing GLP first-in-human enabling studies on CRN01941 and expect to initiate a Phase 1 human proof-of-concept clinical trial in the first half of 2019. We expect results from this trial in late 2019/early 2020.

Product candidate for the treatment of Cushing’s disease

We have identified selective, orally available nonpeptide ACTH antagonist leads intended for the treatment of Cushing’s disease that are designed to prevent excessive stimulation of the adrenal glands by the high circulating levels of ACTH found in Cushing’s disease patients. This program is currently in the lead optimization stage, and our goal is to select a product candidate for preclinical development in 2019.

Disease background

Cushing’s syndrome was first described by Harvey Cushing over a century ago and results from a prolonged exposure to elevated levels of glucocorticoids, particularly cortisol. Common signs include growth of fat pads (collarbone, back of neck, face, trunk), excessive sweating, dilation of capillaries, thinning of the skin, muscle weakness, hirsutism, depression/anxiety, hypertension, osteoporosis, insulin resistance and hyperglycemia, heart disease and a range of other metabolic disturbances resulting in high morbidity. While excessive synthetic steroid administration or adrenal tumors can cause ACTH-independent forms of the disease, ACTH dependent Cushing’s syndrome (known as Cushing’s disease) is the most common form accounting for 60-80% of all cases and is most often due to tumors of pituitary corticotrophic cells that secrete excess ACTH.

Cushing’s disease is an orphan indication with a prevalence of approximately 16,000 patients in the United States. It presents much more commonly in women, and usually between 30 and 50 years of age. Cushing’s disease often takes many years to diagnose and may well be under-diagnosed in the general population as many of its symptoms such as lethargy, depression, obesity, hypertension, hirsuitism and menstrual irregularity can be incorrectly attributed to other more common disorders.

Current treatments and limitations

As with acromegaly, first-line therapy for Cushing’s disease is surgery to remove the pituitary tumor if possible. Pharmacological therapy is required when surgery is delayed, contraindicated or unsuccessful. Adrenal enzyme inhibitors (e.g., metyrapone and ketoconazole) prevent the synthesis of cortisol and can improve symptoms. However, metyrapone is associated with hirsuitism in women (because of the accumulation of androgenic steroid precursors to cortisol) and patients must be monitored carefully to avoid hypoadrenalism. Ketoconazole often requires progressively increasing dosage to maintain disease control but this is ultimately limited by the hepatotoxicity of the drug. In addition, it is a potent inhibitor of one of the most important drug metabolizing enzymes in the liver, CYP3A4, resulting in the potential for negative drug-interactions as a side effect. Mifepristone, a potent glucocorticoid receptor antagonist, is approved for control of hyperglycemia in Cushing’s syndrome, but has significant liabilities due to its potent anti-progesterone activity. The recently approved somatostatin analog, pasireotide, inhibits ACTH secretion, but in a recently published study, only 15-26% of

 

100


Table of Contents

patients in a Phase 3 trial achieved normalization of urinary free cortisol while 73% of patients experienced a hyperglycemia-related adverse event due to the compound’s potent inhibition of insulin secretion. Therefore, we believe a significant unmet medical need exists for improved agents to treat Cushing’s disease.

Product candidate discovery program

ACTH acts through a peptide GPCR called the melanocortin type 2 receptor, or MC2, that is specifically expressed in the adrenal gland. Activation of MC2 by ACTH results in increased synthesis of cAMP, enhanced synthesis and secretion of cortisol and hypertrophy of adrenal cells. Our discovery team has identified potent, selective nonpeptide antagonists of MC2 designed to block ACTH action and prevent its excessive stimulation of the adrenal gland in Cushing’s disease patients. This program is currently in the lead optimization stage, and our goal is to select a product candidate for preclinical development in 2019.

Competition

The commercialization of new drugs is competitive and we could face competition from a number of pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies around the world. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects or more convenient than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we do. The key competitive factors affecting the success of all of our programs are likely to be their efficacy, safety and convenience.

With respect to CRN00808, injected peptide somatostatin agonists and GH receptor antagonists are the main medical therapies for acromegaly patients where surgery is unsuccessful. There are three injected somatostatin analogs approved for the treatment of acromegaly: octreotide (marketed by Novartis AG), lanreotide (marketed by Ipsen Biopharmaceuticals, Inc.) and pasireotide (marketed by Novartis). Pegvisomant (marketed by Pfizer Inc.) is a daily injectable growth hormone receptor antagonist and is generally used in patients not fully controlled on somatostatin analogs. Orally administered dopamine agonists, such as bromocriptine and cabergoline, are also used. In terms of other products in clinical development, all of them are new formulations of peptide somatostatin agonists or GH receptor antagonists. Chiasma, Inc. is in Phase 3 development for an oral octreotide product candidate for the maintenance therapy of adult patients with acromegaly in whom prior treatment with somatostatin analogs has been shown to be effective and tolerated. Other companies developing peptide somatostatin agonists or GH receptor antagonists include Camurus AB, Dauntless Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Enesi Pharma Limited, Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc./Antisense Therapeutics Ltd., Ipsen, MidaTech Pharma PLC and Novartis.

With respect to CRN02481, maintaining glucose levels through feeding or glucose infusions is the first step in managing CHI. Diazoxide (marketed by Teva Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) is the only approved therapy indicated for hyperinsulinemia. Octreotide (used off-label) is administered as subcutaneous injections in those who respond poorly to diazoxide. Patients who fail pharmacological therapy often progress to partial or nearly complete pancreatectomy, which can result in type I diabetes that must be managed for the remainder of the patient’s life. Companies in or entering Phase 3 are Eli Lilly and Company and Zealand Pharma A/S with glucagon analogs, and Xeris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. with glucagon Ready-To-Use (RTU). Other companies developing products for potential use in CHI include Eiger Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. and Rezolute, Inc.

With respect to CRN01941, injected depots of peptide somatostatin analogs are used as therapy for NETs. In adults whose carcinoid syndrome symptoms are inadequately controlled by somatostatin therapy, telotristat ethyl (marketed by Lexicon Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) is an orally administered add-on therapy. Targeted therapies everolimus (marketed by Novartis) and sunitinib malate (marketed by Pfizer) are typically only used in patients with high grade tumors which constitute only a small fraction of NETs. In 2018, the FDA approved Novartis’

 

101


Table of Contents

Lutathera for the treatment of somatostatin receptor positive gastroenteropancreatic neuroendocrine tumors. Companies in Phase 3 development include Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and EUSA Pharma Inc. Other companies developing products for potential use in NETs include Apeiron Scientific, LLC, Camurus, Celgene Corporation, EpicentRx, Inc., Ipsen, Mateon Therapeutics, Inc., Merck & Co., Inc., MidaTech, Novartis, Oncoceutics, Inc. and Roche Holding AG.

As with acromegaly, first-line therapy for Cushing’s disease is surgery to remove the pituitary tumor if possible. Adrenal enzyme inhibitors (metyrapone, ketoconazole) prevent the synthesis of cortisol and can improve symptoms. Mifepristone (marketed by Corcept Therapeutics, Inc.), a glucocorticoid receptor antagonist, is approved for control of hyperglycemia in Cushing’s syndrome. The somatostatin agonist pasireotide is also approved for Cushing’s disease. Novartis and Strongbridge Biopharma are each conducting Phase 3 clinical trials with osilodrostat and levoketoconazole, respectively. Other companies developing products for potential use in Cushing’s disease include Corcept, Cyclacel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Millendo Therapeutics, Inc.

There may be other earlier stage clinical programs that, if approved, would compete with our products. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we have. Additional mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical industry may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. Competition may increase further as a result of advances made in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these fields. Our success will be based in part on our ability to build and actively manage a portfolio of drugs that addresses unmet medical needs and creates value in patient therapy.

Intellectual property

We strive to protect and enhance the proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are commercially important to our business, including seeking, maintaining and defending our patent rights. We own the issued patents and patent applications relating to our lead product candidate CRN00808, as well as our other product candidates, including CRN02481 and CRN01941. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing patent applications in the United States and in jurisdictions outside of the United States directed to our proprietary technology, inventions, improvements and product candidates that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on trade secrets and know-how relating to our proprietary technology and product candidates and continuing innovation to develop, strengthen and maintain our proprietary position in the field of endocrinology. We also plan to rely on data exclusivity, market exclusivity and patent term extensions when available. Our commercial success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for our technology, inventions and improvements; to preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets; to defend and enforce our proprietary rights, including any patents that we may own in the future; and to operate without infringing on the valid and enforceable patents and other proprietary rights of third parties.

As of May 1, 2018, we own three U.S. patents, one pending U.S. patent application, three pending U.S. provisional patent applications and seven pending foreign patent applications, two of which are international patent applications filed under the Paris Cooperation Treaty (PCT) and two of which are European regional patent applications. More specifically, we own one U.S. patent with claims directed to our lead product candidate CRN00808 and other related compounds, as a composition of matter, as well as claims directed to pharmaceutical compositions and uses of such compounds, including the use of CRN00808, to treat acromegaly, neuroendocrine tumors, and/or pain. This U.S. patent is expected to expire in July 2037, absent any patent term extensions for regulatory delay. The other patents and patent applications are directed to various compounds as compositions of matter, pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and related methods of using such compounds. These issued patents, and any patents that may issue from our

 

102


Table of Contents

pending patent applications are expected to expire between 2036 and 2039, absent any patent term adjustments or extensions. We also possess substantial know-how and trade secrets relating to the development and commercialization of our product candidates, including related manufacturing processes and technology. We also own three trademark registration applications.

With respect to our product candidates and processes we intend to develop and commercialize in the normal course of business, we intend to pursue patent protection covering, when possible, compositions, methods of use, dosing and formulations. We may also pursue patent protection with respect to manufacturing and drug development processes and technologies.

Issued patents can provide protection for varying periods of time, depending upon the date of filing of the patent application, the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In general, patents issued for applications filed in the United States can provide exclusionary rights for 20 years from the earliest effective filing date. In addition, in certain instances, the term of an issued U.S. patent that covers or claims an FDA approved product can be extended to recapture a portion of the term effectively lost as a result of the FDA regulatory review period, which is called patent term extension. The restoration period cannot be longer than five years and the total patent term, including the restoration period, must not exceed 14 years following FDA approval. The term of patents outside of the United States varies in accordance with the laws of the foreign jurisdiction, but typically is also 20 years from the earliest effective filing date. However, the actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a product-by-product basis, from country-to-country, and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory-related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent.

The patent positions of companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. No consistent policy regarding the scope of claims allowable in patents in the field of endocrinology has emerged in the United States. The relevant patent laws and their interpretation outside of the United States is also uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or their interpretation in the United States and other countries may diminish our ability to protect our technology or product candidates and could affect the value of such intellectual property. In particular, our ability to stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing products that infringe our intellectual property will depend in part on our success in obtaining and enforcing patent claims that cover our technology, inventions and improvements. We cannot guarantee that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications we may file in the future, nor can we be sure that any patents that may be granted to us in the future will be commercially useful in protecting our products, the methods of use or manufacture of those products. Moreover, even our issued patents do not guarantee us the right to practice our technology in relation to the commercialization of our products. Patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology space are evolving and involve many risks and uncertainties. For example, third parties may have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from commercializing our product candidates and practicing our proprietary technology, and our issued patents may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products or could limit the term of patent protection that otherwise may exist for our product candidates. In addition, the scope of the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar technology. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies that are outside the scope of the rights granted under any issued patents. For these reasons, we may face competition with respect to our product candidates. Moreover, because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that, before any particular product candidate can be commercialized, any patent protection for such product may expire or remain in force

 

103


Table of Contents

for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing the commercial advantage the patent provides.

Manufacturing

Manufacturing, testing and storage of our product candidates for nonclinical and clinical studies is conducted at third-party contract manufacturers and distributors. We do not plan to build plants or facilities for development or commercial scale manufacture or storage of our product candidates. To date, the contract manufacturers have met our manufacturing requirements, and we expect them to be capable of providing sufficient quantities of our product candidates to meet estimated full-scale commercial needs. However, the contract manufacturers may be required to increase production scale, or we may need to secure alternate suppliers.

Sales and marketing

We intend to build the commercial infrastructure in major markets to effectively support the commercialization of all of our product candidates, if and when we believe a regulatory approval of the first of such product candidates in a particular geographic market appears imminent. The commercial infrastructure for orphan products typically consists of a targeted, specialty sales force that calls on a focused group of physicians supported by sales management, medical liaisons, internal sales support, an internal marketing group and distribution support. One challenge unique to commercializing therapies for rare diseases is the difficulty in identifying eligible patients due to the very small and sometimes heterogeneous disease populations.

Additional capabilities important to the orphan marketplace include the management of key accounts, such as managed care organizations, group purchasing organizations, specialty pharmacies and government accounts. To develop the appropriate commercial infrastructure, we will have to invest significant amounts of financial and management resources, some of which will be committed prior to any confirmation that any of our product candidates will be approved.

Where appropriate, we may elect in the future to utilize strategic partners, distributors or contract sales forces to assist in the commercialization of our product candidates. In certain instances, we may consider building our own commercial infrastructure.

Government regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of products such as those we are developing. A new drug must be approved by the FDA through the new drug application, or NDA, process before it may be legally marketed in the United States.

U.S. drug development process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and its implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts,

 

104


Table of Contents

restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

 

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in accordance with GLP regulations and other applicable regulations;

 

 

submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

 

approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

 

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practice, or GCP, regulations to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its intended use;

 

 

submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

 

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

 

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the drug is produced to assess compliance with current GMP, or cGMP, requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and

 

 

FDA review and approval of the NDA.

Once a pharmaceutical candidate is identified for development, it enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, to the FDA as part of the IND. The sponsor will also include a protocol detailing, among other things, the objectives of the first phase of the clinical trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated, if the first phase lends itself to an efficacy evaluation. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. Clinical holds also may be imposed by the FDA at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns about on-going or proposed clinical trials or non-compliance with specific FDA requirements, and the trials may not begin or continue until the FDA notifies the sponsor that the hold has been lifted.

All clinical trials must be conducted under the supervision of one or more qualified investigators in accordance with GCP regulations, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. They must be conducted under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the safety and effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND, and timely safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse events. An IRB at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve each protocol before a clinical trial commences at that institution and must also approve the information regarding the trial and the consent form that must be provided to each trial subject or his or her legal representative, monitor the study until completed and otherwise comply with IRB regulations.

 

105


Table of Contents

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

 

 

Phase 1:    The product candidate is initially introduced into healthy human subjects and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, such as cancer, especially when the product may be too inherently toxic to ethically administer to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients. Sponsors sometimes designate their Phase 1 clinical trials as Phase 1a or Phase 1b. Phase 1b clinical trials are typically aimed at confirming dosing, pharmacokinetics and safety in larger number of patients. Some Phase 1b studies evaluate biomarkers or surrogate markers that may be associated with efficacy in patients with specific types of diseases.

 

 

Phase 2:    This phase involves clinical trials in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and appropriate dosage.

 

 

Phase 3:    Clinical trials are undertaken to further evaluate dosage, clinical efficacy and safety in an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical study sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk-benefit ratio of the product candidate and provide, if appropriate, an adequate basis for product labeling.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 studies, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA.

The FDA or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. In addition, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. Depending on its charter, this group may determine whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial.

During the development of a new drug, sponsors are given opportunities to meet with the FDA at certain points. These points may be prior to submission of an IND, at the end of Phase 2, and before an NDA is submitted. Meetings at other times may be requested. These meetings can provide an opportunity for the sponsor to share information about the data gathered to date, for the FDA to provide advice, and for the sponsor and the FDA to reach agreement on the next phase of development. Sponsors typically use the meetings at the end of the Phase 2 trial to discuss Phase 2 clinical results and present plans for the pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials that they believe will support approval of the new drug.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug. In addition, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

While the IND is active and before approval, progress reports summarizing the results of the clinical trials and nonclinical studies performed since the last progress report must be submitted at least annually to the FDA,

 

106


Table of Contents

and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the same or similar drugs, findings from animal or in vitro testing suggesting a significant risk to humans, and any clinically important increased incidence of a serious suspected adverse reaction compared to that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.

There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed trial results to public registries. Sponsors of certain clinical trials of FDA-regulated products are required to register and disclose specified clinical trial information, which is publicly available at www.clinicaltrials.gov. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, trial sites and investigators and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved.

U.S. review and approval process

The results of product development, preclinical and other non-clinical studies and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the chemistry of the drug, proposed labeling and other relevant information are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product. The submission of an NDA is subject to the payment of substantial user fees; a waiver of such fees may be obtained under certain limited circumstances. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether its manufacturing is cGMP-compliant to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA for a new molecular entity to review and act on the submission. This review typically takes twelve months from the date the NDA is submitted to FDA because the FDA has approximately two months to make a “filing” decision after it the application is submitted. The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP requirements.

After the FDA evaluates an NDA, it will issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes the specific deficiencies in the NDA identified by the FDA and may require additional clinical data, such as an additional pivotal Phase 3 trial or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, nonclinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the sponsor must resubmit the NDA or, addressing all

 

107


Table of Contents

of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval.

If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. In addition, the FDA may require a sponsor to conduct Phase 4 testing, which involves clinical trials designed to further assess a drug’s safety and effectiveness after NDA approval, and may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products which have been commercialized. The FDA may also place other conditions on approval including the requirement for a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to assure the safe use of the drug. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the NDA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Marketing approval may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory requirements or if problems occur following initial marketing.

The Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, requires a sponsor to conduct pediatric clinical trials for most drugs, for a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration. Under PREA, original NDAs and supplements must contain a pediatric assessment unless the sponsor has received a deferral or waiver. The required assessment must evaluate the safety and effectiveness of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The sponsor or FDA may request a deferral of pediatric clinical trials for some or all of the pediatric subpopulations. A deferral may be granted for several reasons, including a finding that the drug is ready for approval for use in adults before pediatric clinical trials are complete or that additional safety or effectiveness data needs to be collected before the pediatric clinical trials begin. The FDA must send a non-compliance letter to any sponsor that fails to submit the required assessment, keep a deferral current or fails to submit a request for approval of a pediatric formulation.

Orphan drug designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States or, if it affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States, there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. Orphan designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity or inability to manufacture the product in sufficient quantities. The designation of such drug also entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. However, competitors, may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan exclusivity also could block the

 

108


Table of Contents

approval of one of our product candidates for seven years if a competitor obtains approval of the same drug as defined by the FDA or if our product candidate is determined to be contained within the competitor’s product for the same indication or disease. In addition, if an orphan designated product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan exclusivity.

Expedited development and review programs

The FDA has a fast track designation program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drug products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. Unique to a fast track product, the FDA may consider for review sections of the NDA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA.

Any product submitted to the FDA for approval, including a product with a fast track designation, may also be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. A product is eligible for priority review if it has the potential to provide safe and effective therapy where no satisfactory alternative therapy exists or a significant improvement in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a disease compared to marketed products. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. The FDA endeavors to review applications with priority review designations within six months of the filing date as compared to ten months for review of new molecular entity NDAs under its current PDUFA review goals.

In addition, a product may be eligible for accelerated approval. Drug products intended to treat serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions may be eligible for accelerated approval upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product. Fast track designation, priority review and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process.

FDASIA established a category of drugs referred to as “breakthrough therapies” that may be eligible to receive breakthrough therapy designation. A sponsor may seek FDA designation of a product candidate as a “breakthrough therapy” if the product is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other products, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the fast track program features, as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance. The breakthrough therapy designation is a distinct status from both accelerated approval and priority review, which can also be granted to the same drug if relevant criteria are met. If a product is designated as breakthrough therapy, the FDA will work to expedite the development and review of such drug.

 

109


Table of Contents

Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. We may explore some of these opportunities for our product candidates as appropriate.

Post-approval requirements

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, certain manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further FDA review and approval. Drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP regulations and other laws and regulations. In addition, the FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.

Any drug products manufactured or distributed by us or our partners pursuant to FDA approvals will be subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse experiences with the drug, providing the FDA with updated safety and efficacy information, drug sampling and distribution requirements, complying with certain electronic records and signature requirements, and complying with FDA promotion and advertising requirements. The FDA strictly regulates labeling, advertising, promotion and other types of information on products that are placed on the market and imposes requirements and restrictions on drug manufacturers, such as those related to direct-to-consumer advertising, the prohibition on promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product’s approved labeling (known as “off-label use”), industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the internet. Discovery of previously unknown problems or the failure to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements may result in restrictions on the marketing of a product or withdrawal of the product from the market as well as possible civil or criminal sanctions. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant or manufacturer to administrative or judicial civil or criminal sanctions and adverse publicity. FDA sanctions could include refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, clinical holds on post-approval clinical trials, warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, debarment, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal penalties.

Marketing exclusivity

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain marketing applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to obtain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve or even accept for review an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, or an NDA submitted under Section 505(b)(2), or 505(b)(2) NDA, submitted by another company for another drug based on the same active moiety, regardless of whether the drug is intended for the same indication as the original innovative drug or for another indication, where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required

 

110


Table of Contents

for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement to one of the patents listed with the FDA by the innovator NDA holder.

The FDCA alternatively provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the modification for which the drug received approval on the basis of the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or 505(b)(2) NDAs for drugs containing the active agent for the original indication or condition of use. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of marketing exclusivity available in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity provides for an additional six months of marketing exclusivity attached to another period of exclusivity if a sponsor conducts clinical trials in children in response to a written request from the FDA. The issuance of a written request does not require the sponsor to undertake the described clinical trials. In addition, orphan drug exclusivity, as described above, may offer a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity, except in certain circumstances.

U.S. coverage and reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any therapeutic product candidate for which we may seek regulatory approval. Sales in the United States will depend in part on the availability of sufficient coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, which include government health programs such as Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE and the Veterans Administration, as well as managed care organizations and private health insurers. Prices at which we or our customers seek reimbursement for our therapeutic product candidates can be subject to challenge, reduction or denial by payors.

The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product is typically separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be available. Additionally, in the United States there is no uniform policy among payors for coverage or reimbursement. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own coverage and reimbursement policies, but also have their own methods and approval processes. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. If coverage and adequate reimbursement are not available, or are available only at limited levels, successful commercialization of, and obtaining a satisfactory financial return on, any product we develop may not be possible.

Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. In order to obtain coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for marketing, we may need to conduct expensive studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of any products, which would be in addition to the costs expended to obtain regulatory approvals. Third-party payors may not consider our product candidates to be medically necessary or cost-effective compared to other available therapies, or the rebate percentages required to secure favorable coverage may not yield an adequate margin over cost or may not enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in drug development.

 

111


Table of Contents

Healthcare reform

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and continue to be, several legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of drug product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities, and affect the profitable sale of drug product candidates.

Among policy makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access. In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, was passed, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both the government and private insurers, and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The ACA, among other things: (1) increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extends the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; (2) established an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents apportioned among these entities according to their market share in some government healthcare programs; (3) expanded the availability of lower pricing under the 340B drug pricing program by adding new entities to the program; (4) increased the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program; (5) expanded the eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; (6) created a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; (7) created a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% (and 70% commencing January 1, 2019) point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; (8) established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and (9) established a Center for Medicare Innovation at the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drugs.

Some of the provisions of the ACA have yet to be implemented, and there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, as well as recent efforts by the Trump administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. For example, President Trump has signed Executive Orders and other directives designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. Concurrently, Congress has considered legislation that would repeal or repeal and replace all or part of the ACA. While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, bills affecting the implementation of certain taxes under the ACA have been signed into law. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” Additionally, on January 22, 2018, President Trump signed a continuing resolution on appropriations for fiscal year 2018 that delayed the implementation of certain ACA-mandated fees, including the so-called “Cadillac” tax on certain high cost employer-sponsored insurance plans, the annual fee imposed on certain health insurance providers based on market share, and the medical device excise tax on non-exempt medical devices. Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, among other things, amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the “donut hole.”

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted, including aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year and reduced payments to several types of

 

112


Table of Contents

Medicare providers. Moreover, there has recently been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the federal level, the Trump administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2019 contains further drug price control measures. While any proposed measures will require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, Congress and the Trump administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

U.S. healthcare fraud and abuse laws and compliance requirements

Federal and state healthcare laws and regulations restrict business practices in the biopharmaceutical industry. These laws include anti-kickback and false claims laws and regulations, data privacy and security, and transparency laws and regulations.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act and the civil monetary penalties statute.

The federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, prohibit, among other things, any individual or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government or knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created additional federal civil and criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program. In addition, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of protected health information on HIPAA covered entities, which include certain healthcare provider, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, and their business associates who conduct certain activities involving protected health information on their behalf.

The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to CMS information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians and teaching hospitals, and applicable manufacturers and applicable group purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

Similar state and foreign laws and regulations may also restrict business practices in the biopharmaceutical industry, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to business practices, including but

 

113


Table of Contents

not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non- governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, or by patients themselves; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws and regulations that require drug manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information, which requires tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to physicians, other healthcare providers and entities; state and local laws that require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure compliance with applicable healthcare laws and regulations can involve substantial costs. Violations of healthcare laws can result in significant penalties, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other U.S. healthcare programs, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment or restructuring of operations.

Employees

As of March 31, 2018, we had 28 full-time employees, 13 of which have a Ph.D. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Research and development

We have invested $5.1 million and $9.2 million in research and development for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Facilities

As of May 2018, we have transitioned into a new corporate headquarters, consisting of a 29,499 square foot facility in San Diego, California. We use our corporate headquarters primarily for corporate, research, development, clinical, regulatory, manufacturing and quality functions. Our lease for this facility expires in February 2025, with the option to extend the term of the lease for an additional five years, subject to certain conditions.

We also continue to lease an 8,624 square foot facility in San Diego, California, which served as our prior corporate headquarters. We intend to continue using this facility as laboratory space until the third quarter of 2018.

We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our current needs, and that suitable additional alternative spaces will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms, if required.

Legal proceedings

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings or subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, such proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

 

114


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers, key employees and directors

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers, key employees and directors as of March 31, 2018.

 

Name    Age        Position

Executive Officers

       

R. Scott Struthers, Ph.D.

     56        President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Marc Wilson

     39        Chief Financial Officer

Key Employees

       

Stephen F. Betz, Ph.D.

     52        Vice President, Biology

Ajay Madan, Ph.D., D.A.B.T.

     50        Vice President, Development

Yun-Fei (Frank) Zhu, Ph.D.

     55        Vice President, Chemistry

Non-Employee Directors

       

Wendell Wierenga, Ph.D.

     70        Chairman of the Board of Directors

Mason Freeman, M.D.

     67        Director

Matthew K. Fust

     53        Director

Stephen Kaldor, Ph.D.

     55        Director

Weston Nichols, Ph.D.

     33        Director

Jack B. Nielsen, M.Sc.

     54        Director

 

 

(1)   Member of the compensation committee

 

(2)   Member of the audit committee

 

(3)   Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive officers

R. Scott Struthers, Ph.D., is our co-founder and has served on our board of directors since November 2008 and as our President and Chief Executive Officer since December 2008. Prior to Crinetics, he was senior director and head of endocrinology and metabolism at Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc., from 1998 to 2008. At Neurocrine, he initiated and led the company’s efforts to discover and develop orally active, nonpeptide GnRH antagonists, including elagolix. Prior to Neurocrine, from 1995 to 1998, he co-founded ScienceMedia Inc. to develop eLearning solutions for the life sciences and higher education markets and led contract research efforts at Biosym Technologies, from 1992 to 1995, to develop and apply computational tools for drug discovery. Dr. Struthers is also a co-founder of the San Diego Entrepreneurs Exchange, a nonprofit organization which he has served on the board of directors of since January 2009. He holds a Ph.D. in physiology and pharmacology from the University of California, San Diego. Dr. Struthers’ knowledge of our business, as well as his extensive development and clinical experience, contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Marc Wilson has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2018. Prior to Crinetics, Mr. Wilson was Vice President of Finance and Accounting and Chief Accounting Officer at Cidara Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly-traded

 

115


Table of Contents

biotechnology company, from September 2014 to January 2018. Prior to Cidara, from October 2010 to August 2014, Mr. Wilson was Director of Accounting and Controller at Trius Therapeutics, a biopharmaceutical company, until its acquisition by Cubist Pharmaceuticals. Prior to Trius, Mr. Wilson worked at Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. from 2007 to 2010. Mr. Wilson began his career in 2001 with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and is a certified public accountant. Mr. Wilson earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics and Accounting from the College of the Holy Cross.

Key employees

Stephen F. Betz, Ph.D., is our co-founder and has served as our Vice President, Biology since December 2009. Previously, from June 2003 to May 2009, he was Director of Endocrinology and Metabolism at Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc., where he worked on the discovery and development of GnRH receptor antagonists and nonpeptide modulators of other endocrine targets. Prior to Neurocrine, from 2001 to 2003, he led laboratory efforts at GeneFormatics, Inc., and from 1996 to 2000, he worked in pharmaceutical discovery at Abbott Laboratories, including structure-guided drug design, assay development, and compound screening in the Research Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Group. He holds a B.S. in chemistry from the University of Delaware and a Ph.D. in chemistry from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

Ajay Madan, Ph.D., D.A.B.T., has served as our Vice President, Development since May 2016. Previously, from May 2002 to July 2016, Dr. Madan worked at Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc., including as Vice President of Preclinical Development from February 2013 to July 2016, where he was responsible for drug metabolism, pharmacokinetics, toxicology, and clinical pharmacology in support of a number of drug discovery and development programs. Since 2004, Dr. Madan has also taught, and continues to teach, courses at the University of California San Diego (UCSD) on selecting promising drug candidates and preclinical drug discovery and development. Prior to Neurocrine, from 1994 to 2002, Dr. Madan worked at XenoTech LLC, an in vitro drug research company, including as the Chief Scientific Officer, from 2001 to 2002. Dr. Madan is an author of more than 50 scientific publications, and he has been a diplomat of the American Board of Toxicology since 2005. He holds a B.Pharm. degree from Birla Institute of Technology and a Ph.D. in pharmacology and toxicology from the University of Kansas.

Yun-Fei (Frank) Zhu, Ph.D., is our co-founder and has served as our Vice President, Chemistry since December 2009. Previously, from 1997 until May 2009, he worked at Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc., including as the Director of Medicinal Chemistry in the endocrinology and metabolism group from January 2005 to May 2009. At Neurocrine, he led discovery for the backup nonpeptide GnRH antagonist program. Prior to Neurocrine, from 1991 to 1997, he worked at CombiChem, Inc., a combinatorial chemistry-based drug discovery company, and BioResearch, Inc., a chemical technology company. He was a postdoctoral fellow at the University of California, San Diego from 1990 to 1991. He holds a B.S. in chemistry from Hangzhou University and a Ph.D. in organic chemistry from Shanghai Institute of Organic Chemistry, Chinese Academy of Sciences.

Non-employee directors

Wendell Wierenga, Ph.D. joined our board of directors as Chairman in October 2015. Dr. Wierenga brings to our board over four decades of experience in research, drug discovery and drug development, including clinical research, regulatory affairs, manufacturing, safety, and medical affairs. He has an extensive background serving as a public company executive and board member in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. He most recently served as Executive Vice President, Research and Development, at Santarus, Inc., a specialty biopharmaceutical company, from June 2011 until its acquisition by Salix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in 2014. Prior to Santarus, he was Executive Vice President of Research and Development at Ambit Biosciences Corporation from 2007 until 2011 and Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. from 2003 until 2006. Additionally, Dr. Wierenga served as Chief Executive Officer of Syrrx, Inc. (now part of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company), Senior Vice President of

 

116


Table of Contents

Worldwide Pharmaceutical Sciences, Technologies and Development at Parke-Davis/Warner Lambert Company LLC (now Pfizer, Inc.), and he spent 16 years at Upjohn Pharmaceuticals in research and drug discovery roles. Dr. Wierenga serves as a member of the board of directors of Patara Pharma LLC and Dermata Therapeutics, LLC, both private companies. He also serves on the board of the following publicly-traded companies: Apricus Biosciences, Inc., a urology and rheumatology company, Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on deuterium chemistry, and Cytokinetics Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. He was previously on the board of directors of Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (acquired by Amgen), Anacor Pharmaceuticals Inc. (acquired by Pfizer) XenoPort, Inc. (acquired by Arbor Pharmaceuticals) and Ocera Therapeutics Inc. (acquired by Mallinckrodt). Additionally, Dr. Wierenga serves on multiple scientific advisory boards, including Concert Pharmaceuticals, Ferring Pharmaceuticals, and aTyr Pharma, Inc. He holds a Ph.D. in Chemistry from Stanford University and a B.A. in Chemistry from Hope College. Dr. Wierenga’s scientific background and ability to contribute to the Board’s understanding of technical matters relating to our business, as well as Dr. Wierenga’s broader business development and corporate experience on the boards of directors of several biopharmaceutical companies, contributed to our board’s conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Mason Freeman, M.D. has served on our board of directors since October 2015. Dr. Freeman joined 5AM Ventures, a life science focused investment firm, as a scientific advisor in 2007 and became a venture partner in 2008. He serves as Chief of the Lipid Metabolism Unit and director of translational medicine at Massachusetts General Hospital (MGH) and is a professor at Harvard Medical School. Dr. Freeman currently serves on the Scientific Advisory Board of Homology Medicines, Inc., a public genetic medicines company, and Mitobridge, Inc., a biotechnology company that was acquired by Astrellas Pharma Inc. in January 2018, and serves as a Clinical Advisor to ScPharmaceuticals, Inc., a public pharmaceutical company. Dr. Freeman previously served as Clinical Advisor to Relypsa, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on protein therapeutics, and previously served as a director of Envoy Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, until its acquisition by Takeda. Trained in internal medicine and endocrinology, Dr. Freeman has spent twenty-five years studying the trafficking of cholesterol into and out of cells. Following post-doctoral research fellowships in the Biology Department at MIT and the Endocrine Division at MGH, he became Chief of the MGH’s Lipid Metabolism Unit, in 1992, which he continues to direct as well as the translational medicine programs at the MGH center for computational and integrative biology and the MGH clinical research program. In these roles, he oversees a basic science research laboratory devoted to studying lipid trafficking as well as a clinical investigative team developing a novel oral anti-diabetic drug. From 2005 to 2007, he served as a head of the Novartis translational medicine program for cardiovascular & metabolic diseases as well as global head of biomarker development. Dr. Freeman is an editor of the adult primary care lipid section of a leading medical textbook, UpToDate. Dr. Freeman holds a B.A. from Harvard College and M.D. from the University of California, San Francisco. Dr. Freeman’s significant academic and clinical experience, and his experience as a venture capitalist, contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Matthew K. Fust has served on our board of directors since February 2018. He is currently a board member and advisor to life sciences companies. Mr. Fust retired as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, where he served from January 2009 through its acquisition by Amgen Inc. in October 2013. From May 2003 to December 2008, Mr. Fust served as Chief Financial Officer at Jazz Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company. From 2002 to 2003, Mr. Fust served as Chief Financial Officer at Perlegen Sciences, a biopharmaceutical company. Previously, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at ALZA Corporation, a pharmaceutical company, where he was an executive from 1996 until 2002. Mr. Fust serves on the board of directors of the following publicly traded companies: Dermira, Inc., a medical dermatology company, Atara Biotherapeutics, Inc., an immunotherapy company, MacroGenics, Inc., a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company, and Ultragenyx Pharmaceutical, Inc., a rare disease company. Mr. Fust previously served on the board of directors Sunesis

 

117


Table of Contents

Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from May 2005 until May 2017. Mr. Fust received a B.A. from the University of Minnesota and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Fust’s experience as a chief financial officer in the life sciences industry, his leadership and management experience, and his service as a director of other biopharmaceutical companies, contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Stephen Kaldor, Ph.D. has served on our board of directors since October 2015. Dr. Kaldor has over 25 years of experience in the biotech and pharmaceutical industries. He currently serves as a director and Chief Executive Officer of Fount Therapeutics, LLC, a biotechnology company. Dr. Kaldor previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer at Quanticel Pharmaceuticals Inc., a privately-held cancer drug discovery company, from February 2011 until its acquisition by Celgene Corporation in October 2015. Dr. Kaldor was also a venture partner at Versant Ventures from January 2011 until October 2015. Prior to that, Dr. Kaldor served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ambrx Inc., a biotechnology company. from July 2007 to June 2010. He was the President and Chief Scientific Officer at Syrrx Inc., a privately-held biotechnology company, from March 2003 until its acquisition by Takeda San Diego, Inc., the U.S. Discovery Research Center for Takeda Pharmaceuticals, in March 2005, and he continued on as President and Chief Scientific Officer at Takeda until July 2007. Dr. Kaldor has served on the board of directors of Resolute Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company, since October 2016, as a strategic advisor to FronThera US Pharmaceuticals LLC, a small molecule drug company, since March 2016 and as a scientific advisory board member of Crown Bioscience, Inc., a translational technology company, since January 2009. Previously, Dr. Kaldor served as a director of Furiex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly-traded biotechnology company, from November 2010 until its acquisition by Forest Laboratories, Inc. in 2014 and as a director of Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a privately-held pharmaceutical company, from March 2008 until its acquisition by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company in 2011. He started his career at Eli Lilly and Company in 1990 and is a chemist by training. He holds a B.A. in chemistry from Columbia University and a Ph.D. in organic chemistry from Harvard University. Dr. Kaldor’s extensive experience as an executive in the biopharmaceutical industry and his experience serving on numerous boards contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Weston Nichols, Ph.D. has served on our board of directors since February 2018. Since April 2016, Dr. Nichols has served as an analyst for Perceptive Advisors, a life sciences focused investment firm. From January 2015 to April 2016, Dr. Weston was an analyst at Balyasny Asset Management, an investment management firm, and from May 2014 to December 2014, he was a biotechnology equity research associate at SunTrust Robinson Humphrey. Dr. Weston holds a B.S. in biological engineering from Cornell University, and a Ph.D. in neuroscience from Caltech. Dr. Weston’s experience as venture capitalist in the life science industry contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Jack B. Nielsen, M.Sc. has served on our board of directors since February 2018. Mr. Nielsen has served as a Managing Director at Vivo Capital LLC, a healthcare focused investment firm, since August 2017, and served as a consultant there from March 2017 to July 2017. From 2001 to February 2017, Mr. Nielsen worked within the Novo A/S organization and its venture activities in several roles, most recently being employed as a Senior Partner based in Copenhagen, Denmark. From 2006 to 2012, Mr. Nielsen was employed as a Partner at Novo Ventures (US) Inc. in San Francisco, where he established the office which provides certain consultancy services to Novo A/S. Mr. Nielsen currently serves on the Board of Directors of Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. which is a publicly listed pharmaceutical company. He previously served on the board of directors of other public biotech companies: Merus, N.V., an immuno-oncology company, Apollo Endosurgery, a medical device company developing and marketing products for treatment of obesity, and Akebia Therapeutics, which develops treatments for certain anemias. He previously served as a member of the board of directors of a number of other private biopharmaceutical companies. Mr. Nielsen received a M.Sc. in Chemical Engineering from the Technical University of Denmark, and a Masters in Management of Technology from Center for Technology,

 

118


Table of Contents

Economics and Management, Technical University of Denmark. Mr. Nielsen’s experience as a venture capitalist and serving on various biotechnology company boards contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Board composition and election of directors

Director independence

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Dr. Struthers, are independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market. The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Classified board of directors

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

 

the Class I directors will be            ,            and                 , and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;

 

 

the Class II directors will be            ,            and            , and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

 

 

the Class III directors will be            ,            and            , and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two thirds of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Board leadership structure

Our board of directors is currently led by its chairman, Dr. Wierenga. Our board of directors recognizes that it is important to determine an optimal board leadership structure to ensure the independent oversight of

 

119


Table of Contents

management as the company continues to grow. We separate the roles of chief executive officer and chairman of the board in recognition of the differences between the two roles. The chief executive officer is responsible for setting the strategic direction for the company and the day-to-day leadership and performance of the company, while the chairman of the board of directors provides guidance to the chief executive officer and presides over meetings of the full board of directors. We believe that this separation of responsibilities provides a balanced approach to managing the board of directors and overseeing the company.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of board in risk oversight process

Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of the company’s risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board to understand the company’s risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk.

The audit committee reviews information regarding liquidity and operations, and oversees our management of financial risks. Periodically, the audit committee reviews our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors, and discussions with management regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. The compensation committee is responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. The nominating and corporate governance committee manages risks associated with the independence of the board, corporate disclosure practices, and potential conflicts of interest. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board as a whole.

Board committees and independence

Our board of directors has established three standing committees – audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance – each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board.

Audit committee

The audit committee’s main function is to oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our consolidated financial statements. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

 

appointing our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

120


Table of Contents
 

reviewing the design, implementation, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls and our critical accounting policies;

 

 

discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the review of our quarterly unaudited financial statements;

 

 

reviewing, overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our consolidated financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

 

reviewing on a periodic basis, or as appropriate, any investment policy and recommending to our board any changes to such investment policy;

 

 

reviewing with management and our auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding our results of operations;

 

 

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

 

 

reviewing and approving any related party transactions and reviewing and monitoring compliance with our code of conduct and ethics; and

 

 

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the audit committee and its members including compliance of the audit committee with its charter.

The members of our audit committee are                 ,                and                .                 serves as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market. Our board of directors has determined that                is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable Nasdaq rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined each of                ,                and                 is independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market. Upon the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, the audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market.

Compensation committee

Our compensation committee approves policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also approves the issuance of stock options and other awards under our equity plan. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter.

The members of our compensation committee are                ,                and                 .                 serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of                ,                and                 is independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Global Market, is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 162(m). Upon the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter, which the compensation committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

 

121


Table of Contents

Nominating and corporate governance committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in discharging the board’s responsibilities regarding the identification of qualified candidates to become board members, the selection of nominees for election as directors at our annual meetings of stockholders (or special meetings of stockholders at which directors are to be elected), and the selection of candidates to fill any vacancies on our board of directors and any committees thereof. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies, reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters and oversight of the evaluation of our board of directors. The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are                ,                 and                .             serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board has determined that each of                 is independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Global Market relating to nominating and corporate governance committee independence. Upon the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, which the nominating and corporate governance committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Board diversity

Upon the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the board of directors, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), the nominating and corporate governance committee, in recommending candidates for election, and the board of directors, in approving (and, in the case of vacancies, appointing) such candidates, will take into account many factors, including the following:

 

 

personal and professional integrity, ethics and values;

 

 

experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly-held company;

 

 

experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly-held company;

 

 

strong finance experience;

 

 

diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

 

 

diversity of background and perspective, including, but not limited to, with respect to age, gender, race, place of residence and specialized experience;

 

 

experience relevant to our business industry and with relevant social policy concerns; and

 

 

relevant academic expertise or other proficiency in an area of our business operations.

 

122


Table of Contents

Currently, our board of directors evaluates, and following the closing of this offering will evaluate, each individual in the context of the board of directors as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.

Code of business conduct and ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.crinetics.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

 

123


Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary compensation table” below. In 2017, our only “named executive officer” was R. Scott Struthers, our President and Chief Executive Officer.

Marc Wilson, our Chief Financial Officer, commenced employment in January 2018, so is not a named executive officer for 2017.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary compensation table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation that was awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officer for services rendered during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Name and principal position   Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)(1)
    Stock
awards
($)
    Option
awards
($)
    Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
    All other
compensation
($)(2)
    Total ($)  

R. Scott Struthers

    2017       350,000       29,200                         6,322       385,522  

President and Chief
Executive Officer

               

 

 

 

(1)   This column reflects the discretionary cash bonus paid to Dr. Struthers in September 2017.

 

(2)   Includes the value of health insurance premiums and life insurance premiums paid by us on Dr. Struthers’ behalf during 2017.

Narrative disclosure to compensation tables

Annual base salary

The compensation of our executive officers is generally determined and approved at the beginning of each year or, if later, in connection with the commencement of employment of the executive, by our board of directors or the compensation committee. As noted in the Summary Compensation Table above, Dr. Struthers’ base salary for 2017 was $350,000.

Bonus compensation

From time to time our board of directors or compensation committee may approve bonuses for our named executive officers based on individual performance, company performance or as otherwise determined appropriate. No formal bonus plan was in effect for Dr. Struthers during 2017. In 2017, our board of directors determined to pay a one-time discretionary cash bonus of $29,200 to Dr. Struthers in recognition of his contributions to the company.

Equity-based incentive awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests and the interests of our stockholders with those of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers. The board of directors is responsible for approving equity grants.

 

124


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering, since the adoption of our 2015 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, we have granted equity awards pursuant to the 2015 Plan. Prior to the adoption of the 2015 Plan, we granted some equity awards on a stand-alone basis and not pursuant to any formal plan. Following this offering, we will grant equity incentive awards under the terms of our 2018 equity incentive plan, or the 2018 Plan. The terms of our equity plans are described below under “—Incentive award plans.”

No equity awards were granted to Dr. Struthers during 2017 and, as of December 31, 2017, Dr. Struthers did not hold any outstanding equity awards of the company other than restricted stock as described below under “—Narrative disclosure to outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end table.” Dr. Struthers’ restricted stock vested in full in February 2018 in connection with our Series B preferred stock financing.

Employment agreements with our executive officers

Below are written descriptions of our employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Each of our executive officers’ employment is “at will” and may be terminated at any time.

Employment agreement with Dr. Struthers

We entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Struthers in October 2015, setting forth the terms of his employment as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to the agreement, Dr. Struthers is entitled to an annual base salary of $350,000, which amount is subject to annual review by and at the sole discretion of our compensation committee of the board of directors or its designee. Dr. Struthers is also eligible to participate in any bonus plan maintained by the company for our senior executives.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, if we terminate Dr. Struthers’ employment other than for cause (as defined below) or Dr. Struthers terminates his employment for good reason (as defined below), he is entitled to the following payments and benefits, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the company and his continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in his employment agreement: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary and accrued and unused paid time off, or PTO, through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a payment equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary, payable in a lump sum payment 60 days following the termination date; (3) payment for continued health plan coverage for up to 12 months following the date of termination or, if earlier, up to the date Dr. Struthers’ becomes eligible to receive equivalent or increased health plan coverage by means of subsequent employment or self-employment; and (4) if such termination occurs prior to a change in control (as defined below), automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of his unvested stock awards as to the number of stock awards that would vest over the 12-month period following the date of termination.

If Dr. Struthers’ employment is terminated by us other than for cause or by Dr. Struthers for good reason within 12 months after a change in control, in lieu of the severance benefits described above, he is entitled to the following payments and benefits, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the company and his continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in his employment agreement: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary and accrued and unused PTO through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a payment equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary, payable in a lump sum payment 60 days following the termination date; (3) payment for continued health plan coverage for up to 12 months following the date of termination or, if earlier, up to the date Dr. Struthers’ becomes eligible to receive equivalent or increased health plan coverage by means of subsequent employment or self-employment; and (4) a payment equal to the pro rata portion of Dr. Struthers’ then-current target annual bonus opportunity, payable in a lump sum payment 60 days following the date of termination.

 

125


Table of Contents

In addition, in the event of a change in control and subject to Dr. Struthers’ timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the company, 100% of Dr. Struthers’ outstanding unvested stock awards shall be automatically accelerated on the first to occur of (1) Dr. Struthers’ termination by us without cause or by Dr. Struthers for good reason after a change in control or (2) the first anniversary of the closing of such change in control.

In addition, in the event of Dr. Struthers’ termination of employment by reason of his death or permanent disability, and subject to Dr. Struthers’ (or his estate’s) timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the company, 100% of Dr. Struthers’ outstanding unvested stock awards shall be automatically accelerated on the date of termination.

In the event we terminate Dr. Struthers’ employment for cause, he terminates his employment without good reason, or upon his death or permanent disability, he is entitled to receive only his fully earned but unpaid base salary and accrued and unused PTO through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled.

Employment agreement with Marc Wilson

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Wilson in January 2018, setting forth the terms of his employment as our Chief Financial Officer. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Wilson is entitled to an annual base salary of $255,000, which amount is subject to annual review by and at the sole discretion of our compensation committee of the board of directors or its designee. Mr. Wilson is also eligible to participate in any bonus plan maintained by us for our senior executives.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. Wilson’s employment is terminated by us other than for cause (as defined below) or by Mr. Wilson for good reason (as defined below), he is entitled to the following payments and benefits, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the company and his continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in his employment agreement: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary and accrued and unused PTO through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a payment equal to 6 months of his then-current base salary, payable in a lump sum payment 60 days following the termination date; (3) payment for continued health plan coverage for up to 6 months following the date of termination or, if earlier, up to the date Mr. Wilson becomes eligible to receive equivalent or increased health plan coverage by means of subsequent employment or self-employment; and (4) if such termination occurs prior to a change in control (as defined below), automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of his unvested stock awards as to the number of stock awards that would vest over the 6-month period following the date of termination.

If Mr. Wilson’s employment is terminated by us other than for cause or by Mr. Wilson for good reason within 12 months after a change in control, in lieu of the severance benefits described above, he is entitled to the following payments and benefits, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the company and his continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in his employment agreement: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary and accrued and unused PTO through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a payment equal to 6 months of his then-current base salary, payable in a lump sum payment 60 days following the termination date; (3) payment for continued health plan coverage for up to 6 months following the date of termination or, if earlier, up to the date Mr. Wilson becomes eligible to receive equivalent or increased health plan coverage by means of subsequent employment or self-employment; and (4) a payment equal to the pro rata portion of Mr. Wilson’s then-current target annual bonus opportunity, payable in a lump sum payment 60 days following the date of termination.

 

126


Table of Contents

In addition, in the event of a change in control and subject to Mr. Wilson’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the company, 100% of Mr. Wilson’s outstanding unvested stock awards shall be automatically accelerated on the first to occur of (1) Mr. Wilson’s termination by us without cause or by Mr. Wilson for good reason after a change in control or (2) the first anniversary of the closing of such change in control.

In addition, in the event of Mr. Wilson’s termination of employment by reason of his death or permanent disability, and subject to Mr. Wilson’s (or his estate’s) timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the company and, in the case of his permanent disability, his continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in his employment agreement, 100% of Mr. Wilson’s outstanding unvested stock awards shall be automatically accelerated on the date of termination.

In the event we terminate Mr. Wilson’s employment for cause, he terminates his employment without good reason, or upon his death or permanent disability, he is entitled to receive only his fully earned but unpaid base salary and accrued and unused PTO through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled.

Defined terms applicable to executive employment arrangements

For purposes of the executive employment agreements, “cause” means any of the following: (1) the commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty, or the commission of some other illegal act, that causes material harm to us or any successor or affiliate; (2) conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (3) any intentional unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information or trade secrets; (4) gross negligence, insubordination or material violation of any duty of loyalty to us or any successor or affiliate, or any other material misconduct; (5) ongoing and repeated failure or refusal to perform or neglect of duties, which failure, refusal or neglect continues for 15 days following receipt of written notice from the board of directors (or in the case of Mr. Wilson, our CEO) stating with specificity the nature of such failure, refusal or neglect; or (6) intentional, material breach of any company policy or any contract or agreement between the executive and us.

For purposes of the executive employment agreements, “change in control” means an “acquisition” or “asset transfer,” as such terms are defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as may be amended from time to time.

For purposes of the executive employment agreements, “good reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions without the executive’s written consent: (1) a material diminution in authority, duties or responsibilities; (2) a material diminution in base compensation, unless such a reduction is imposed across-the-board to our senior management; (3) a material change in the geographic location at which executive must perform his or her duties; or (4) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by us or any successor or affiliate of our obligations under the employment agreement. Executive must provide written notice to us of the occurrence of any of the foregoing events or conditions within 60 days of the occurrence of such event and we will have a period of 30 days to cure such event or condition after receipt of such notice. An executive’s separation from service by reason of resignation for good reason must occur within 30 days following the expiration of the foregoing 30 day cure period.

 

127


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end

The following table sets forth certain information regarding equity awards granted to Dr. Struthers that remained outstanding as of December 31, 2017.

 

            Option awards     Stock awards  
     Grant Date     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
exercisable
(#)
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
unexercisable
(#)
    Option
exercise
price
($)
    Option
expiration
date
    Number of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested
(#)
    Market
value of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested
($)(1)
 

R. Scott Struthers

    10/30/2015                               1,100,000 (2)   

 

 

 

(1)   Since we have not yet completed our initial public offering, the market value was computed using $ , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

(2)   Pursuant to a stock restriction agreement entered into between us and Dr. Struthers dated October 30, 2015, Dr. Struthers’ previously-owned 4,000,000 shares of our common stock were subjected to new vesting conditions, such that 1,600,000 shares were deemed vested as of October 30, 2015 and the remaining 2,400,000 shares were converted into unvested shares of restricted stock that vest in equal monthly installments over the 48 months thereafter ending on October 30, 2019. For a description of the accelerated vesting provisions applicable to the restricted stock, see “Narrative disclosure to outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end table” below.

Narrative disclosure to outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end table

On October 30, 2015, we entered into a stock restriction agreement with Dr. Struthers pursuant to which Dr. Struthers’ previously-owned 4,000,000 shares our common stock were subjected to new vesting conditions, such that 1,600,000 shares were deemed vested as of October 30, 2015 and the remaining 2,400,000 shares were converted into unvested shares of restricted stock that vest in equal monthly installments over the 48 months thereafter ending on October 30, 2019.

Under the stock restriction agreement, 100% of any unvested shares will automatically accelerate upon (1) Dr. Struthers’ termination of employment by us without cause or by Dr. Struthers for good reason in connection with a change in control or, if earlier, upon the first anniversary of a change in control; (2) our initial public offering; (3) upon Dr. Struthers’ termination of employment by us other than for cause or by Dr. Struthers for good reason; (4) the date on which the Series A investors have sold 50% or more of the capital stock purchased by the Series A investors ; (5) the date of the closing of a Series B preferred stock financing; or (6) upon a termination due to death or permanent disability. The definitions of “cause”, “change in control” and “good reason” have the same definitions as those set forth under Dr. Struthers employment agreement, as described above. All of Dr. Struthers’ restricted stock vested in February 2018 in connection with our Series B preferred stock financing.

Other elements of compensation

Perquisites, health, welfare and retirement benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the generally on same basis as all of our other employees. We do, however, pay all of the health insurance premiums for Dr. Struthers. We provide a 401(k) plan to our employees, including our current named executive officers, as discussed in the section below entitled “—401(k) plan.”

We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, except in limited circumstances. We do, however, pay the premiums for term life insurance and disability insurance for all of our

 

128


Table of Contents

employees, including our executive officers. Our board of directors may elect to adopt qualified or non-qualified benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

401(k) plan

We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan, or 401(k) plan, for our employees. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may make pre-tax deferrals from his or her compensation up to the statutory limit, which is $18,500 for calendar year 2018, and other testing limits. Participants that are 50 years or older can also make “catch-up” contributions, which in calendar year 2018 may be up to an additional $6,000 above the statutory limit. Although the 401(k) plan provides for discretionary matching and profit sharing contributions, we currently do not make either type of contribution to the 401(k) plan. Participant contributions are held and invested, pursuant to the participant’s instructions, by the plan’s trustee.

Nonqualified deferred compensation

We do not maintain nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with non-qualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Change in control benefits

Our executive officers may become entitled to certain benefits or enhanced benefits in connection with a change in control of our company. Each of our executive officers’ employment agreements entitles them to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards, as well as certain other benefits, upon a qualifying termination and in connection with a change in control of our company. For additional discussion, please see “—Employment agreements with our executive officers” above.

Incentive award plans

2018 Incentive Award Plan

Prior to this offering, we intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the 2018 Plan, which would become effective in connection with this offering. Under the 2018 Plan, we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2018 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the 2018 Plan and, accordingly, this summary is subject to change.

Eligibility and administration

Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2018 Plan. Following our initial public offering, the 2018 Plan will generally be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under the 2018 Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2018 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also

 

129


Table of Contents

set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2018 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on awards and shares available

An aggregate of                  shares of our common stock will initially be available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2018 Plan. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased by (1) the number of shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under our 2015 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full after the effective date of the 2018 Plan and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2015 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us after the effective date of the 2018 Plan, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2018 Plan pursuant to clause (1) above equal to                  shares, and (2) an annual increase on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2019 and ending in 2028, equal to the lesser of (a) 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as determined by our board of directors. No more than                  shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options. Shares issued under the 2018 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased in the open market or treasury shares.

If an award under the 2018 Plan or the 2015 Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, any shares subject to such award will, as applicable, become or again be available for new grants under the 2018 Plan. Awards granted under the 2018 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2018 Plan.

Awards

The 2018 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units, or RSUs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and other stock or cash-based awards. Certain awards under the 2018 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2018 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.

Stock options.    Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Internal Revenue Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions. ISOs generally may be granted only to our employees and employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations, if any.

SARs.    SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction), and the term of a SAR may not be

 

130


Table of Contents

longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Restricted stock and RSUs.    Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock prior to the delivery of the underlying shares. Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

Other stock or cash-based awards.    Other stock or cash-based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock. Other stock or cash-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash-based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Performance awards

Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals or other criteria the plan administrator may determine, which may or may not be objectively determinable. Performance criteria upon which performance goals are established by the plan administrator may include: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including, but not limited to, gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to our performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies.

 

131


Table of Contents

Provisions of the 2018 plan relating to director compensation

The 2018 Plan provides that the plan administrator may establish compensation for non-employee directors from time to time subject to the 2018 Plan’s limitations. Prior to commencing this offering, our stockholders will approve the initial terms of our non-employee director compensation program, which is described below under the heading “—Director compensation.” Our board of directors or its authorized committee may modify the non-employee director compensation program from time to time in the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the sum of any cash compensation or other compensation and the grant date fair value (as determined in accordance with ASC 718, or any successor thereto) of any equity awards granted as compensation for services as a non-employee director during any fiscal year may not exceed $        , increased to $        , in the fiscal year of a non-employee director’s initial service as a non-employee director. The plan administrator may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the plan administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

Certain transactions

In connection with certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, including a change in control, or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2018 Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate such transaction or event, or give effect to such change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares available and replacing or terminating awards under the 2018 Plan. In the event of a change in control where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2018 Plan, awards issued under the 2018 Plan shall be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders, or an “equity restructuring,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2018 Plan and outstanding awards as it deems appropriate to reflect the equity restructuring.

Foreign participants, claw-back provisions, transferability and participant payments

With respect to foreign participants, the plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by our company to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2018 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2018 Plan and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the exercise of stock options under the 2018 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer, or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.

Plan amendment and termination

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2018 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2018 Plan. The plan administrator will have the authority,

 

132


Table of Contents

without the approval of our stockholders, to amend any outstanding stock option or SAR to reduce its price per share. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2018 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which our board of directors adopts the 2018 Plan.

Securities laws

The 2018 Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3. The 2018 Plan will be administered, and awards will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

Federal income tax consequences

The material federal income tax consequences of the 2018 Plan under current federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general tax principles applicable to the 2018 Plan. The following discussion is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

Stock options and SARs.    A 2018 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income and we generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of a stock option or SAR. The tax consequences of exercising a stock option and the subsequent disposition of the shares received upon exercise will depend upon whether the option qualifies as an ISO or an NSO. Upon exercising an NSO when the fair market value of our stock is higher than the exercise price of the option, a 2018 Plan participant generally will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates equal to the excess of the fair market value of the stock on the date of exercise over the purchase price, and we (or our subsidiaries, if any) generally will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the shares purchased exceeds the purchase price for the shares. Upon a subsequent sale or other disposition of the option shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Upon exercising an ISO, a 2018 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income, and we will not be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense. However, upon exercise, the amount by which the fair market value of the shares purchased exceeds the purchase price will be an item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. The participant will recognize taxable income upon a sale or other taxable disposition of the option shares. For federal income tax purposes, dispositions are divided into two categories: qualifying and disqualifying. A qualifying disposition generally occurs if the sale or other disposition is made more than two years after the date the option was granted and more than one year after the date the shares are transferred upon exercise. If the sale or disposition occurs before these two periods are satisfied, then a disqualifying disposition generally will result.

Upon a qualifying disposition of ISO shares, the participant will recognize long-term capital gain in an amount equal to the excess of the amount realized upon the sale or other disposition of the shares over their purchase price. If there is a disqualifying disposition of the shares, then the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (or, if less, the price at which the shares are sold) over their purchase price will be taxable as ordinary income to the participant. If there is a disqualifying disposition in the same year of exercise, it eliminates the item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. Any additional gain or loss recognized upon the disposition will be recognized as a capital gain or loss by the participant.

 

133


Table of Contents

We will not be entitled to any tax deduction if the participant makes a qualifying disposition of ISO shares. If the participant makes a disqualifying disposition of the shares, we should be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of the ordinary income recognized by the participant.

Upon exercising or settling an SAR, a 2018 Plan participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid or value of the shares issued upon exercise or settlement. Payments in shares will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment, and upon the subsequent disposition of the shares the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Restricted stock and RSUs.    A 2018 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates and we generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of restricted stock or RSUs. Upon the termination of restrictions on restricted stock or the payment of RSUs, the participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid to the participant or the amount by which the then fair market value of the shares received by the participant exceeds the amount, if any, paid for them. Upon the subsequent disposition of any shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares. However, a 2018 Plan participant granted restricted stock that is subject to forfeiture or repurchase through a vesting schedule such that it is subject to a “risk of forfeiture” (as defined in Section 83 of the Code) may make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, at the time of the grant, in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of grant, less the amount paid, if any, for such shares. We will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation, in the amount recognized as taxable income by the participant. If a timely Section 83(b) election is made, the participant will not recognize any additional ordinary income on the termination of restrictions on restricted stock, and we will not be entitled to any additional tax deduction.

Other stock or cash-based awards.    A 2018 Plan participant will not recognize taxable income and we will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of other stock or cash-based awards until cash or shares are paid or distributed to the participant. At that time, any cash payments or the fair market value of shares that the participant receives will be taxable to the participant at ordinary income tax rates and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense. Payments in shares will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment, and upon the subsequent disposition of the shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

2015 Stock Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and stockholders approved the 2015 Plan, which originally became effective in February 2015 and was further amended and restated in October 2015. As of December 31, 2017, 2,454,939 shares of our common stock were available for issuance under future awards under the 2015 Plan and 2,758,000 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding option awards under the 2015 Plan. In February 2018, our board of directors and stockholders approved an amendment to the 2015 Plan to increase the share reserve by 2,500,000 shares.

The 2015 Plan will be terminated on, and we will not make any further awards under the 2015 Plan following, the date the 2018 Plan becomes effective. However, any outstanding awards granted under the 2015 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2015 Plan and award agreements, until such outstanding awards vest and are exercised (as applicable) or until they terminate or expire by their terms. The material terms of the 2015 Plan are summarized below.

 

134


Table of Contents

Eligibility and administration

Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees and consultants of our affiliates, are eligible to receive awards under the 2015 Plan. The 2015 Plan is generally administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under the 2015 Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator has the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2015 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator also sets the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2015 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on awards and shares available

As of December 31, 2017, an aggregate of 5,440,000 shares of our common stock were available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2015 Plan. In February 2018, our board of directors and stockholders approved an amendment to the 2015 Plan to increase the share reserve by 2,500,000 shares such that an aggregate of 7,940,000 shares of our common stock are available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2015 Plan. No more than 5,440,000 shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options. Shares issued under the 2015 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased in the open market or treasury shares. If an award under the 2015 Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, any shares subject to such award will, as applicable, become or again be available for new grants under the 2015 Plan.

Awards

The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including ISOs and NSOs, restricted stock and SARs. Certain awards under the 2015 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2015 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.

Stock options.    Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Internal Revenue Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions. ISOs generally may be granted only to our employees and employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations, if any.

SARs.    SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price (base value) of a SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction), and the term of a

 

135


Table of Contents

SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Restricted stock.    Restricted stock is an award of shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. Conditions applicable to restricted stock may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

Certain transactions

In connection with certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, including a change in control (as defined below), or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2015 Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate such transaction or event, or give effect to such change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares available and replacing or terminating awards under the 2015 Plan. In the event of a change in control where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2015 Plan, awards issued under the 2015 Plan shall be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders, or an “equity restructuring,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2015 Plan and outstanding awards as it deems appropriate to reflect the equity restructuring.

Under the 2015 Plan, “change in control” generally means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) a change in the effective control of our company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of our board of directors is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority vote of the members of the board of directors before the date of the appointment or election; (2) the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group acquires ownership of our stock that, together with stock held by such person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of our stock, provided that a change in control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of our securities directly from us, (B) on account of the acquisition of our securities by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other person that acquires our securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for us through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of ownership held by any person exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by us reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a change in control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by us, and after such share acquisition, the person becomes the owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities owned by the person over the designated percentage threshold, then a change in control will be deemed to occur; or (3) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets which occurs on the date that any person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person) our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries (taken as a whole) that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of our assets the assets of our subsidiaries (taken as a whole) immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

Claw-back provisions, transferability and participant payments

Awards under the 2015 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2015 Plan

 

136


Table of Contents

and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the exercise of stock options under the 2015 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer, or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, and/or such other consideration as it deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.

Plan amendment and termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2015 Plan, provided that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s consent. As described above, the 2015 Plan is expected to terminate upon the effective date of the 2018 Plan.

Securities laws and federal income tax consequences

The 2015 Plan is designed to comply with applicable securities laws in the same manner described above in the description of the 2018 Plan under the heading “— 2018 Incentive Award Plan — Securities laws.” The general federal tax consequences of awards under the 2015 Plan are the same as those described above in the description of the 2018 Plan under the heading “— 2018 Incentive Award Plan — Federal income tax consequences.”

2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve a 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. The material terms of the ESPP, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of considering the ESPP and, accordingly, this summary is subject to change.

Shares available; administration.    A total of shares of our common stock are initially reserved for issuance under our ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2019 and ending in 2028, by an amount equal to the lesser of: (a) 1% of the shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors. In no event will more than                    shares of our common stock be available for issuance under the ESPP.

Our board of directors or its committee will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation committee will be the initial administrator of the ESPP.

Eligibility.    Our employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP if they meet the eligibility requirements under the ESPP established from time to time by the plan administrator. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common or other class of stock.

Grant of rights.    The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code and stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to 27 months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The number of purchase periods within, and purchase dates during each offering period will be established by the plan administrator prior to the commencement of each offering period. Offering periods under the ESPP will commence when determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

 

137


Table of Contents

The ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to     % of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s gross base compensation for services to us, including overtime payments and excluding sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be shares. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will be exercised on the applicable purchase date(s) during the offering period, to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the applicable purchase period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary determination by the plan administrator, will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the applicable purchase date, which will be the final trading day of the applicable purchase period. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time at least one week prior to the end of the applicable offering period (or such shorter or longer period specified by the plan administrator), and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

Certain transactions.    In the event of certain transactions or events affecting our common stock, such as any stock dividend or other distribution, change in control, reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In addition, in the event of the foregoing transactions or events or certain significant transactions, including a change in control, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights. Under the ESPP, a change in control has the same definition as given to such term in the 2018 Plan.

Plan amendment; termination.    The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the ESPP will be obtained for any amendment which increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP, changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP or changes the ESPP in any manner that would cause the ESPP to no longer be an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. The ESPP will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date it is initially approved by our board of directors.

Securities laws.    The ESPP has been designed to comply with various securities laws in the same manner as described above in the description of the 2018 Plan.

Federal income taxes.    The material federal income tax consequences of the ESPP under current federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general tax principles

 

138


Table of Contents

applicable to the ESPP. The following discussion is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

The ESPP, and the right of participants to make purchases thereunder, is intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 423 of the Code. Under the applicable Code provisions, no income will be taxable to a participant until the sale or other disposition of the shares purchased under the ESPP. This means that an eligible employee will not recognize taxable income on the date the employee is granted an option under the ESPP (i.e., the first day of the offering period). In addition, the employee will not recognize taxable income upon the purchase of shares. Upon such sale or disposition, the participant will generally be subject to tax in an amount that depends upon the length of time such shares are held by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or disposed of more than two years from the first day of the offering period during which the shares were purchased and more than one year from the date of purchase, or if the participant dies while holding the shares, the participant (or his or her estate) will recognize ordinary income measured as the lesser of: (1) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such sale or disposition over the purchase price; or (2) an amount equal to 15% of the fair market value of the shares as of the first day of the offering period. Any additional gain will be treated as long-term capital gain. If the shares are held for the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, there is no ordinary income and the participating employee has a long-term capital loss for the difference between the sale price and the purchase price.

If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above, the participant will recognize ordinary income generally measured as the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date the shares are purchased over the purchase price and we will be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of ordinary income recognized by the employee. Any additional gain or loss on such sale or disposition will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long the shares were held following the date they were purchased by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase over the purchase price (and we will be entitled to a corresponding deduction), but the participant generally will be able to report a capital loss equal to the difference between the sales price of the shares and the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase.

Director compensation

Historically, we have not paid cash compensation to directors for their service on our board of directors. We have occasionally compensated certain of our non-employee directors with equity awards.

In 2017, we did not grant any equity awards to the non-employee members of our board of directors. The aggregate number of shares subject to each non-employee director’s outstanding and unexercised option awards as of December 31, 2017 was as follows: Dr. Wierenga, 266,000 stock options (66,000 of which were granted outside of the 2015 Plan); Dr. Freeman, 180,000 stock options; and Dr. Kaldor, 180,000 options.

In February 2018, we appointed Matthew K. Fust to our board of directors and in connection with his appointment, in March 2018, Mr. Fust was awarded a stock option to purchase 150,000 shares of our common stock in March 2018 with a grant date fair value of $55,181, as determined in accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation. One-third of Mr. Fust’s stock option will vest on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, February 16, 2018, with the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over twenty-

 

139


Table of Contents

four months thereafter. Prior to his appointment, Mr. Fust served as a finance advisor to us and received a monthly cash retainer of $3,000 for his services and was awarded a bonus in September 2017 in the amount of $3,000 for an aggregate of $39,000 in cash compensation for fiscal 2017. Additionally, in connection with services he provided in 2017, Mr. Fust was awarded a stock option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock in November 2017 with a grant date fair value of $7,000, as determined in accordance with ASC 505-50, Equity—Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees. Mr. Fust’s stock option will vest in equal monthly installments over four years from the vesting commencement date, December 1, 2017.

We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the initial terms of our non-employee director compensation policy. The material terms of the non-employee director compensation policy, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of considering the non-employee director compensation policy and, accordingly, this summary is subject to change.

The non-employee director compensation policy will provide for annual retainer fees and/or long-term equity awards for our non-employee directors. We expect each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer of    $        , with an additional $        annual retainer payable to the Chairman of the Board. Non- employee directors serving as the chairs of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive additional annual retainers of $        , $        and $        , respectively. Non-employee directors serving as members of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive additional annual retainers of $        , $        and $        , respectively. The non-employee directors will also receive initial grants of options to purchase                shares of our common stock, vesting over                years, upon election to the board of directors, and thereafter annual grants of options to purchase shares of our common stock, vesting on                .

Compensation under our non-employee director compensation policy will be subject to the annual limits on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2018 Plan, as described above. Our board of directors or its authorized committee may modify the non-employee director compensation program from time to time in the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, subject to the annual limit on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2018 Plan. As provided in the 2018 Plan, our board of directors or its authorized committee may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the board of directors or its authorized committee may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

Limitations of liability and indemnification matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

 

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

140


Table of Contents
 

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that if Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we shall have the power to indemnify our employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws would permit indemnification. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

The above description of the indemnification provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

141


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related person transactions

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2015 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive and director compensation.” We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.

Preferred stock financings

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Financings. From October 2015 to December 2017, we issued and sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of 28,763,179 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.043 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $30.0 million.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financings. In February and March 2018, we issued and sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of 19,641,200 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.233 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $63.5 million.

All purchasers of our convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. See the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares acquired by the listed directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or their affiliates. Each share of preferred stock identified in the following table will convert into one share of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

Participants    Series A
convertible
preferred
stock
    

Series B

convertible
preferred
stock

 

5% or Greater Stockholders(1)

     

Entities affiliated with 5AM Ventures(2)

     9,587,727        1,546,551  

Entities affiliated with Vivo Capital(3)

     9,587,727        1,546,551  

Entities affiliated with Versant Ventures(4)

     9,587,725        1,546,551  

Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd.(5)

            6,186,205  

OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP

            5,722,239  

Entities affiliated with RA Capital Management, LLC(6)

            3,093,103  

 

 

 

(1)   Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided under “Principal stockholders.”

 

(2)   Represents securities acquired by 5AM Ventures IV, L.P. and 5AM Co-Investors IV, L.P. Mason Freeman, M.D., a member of our board of directors, is a venture partner at 5AM Venture Management, LLC, which is an affiliate of 5AM Partners IV, LLC.

 

(3)   Represents securities acquired by Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P. and Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P. Jack B. Nielsen, M.Sc., a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Vivo Capital.

 

(4)   Represents securities acquired by Versant Venture Capital V, L.P., Versant Affiliates Fund V, L.P., Versant Ophthalmic Affiliates Fund I, L.P. and Versant Venture Capital V (Canada) LP.

 

(5)   Weston Nichols, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is an analyst at Perceptive Advisors, LLC, an affiliate of Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd.

 

(6)   Represents securities acquired by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. and Blackwell Partners LLC—Series A.

 

142


Table of Contents

Investor rights agreement

We entered into an investor rights agreement in October 2015, which was amended in February 2018, with the holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. This agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of their convertible preferred stock and certain additional covenants made by us. Except for the registration rights (including the related provisions pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify the parties to the investor rights agreement), all rights under this agreement will terminate upon closing of this offering. The registration rights will continue following this offering and will terminate three years following the closing of this offering. See “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for additional information.

Voting agreement

We entered into a voting agreement in October 2015, which was amended in February 2018, with certain of our stockholders, pursuant to which the following directors were each elected to serve as members on our board of directors and, as of the date of this prospectus, continue to so serve: Drs. Freeman, Kaldor, Struthers, Nichols, and Wierenga and Messrs. Fust and Nielsen. Pursuant to the voting agreement, Dr. Struthers, as our Chief Executive Officer, was initially selected to serve on our board of directors as a representative of holders of our common stock, as designated by a majority of our common stockholders. Dr. Wierenga and Mr. Fust were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as representatives of holders of our common stock and preferred stock, as designated by a majority of our common and preferred stockholders, voting together as a single class. Drs. Freeman and Kaldor and Mr. Nielsen were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as representatives of holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock, as designated by 5AM Ventures, Versant Ventures and Vivo Capital, respectively. Dr. Nichols was initially selected to serve on our board of directors as a representative of holders of our Series B convertible preferred stock, as designated by Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd.

The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and members previously elected to our board of directors pursuant to this agreement will continue to serve as directors until they resign, are removed or their successors are duly elected by holders of our common stock. The composition of our board of directors after this offering is described in more detail under “Management—Board composition and election of directors.”

Employment agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers. For more information regarding these employment agreements, see the section in this prospectus entitled “Executive and director compensation—Narrative disclosure to compensation tables—Employment agreements with our executive officers.”

Director and officer indemnification

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director (and in certain cases their related venture capital funds) and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

 

143


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. For further information, see “Executive and director compensation—Limitations of liability and indemnification matters.”

Stock option grants to executive officers and directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors as more fully described in the section entitled “Executive and director compensation.”

Policies and procedures for related person transactions

Our board of directors will adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related-person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

144


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2018, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, by:

 

 

each of our named executive officers;

 

 

each of our directors;

 

 

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

 

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which a person has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Applicable percentage ownership is based on 55,956,252 shares of common stock outstanding on March 31, 2018, which gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 48,404,379 shares of our common stock and includes 343,334 shares subject to repurchase. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., 10222 Barnes Canyon Road, Bldg. #2, San Diego, California 92121. We believe, based on information provided to us, that each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

     

Shares beneficially
owned before and
after the offering

     Percentage of shares
beneficially owned
 
Name of beneficial owner       Before
offering
     After
offering
 

5% or Greater Stockholders

        

Entities affiliated with 5AM Ventures(1)

     11,134,278        19.9%        %  

Entities affiliated with Vivo Capital(2)

     11,134,278        19.9%        %  

Entities affiliated with Versant Ventures(3)

     11,134,276        19.9%        %  

Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd.(4)

     6,186,205        11.1%        %  

OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP(5)

     5,722,239        10.2%        %  

Entities affiliated with RA Capital Management, LLC(6)

     3,093,103        5.5%        %  

Named Executive Officers and Directors

        

R. Scott Struthers, Ph.D.(7)

     4,025,000        7.2%        %  

Jack B. Nielsen, M.Sc.(2)

     0        *        %  

Mason Freeman, M.D.(1)(8)

     116,250        *        %  

Matthew K. Fust(9)

     192,083        *        %  

Stephen Kaldor, Ph.D.(3)(10)

     166,250        *        %  

Weston Nichols, Ph.D.(4)

     0        *        %  

Wendell Wierenga, Ph.D(11)

     257,666        *        %  

All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)(12)

     5,124,749        9.0%        %  

 

 

 

145


Table of Contents
*   Less than 1%.

 

(1)  

Consists of (1) 10,688,910 shares of common stock held by 5AM Ventures IV, L.P and (2) 445,368 shares of common stock held by 5AM Co-Investors IV, L.P. Dr. John D. Diekman, Andrew Schwab, and Dr. Scott M. Rocklage are managing members of 5AM Partners IV, LLC, the general partner of 5AM Ventures IV, L.P. and 5AM Co-Investors IV, L.P., and as such, share voting and investment authority over the shares held by 5AM Ventures IV, L.P. and 5AM Co-Investors IV, L.P. Mason Freeman, M.D., a member of our board of directors, is a venture partner at 5AM Venture Management, LLC, which is an affiliate of 5AM Partners IV, LLC. Each of 5AM Partners IV, LLC, Dr. Diekman, Mr. Schwab, Dr. Rocklage, and Dr. Freeman disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of its or their pecuniary interest therein. The address of 5AM Ventures is 501 2nd Street, Suite 350, San Francisco, CA 94107.

 

(2)  

Consists of (1) 9,783,319 shares of common stock held by Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P., or Vivo Capital, and (2) 1,350,959 shares of common stock held by Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P., or Vivo Surplus. Vivo Capital VIII, LLC is the general partner of both Vivo Capital and Vivo Capital Surplus. The voting members of Vivo Capital VIII, LLC are Frank Kung, Albert Cha, Edgar Engleman, Chen Yu and Shan Fu, none of whom has individual voting or investment power with respect to these shares. Jack B. Nielsen, M.Sc., a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Vivo Capital. Each of the above-listed individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address for Vivo Capital VIII, LLC is 505 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 207, Palo Alto, California 94301.

 

(3)   Consists of (1) 9,771,057 shares of common stock held by Versant Venture Capital V, L.P., or VVC V, (2) 293,917 shares of common stock held by Versant Affiliates Fund V, L.P., or VAF V, (3) 325,677 shares of common stock held by Versant Ophthalmic Affiliates Fund I, L.P., or VOA, and (4) 743,625 shares of common stock held by Versant Venture Capital V (Canada) LP, or VVC CAN. Versant Ventures V, LLC, or VV V, serves as the sole general partner of VOA, VAF V and VVC V and owns no shares directly. Versant Ventures V (Canada) GP-GP, Inc. or VV V CAN GP, serves as the sole general partner of Versant Ventures V (Canada), L.P., or VV V CAN, which serves as the sole general partner of VVC CAN and owns no shares directly. Samuel D. Colella, William J. Link, Bradley Bolzon, Ph.D., Robin L. Praeger, Kirk G. Nielson and Thomas Woiwode, Ph.D. are managing directors of VV V and directors of VV V CAN GP and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by VOA, VAF V, VVC V and VVC CAN. Each of the above-listed individuals disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by VOA, VAF V, VVC V and VVC CAN, except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for each of the Versant Ventures entities is One Sansome Street, Suite 3630, San Francisco, CA 94104.

 

(4)   Consists of 6,186,205 shares of common stock. Perceptive Advisors LLC serves as the investment manager to Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd. and may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Joseph Edelman is the managing member of Perceptive Advisors LLC and may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Weston Nichols, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is an analyst at Perceptive Advisors LLC. Both Mr. Edelman and Mr. Nichols disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of these persons and entities is 51 Astor Place, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10003.

 

(5)   Consists of 5,722,239 shares of common stock. OrbiMed Capital GP VI LLC, or GP VI, is the sole general partner of OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP, or OPI VI. OrbiMed Advisors LLC, or OrbiMed Advisors, is the managing member of GP VI. Samuel D. Isaly is the managing member of and owner of a controlling interest in OrbiMed Advisors. By virtue of such relationships, GP VI, OrbiMed Advisors, and Mr. Isaly may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by OPI VI and as a result may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of such shares. Each of GP VI, OrbiMed Advisors and Mr. Isaly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI VI, except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein if any. The address of these entities is 601 Lexington Avenue, 54th floor, New York, New York 10022.

 

(6)   Consists of (1) 2,496,134 shares of common stock held by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. and (2) 596,969 shares of common stock held by Blackwell Partners LLC—Series A. Peter Kolchinsky, as sole member of RA Capital Management, LLC, which is the general partner of RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. and the investment advisor of Blackwell Partners LLC—Series A, has voting and investment power over the shares held by Blackwell Partners LLC—Series A and RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. RA Capital Management, LLC and Dr. Kolchinsky may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares directly owned by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. and Blackwell Partners, LLC—Series A. Dr. Kolchinsky and RA Capital Management, LLC disclaim beneficial ownership over all shares held by Blackwell Partners LLC—Series A and RA Capital Healthcare Fund, LP, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest in such shares. The notice address for RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. is 20 Park Plaza, Suite 1200, Boston, MA 02116. The notice address for Blackwell Partners LLC—Series A is 280 S. Mangum Street, Suite 210, Durham, NC 27701.

 

(7)   Includes 4,000,000 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Struthers that are exercisable as of March 31, 2018 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

 

(8)   Includes 116,250 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Freeman that are exercisable as of March 31, 2018 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

 

(9)   Includes 41,250 shares of common stock and 150,833 shares of common stock underlying options held by Mr. Fust that are exercisable as of March 31, 2018 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

 

(10)   Includes 166,250 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Kaldor that are exercisable as of March 31, 2018 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

 

(11)   Includes 257,666 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Wierenga that are exercisable as of March 31, 2018 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

 

(12)   Consists of shares of common stock and shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options which are exercisable as of March 31, 2018 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date, as set forth in previous footnotes. Also includes 183,750 shares of common stock subject to repurchase by us and 183,750 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of March 31, 2018 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date, in each case, held by Marc Wilson, our Chief Financial Officer.

 

146


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

General

The following description summarizes some of the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, the amended and restated investor rights agreement and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and amended and restated investor rights agreement, copies of which have been filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which the prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Common stock

As of December 31, 2017, after giving effect to the issuance of an aggregate of 19,641,200 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in February and March 2018, there were 55,235,003 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 27 stockholders, assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, which will automatically occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect. Subject to the supermajority votes for some matters, other matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon is required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, several of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. See below under “—Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws—Amendment of charter provisions.”

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of or provision for all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

147


Table of Contents

Preferred stock

Upon completion of this offering, all of our previously outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will have been converted into common stock, there will be no authorized shares of our previously convertible preferred stock and we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the dividend, voting and other rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase 2,758,000 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 1,154,995 were vested and exercisable as of that date. For additional information regarding the terms of this plan, see “Executive compensation—Incentive award plans—2015 Stock Option Plan.”

Registration rights

As of December 31, 2017, upon the closing of this offering holders of                shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, will be entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to the amended and restated investor rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective.

Demand registration rights

Form S-1.    If at any time beginning six months following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of at least 30% of the registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to their shares in an offering, we may be required to register their shares. We are obligated to effect at most two registrations for the holders of registrable securities in response to these demand registration rights, subject to certain exceptions.

Form S-3.    If at any time we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on Form S-3, the holders of at least 30% of the registrable securities request in writing that we register their shares for public resale on Form S-3 and the price to the public of the offering is $2.0 million or more, we will be required to provide notice to all holders of registrable securities and to use all reasonable efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if, within the

 

148


Table of Contents

preceding 12 months, we have already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders of registrable securities.

In the case of an S-1 registration, if the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Piggyback registration rights

If at any time following the closing of this offering we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. If our proposed registration involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Indemnification

Our investor rights agreement contains customary cross indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expenses

Ordinarily, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we will be required to pay all expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of our counsel, reasonable fees and disbursements of a counsel for the selling securityholders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expenses of any special audits incident to the registration.

Termination of registration rights

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of three years after the closing of this offering or upon the closing of an acquisition of our company.

Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

149


Table of Contents

Undesignated preferred stock

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of stockholder action by written consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Staggered board

Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term (other than the directors initially assigned to Class I whose term shall expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders), one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Board composition and election of directors.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders not entitled to cumulative voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Delaware anti-takeover statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person

 

150


Table of Contents

who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, creditors or other constituents; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our restated certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise.

Amendment of charter provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is                .

The Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CRNX.”

Limitations of liability and indemnification matters

For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see “Executive and director compensation—Limitations of liability and indemnification matters.”

 

151


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017, and after giving effect to the issuance of 19,641,200 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in March and February 2018, and assuming (1) the issuance of                    shares in this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into                shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically immediately prior to the closing of the offering, (3) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (4) no exercise of outstanding options, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately                shares of common stock.

Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining                  shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these shares will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements described below.

In addition, of the 2,758,000 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2017, options to purchase 1,154,995 of such shares of common stock were vested as of such date and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock–up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-up agreements

We, along with our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our other stockholders and optionholders, have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days, after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions, we or they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to our common stock or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the common stock. Upon expiration of the lock-up period, certain of our stockholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See “—Registration rights” below and “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Leerink Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the lock-up period, in certain cases without public notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our stockholders who will execute a lock-up agreement providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

 

152


Table of Contents

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Rule 10b5-1 trading plans

Following the completion of this offering, certain of our officers, directors and significant stockholders may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis to diversify their assets and investments. Under these 10b5-1 trading plans, a broker may execute trades pursuant to parameters established by the officer, director or stockholder when entering into the plan, without further direction from such officer, director or stockholder. Such sales would not commence until the expiration of the applicable lock-up agreements entered into by such officer, director or stockholder in connection with this offering.

Rule 144

Affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

 

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written

 

153


Table of Contents

agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

Equity plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our equity incentive plans and employee stock purchase plan. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration rights

As of December 31, 2017, upon the closing of this offering holders of                shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act upon the closing of this offering. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

154


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

 

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

 

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

 

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

 

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

 

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

 

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

 

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

 

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

 

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

 

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an “applicable financial statement” (as defined in the Code);

 

 

tax-qualified retirement plans; and

 

 

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the

 

155


Table of Contents

partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or other taxable disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). If a Non-U.S. Holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the Non-U.S. Holder’s behalf, the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, who then will be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

 

156


Table of Contents

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or other taxable disposition

A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

 

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

 

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the Non-U.S. Holder is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

157


Table of Contents

Information reporting and backup withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional withholding tax on payments made to foreign accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections are commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

158


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Leerink Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number
of shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Leerink Partners LLC

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to                  additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

      Without
option to
purchase
additional
shares exercise
     With full
option to
purchase
additional
shares exercise
 

Per Share

   $                   $               

Total

   $      $  

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be

 

159


Table of Contents

approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. in an amount up to $        .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Leerink Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

Our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of our securityholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Leerink Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co., (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to, among other items:

(1) the securities to be sold by the securityholder pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

(2) transfers of shares of common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts;

(3) distributions of shares of common stock to limited or general partners, members or stockholders of the securityholder;

(4) transfers to an immediate family member or trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the securityholder or an immediate family member;

(5) transfers to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity all of the beneficial ownership interests of which are held by the securityholder;

 

160


Table of Contents

(6) transfers by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of the securityholder;

(7) transfers pursuant to a court or regulatory agency order, a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

(8) transfers to us in connection with the “net” or “cashless” exercise of options or other rights to purchase shares of common stock granted pursuant to an equity incentive plan, stock purchase plan or other arrangement described in this prospectus in satisfaction of any tax withholding obligations through cashless surrender or otherwise, provided, that, any shares of common stock issued upon exercise of such option or other rights shall continue to be subject to the restrictions set forth herein until the expiration of the restricted period;

(9) if the securityholder is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, transfers pursuant to a merger or reorganization with or into another mutual fund that shares the same investment adviser registered pursuant to the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended;

(10) transfers to any affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of the securityholder or any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the securityholder or under common management or control with the securityholder;

(11) in connection with the conversion of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock as described in this prospectus, or any reclassification or conversion of the common stock, provided that any common stock received upon such conversion or reclassification will be subject to the lockup agreement;

(12) a transfer of securities to us in connection with any contractual arrangement in effect on the date of this prospectus that provides for the repurchase of the securityholder’s shares by us in connection with the termination of the securityholder’s employment or other services with us is permitted, provided that no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period within 60 days after the date the securityholder ceases to provide services to us, and after such 60th day, if the securityholder is required to file a report under Section 16 of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock during the restricted period, the securityholder shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the termination of the securityholder’s employment or other services;

(13) a transfer of securities pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our securities involving a change of control of our company, in each case that is approved by the independent members of our board of directors, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such securities held by the securityholder shall remain subject to the lockup agreement;

(14) the establishment of a 10b5-1 trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that (A) there are no sales of securities under such plan during the restricted period, (B) the establishment of such plan is not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the SEC, or otherwise, and (C) the securityholder does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report or any public announcement regarding the establishment of such plan; and

(15) the sale of securities purchased by the securityholder in this offering or in the open market following the date of this prospectus if and only if (A) such securities are not required to be reported in any public report or

 

161


Table of Contents

filing with the SEC, or otherwise and (B) the securityholder does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such sales,

provided that, in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9) or (10), each transferee, donee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the representatives a lock-up; provided, further, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (10), such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided, further, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (2) through (10), no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act, or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the restricted period referred to above). If the securityholder is an officer or director of our company, the securityholder further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed securities the securityholder may purchase in this offering.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We will apply to have our common stock approved for listing/quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CRNX.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

162


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Selling restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus

 

163


Table of Contents

Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

b)   to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and the Company that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (1) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (2) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of

 

164


Table of Contents

the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

 

165


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the DIFC) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the DIFC) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the DIFC) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the DFSA.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

 

does not constitute a product disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

 

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act;

 

 

does not constitute or involve a recommendation to acquire, an offer or invitation for issue or sale, an offer or invitation to arrange the issue or sale, or an issue or sale, of interests to a “retail client” (as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act and applicable regulations) in Australia; and

 

 

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

 

166


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (2) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

i)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

ii)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

iii)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

iv)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

v)   as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons

 

167


Table of Contents

(including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended (the “CMA Regulations”). The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of the Company. The Company may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands) (“BVI Companies”), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with the Financial Services Commission of the British Virgin Islands. No registered prospectus has been or will be prepared in respect of the shares for the purposes of the Securities and Investment Business Act, 2010 (“SIBA”) or the Public Issuers Code of the British Virgin Islands.

Notice to prospective investors in China

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of shares, whether by sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). The shares are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.

Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the shares or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRC’s governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

 

168


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia (“Commission”) for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (1) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (2) a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence; (3) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (4) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (5) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (6) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (7) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (8) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (9) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (10) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (11) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (1) to (11), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorised to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

Notice to prospective investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, the shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions applies:

 

a)   the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

 

i)   persons whose ordinary business is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

ii)   the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

iii)   persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

169


Table of Contents
iv)   authorised financial service providers under South African law;

 

v)   financial institutions recognised as such under South African law;

 

vi)   a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund or collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

vii)   any combination of the person in (i) to (vii); or

 

b)   the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000.

No “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the “South African Companies Act”)) in South Africa is being made in connection with the issue of the shares. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. Any issue or offering of the shares in South Africa constitutes an offer of the shares in South Africa for subscription or sale in South Africa only to persons who fall within the exemption from “offers to the public” set out in section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act. Accordingly, this document must not be acted on or relied on by persons in South Africa who do not fall within section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act (such persons being referred to as “SA Relevant Persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available in South Africa only to SA Relevant Persons and will be engaged in South Africa only with SA relevant persons.

 

170


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, San Diego, California. The underwriters are being represented by Cooley LLP, San Diego, California.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon the closing of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.crinetics.com. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

 

171


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) and subsidiary as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and subsidiaries at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

San Diego, California

May 2, 2018

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and par value data)

 

     December 31,   Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity
December 31,
2017
     2016   2017  
             (unaudited)

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

     $ 12,152          $ 14,192       

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     213       973    
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

     12,365       15,165    

Property and equipment, net

     224       400    

Other assets

     10       33    
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

     $ 12,599       $ 15,598    
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

     $ 340       $ 403    

Accrued expenses

     501       494    

Current portion of long-term debt

     49          
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     890       897    

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     163          

Deferred rent

     5       20    

Unvested stock liability

     5       3    

Commitments and contingencies (Note 3)

      

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; authorized shares – 38,350,914 at December 31, 2016 and 2017; issued and outstanding shares – 17,257,911 and 28,763,179 at December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively; liquidation preference of $18,000 and $30,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     17,740       29,700     $ -  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Common stock, $0.001 par value; authorized shares – 50,500,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2017; issued shares – 6,509,583 and 6,830,624 at December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively; outstanding shares – 3,832,083 and 5,098,124 at December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively; 35,593,803 and 33,861,303 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, pro forma (unaudited)

     4       5       34  

Additional paid-in capital

     900       1,238       30,909  

Accumulated deficit

     (7,108     (16,265     (16,265
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (6,204     (15,022   $ 14,678  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     $ 12,599       $ 15,598    
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2016   2017

Grant revenues

     $ 589          $ 2,045     

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     5,100       9,233  

General and administrative

     1,533       1,939  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,633       11,172  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6,044     (9,127

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     37       26  

Interest expense

     (11     (8

Other expense

     (1     (48
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     25       (30
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

     $ (6,019     $ (9,157
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

     $ (1.81     $ (2.03
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

     3,324,597       4,509,224  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       $ (0.36
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       25,484,677  
    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock      Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
 
      Shares         Amount       Shares     Amount         

Balance at December 31, 2015

    17,257,911     $ 17,740       2,884,063     $ 3      $ 623     $ (1,089   $ (463

Vesting of shares of common stock subject to repurchase

                945,000       1        7             8  

Exercise of common stock options

                3,020                           

Stock-based compensation expense

                             270             270  

Net loss

                                   (6,019     (6,019
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

    17,257,911       17,740       3,832,083       4        900       (7,108     (6,204

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $40

    11,505,268       11,960                                 

Vesting of shares of common stock subject to repurchase

                945,000       1        1             2  

Exercise of common stock options

                321,041              66             66  

Stock-based compensation expense

                             271             271  

Net loss

                                   (9,157     (9,157
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

    28,763,179     $ 29,700       5,098,124     $ 5      $ 1,238     $ (16,265   $ (15,022
 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     2016   2017

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

     $ (6,019     $ (9,157

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     92       128  

Stock-based compensation

     270       271  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (116     (783

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     300       47  

Deferred rent

     5       15  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (5,468     (9,479

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (190     (304
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (190     (304

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     (5     11,969  

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

              66  

Repayment of long-term debt

     (48     (212
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (53     11,823     
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (5,711     2,040  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     17,863       12,152  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

     $ 12,152       $ 14,192  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

     $ 11       $ 8  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Change in unvested share liability

     $ 8       $ 2  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in accrued issuance costs

     $       $ 9  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) is a clinical stage pharmaceutical company incorporated in Delaware on November 18, 2008 and based in San Diego, California. The Company is focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel therapeutics for rare endocrine diseases and endocrine-related tumors. In January 2017, the Company established a wholly-owned Australian subsidiary, Crinetics Australia Pty Ltd (“CAPL”), in order to conduct various preclinical and clinical activities for its development candidates.

Liquidity and Going Concern

From its inception through December 31, 2017, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to drug discovery and development and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials. The Company has a limited operating history and the sales and income potential of the Company’s business and market are unproven. Successful transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had $14.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. In February and March of 2018, the Company raised additional gross proceeds in the aggregate amount of $63.5 million from the issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock (see Note 7). The Company believes it has sufficient cash to meet its funding requirements for the foreseeable future. However, the Company has experienced net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since its inception, and had an accumulated deficit of $16.3 million as of December 31, 2017. The Company expects to continue to incur net losses into the foreseeable future and that it will need to raise substantial additional capital to accomplish its business plan over the next several years. The Company plans to continue to fund its losses from operations and capital funding needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings or other sources, including potentially collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. If the Company is not able to secure adequate additional funding, the Company may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, or suspend or curtail planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects. There can be no assurance as to the availability or terms upon which such financing and capital might be available in the future.

Principles of Consolidation and Foreign Currency Transactions

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and CAPL. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The functional currency of both the Company and CAPL is the U.S. dollar. The Company’s assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency are remeasured into U.S. dollars at foreign currency exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date except for nonmonetary assets, which are remeasured at historical foreign currency exchange rates in effect at the date of transaction. Net realized and unrealized gains and losses from foreign currency transactions and remeasurement are reported in other income (expense), in the consolidated statements of operations and were not material for all periods presented.

Use of Estimates

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements requires it to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant estimates in the Company’s consolidated financial statements relate to revenue recognition, accrued amounts receivable under the Australian research and development tax incentive program, accrued expenses, and the fair value of stock-based compensation. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, actual results may ultimately materially differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of December 31, 2017 assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock into 28,763,179 shares of the Company’s common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity upon completion of the Company’s planned initial public offering (“IPO”). Shares of common stock issued in the IPO and any related net proceeds are excluded from the pro forma information.

Fair Value Measurements

The accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or non-recurring basis. Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets.

Level 2: Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s current financial assets and current financial liabilities are considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments. The fair value of the long-term debt as of December 31, 2016 approximates its carrying value due to the market rate of interest. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company had no financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and none of the Company’s non-financial assets and liabilities were recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. No transfers between levels have occurred for the periods presented.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash in readily available checking accounts and a money market account.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to significant risk on its cash balances due to the financial position of the depository institution in which those deposits are held. Additionally, the Company established guidelines regarding approved investments and maturities of investments, which are designed to maintain safety and liquidity.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, which consist of lab equipment, computer and software and office equipment, are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related assets (generally three to five years). Leasehold improvements are stated at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the remaining lease term of the related lease or the estimated useful life of the leasehold improvements. Repairs and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred and expenditures that materially extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment. An impairment loss is recorded if and when events and circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses through December 31, 2017.

Deferred Rent

Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the Company’s facility lease. The difference between rent expense and amounts paid under the lease are recorded as deferred rent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenues are derived from Small Business Innovation Research (“SBIR”) grants from the National Institutes of Health. The Company recognizes SBIR grant revenue as reimbursable grant costs are incurred. The costs associated with these reimbursements are reflected as a component of research and development expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Australian Research and Development Tax Incentive

CAPL is eligible to obtain a cash refund from the Australian Taxation Office for eligible research and development expenditures under the Australian Research and Development Tax Incentive Program (the “Australian Tax Incentive”). The Australian Tax Incentive is recognized as a reduction to research and development expense when there is reasonable assurance that the Australian Tax Incentive will be received, the relevant expenditure has been incurred, and the amount can be reliably measured. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had an Australian Tax Incentive receivable of $0.5 million and recognized reductions to research and development expense of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. No Australian Tax Incentive was recognized prior to the formation of CAPL in January 2017.

Research and Development Expenses

The Company’s research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries, payroll taxes, employee benefits and stock-based compensation charges for those individuals involved in research and development efforts, as well as consulting expenses, third-party research and development expenses, laboratory supplies,

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

clinical materials and overhead, including facilities and depreciation costs, offset by the Australian Tax Incentive discussed above. Research and development expenses are charged to expense as incurred. Payments made prior to the receipt of goods or services to be used in research and development are capitalized until the goods or services are received.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the grant date fair value of employee awards over the requisite service period of the awards (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. For stock awards for which vesting is subject to performance-based milestones, the expense is recorded over the remaining service period after the point when the achievement of the milestone is probable or the performance condition has been achieved. The Company accounts for awards to nonemployees using the fair value method. Awards to nonemployees are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms. The Company estimates the fair value of all stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recognizes forfeitures as they occur.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the consolidated financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that the Company believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If management determines that the Company would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, management would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) management determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, management recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. Any accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as a change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. There have been no items qualifying as other comprehensive loss and, therefore, for all periods presented, the Company’s comprehensive loss was the same as its reported net loss.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock and if-converted methods. Dilutive common stock equivalents are comprised of convertible preferred stock, common stock subject to repurchase, and options outstanding under the Company’s stock option plan. For all periods presented, there is no difference in the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding as inclusion of the potentially dilutive securities would be antidilutive.

Potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive are as follows (in common stock equivalent shares):

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2017  

Convertible preferred stock

       17,257,911             28,763,179     

Common stock options

       2,817,000           2,758,000     

Common stock subject to repurchase

       2,677,500           1,732,500     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

       22,752,411             33,253,679     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2017
 

Numerator

  

Net loss and pro forma net loss

     $ (9,157)    
  

 

 

 

Denominator

  

Shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

     4,509,224     

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted-average effect of conversion of convertible preferred stock

     20,975,453     
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     25,484,677     
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     $ (0.36)    
  

 

 

 

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one operating segment.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which converges the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board standard on revenue recognition. Areas of revenue recognition that will be affected include, but are not limited to, transfer of control, variable consideration, allocation of transfer pricing,

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

licenses, time value of money, contract costs and disclosures. This guidance is effective for the fiscal years and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 on January 1, 2018. The Company does not currently have any contracts with customers and, as such, the adoption had no material impact on its financial position and results of operations.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, which outlines a comprehensive lease accounting model and supersedes the current lease guidance. The new accounting standard requires lessees to recognize lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms of greater than twelve months. It also changes the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. The new accounting standard must be adopted using the modified retrospective approach and is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-02 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

2. Balance Sheet Details

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
         2016              2017      

Grant receivable

     $ 72           $ 231     

Prepaid research and development

     98           141     

Australian tax incentive receivable

     -           503     

Other

     43           98     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $ 213           $ 973     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2017  

Laboratory equipment

     $ 360           $ 640     

Computers and software

     27           27     

Office equipment

     19           19     

Leasehold improvements

     -           18     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     406           704     

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (182)          (304)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $ 224           $ 400     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2017  

Accrued compensation

     $ 272           $ 315     

Accrued research and development

     180           126     

Other accrued expenses

     49           53     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $ 501           $ 494     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

3. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Lease

In July 2013, as amended in 2015 and March 2017, the Company entered into a non-cancelable operating lease for laboratory facilities and office space in San Diego, California. The lease expires in April 2020 and is subject to charges for common area maintenance and other costs. The Company has an early termination option subject to at least five months prior written notice and a termination fee of two months base rent and the unamortized portion of any leasing costs, abated rent and any other lease concessions. In addition, the Company has an option to extend the term of the lease for two years. Rent expense is being recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Rent expense was $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Future minimum payments under the non-cancelable operating lease are as follows (in thousands):

 

2018

     $ 171     

2019

     192     

2020

     66     
  

 

 

 

Total

     $ 429     
  

 

 

 

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may be subject to various claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not expect that the resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.

4. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has common stock and Series A convertible preferred stock authorized, issued and outstanding. The Series A convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders’ equity (deficit) because the shares contain certain redemption features that are not solely within the control of the Company.

Description of Securities

Dividends

Holders of Series A convertible preferred stock, in preference to the holders of common stock, shall be entitled to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefore, cash dividends at the annual rate of $0.08344 per share. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Company’s board of directors and shall be non-cumulative. There have been no dividends declared as of December 31, 2017.

Liquidation

The holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive a liquidation preference at the rate of $1.043 per share (the “Original Issue Price”), plus all declared and unpaid dividends. Liquidation payments to the holders of Series A convertible preferred stock have priority and are made in preference to any payments to the holders of common stock. After full payment of the liquidation preference to the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock, the remaining assets, if any, will be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock and Series A convertible preferred stock on an as-if-converted to common stock basis until such holders of Series A convertible preferred stock have received an aggregate amount per share equal to

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

three times the Original Issue Price, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon; thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock.

Conversion

The shares of Series A convertible preferred stock are convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock, at the option of the holder, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is automatically converted into common stock (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A convertible preferred stock, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock for the account of the Company in which (i) the per share price is at least $3.129 (ii) the gross cash proceeds to the Company are at least $50 million and (iii) the Company’s shares have been approved for listing on the NYSE or NASDAQ.

Voting Rights

The holder of each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which it would convert and to vote as one class with the common stockholders on all matters.

Convertible Preferred Stock Transactions

In April and December 2017, the Company issued an aggregate of 11,505,268 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at $1.043 per share for cash proceeds of $12.0 million, net of $40,000 of offering costs.

Shares of Common Stock Subject to Repurchase

In October 2015, in connection with the issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, certain of the Company’s founders entered into stock restriction agreements, whereby 6,300,000 of previously unrestricted shares of common stock became subject to repurchase by the Company upon the stockholder’s termination of employment or service to the Company. Any shares subject to repurchase by the Company are not deemed, for accounting purposes, to be outstanding until those shares vest. The Company’s repurchase rights lapsed as to 2,520,000 shares of common stock in October 2015 and lapse 78,750 shares per month thereafter, such that the shares of common stock will be fully vested in October 2019. However, the shares of common stock are subject to accelerated vesting upon certain events, and became fully vested upon the closing of the Company’s Series B preferred stock financing in February 2018 (see Note 7). The stock restriction agreements resulted in the deemed cancellation and reissuance of common shares. As such, the Company recognizes the measurement date fair value of the restricted stock over the vesting period as compensation expense. As of October 2015, the aggregate fair value of the common shares subject to repurchase was $1.4 million. For each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company recognized stock-based compensation for these awards of $0.2 million. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, 2,677,500 and 1,732,500 shares of common stock, respectively, were subject to repurchase by the Company. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the unvested stock liability related to these awards was $5,000 and $3,000, respectively. The unrecognized stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million at December 31, 2017 was fully recognized in February 2018 upon the closing of the Series B preferred stock financing.

Equity Incentive Plan

In February 2015, the Company adopted the Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which provides for the issuance of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

awards, restricted stock unit awards and other stock awards to its employees, members of its board of directors and consultants. The Plan expires in February 2025 and, in general, the options issued under the Plan expire ten years from the date of grant and vest over a four-year period. The Plan allows for early exercise of stock options, and early exercised options and restricted stock awards may be subject to repurchase by the Company until they become fully vested. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, no awards under the Plan were subject to repurchase by the Company. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, 5,440,000 shares were authorized for issuance under the Plan, of which 2,716,980 and 2,454,939, respectively, remained available for future issuance.

Prior to adoption of the Plan, stock options to purchase 157,000 shares of common stock were granted. As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase 76,000 shares of common stock remained outstanding outside of the Plan and are included in the table below.

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, expect share and per share data):

 

     Number of
Outstanding
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in
years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance at December 31, 2016

       2,817,000           $ 0.21             8.89           $ 38     

Granted

     485,000           0.41           

Cancelled

     (222,959)          0.22           

Exercised

     (321,041)          0.21           
  

 

 

          

Balance at December 31, 2017

       2,758,000           $ 0.24             8.25           $ 549     
  

 

 

          

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2017

       2,758,000           $ 0.24             8.25           $ 549     
  

 

 

          

Exercisable at December 31, 2017

     1,154,995           $ 0.20             7.72           $ 283     
  

 

 

          

The Company received cash from the exercise of stock options of $0 and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $0 and $5,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of employee stock option grants were as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
         2016            2017  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.49        1.89% – 2.14%  

Expected volatility

     63.78        65.61% – 73.45%  

Expected term (in years)

     6.08          6.02 – 6.08  

Expected dividend yield

     0.0        0.0%  

Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the expected term of the awards.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Expected volatility. Since the Company is not yet a public company and does not have a trading history for its common stock, the expected volatility assumption is based on volatilities of a peer group of similar companies whose share prices are publicly available. The peer group was developed based on companies in the biotechnology industry. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own stock price becomes available

Expected term. The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. Because the Company does not have historical exercise behavior, it determines the expected life assumption using the simplified method, for employees, which is an average of the contractual term of the option and its vesting period.

Expected dividend yield. The Company bases the expected dividend yield assumption on the fact that it has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends, therefore, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized for all equity awards has been reported in the consolidated statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2017  

Research and development

     $ 108           $ 122     

General and administrative

     162           149     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $ 270           $ 271     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of employee option grants for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $0.13 per share and $0.26 per share, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related employee awards was $0.2 million, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of approximately 3.0 years.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance at December 31, 2017 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
 

Conversion of preferred stock

       28,763,179     

Common stock options issued and outstanding

     2,758,000     

Common stock options available for future issuance

     2,454,939     
  

 

 

 

Total

       33,976,118     
  

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

5. Income Taxes

The Company’s loss before benefit for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 were generated in the following jurisdictions (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2017  

Domestic

     $ (6,019)          $ (8,141)    

Foreign

     -           (1,016)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated net loss

     $ (6,019)          $ (9,157)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of income tax expense to the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to the loss from operations is summarized for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2017  

Expected tax benefit at statutory rate

     $ (2,046)          $ (3,113)    

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (327)          (474)    

Tax effect of:

     

Change in valuation allowance

     2,511           2,112     

Federal rate change

     -           1,602     

Research and development credit

     (342)          (525)    

Australian research expense rebate

     -           176     

Other

     204           222     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $ -           $ -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2017  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Tax loss carryforwards

     $ 2,378           $ 1,863     

Capitalized research expenses

     -           2,127     

Research and development and other tax credits

     333           829     

Other, net

     35           39     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     2,746           4,858     

Less valuation allowance

     (2,746)          (4,858)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     $ -           $ -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had federal, state, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $6.2 million, $6.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal and state loss carryforwards will begin expiring in 2035, unless previously utilized. The foreign loss carryforwards do not expire. The

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Company also has federal and California research and development credit carryforwards totaling $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal research and development credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2030, unless previously utilized. The California research credits do not expire. The Company also has California New Jobs credits of $6,000 which will begin to expire in 2019, unless previously utilized.

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. Based on the weight of all evidence including a history of operating losses, management has determined that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance of $4.9 million as of December 31, 2017 has been established to offset the deferred tax assets as realization of such assets is uncertain.

Future utilization of the Company’s net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to an annual limitation, pursuant to Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Sections 382 and 383, as a result of ownership changes that may have occurred or that could occur in the future. An ownership change occurs when a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. The Company has not completed an IRC Section 382/383 analysis regarding the limitation of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards. When this analysis is finalized, the Company plans to update its unrecognized tax benefits accordingly.

The Company has not provided for deferred taxes on the outside basis difference of its Australian subsidiary. The deficit in earnings would result in a deferred tax asset, and it is not apparent that this temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“the Act”) was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Act includes a number of changes to existing U.S. tax laws that impact the Company, most notably a reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from a maximum of 35% to a flat 21%, effective January 1, 2018, and a one-time transition tax on unremitted foreign earnings. In conjunction with the tax law changes, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act. In these instances, a Company can record provisional amounts in its consolidated financial statements for the income tax effects for which a reasonable estimate can be determined. For items for which a reasonable estimate cannot be determined, a company should continue to apply ASC 740 based on the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately prior to the Act being enacted.

As a result of the new law, the Company has remeasured its deferred tax assets based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, resulting in a reduction in the deferred tax asset balance of $1.6 million which was offset by a reduction in the valuation allowance by a corresponding amount. The one-time transition tax is based on the total post-1986 earnings and profits (E&P) previously deferred from U.S. income taxes. As the Company has a deficit in post-1986 E&P from its foreign subsidiary, there was no increase in income tax expense as a result of the one-time transition tax. This impact is considered to be a provisional amount as the Company is still analyzing certain aspects of the Act and refining its calculations. The ultimate impact may differ from this provisional amount, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Company has made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions the Company may take as a result of the Act.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following table summarized the changes to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 (in thousands)

 

     2016      2017  

Beginning balance

     $ -           $ 68     

Increases related to current year positions

     68           91     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

     $ 68           $ 159     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 were $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in unrecognized tax benefits would have no effect on the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company has not recorded any interest or penalties related to income tax matters. The Company does not foresee any material changes to unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States federal and state jurisdictions as well as Australia. Generally, the Company’s federal income tax returns from 2014 and forward and state income tax returns from 2013 and forward are subject to examination by tax authorities; however, the Company’s tax attribute carryforwards such as net operating losses and research tax credits generated in closed years are also subject to examination. The Australian tax returns are subject to examination beginning in 2017. The Company is not currently under audit by any tax authority.

6. 401(k) Plan

The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan available to eligible employees. Employee contributions are voluntary and are determined on an individual basis, limited to the maximum amount allowable under federal tax regulations. The Company, at its discretion, may make certain matching contributions to the 401(k) plan. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had not made any matching contributions.

7. Subsequent Events

The Company has completed an evaluation of all subsequent events through May 2, 2018 to ensure that these consolidated financial statements include appropriate disclosure of events both recognized in the consolidated financial statements and events which occurred but were not recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

In February 2018, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to, among other things, (1) increase its authorized shares of common stock from 50,500,000 to 65,000,000 shares, (2) increase its authorized shares of preferred stock from 38,350,914 to 48,868,345 shares, of which 28,763,179 shares and 20,105,166 shares are designated as Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock, respectively, and (3) set forth the rights, preferences and privileges of the preferred and common stock.

Increase in Shares of Common Stock Reserved for Issuance under the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan

In February 2018, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved an increase in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan from 5,440,000 shares to 7,940,000 shares.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Sale of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

In February and March 2018, pursuant to a Series B stock purchase agreement, the Company issued an aggregate of 19,641,200 shares of its Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.233 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $63.5 million.

Facility Lease

In February 2018, the Company entered into a non-cancelable operating lease for its new facility in San Diego, California. The lease has an initial term of seven years and the Company has an option to extend the term of the lease for an additional five years and has a termination option subject to early termination fees. The lease is subject to base lease payments and additional charges for common area maintenance and other costs and includes certain lease incentives and tenant improvement allowances. Under the terms of the lease agreement, the Company provided the lessor with an irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $0.5 million. The lessor is entitled to draw on the letter of credit in the event of any default by the Company under the terms of the lease. Expected future minimum lease payments for the years ending December 31, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 and thereafter are $0.3 million, $1.1 million, $1.1 million, $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

                shares

LOGO

Common stock

Prospectus

 

J.P. Morgan   Leerink Partners       Piper Jaffray

                , 2018


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.

 

     

Amount
paid or

to be paid

 

SEC registration fee

     $            *  

FINRA filing fee

     *  

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

     *  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $             *  

 

 

 

*   To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of

 

II-1


Table of Contents

all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us since January 1, 2015. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

 

(a)   Issuances of Capital Stock

 

  1.   From October 2015 to December 2017, we issued an aggregate of 28,763,179 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock to investors at a purchase price of $1.043 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $30.0 million.

 

  2.   In February and March 2018, we issued an aggregate of 19,641,200 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock to investors at a purchase price of $3.233 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $63.5 million.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All purchasers of shares of convertible preferred stock described above represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

 

(b)   Grants and Exercise of Stock Options

 

  1.   From January 2015 through March 31, 2018, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 5,970,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.39 per share, to certain of our employees, consultants and directors in connection with services provided to us by such persons. Of these, 1,024,310 options have been exercised for aggregate consideration of $317,603, and 224,939 options have been cancelled through March 31, 2018.

The stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options as described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees and directors, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or the exemption set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

 

(a)   Exhibits.    See Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
(b)   Financial statement schedules.    Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

 

(1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit
number
   Description of exhibit
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (currently in effect)
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws (currently in effect)
  3.3*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)
  4.1*    Specimen stock certificate evidencing the shares of common stock
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated February 9, 2018, as amended, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders
  5.1*    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
10.1#    Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
10.2#    Form of stock option agreement under Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
10.3#*    Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2018 Incentive Award Plan and form of option agreement thereunder
10.4#*    Form of stock option agreement under Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2018 Incentive Award Plan
10.5#*    Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.6#    Employment Agreement, dated October 30, 2015, by and between R. Scott Struthers and the Registrant
10.7#    Employment Agreement, dated January 4, 2018, by and between Marc J.S. Wilson and the Registrant
10.8#*    Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers
10.9    Lease Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and between 6262 Lusk Investors LLC and the Registrant, as amended
10.10#*    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
23.1*    Consent of BDO USA, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.2*    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

 

#   Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the San Diego, State of California, on this      day of                 , 2018.

 

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

By:    
 

R. Scott Struthers, Ph.D.

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Signatures and power of attorney

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint R. Scott Struthers, Ph.D. and Marc J.S. Wilson, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature    Title   Date
     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)                   , 2018

R. Scott Struthers, Ph.D.

    
    

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial and accounting officer)

                  , 2018

Marc J.S. Wilson

    
     Chairman of the Board of Directors                   , 2018

Wendell Wierenga, Ph.D.

    
     Director                   , 2018

Mason Freeman, M.D.

    
     Director                   , 2018

Matthew K. Fust

    
     Director                   , 2018

Stephen Kaldor, Ph.D.

    


Table of Contents
Signature    Title   Date
     Director                   , 2018

Weston Nichols, Ph.D.

    
   Director                   , 2018

Jack B. Nielsen, M.Sc.

    

 

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

R. Scott Struthers, Ph.D. hereby certifies that:

ONE:    The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was November 18, 2008.

TWO:    He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE:    The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.    

The name of this corporation is Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”).

II.    

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19808, and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

III.    

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

IV.    

A.    The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 113,868,345 shares, 65,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “Common Stock”), and 48,868,345 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share.

B.    The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis).


C.    28,763,179 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred”) and 20,105,166 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred” together with the Series A Preferred, the “Series Preferred”).

D.    The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Common Stock and the Series Preferred are as follows:

1.    DIVIDEND RIGHTS.

(a)    Holders of Series Preferred, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, on a pari passu basis, cash dividends at the rate of 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below), per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and shall be non-cumulative.

(b)    The “Series A Original Issue Price” of the Series A Preferred shall be $1.043 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Series B Original Issue Price” of the Series B Preferred shall be $3.233 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). Each of the Series A Original Issue Price and Series B Original Issue Price are sometimes referred to herein as the “Original Issue Price.”

(c)    So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend (whether in cash or property), or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock, until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above on the Series Preferred shall have been paid or declared and set apart, except for:

(i)    acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements that permit the Company to repurchase such shares at no more than cost upon termination of services to the Company;

(ii)    acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares, provided that such acquisitions are approved by the Board, including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors (as defined below); or

(iii)    distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Section 3.

(d)    In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

 

2


(e)    The provisions of Sections 1(c) and 1(d) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 4(f) hereof are applicable, or to any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by (i) the Board, including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors, and, (ii) if required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation”), the Series Preferred.

(f)     A distribution to the Company’s stockholders may be made without regard to the preferential dividends arrears amount or any preferential rights amount (each as determined under applicable law).

2.    VOTING RIGHTS.

(a)    General Rights. Each holder of shares of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent, shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and actions by written consent in lieu of meetings); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, the holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b)    Separate Vote of Series Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of (1) the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred and (2) the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred, each voting separately as a class (the “Requisite Majority”), shall be necessary to do any of the following (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise), and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    alter or change the rights, powers, preferences or privileges of the Series Preferred;

(ii)    amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, including, without limitation, amending this Certificate of Incorporation in order to increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

 

3


(iii)    create, authorize or designate, whether by reclassification or otherwise, any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into a new class or series of stock of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series Preferred in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividend rights or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such class or series;

(iv)    redeem, repurchase, pay or declare dividends or other distributions with respect to the Common Stock or Preferred Stock (except for any acquisition of Common Stock or payment by the Company permitted by Sections 1(c)(i), (ii) or (iii) or 1(e) hereof);

(v)    incur, create, issue or guarantee, or authorize the incurrence, creation, issuance or guarantee of, any indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $2,000,000 in the aggregate (through the issuance of debt securities or otherwise), unless otherwise approved by the Board (including at least one of the Series Preferred Directors (as defined below));

(vi)    enter into any agreement pursuant to which the Company would reasonably be expected to have financial obligations (contingent or otherwise) in excess of $2,000,000, unless otherwise approved by the Board (including at least one of the Series Preferred Directors);

(vii)    issue, or authorize the issuance, of shares of capital stock or other equity securities of the Company representing in excess of 10% of the Company’s outstanding shares of capital stock on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis (taking into account all outstanding Convertible Securities (as defined below)) in order to acquire any equity securities or assets of another entity;

(viii)    create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned by the Company (directly or through one or more other subsidiaries), or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary;

(ix)    enter into any agreement regarding an Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined in Section 3 hereof);

(x)    voluntarily dissolve or liquidate the Company; or

(xi)    increase or decrease the authorized number of members of the Board (except as required pursuant to the terms of that certain Voting Agreement, dated on or about the filing date hereof and as may be amended from time to time, by and among the Company, those certain holders of Common Stock listed on Exhibit A thereto and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit B thereto).

(c)    Separate Vote of Series B Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series B Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein

 

4


or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred shall be necessary to do any of the following (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise), and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    adversely alter or change the rights, powers, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred; or

(ii)    increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred.

(d)    Separate Vote of Series A Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series A Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred shall be necessary to do any of the following (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise), and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    adversely alter or change the rights, powers, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred; or

(ii)    increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred.

(e)    Election of Board of Directors.

(i)    For so long as any shares of Series A Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) members of the Board (each, a “Series A Director” and collectively, the “Series A Directors”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(ii)    For so long as any shares of Series B Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of Series B Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board (the “Series B Director” and together with the Series A Directors, the “Series Preferred Directors”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iii)    The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

 

5


(iv)    The holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(v)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and subject to Sections 2(e)(i), 2(e)(ii) and 2(e)(iii), as the case may be, any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series shall be entitled to fill such vacancy by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of the Company’s stockholders or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders would hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders in which all members of such class or series are present and voted. Any director may be removed during his or her term of office without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of such stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.

(vi)    No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled unless required by applicable law at the time of such election. During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (A) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (B) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If cumulative voting is required by applicable law and any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

 

6


(f)    Voting Rights of Directors. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2(f), each director of the Company shall be entitled to one vote on every matter that comes before the Board (or any committee or subcommittee thereof on which such director serves). In accordance with Section 141(d) of the DGCL, in the event (A) the Board is comprised of an even number of directors, (B) a matter comes before the Board at a duly held meeting, and (C) but for this Section 2(f), the votes on such matter are evenly split amongst the directors (e.g., the same number of directors vote in favor of the matter as the number of directors that vote against the matter), then, in each such case, (i) each Series Preferred Director shall have two votes with respect to such matter and (ii) the vote of each Series Preferred Director on such matter shall, as of the time of the original vote taken on such matter, constitute two votes with respect to such matter.

3.    LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.

(a)    Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation Event”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, the holders of Series Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an Acquisition) for each share of Series Preferred held by them, on a pari passu basis, an amount per share of Series B Preferred equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred (the “Series B Liquidation Preference”), and an amount per share of Series A Preferred equal to the Series A Original Issue Price, plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred (the “Series A Liquidation Preference” and together with the Series B Liquidation Preference, the “Liquidation Preference”). If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b)    After the payment of the full Liquidation Preference as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such Liquidation Event (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an Acquisition), if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock and Series Preferred, on a pari passu and an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis, until (i) with respect to holders of Series A Preferred, such holders have received pursuant to Section 3(a) above and this Section 3(b) an aggregate amount per share of Series A Preferred equal to three times the Series A Liquidation Preference, and (ii) with respect to holders of Series B Preferred, such holders have received pursuant to Section 3(a) above and this Section 3(b) two times the Series B Liquidation Preference, in each case after taking into account any Liquidation Preference previously paid on such shares. Thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such Liquidation Event (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an Acquisition), if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

(c)    An Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined below) shall be deemed a Liquidation Event for purposes of this Section 3.

 

7


(i)    For the purposes of this Section 3: (i) “Acquisition” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to represent a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization (provided that, for the purpose of this Section 3(c), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding immediately prior to such consolidation or merger or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of capital stock are converted or exchanged); or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (ii) “Asset Transfer” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(ii)    In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made.

(iii)    The Company shall not have the power to effect an Acquisition or Asset Transfer unless the definitive agreement for such transaction (the “Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company in connection therewith shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with this Section 3.

(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any Liquidation Event, (including an Acquisition or Asset Transfer), each holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series Preferred then held, out of the proceeds available for distribution, the greater of (i) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such shares in a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3(a) and 3(b) (without giving effect to this Section 3(d)) or (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event with respect to such shares if such shares had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event or Acquisition or Asset Transfer, giving effect to this Section 3(d) with respect to all series of Preferred Stock simultaneously.

(e)    In the event of a Liquidation Event (including an Acquisition or Asset Transfer), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Company subject to contingencies, the Agreement shall provide that (x) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “Initial Consideration”) shall be

 

8


allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Sections 3(a), 3(b), and 3(d) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Acquisition or Asset Transfer and (y) any additional consideration that becomes payable to the stockholders of the Company upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Sections 3(a), 3(b), and 3(d) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

4.    CONVERSION RIGHTS.

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a)    Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 4, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, any determination under this Certificate of Incorporation as to the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on an “as-if-converted basis,” “as-if-converted to Common Stock basis,” or any similar determination, shall, with respect to then-outstanding shares of Series Preferred, reflect the number of shares into which such shares of Series Preferred may be converted pursuant to this Section 4(a). The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive upon conversion pursuant to this Section 4(a) or Section 4(l) below shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” for such series then in effect (determined as provided in Section 4(b)) by the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted.

(b)    Series Preferred Conversion Rates. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series A Preferred (the “Series A Preferred Conversion Rate”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Preferred Conversion Price, calculated as provided in Section 4(c). The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series B Preferred (the “Series B Preferred Conversion Rate” and together with the Series A Preferred Conversion Rate, the “Series Preferred Conversion Rate”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series B Original Price by the “Series B Preferred Conversion Price,” calculated as provided in Section 4(c).

(c)    Series Preferred Conversion Prices. The conversion price for the Series A Preferred shall initially be the Series A Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred (the “Series A Preferred Conversion Price”), and the conversion price for the Series B Preferred shall initially be the Series B Original Issue Price of the Series B Preferred (the “Series B Preferred Conversion Price” and together with the Series A Preferred Conversion Price, the “Series Preferred Conversion Price”). Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Prices shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Prices herein shall mean the Series Preferred Conversion Prices as so adjusted.

 

9


(d)    Mechanics of Optional Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(e)    Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date that the first share of Series B Preferred is issued (the “Original Issue Date”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 4(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f)    Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Common Stock, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i)    The applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying such Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction equal to:

(A)    the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B)    the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance

 

10


plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii)    If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the Series Preferred Conversion Prices shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii)    If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series Preferred Conversion Prices shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series Preferred Conversion Prices shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g)    Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition as defined in Section 3 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 4), in any such event each share of Series Preferred shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of one share of Series Preferred immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other transaction would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h)    Sale of Shares Below Series Preferred Conversion Prices.

(i)    If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 4(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price (a “Qualifying Dilutive Issuance”), then and in each such case, the then existing applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction:

 

11


(A)    the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock that the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-existing applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, and

(B)    the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and Convertible Securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(ii)    No adjustment shall be made to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price if the adjustment amount would be less than 1% of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 4(h) that is not required to be made due to the first sentence of this subsection (ii) shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to the Series Preferred Conversion Prices. Any adjustment required by this Section 4(h) shall be rounded to the first decimal for which such rounding represents less than 1% of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect after such adjustment.

(iii)    For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 4(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “Aggregate Consideration”) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, the fair market value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration that covers both, the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iv)    For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 4(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities exercisable for or convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “Convertible

 

12


Securities”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(A)    in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(B)    in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(C)    If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

(D)    No further adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the

 

13


conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series Preferred.

(v)    For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series Preferred required under this Section 4(h), “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 4(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than (the following securities being collectively referred to as “Exempted Securities”):

(A)    shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;

(B)    shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan as in effect on the filing date hereof, or pursuant to such other stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board (including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors);

(C)    shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise or conversion of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date;

(D)    shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board, including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors;

(E)    shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial or lending institution approved by the Board, including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors;

(F)    shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued to third-party service providers in exchange for or as consideration for services rendered to the Company, provided the Board, including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors, approves the issuance of such shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and the exclusion of such shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities from the definition of Additional Shares of Common Stock for the purposes of this Section 4(h);

(G)    shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including without limitation, joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing, distribution, technology transfer, sponsored research or development arrangements, provided the Board, including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors, approves the issuance of such shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and the exclusion of such shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities from the definition of Additional Shares of Common Stock for the purposes of this Section 4(h);

 

14


(H)    shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated on or about the filing date hereof and as may be amended from time to time, by and among the Company and each of those persons and entities whose names are set forth on Exhibit A thereto; or

(I)    shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities that the Requisite Majority elect in writing to exclude from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock” for purposes of this Section 4.

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 4(h). The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 4(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 4(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

(vi)    In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “First Dilutive Issuance”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “Subsequent Dilutive Issuance”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(i)    Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred, if the Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 4, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if

 

15


any, of other property that at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(j)    Waiver of Adjustment to Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis). Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

(k)    Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 3) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 3), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least 10 days prior to (x) the record date, if any, specified therein; or (y) if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect (or, in either case, such shorter period approved by the Requisite Majority) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(l)    Automatic Conversion.

(i)    Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price for such series, (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the Requisite Majority, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which (i) the per share price is at least $4.8495 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), (ii) the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $50,000,000 and (iii) the Company’s shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market or NASDAQ Global Market (a “Qualified IPO”). Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(d).

 

16


(ii)    Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Section 4(l)(i) above, the outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Series Preferred, the holders of Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(d).

(m)         Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If after the aforementioned aggregation the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

(n)    Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(o)    Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by electronic transmission in compliance with the provisions of the DGCL, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; and if sent at a time other than the normal business hours of the recipient, then on the next business day, (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

 

17


(p)    Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.

5.    NO REISSUANCE OF SERIES PREFERRED.

Any shares or shares of Series Preferred redeemed, purchased, converted or exchanged by the Company shall be cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued or transferred.

V.    

A.    The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B.    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article V to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C.    Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

D.    The Company renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Series Preferred or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Company.

VI.    

 

18


For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A.    The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation.

B.    The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions that may be set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions that may be set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation.

C.    The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

* * * *

FOUR:    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation.

FIVE:     This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of this corporation.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this 9th day of February, 2018.

 

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
Signature: /s/ R. Scott Struthers, Ph.D.            
Print Name: R. Scott Struthers, Ph.D.              
Title: Chief Executive Officer                          
EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.    Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2.    Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the corporation (the Board of Directors), and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3.    Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4.    Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL).

Section 5.    Annual Meeting.

(a)    The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of

 

1.


Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5.

(b)    At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Amended and Restated Bylaws (Bylaws), (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the

 

2.


corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(c)    Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d)    Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

(f)    For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6.    Special Meetings.

(a)    Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized

 

3.


directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than twenty percent (20%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (CGCL), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(b) herein.

(b)    If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section 7.    Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8.    Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (Certificate of Incorporation), or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a

 

4.


majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9.    Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10.    Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11.    Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or

 

5.


order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12.    List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13.    Action Without Meeting.

(a)    Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

(b)    Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(c)    Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were

 

6.


delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d)    A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 14.    Organization.

(a)    At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b)    The Board of Directors shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and

 

7.


the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15.    Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section 16.    Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17.    Term of Directors.

(a)    Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b)    No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under

 

8.


cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

Section 18.    Vacancies.

(a)    Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b)    At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i)    any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(ii)    the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

Section 19.    Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

9.


Section 20.    Removal.

(a)    Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL) and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

(b)    During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21.    Meetings

(a)    Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

(b)    Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board or the President.

(c)    Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d)    Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal

 

10.


business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e)    Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22.    Quorum and Voting.

(a)    Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b)    At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23.    Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24.    Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

11.


Section 25.    Committees.

(a)    Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b)    Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c)    Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d)    Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any

 

12.


business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26.    Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27.    Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation may include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom may be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 28.    Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a)    General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b)    Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

(c)    Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of

 

13.


Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d)    Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(e)    Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f)    Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 29.    Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30.    Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to

 

14.


whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 31.    Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32.    Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 33.    Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34.    Form and Execution of Certificates. Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the

 

15.


President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate shall state upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the powers, designations, preferences, and rights, and the limitations or restrictions of the shares authorized to be issued or shall, except as otherwise required by law, set forth on the face or back a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section or otherwise required by law or with respect to this section a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 35.    Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 36.    Transfers.

(a)    Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b)    The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 37.    Fixing Record Dates.

(a)    In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon

 

16.


which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b)    In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c)    In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 38.    Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other

 

17.


claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39.    Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40.    Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 41.    Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

18.


ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42.    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43.    Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a)    Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b)    Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c)    Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which

 

19.


there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d)    Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

20.


(e)    Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f)    Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, executive officer, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g)    Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h)    Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i)    Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j)    Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1)    The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2)    The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3)    The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have

 

21.


had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4)    References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5)    References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44.    Notices.

(a)    Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b)    Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c)    Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the

 

22.


names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d)    Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e)    Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f)    Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45.    Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE XIV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

23.


Section 46.    Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of common stock of the corporation excluding shares of common stock of the corporation issued upon conversion of any preferred stock of the corporation (the Subject Shares) or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a)    If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of its Subject Shares, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of Subject Shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

(b)    For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all or any portion of the Subject Shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the Subject Shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the common stock of the corporation at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase any or all of the Subject Shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said Subject Shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c)    The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d)    In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the Subject Shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, except as otherwise set forth in any agreement between the corporation and such transferring stockholder, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said Subject Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e)    In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the Subject Shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, subject to the terms and conditions of any agreement between the corporation and such transferring stockholder, within the sixty-day period following the expiration or waiver of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the Subject Shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All Subject Shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f)    Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

 

24.


(1)    A stockholder’s transfer without consideration of any or all Subject Shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general or limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

(2)    A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any Subject Shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said Subject Shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3)    A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s Subject Shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation.

(4)    A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s Subject Shares to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

(5)    A corporate stockholder’s transfer to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the stockholder.

(6)    A transfer by a stockholder which is a partnership to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests.

(7)    A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited liability company to (a) one or more affiliated partnerships or funds managed by it, (b) its directors or officers, or (c) its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company.

(8)    A transfer by a stockholder to an entity affiliated by common control (or other related entity) with such stockholder.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such Subject Shares subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such Subject Shares except in accordance with this bylaw.

(g)    Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those Subject Shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation this bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

 

25.


(h)    Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of Subject Shares shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i)    The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j)    The certificates representing Subject Shares shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47.    Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

26.


CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF BYLAWS

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing bylaws were amended and restated effective as of October 30, 2015 by the corporation’s board of directors and stockholders.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 30th day of October, 2015.

 

/s/ R. Scott Struthers

R. Scott Struthers, Secretary
EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of February 9, 2018 by and among CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto (collectively referred to hereinafter as the “Investors” and each individually as an “Investor”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors are party to that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2015 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value of $0.001 per share (the “Series B Preferred”), pursuant to that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (as may be amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”) of even date herewith (the “Financing”);

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series A Preferred”);

WHEREAS, the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to grant registration, information rights and other rights to the Investors as set forth below; and

WHEREAS, the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1    Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a)    “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or


more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

(b)    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c)    “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(d)    “Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(e)    “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(f)    “Major Investor” means an Investor that, together with its Affiliates, holds Registrable Securities having an aggregate original issue price of not less than $5,000,000.

(g)    “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

(h)    “Preferred Stock” means the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred.

(i)    “Qualified IPO” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restated Charter.

(j)    “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(k)    “Registrable Securities” means (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares, (b) Common Stock, or Common Stock issuable upon the conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by Investors and (c) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned.

(l)    “Registrable Securities then outstanding” and “outstanding Registrable Securities” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to exercisable or convertible securities.

 

2


(m)    “Registration Expenses” means all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed $35,000 of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(n)    “Requisite Investors” means (i) Investors holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, and (ii) Investors holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred, in each case voting as separate classes on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(o)    “Restated Charter” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

(p)    “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(q)    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(r)    “Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(s)    “Series Preferred Directors” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restated Charter.

(t)    “Shares” means the shares of Preferred Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto and their permitted assigns.

(u)    “Special Registration Statement” means (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

(v)    “Voting Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated of even date herewith and as may be amended from time to time, by and among the Company and those certain holders of Common Stock listed on Exhibit A thereto and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit B thereto.

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

2.1    Restrictions on Transfer.

(a)    Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

 

3


(i)    there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii)    (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (b) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, or (D) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

(c)    Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON

 

4


WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d)    The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

(e)    Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

2.2    Demand Registration.

(a)    Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company receives a written request from the Holders of at least 30% of the Registrable Securities (the “Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least 20% of the Registrable Securities held by the Initiating Holders (provided that the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $20,000,000 if the request is made prior to the Initial Offering, or $5,000,000 if the request is made after the Initial Offering), then the Company shall, within 30 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible within 90 days following such request, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b)    If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number

 

5


of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c)    The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i)    prior to the earlier of (A) the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) six months following the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act for the Initial Offering;

(ii)    after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii)    during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering (or such longer period as may be determined pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof); provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv)    if within 30 days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement within 90 days for an anticipated Qualified IPO;

(v)    if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 100 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than twice in any 12 month period;

(vi)    if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vii)    in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3    Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least 20 days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity

 

6


to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within 20 days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a)    Underwriting. If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the Company determines in good faith, based on consultation with the underwriter, that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below 25% of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is a Qualified IPO and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered by the later of (i) 10 business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement and (ii) five business days after the Holder is furnished with the final terms of such underwriting. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b)    Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any

 

7


Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4    Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a)    promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b)    as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i)    if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; or

(ii)    if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $2,000,000; or

(iii)    if within 30 days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within 60 days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement;

(iv)    if the Company furnishes to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 100 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided, that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than twice in any 12 month period; or

(v)    if the Company has, within the 12 month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4; or

 

8


(vi)    in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c)    Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.5    Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders). If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration.

2.6    Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a)    prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for 120 days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed 60) days thereafter (the “Suspension Period”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to

 

9


delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive 60 days with the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No more than two such Suspension Periods shall occur in any 12 month period. In no event shall any Suspension Period, when taken together with all prior Suspension Periods, exceed 120 days in the aggregate. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b)    Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c)    Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d)    Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e)    In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f)    Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will amend or

 

10


supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g)    Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

2.7    Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a)    No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b)    It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c)    The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.8    Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a)    To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto,

 

11


(ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b)    To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “Holder Violation”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

12


(c)    Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d)    If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e)    The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.9    Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or retired

 

13


member, or stockholder of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (c) acquires at least 20% of the shares of Registrable Securities originally issued to such Holder; or (d) is an Affiliate of such Holder; provided, however, (i) the transferor shall, within 10 days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

2.10    Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in Section 6.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders.

2.11    Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Member Rule 472(f)(4) or any successor or similar rule or regulation); provided, that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least 1% of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements.    The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall apply only to the Initial Offering and shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

2.12    Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the managing underwriters that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within 10 days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such shares of Common Stock (or other securities) until the end of such period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

14


2.13    Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a)    make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b)    file with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c)    so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the SEC; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.14    Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 2.3, or Section 2.4 hereof shall terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the third anniversary of a Qualified IPO or (ii) the closing of an Acquisition (as defined in the Restated Charter). Upon such termination, such shares shall cease to be “Registrable Securities” hereunder for all purposes.

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1    Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a)    The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b)    As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 120 days thereafter, the Company will furnish each Major Investor a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants selected by the Board.

 

15


(c)    The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 45 days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(d)    The Company will furnish each Major Investor: (i) at least 30 days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto); (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within 30 days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such month, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted thereon), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made; and (iii) within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year, a statement showing: the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock of the Company and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding at the end of such fiscal year and held by each holder; the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto; and the number of shares underlying issued stock options held by each holder and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct.

3.2    Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

3.3    Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees to, and will cause any representative of the Investor to, use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor or its representatives pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any partner, subsidiary, parent or other Affiliate of such Investor as long as such partner, subsidiary, parent or other Affiliate is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of

 

16


and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; or (v) as required by applicable law.

3.4    Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

3.5    Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board (including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors), all stock, stock options and other stock equivalents initially issued to new employees, directors, consultants and other service providers after the date of this Agreement shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) 25% of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the vesting commencement date (which, in the case of new employees or other service providers, shall be the date on which such individual commenced employment with, or providing services for, the Company, and in all other cases shall be the date of grant), and (b) 75% of such stock shall vest on an equal monthly basis over the following three years. Unless otherwise approved by the Board (including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors), all stock, stock options and other stock equivalents issued to continuing employees, directors, consultants and other service providers after the date of this Agreement shall be subject to vesting as follows: 1/48th of such stock shall vest on a monthly basis over a period of four years. The Company shall have the right to repurchase all such unvested shares at the lower of cost or fair market value upon termination or resignation of any such employee, director, consultant or other service provider, which repurchase right shall be exercisable for a period of not less than 90 days following such termination or resignation. The employee, director, consultant or other service provider issued such stock, stock options or other stock equivalents shall not be permitted to transfer such shares prior to their vesting, except for transfers in connection with estate planning purposes that would otherwise be exempted from the Company’s right of first refusal in the Company’s Bylaws. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board (including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors), the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the occurrence of a Qualified IPO, except for transfers exempted from such right of first refusal pursuant to the Company’s Bylaws or pursuant to the Co-Sale Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

3.6     Director and Officer Insurance. The Company shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance in the amount determined by the Board. The Company shall ensure that any agreement or transaction involving the Company that is expected to result in an Acquisition (as defined in the Restated Charter), in which the Company will not be the surviving entity, will include provisions requiring the successor entity to assume the Company’s obligations with respect to the indemnification of its directors (which obligations shall survive for a period of not less than six years following the closing of the Acquisition).

3.7    Observation Rights. The Company shall allow one representative designated by each Major Investor to attend all meetings of the Board and committees thereof in a nonvoting capacity, and in connection therewith, the Company shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials, financial or otherwise, which the Company provides to the Board or the applicable committee; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to exclude such representative from access to any material or meeting or

 

17


portion thereof if the Company believes upon advice of counsel that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege. The Company will promptly reimburse all reasonable and actual documented costs and expenses, consistent with any applicable travel policies of the Company in effect from time to time and approved by the Board (including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors), incurred by any such representative in connection with attending all such Board and committee meetings. The rights set forth in this Section 3.7 shall terminate on the date on which an Investor is no longer a Major Investor.

3.8    Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or Board.

3.9     Directors Liability and Indemnification. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of director to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. In addition, the Company shall enter into and use its best efforts to at all times maintain indemnification agreements, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Series Preferred Directors, with each of its directors to indemnify such directors to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law.

3.10    Board Committees. Each committee of the Board shall include at least one Series Preferred Director, unless otherwise agreed by all of the Investors that have a right to designate a Series Preferred Director pursuant to the Voting Agreement.

3.11    Board Meetings; Reimbursement of Expenses. The Company shall hold a minimum of one meeting per calendar quarter, unless otherwise agreed by a majority of all directors of the Company (including a majority of the Series Preferred Directors). The Company will promptly reimburse all reasonable documented costs and expenses, consistent with any travel policies of the Company in effect from time to time and approved by the Board (including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors), incurred by any Series Preferred Director in connection with attending Board meetings, attending any Board committee meetings, and performing the Company’s business at the request of the Company.

3.12    Approval. The Company shall not without the approval of a majority of the Board (including at least a majority of the Series Preferred Directors) authorize or enter into any transactions with any director or officer of the Company, or any member of such director’s or officer’s immediate family.

3.13    FCPA. The Company covenants that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to) promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official (as (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further covenants that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to) cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its

 

18


subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Upon request, the Company agrees to provide responsive information and/or certifications concerning its compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws. The Company shall promptly notify each Investor if the Company becomes aware of any enforcement action pursuant to such laws. The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply with the FCPA. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

3.14    Investor Right to Conduct Activities. To the extent permitted by law, the Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Specified Opportunity (as defined below). Furthermore, no Fund (as defined below) shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by such Fund in any entity competitive with the Company or (ii) actions taken by any advisor, partner, officer or other representative of the Fund to assist any such competitive entity, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive entity or otherwise. A “Specified Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) the Series Preferred Directors or (ii) except for an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent or any such holder (together, the “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of a Covered Person expressly and solely in such person’s capacity as a director of the Company. A “Fund” is an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is primarily in the business of investing in other entities, or an entity that manages such an entity.

3.15    Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Sections 3.3, 3.6, 3.9 and 3.14) shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to a Qualified IPO or (ii) upon an Acquisition (as defined in the Restated Charter as in effect as of the date hereof).

SECTION 4. COVENANT OF THE INVESTORS.

4.1    Commerce Department Compliance. The Company may be required to file reports with the Bureau of Economic Analysis (the “BEA”) of the U.S. Commerce Department when a U.S. Affiliate of a foreign Investor if such foreign Investor, together with its affiliates, directly or indirectly controls 10% or more of the voting securities of the Company. Such foreign Investor that is a foreign individual or entity or a U.S. subsidiary or affiliate of a foreign parent covenants to provide information necessary for the Company to comply with BEA filings required under the International Investment and Trade in Services Act.

 

19


SECTION 5. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

5.1    Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 5.6 hereof. Each Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) of which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “Equity Securities” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

5.2    Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor shall have 15 days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

5.3    Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. If not all of the Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Investors who do so elect and shall offer such Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares on a pro rata basis. The Investors shall have five days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. The Company shall have 90 days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Investor’s rights were not exercised, at a price and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Investors pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within 90 days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 5.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.

5.4    Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 5 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to a Qualified IPO or (ii) an Acquisition.

 

20


5.5    Assignment of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Investor under this Section 5 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.9.

5.6    Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 5 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

(a)    Exempted Securities (as defined in the Restated Charter);

(b)    stock issued pursuant to any such rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement, so long as the rights of first refusal established by this Section 5 were complied with, waived, or were inapplicable pursuant to any provision of this Section 5.6 with respect to the initial sale or grant by the Company of such rights or agreements;

(c)    any Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company; and

(d)    any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act for a Qualified IPO.

SECTION 6. MISCELLANEOUS.

6.1    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in Delaware.

6.2    Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however, that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

6.3    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

 

21


6.4    Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

6.5    Amendment and Waiver.

(a)    Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived, only upon the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Investors.

(b)    For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

6.6    Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.7    Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if sent at a time other than the normal business hours of the recipient, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by 10 days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

6.8    Attorneys Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

 

22


6.9    Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

6.10    Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Series B Preferred pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Series B Preferred shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor,” a “Holder” and a party hereunder.

6.11    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

6.12    Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

6.13    Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

6.14    Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) an Acquisition (as defined in the Restated Charter); or (ii) the third anniversary of the closing of a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Restated Charter).

6.15    Acknowledgement. The Company acknowledges that certain of the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plan and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

6.16    Prior Agreement. Upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities under the Prior Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force and effect and is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein, and all provisions of rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement..

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
Signature: /s/ R. Scot Struthers, Ph.D.                
Print Name: R. Scott Struthers, Ph.D.                
Title: Chief Executive Officer                            
Address: 6197 Cornerstone Court, Suite 111     
               San Diego, CA 92121                         


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
5AM Ventures IV, L.P.
By: 5AM Partners IV, LLC
Its: General Partner
Signature: /s/ Andrew J. Schwab                    
Print Name: Andrew J. Schwab                     
Title: Managing Member                               
5AM Co-Investors IV, L.P.
By: 5AM Partners IV, LLC
Its: General Partner
Signature: /s/ Andrew J. Schwab                    
Print Name: Andrew J. Schwab                      
Title: Managing Member                                


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
VERSANT VENTURE CAPITAL V, L.P.
VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND V, L.P.
VERSANT OPHTHALMIC AFFILIATES FUND I, L.P.
By: Versant Ventures V, LLC, its general partner
Signature: /s/ Thomas Woiwode                        
Print Name: Thomas Woiwode                          
Title: Managing Director                                    
VERSANT VENTURE CAPITAL V (CANADA) LP
By: Versant Ventures V (Canada), L.P.

By:  Versant Ventures V, GP-GP (Canada), Inc., its general partner

Signature: /s/ Thomas Woiwode                         
Print Name: Thomas Woiwode                          
Title: Managing Director                                    


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
VIVO CAPITAL FUND VIII, L.P.
By: Vivo Capital VIII, LLC
Its: General Partner
Signature: /s/ Albert Cha                                
Print Name: Albert Cha                                 
Title: Managing Member                              
VIVO CAPITAL SURPLUS FUND VIII, L.P.
By: Vivo Capital VIII, LLC
Its: General Partner
Signature: /s/ Albert Cha                                
Print Name: Albert Cha                                 
Title: Managing Member                               


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
PERCEPTIVE LIFE SCIENCES MASTER FUND, LTD.
By: /s/ James Mannix                                        
Print Name: James Mannix                               
Title: Chief Operating Officer                          


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
RA CAPITAL HEALTHCARE FUND, L.P.
By: RA Capital Management, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Nicholas McGrath

Name:  

Nicholas McGrath

Title:  

Authorized Signatory


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
BLACKWELL PARTNERS LLC – SERIES A
By:  

/s/ Abayomi A. Adigun

Name:  

Abayomi A. Adigun

 

Title:

 

Investment Manager DUMAC, Inc.

Authorized Agent

By:  

/s/ Jannine M. Lall

Name:  

Jannine M. Lall

 

Title:

 

Controller DUMAC, Inc.

Authorized Agent


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of February 21, 2018.

 

INVESTORS:
ORBIMED PRIVATE INVESTMENTS VI, LP
BY:   ORBIMED CAPITAL GP VI LLC,
          ITS GENERAL PARTNER
By:   ORBIMED ADVISORS LLC,
          ITS MANAGING MEMBER
Signature: /s/ Jonathan Silverstein                    
Print Name: Johnathan Silverstein                    
Title: Member                                                     


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

                                 NAME AND ADDRESS                                         

5AM VENTURES IV, L.P.

5AM CO-INVESTORS IV, L.P.

 

Address for all:

 

501 2nd Street, Suite 350

San Francisco, CA 94107

Attn: Andy Schwab

 

VERSANT VENTURE CAPITAL V, L.P.

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND V, L.P.

VERSANT OPHTHALMIC AFFILIATES FUND I, L.P.

VERSANT VENTURE CAPITAL V (CANADA) LP

 

Address for all:

 

One Sansome Street, Suite 3630

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attn: Robin L. Praeger

 

VIVO CAPITAL FUND VIII, L.P.

VIVO CAPITAL SURPLUS FUND VIII, L.P.

 

Address for all:

 

505 Hamilton Ave., Suite 207

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Attn: Albert Cha

 

PERCEPTIVE LIFE SCIENCES MASTER FUND LTD

51 Astor Place, 10th Floor

New York, NY 10003

Attn: Michael Altman

E-mail: Michael@perceptivelife.com

 

With a copy to:

 

Tannenbaum Helpern Syracuse & Hirschtritt LLP

900 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: David R. Lallouz

E-mail: lallouz@thsh.com


RA CAPITAL HEALTHCARE FUND, L.P.

20 Park Plaza, Suite 1200

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Nicholas McGrath

Blackwell Partners LLC – Series A

280 S. Mangum Street, Suite 210

Durham, NC 27701

Attn: Jannine Lall

OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP

601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: General Counsel

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective October 30, 2015)

This is the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), established by Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as originally adopted by its Board of Directors as of February 16, 2015, and as further amended and restated by its Board of Directors effective as of October 30, 2015 (the “Effective Date”).

ARTICLE 1.

PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

1.1    Purposes.    The purposes of the Plan are (a) to enhance the Company’s ability to attract and retain the services of qualified employees, officers and directors (including non-employee officers and directors), and consultants and other service providers upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the successful conduct and development of the Company’s business largely depends (“Key Team Members”), and (b) to provide additional incentives to such persons or entities to devote their utmost effort and skill to the advancement and betterment of the Company, by providing them an opportunity to participate in the ownership of the Company and thereby have an interest in the success and increased value of the Company.

ARTICLE 2.

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

2.1    Administrator.     “Administrator” means the Board or, if the Board delegates responsibility for any matter to the Committee, the term Administrator shall mean the Committee.

2.2    Affiliated Company.    “Affiliated Company” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively.

2.3    Award.    “Award” means any Option, Restricted Stock or Stock Appreciation Right granted to a Participant under the Plan.

2.4    Award Agreement.    “Award Agreement” means any Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant under the Plan.

2.5    Base Value.    “Base Value” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 hereof.

2.6    Board.    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.7    Cause.    “Cause” shall, unless otherwise defined in a Participant’s written employment agreement or Award Agreement, mean: (a) the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Participant which adversely affects the business of the Company, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof), (b) any unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of

 

1


confidential information or trade secrets of the Company, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof), (c) the refusal or omission by the Participant to perform any duties required of him if such duties are consistent with duties customary for the position held with the Company, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof), (d) any act or omission by the Participant involving malfeasance or gross negligence in the performance of Participant’s duties to, or deviation from any of the policies or directives of, the Company or the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof), (e) conduct on the part of Participant which constitutes the breach of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof), or (f) any illegal act by Participant which adversely affects the business of the Company, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof), or any felony committed by Participant, as evidenced by conviction thereof.

2.8    Change in Control.    “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(a)    If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority vote of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (a), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control;

(b)    The date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a Group (“Person”) acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, provided that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (i) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (ii) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (iii) solely because the level of ownership held by any Person exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Person becomes the owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities owned by the Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur; or

(c)    a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets of the Company and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this clause (c), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to

 

2


time. Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

2.9    Code.    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance promulgated thereunder.

2.10    Committee.    “Committee” means a committee of two or more members of the Board appointed to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof.

2.11    Common Stock.    “Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company.

2.12    Company.    “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Plan.

2.13    Consultant.    “Consultant” means any consultant or advisor if: (a) the consultant or advisor renders bona fide services to the Company or any Affiliated Company; (b) the services rendered by the consultant or advisor are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (c) the consultant or advisor is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Company or any Affiliated Company to render such services.

2.14    Continuous Service.    Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the terms of which may be different from the following, “Continuous Service” means (a) Participant’s employment by either the Company or any Affiliated Company, or by successor entity following a Change in Control, which is uninterrupted except for vacations, illness (not including Disability), or leaves of absence which are approved in writing by the Company or any of such other employer corporations, as applicable, (b) service as a member of the Board until the Participant resigns, is removed from office, or Participant’s term of office expires and he or she is not reelected, or (c) so long as the Participant is engaged as a Consultant or other Service Provider.

2.15    Disability.    “Disability” means permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The Administrator’s determination of a Disability or the absence thereof shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties.

2.16    Effective Date.    “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Plan.

 

3


2.17    Equity Restructuring.    “Equity Restructuring” means, as determined by the Administrator, a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

2.18    Established Securities Market.    “Established Securities Market” means either: (a) a securities exchange registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 6 of the Exchange Act; (b) a foreign national securities exchange officially recognized, sanctioned or supervised by governmental authority; or (c) an OTC Market.

2.19    Exchange Act.    “Exchange Act” means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.20    Exercise Price.    “Exercise Price” means the purchase price per share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of an Option.

2.21    Fair Market Value.    “Fair Market Value” on any given date means the value of a share of Common Stock, determined as follows:

(a)    If the Common Stock is then readily tradable on an Established Securities Market, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator through the application of a valuation method permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(A); and

(b)    If the Common Stock is not then readily tradable on an Established Securities Market, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith through the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B), which determination shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties.

2.22    FINRA Dealer.    “FINRA Dealer” means a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

2.23    Group.    “Group” is as defined in paragraph (i)(5)(v)(B) of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3.

2.24    Incentive Option.    “Incentive Option” means any Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

2.25    New Incentives.    “New Incentives” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) hereof.

 

4


2.26    Nonqualified Option.    “Nonqualified Option” means any Option that is not an Incentive Option. To the extent any Option designated as an Incentive Option fails in whole or in part to qualify as an Incentive Option, including without limitation, for failure to meet the requirements applicable to 10% Stockholders or because the annual limit described in Section 5.7 hereof is exceeded, it shall to that extent constitute a Nonqualified Option.

2.27    Option.    “Option” means any option to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to Article 5 hereof.

2.28    Option Agreement.    “Option Agreement” means the written agreement entered into between the Company and an Optionee with respect to an Option granted under the Plan.

2.29    Optionee.    “Optionee” means a Participant who holds an Option.

2.30    OTC Market.    “OTC Market” means an over-the-counter market reflected by the existence of an interdealer quotation system.

2.31    Participant.    “Participant” means a Key Team Member that holds an Option, Restricted Stock or Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.32    Plan.    “Plan” means this amended and restated 2015 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company.

2.33    Publicly Held.    “Publicly Held” means, with respect to the Company, any point in time in which any class of common equity securities of the Company are required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

2.34    Purchase Price.    “Purchase Price” means the purchase price payable to purchase a share of Restricted Stock.

2.35    Repurchase Right.    “Repurchase Right” means the right of the Company to repurchase shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan.

2.36    Restricted Stock.    “Restricted Stock” means shares of Common Stock issued pursuant the Plan, subject to any restrictions and conditions as are established pursuant to Article 6 hereof.

2.37    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.    “Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement” means the written agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant with respect to the purchase of Restricted Stock under the Plan.

2.38    Securities Act.    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.39    Service Provider.    “Service Provider” means a Consultant or other natural person the Administrator authorizes to become a Participant in the Plan and who provides services to: (a) the Company; (b) an Affiliated Company; or (c) any other business venture designated by the Administrator in which the Company (or any entity that is a successor to the Company) or an Affiliated Company has a significant ownership interest.

2.40    Stock Appreciation Right.    “Stock Appreciation Right” means a contractual right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 7 hereof, the exercise or settlement of which entitles the Participant to receive shares of Common Stock, cash, or a combination of Common Stock and cash, equal

 

5


to the difference between the Base Value per share of the Stock Appreciation Right and the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise or settlement, multiplied by the number of shares subject to the Stock Appreciation Right at such time, and subject to such conditions set forth in this Plan and the applicable Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement.

2.41    Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement.    “Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement” means the written agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant with respect to a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan.

2.42    10% Stockholder.    “10% Stockholder” means a person who, as of a relevant date, owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules applicable under Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of an Affiliated Company measured as of an Incentive Option’s date of grant.

2.43    Treasury Regulations.    “Treasury Regulations” shall mean the regulations of the United States Treasury Department promulgated under the Code.

ARTICLE 3.

ELIGIBILITY

3.1    Incentive Options.    Only employees of the Company or of an Affiliated Company (including officers of the Company and members of the Board if they are employees of the Company or of an Affiliated Company) are eligible to receive Incentive Options under the Plan.

3.2    Nonqualified Options, Restricted Stock and Stock Appreciation Rights.    Employees of the Company or of an Affiliated Company, members of the Board (whether or not employed by the Company or an Affiliated Company), and Service Providers are eligible to receive Nonqualified Options, Restricted Stock or Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan.

3.3    Section 162(m) Limitation.    On and after such time, if any, that the Company is Publicly Held, no employee of the Company or of an Affiliated Company shall be eligible to be granted Options or Stock Appreciation Rights covering more than 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock during any calendar year; provided, however, the preceding limitation shall not apply until the earliest time required for compensation attributable to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan to be exempt from the deduction limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code.

ARTICLE 4.

PLAN SHARES

4.1    Shares Subject to the Plan.    Subject to Section 4.2, a total of Five Million Four Hundred Forty Thousand (5,440,000) shares of Common Stock shall be available for issuance under the Plan. Of this total, Five Million Four Hundred Forty Thousand (5,440,000) shares of Common Stock are available for issuance pursuant to Incentive Options. For purposes of this Section 4.1, in the event that (a) all or any portion of any Award granted or offered under the Plan can no longer under any circumstances be exercised or (b) any shares of Common Stock are reacquired by the Company which were initially the subject of an Award Agreement, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Award, or the shares so reacquired, shall again be available for grant or issuance under the Plan.

4.2    Changes in Capital Structure.

 

6


(a)    In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock are hereafter increased or decreased or changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company by reason of a recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, stock dividend, or other change in the capital structure of the Company, then appropriate adjustments shall be automatically made to the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to this Plan, the number and kind of shares and the exercise price or purchase price per share subject to outstanding Award Agreements, and the limits on the number of shares under Sections 3.3 and 4.1 hereof, all in order to preserve, as nearly as practical, but not to increase, the benefits to Participants.

(b)    In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.2, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award, which adjustments may include adjustments to the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, the grant of new Awards to Participants, and/or the making of a cash payment to Participants, as the Administrator deems appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring. The adjustments provided under this Section 4.2(b) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company; provided that whether an adjustment is equitable shall be determined by the Administrator.

ARTICLE 5.

OPTIONS

5.1    Option Agreement.    Each Option granted pursuant to this Plan shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement that shall specify the number of shares subject thereto, the Exercise Price per share, and whether the Option is an Incentive Option or Nonqualified Option. As soon as is practical following the grant of an Option, an Option Agreement shall be duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Optionee to whom such Option is granted. Each Option Agreement shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the Administrator shall, from time to time, deem desirable, including without limitation, the imposition of any rights of first refusal and resale obligations upon any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option Agreement. Each Option Agreement may be different from each other Option Agreement.

5.2    Exercise Price.    The Exercise Price per share of Common Stock covered by each Option shall be determined by the Administrator, provided that (a) the Exercise Price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted, and (b) in the case of an Incentive Option granted to a 10% Stockholder, the Exercise Price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the Incentive Option is granted. However, an Option may be granted with an Exercise Price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code, as applicable.

5.3    Payment of Exercise Price.    Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made upon exercise of an Option and may be made, in the discretion of the Administrator, subject to any restrictions under applicable corporate law, by: (a) cash; (b) check; (c) surrender of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option, which surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of such exercise; (d) delivery of a promissory note in a form and with such recourse, interest, security and other provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate (subject to applicable corporate law); (e) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Optionee; (f) waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Optionee for services rendered; (g) provided that a public market for the Common Stock exists, a “same day sale” commitment from the Optionee and an FINRA Dealer whereby the Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the shares so

 

7


purchased to pay for the Exercise Price and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; (h) provided that a public market for the Common Stock exists, a “margin” commitment from the Optionee and an FINRA Dealer whereby the Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the shares so purchased to the FINRA Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the FINRA Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price, and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; (i) a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise by the number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise equal to the total Exercise Price; or (j) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment or any other consideration or method of payment as shall be permitted by applicable corporate law.

5.4    Term and Termination of Options.    The term and provisions for termination of each Option shall be as fixed by the Administrator, but no Option may be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date it is granted or such shorter period as specified in the Option Agreement. An Incentive Option granted to a person who is a 10% Stockholder on the date of grant shall not be exercisable more than five (5) years after the date it is granted.

5.5    Date of Grant.    The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination to grant such Option, unless a later date is otherwise specified by the Administrator. The Option Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Optionee within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

5.6    Vesting and Exercise of Options.    Each Option shall vest and become exercisable in one or more installments at such time or times and subject to such conditions, including without limitation, the achievement of specified performance goals or objectives, as shall be determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if necessary to comply with applicable laws, each Option granted to an employee of the Company or Affiliated Company shall provide that the employee shall have the right to exercise the vested portion of any Option held at the termination of the employee’s Continuous Service for at least thirty (30) days following termination of the employee’s Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause (but not more than ninety (90) days) and that the employee (or employee’s designee) shall have the right to exercise the Option for at least six (6) months if such termination of employee’s Continuous Service is due to the death or Disability of the employee.

5.7    Annual Limit on Incentive Options.    To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, if the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or any Affiliated Company becomes exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such excess shall be a Nonqualified Option. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to “incentive stock options” (as defined in Section 422 of the Code), then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Incentive Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

5.8    Nontransferability of Options.    Except as otherwise provided by the Administrator in an Option Agreement and as permissible under applicable law, no Option shall be assignable or transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and during the life of the Optionee shall be exercisable only by such Optionee. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Administrator may grant Nonqualified Options that may be transferred to a revocable trust or as otherwise permitted under Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

8


5.9    Rights as Stockholder.    An Optionee or permitted transferee of an Option shall have no rights or privileges as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Option until such Option has been duly exercised and shares purchased upon such exercise have been issued to such person.

5.10    Unvested Shares.    The Administrator shall have the discretion to grant Options that are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine from time to time.

5.11    Company’s Repurchase Right.    In the event of a termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service for any reason whatsoever (including death or Disability), the Option Agreement may provide, in the discretion of the Administrator, that the Company, or its assignee, shall have the right, exercisable at the discretion of the Administrator, to repurchase shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option at any time on such terms as may be provided in the Option Agreement. The repurchase price for shares repurchased by the Company shall be as set forth in the document evidencing the Repurchase Right, subject to the following requirements:

(a)    In the case of vested shares, the repurchase price shall be equal to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service; and

(b)    In the case of unvested shares, the repurchase price may be equal to one of the following: (i) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service, (ii) the Exercise Price paid per share, or (iii) the lesser of (A) the Exercise Price paid per share, or (B) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service.

The terms upon which the Company’s Repurchase Right shall be exercisable (including but not limited to the period and procedure for exercise and the timing and method of payment for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such Repurchase Right.

5.12    Compliance with Code Section 409A.    Notwithstanding anything in this Article 5 to the contrary, to the extent that any Option is subject to Code Section 409A, the Option is intended to be structured to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A, or an applicable exemption, as determined by the Administrator.

ARTICLE 6.

RESTRICTED STOCK

6.1    Issuance and Sale of Restricted Stock.    The Administrator shall have the authority to grant Restricted Stock under this Plan, subject to such terms, restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. Such conditions may include, but are not limited to, continued employment or the achievement of specified performance goals or objectives. The Purchase Price of Restricted Stock, which may include zero dollars ($0), shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

6.2    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements.    A Participant shall have no rights with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement until the Participant has paid the full Purchase Price to the Company in the manner set forth in Section 6.3 hereof and has executed and delivered to the Company the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. Each Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be in such form, and shall set forth the Purchase Price and such other terms,

 

9


conditions and restrictions of the Restricted Stock, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the Administrator shall, from time to time, deem desirable. Each Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement may be different from each other Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. The Restricted Stock will be accepted by the Participant’s execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days from the date the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is delivered to the person. If such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within such thirty (30) days, then the offer will terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

6.3    Payment of Purchase Price.    Subject to any restrictions under applicable corporate law, payment of the Purchase Price may be made, in the discretion of the Administrator, by: (a) cash; (b) check; (c) surrender of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant, which surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of such acceptance; (d) delivery of a promissory note in a form and with such recourse, interest, security and other provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate (subject to applicable corporate law); (e) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant; (f) the waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant for services rendered; or (g) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment or any other consideration or method of payment as shall be permitted by applicable corporate law.

6.4    Rights as a Stockholder.    Upon complying with the provisions of Section 6.2 hereof, a Participant shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Stock purchased pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, including voting and dividend rights, subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions as are set forth in such Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. Unless the Administrator shall determine otherwise, certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such shares have vested in accordance with the terms of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

6.5    Transfer Restrictions.    Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

6.6    Company’s Repurchase Right.    In the event of a termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service with the Company for any reason whatsoever (including death or Disability), the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement may provide, in the discretion of the Administrator, that the Company shall have the right, exercisable at the discretion of the Administrator, to repurchase shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, on such terms as may be provided in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. The repurchase price for shares repurchased by the Company shall be as set forth in the document evidencing the Repurchase Right, subject to the following requirements:

(a)    In the case of vested shares, the repurchase price shall be equal to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the date of termination of Participant’s Continuous Service; and

(b)    In the case of unvested shares, the repurchase price may be equal to one of the following: (i) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the date of termination of Participant’s Continuous Service, (ii) the original Purchase Price paid per share, if any, or (iii) the lesser of (A) the original Purchase Price paid per share, if any, or (B) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the date of termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.

The terms upon which such Repurchase Right shall be exercisable (including but not limited to the period and procedure for exercise and the timing and method of payment for the purchased shares)

 

10


shall be established by the Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such Repurchase Right.

6.7    Vesting of Restricted Stock.    The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall specify the date or dates, the performance goals or objectives which must be achieved, and any other conditions on which the Restricted Stock may vest.

6.8    Dividends.    If payment for shares of Restricted Stock is made by promissory note, any cash dividends paid with respect to the Restricted Stock may be applied, in the discretion of the Administrator, to repayment of such note.

6.9    Compliance with Code Section 409A.    Notwithstanding anything in this Article 6 to the contrary, to the extent that a Restricted Stock Award is subject to Code Section 409A of the Code, the Restricted Stock Award is intended to be structured to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A, or an applicable exemption, as determined by the Administrator.

ARTICLE 7.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1    Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights.    The Administrator shall have the authority to grant Stock Appreciation Rights subject to such terms, restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted on a basis that allows for the exercise of the right by the Participant, or that provides for the automatic settlement of the right upon a specified date or event, for shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination of Common Stock and cash.

7.2    Stock Appreciation Rights Agreements.    Each Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to this Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement, which shall specify the number of shares subject thereto, vesting provisions relating to such Stock Appreciation Right, the Base Value per share, and whether the Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable or subject to settlement for shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination of Common Stock and cash. As soon as is practicable following the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement shall be duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Participant to whom such Stock Appreciation Right was granted. Each Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the Administrator shall, from time to time, deem desirable, including without limitation, the imposition of any rights of first refusal and resale obligations upon any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right. Each Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement may be different from each other Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement.

7.3    Base Value.    The Base Value per share of Common Stock covered by each Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Administrator, except that the Base Value of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100% of Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.

7.4    Term and Termination of Stock Appreciation Rights.    The term and provisions for termination of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Stock Appreciation Right may be exercisable or subject to settlement more than ten (10) years after the date it is granted or such shorter period as specified in the Award Agreement.

7.5    Vesting and Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights.    Each Stock Appreciation Right

 

11


shall vest, and become exercisable or subject to settlement, in one or more installments at such time or times and shall be subject to such conditions, including without limitation the achievement of specified performance goals or objectives established with respect to one or more performance criteria, as shall be determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if necessary to comply with applicable laws, each Stock Appreciation Right granted to an employee of the Company or Affiliated Company, on a basis that allows the right to be exercised by the employee, shall provide that the employee shall have the right to exercise the vested portion of such right held at the termination of the employee’s Continuous Service for at least thirty (30) days following termination of the employee’s Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause and that the employee (or employee’s designee) shall have the right to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right for at least six (6) months if such termination of the employee’s Continuous Service is due to the death or Disability of the employee.

7.6    Payment of Appreciation.    A Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the holder, upon exercise or settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, to receive an amount determined by multiplying: (a) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise or settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right over the Base Value of such Stock Appreciation Right, by (b) the number of shares as to which such Stock Appreciation Right is exercised or settled. Upon exercise or settlement, payment of the appreciation determined under the preceding formula shall be made in shares of Common Stock, cash, or a combination of both shares and cash, as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement in the discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that payment is made in shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise or settlement.

7.7    Nontransferability of Stock Appreciation Rights.    Except as otherwise provided by the Administrator in an Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement and as permissible under applicable law, no Stock Appreciation Right shall be assignable or transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order, and during the life of the Participant shall be exercisable only by such Participant. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights that may be transferred to a revocable trust or as otherwise permitted under Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

7.8    Rights as a Stockholder.    A Participant shall have no rights or privileges as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by a Stock Appreciation Right until such Stock Appreciation Right has been duly exercised or settled and certificates representing shares issued upon such exercise or settlement have been issued to such person.

7.9    Unvested Shares.    The Administrator shall have the discretion to grant Stock Appreciation Rights that may be exercised or settled for unvested shares of Common Stock on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine from time to time.

7.10    Company’s Repurchase Right.    In the event of a termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service for any reason whatsoever (including death or Disability), the Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement may provide, in the discretion of the Administrator, that the Company, or its assignee, shall have the right, exercisable at the discretion of the Administrator, to repurchase shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise or settlement of a Stock Appreciation Right at any time on such terms as may be provided in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. The repurchase price for shares repurchased by the Company shall be equal to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the date of termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. The terms upon which such Repurchase Right shall be exercisable (including but not limited to the period and procedure for exercise and the timing and method of payment for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such Repurchase Right.

 

12


7.11    Compliance with Code Section 409A.    Notwithstanding anything in this Article 7 to the contrary, all Stock Appreciation Rights Awards are intended to be structured to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A, or an applicable exemption, as determined by the Administrator.

ARTICLE 8.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

8.1    Administrator.    Authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Board, which may delegate such responsibilities in whole or in part to a committee consisting of two (2) or more members of the Board. Members of the Committee may be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board. When and if the Company becomes Publicly Held, the Board may limit the composition of the Committee to those persons necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

8.2    Delegation to an Officer.    To the extent authorized by applicable law, the Board may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (a) designate officers and employees of the Company or any of its subsidiary corporations to be recipients of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights and (b) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted to such officers and employees of the Company; provided, however, that the resolutions of the Board regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted by such officer and that such officer may not grant an Option or Stock Appreciation Right to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an officer to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

8.3    Powers of the Administrator.    In addition to any other powers or authority conferred upon the Administrator elsewhere in the Plan or by law, the Administrator shall have full power and authority: (a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock to be represented by each Option or Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement and the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, and the consideration to be received by the Company upon the exercise of such Options or Stock Appreciation Right or sale of Restricted Stock; (b) to interpret the Plan; (c) to create, amend or rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions contained in, and the form of, Award Agreements; (e) to determine the identity or capacity of any persons who may be entitled to exercise a Participant’s rights under any Award Agreement under the Plan; (f) to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement; (g) to accelerate the vesting of any Award or release or waive any Repurchase Rights of the Company with respect to any Award; (h) to extend the exercise date of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right (but not beyond the original expiration date); (i) to provide for rights of first refusal and/or Repurchase Rights; (j) to amend outstanding Award Agreements to provide for, among other things, any change or modification which the Administrator could have included in the original Award Agreement or in furtherance of the powers provided for herein; (k) to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, but only to the extent not contrary to the express provisions of the Plan; and (l) grant Awards to Key Team Members who are foreign nationals on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as is necessary or desirable to promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan, and adopt such modifications, procedures, and/or subplans and the like as may be necessary or desirable to comply with the provisions of the laws or regulations of other countries or jurisdictions to ensure the viability of the benefits from Awards granted to such Key Team Members employed in such countries or jurisdictions, or to meet the requirements that permit the Plan to operate in

 

13


a qualified or tax efficient manner, and/or comply with applicable foreign laws or regulations. Any action, decision, interpretation or determination made in good faith by the Administrator in the exercise of its authority conferred upon it under the Plan shall be final and binding on the Company and all Participants. The Administrator’s decisions and determinations need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Participants in the Committee’s sole discretion.

8.4    Section 409A of the Code.    Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that Awards are subject to Section 409A of the Code, (a) any adjustments made pursuant to this Article 8 to Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; (b) any adjustments made pursuant to Article 8 to Awards that are not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in such a manner as to ensure that after such adjustment the Awards either (i) continue not to be subject to Section 409A of the Code or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; and (c) in any event, the Administrator shall not have the authority to make any adjustments pursuant to Article 8 to the extent the existence of such authority would cause an Award that is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code at the time of grant to be subject thereto.

8.5    Limitation on Liability.    No employee of the Company or member of the Board or Committee shall be subject to any liability with respect to duties under the Plan unless the person acts fraudulently or in bad faith. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each member of the Board or Committee, and any employee of the Company with duties under the Plan, who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of such person’s conduct in the performance of duties under the Plan.

ARTICLE 9.

CHANGE IN CONTROL

9.1    Change in Control.

(a)    The Administrator, in connection with a Change in Control transaction, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such Change in Control and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, that such action is appropriate in order to facilitate such Change in Control:

(i)    To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable, payable and fully vested, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then such Award may be terminated without payment;

(ii)    To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;

(iii)    To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as

 

14


to the number and kind of shares and applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

(iv)    To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards which may be granted in the future;

(v)    To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

(vi)    To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the Change in Control.

(b)    Notwithstanding Section 9.1(a) above, vesting of all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall accelerate automatically effective as of immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control unless the Options and Stock Appreciation Rights are to be assumed by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or subsidiary thereof) or new options or new stock appreciation rights under a new stock incentive program (“New Incentives”) of comparable value are to be issued in exchange therefor, as provided in subsection (c) below.

(c)    Vesting of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall not accelerate if and to the extent that: (i) the Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (including the unvested portions thereof) are to be assumed by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or subsidiary thereof) pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction, or (ii) the Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (including the unvested portions thereof) are to be replaced by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or subsidiary thereof) with New Incentives of comparable value containing such terms and provisions as the Administrator in its discretion may consider equitable. If outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights are assumed, or if New Incentives of comparable value are issued in exchange therefor, then each such Option, Stock Appreciation Right or New Incentive shall be appropriately adjusted, concurrently with the Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities or other property that the Participant, as the case may be, would have received pursuant to the Change in Control transaction in exchange for the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right had the Option or Stock Appreciation Right been exercised immediately prior to the Change in Control, and appropriate adjustment also shall be made to the Exercise Price such that the aggregate Exercise Price of each such Option or new option and the aggregate Base Value of each such Stock Appreciation Right or new stock appreciation right shall remain the same as nearly as practicable.

(d)    If any Option or Stock Appreciation Right is assumed by an acquiring or successor entity (or parent or subsidiary thereof) or a New Incentive of comparable value is issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the terms of a Change in Control transaction, then if so provided in the Option Agreement or Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement, the vesting of the Option, Stock Appreciation Right, or the New Incentive shall accelerate if and at such time as the Participant’s service as an employee, director, officer, Consultant or other Service Provider to the acquiring or successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof) is terminated involuntarily or voluntarily under certain circumstances within a specified period following consummation of the Change in Control, pursuant to such terms and conditions as shall be set forth in the Option Agreement or Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement.

(e)    Outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall terminate and cease to be exercisable upon consummation of a Change in Control except to the extent that the Options and Stock Appreciation Rights are assumed by the successor entity (or parent or subsidiary thereof) pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

 

15


(f)    If outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights will not be assumed by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or subsidiary thereof), or such Awards are not purchased or exchanged for New Incentives, the Administrator shall cause written notice of a proposed Change in Control transaction to be given to Participants holding such Awards not less than five (5) days prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed transaction.

(g)    Notwithstanding Section 9.1(a) above, all Repurchase Rights of the Company under this Plan shall automatically terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Change in Control, and the shares of Common Stock subject to such terminated Repurchase Rights shall immediately vest in full, except to the extent that: (a) in connection with such Change in Control, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or subsidiary thereof) provides for the continuance or assumption of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements (or such other agreements evidencing the Company’s Repurchase Right, as applicable) or the substitution of new agreements of comparable value covering shares of a successor corporation, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and purchase price, or (b) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Administrator in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (or such other agreement evidencing the Company’s Repurchase Right, as applicable) at the time the shares are issued.

(h)    The Administrator in its discretion may provide in any Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (or such other agreement evidencing the Company’s Repurchase Right, as applicable) that if, upon a Change in Control, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or subsidiary thereof) provides for the continuance or assumption of such Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (or such other agreement evidencing the Company’s Repurchase Right, as applicable) or the substitution of new agreements of comparable value covering shares of a successor corporation (with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and purchase price), then any Repurchase Right provided for in such Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (or such other agreement evidencing the Company’s Repurchase Right, as applicable) shall terminate, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the terminated Repurchase Right or any substituted shares shall immediately vest in full, if the Participant’s service as an employee, director, officer, Consultant or other Service Provider to the acquiring or successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof) is terminated involuntarily or voluntarily under certain circumstances within a specified period following consummation of a Change in Control pursuant to such terms and conditions as shall be set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (or such other agreement evidencing the Company’s Repurchase Right, as applicable).

ARTICLE 10.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

10.1    Amendments.    The Board may from time to time alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in such respects as the Board may deem advisable. No such alteration, amendment, suspension or termination shall be made which shall (i) substantially affect or impair the rights of any Participant under an outstanding Award Agreement without such Participant’s consent, or (ii) cause this Plan, or any Award granted pursuant to it, to violate Code Section 409A. The Board may alter or amend the Plan to comply with requirements under the Code relating to Incentive Options or other types of options that give Optionees more favorable tax treatment than that applicable to Options granted under this Plan as of the date of its adoption. Upon any such alteration or amendment, any outstanding Award granted hereunder may, if the Administrator so determines and if permitted by applicable law, be subject to the more favorable tax treatment afforded to a Participant pursuant to such terms and conditions.

10.2    Plan Termination.    Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated, the Plan

 

16


shall terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date and no Awards may be granted under the Plan thereafter, but Award Agreements then outstanding shall continue in effect in accordance with their respective terms.

ARTICLE 11.

TAXES

11.1    Tax Withholding.    The Company shall have the power to withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable Federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements with respect to any Options or Stock Appreciation Rights exercised or shares of Restricted Stock issued under this Plan. To the extent permissible under applicable tax, securities and other laws, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion and upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, permit a Participant to satisfy his or her obligation to pay any such tax, in whole or in part, by (a) directing the Company to apply shares of Common Stock to which the Participant is entitled as a result of the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or as a result of the purchase of or lapse of restrictions on shares of Restricted Stock or (b) delivering to the Company shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant; provided, however, the amount withheld shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s tax withholding obligations at the minimum statutory withholding rates, as applicable. The shares of Common Stock so applied or delivered in satisfaction of the Participant’s tax withholding obligation shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date of measurement of the amount of income subject to withholding.

ARTICLE 12.

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1    Benefits Not Alienable.    Other than as provided above, benefits under the Plan may not be assigned or alienated, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. Any unauthorized attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect.

12.2    No Enlargement of Employee Rights.    This Plan is strictly a voluntary undertaking on the part of the Company and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Company and any Participant to be consideration for, or an inducement to, or a condition of, the employment of any Participant. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give the right to any Participant to be retained as an employee of the Company or any Affiliated Company or to limit the right of the Company or any Affiliated Company to discharge any Participant at any time.

12.3    Application of Funds.    The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, except as otherwise provided herein, will be used for general corporate purposes.

12.4    Financial Reports.    To the extent required by Rule 701(e) of the Securities Act, the Company shall provide, at least annually, summary financial information relating to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations to each Participant who holds one or more Awards or shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan.

12.5    Adoption and Stockholder Approval.    This amended and restated Plan will become effective on the Effective Date and will be approved by the stockholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, the Administrator may grant Awards pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that: (a) no Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised prior to

 

17


initial stockholder approval of this Plan; (b) no Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Administrator shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the stockholders of the Company; (c) in the event that initial stockholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Award shall be canceled and any purchase of such Shares issued hereunder shall be rescinded; and (d) Awards granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Administrator which increase is not approved by stockholders within the time then required, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Awards shall be canceled, and any purchase of Shares subject to any such Award shall be rescinded.

12.6    Electronic Delivery.    Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

 

18


2015 PLAN AMENDMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. 2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN, as amended, (this “Amendment”), dated as of February 9, 2018, is made and adopted by Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan as set forth below;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Plan, the Plan may be amended by the Board of Directors of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has approved this Amendment pursuant to resolutions adopted on February 8, 2018.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the Company hereby amends the Plan as follows:

1.     Section 4.1 of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

4.1    Shares Subject to the Plan.    Subject to Section 4.2, a total of Seven Million Nine Hundred Forty Thousand (7,940,000) shares of Common Stock shall be available for issuance under the Plan. Of this total, Seven Million Nine Hundred Forty Thousand (7,940,000) shares of Common Stock are available for issuance pursuant to Incentive Options. For purposes of this Section 4.1, in the event that (a) all or any portion of any Award granted or offered under the Plan can no longer under any circumstances be exercised or (b) any shares of Common Stock are reacquired by the Company which were initially the subject of an Award Agreement, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Award, or the shares so reacquired, shall again be available for grant or issuance under the Plan.”

2.    This Amendment shall be and is hereby incorporated in and forms a part of the Plan. All other terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain unchanged except as specifically modified herein. The Plan, as amended by this Amendment, is hereby ratified and confirmed.


I hereby certify that the foregoing Amendment was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. on February 8, 2018.

 

By:  

/s/ Marc Wilson

Name:   Marc Wilson
Title:   Secretary

Signature Page to 2015 Stock Incentive Plan Amendment

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

The Board of Directors of Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has approved a grant to                                         , an individual (the “Optionee”), of an option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”), pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”), as follows:

 

Grant Date

               , 20    

Total Number of Shares

                    Shares

Exercise Price Per Share

   $                 

Type of Option (check one)

   ☐ Incentive Option                                    ☐ Nonqualified Option

Vesting Commencement Date

               , 20    

Vesting Schedule

   Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and the balance of the Shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments on the last day of each calendar month measured from the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date

Term of Option

   The Option will expire ten (10) years from the Grant Date1, unless terminated earlier as provided in the Option Agreement.

By their signatures below, the Company and the Optionee agree that the Option is subject to this Option Agreement, including the Additional Terms and Conditions (the “Terms”) attached hereto and incorporated herein as part of this Option Agreement, and the provisions of the Plan. In the event there is a conflict or inconsistency between any provision in this Option Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. Capitalized terms used in this Option Agreement that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as defined in the Plan. The Optionee acknowledges receipt of copies of both this Option Agreement (including the Terms) and the Plan, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

OPTIONEE       COMPANY
[NAME]       CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

    

      By:                                                                             
Signature      

    

      R. Scott Struthers
Date       Its: Chief Executive Officer

    

      6197 Cornerstone Ct., Suite 111
Address       San Diego, CA 92121

 

     

Attachments: Additional Terms and Conditions; Notice of Exercise of Stock Option and Investment Representations; Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. amended and restated 2015 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

1  If Optionee is a 10% Stockholder (as defined in the Plan) as of the Grant Date, and the Option is an Incentive Option, the Option will expire five (5) years from the Grant Date, unless terminated earlier as provided in the Option Agreement.


ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The terms and conditions set forth below constitute part of the Stock Option Agreement to which they are attached, and references herein to the “Option Agreement” include both documents as one agreement.

1.    Grant of Option. The Company has granted to the Optionee an Option to purchase all or any portion of the number of Shares at the exercise price per share (the “Exercise Price”) stated on the first page of this Option Agreement. If the box marked “Incentive Option” on the first page hereof is checked, then this Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). If this Option fails in whole or in part to qualify as an incentive stock option, or if the box marked “Nonqualified Option” on the first page hereof is checked, then this Option shall to that extent constitute a nonqualified stock option.

2.    Vesting of Option. The right to exercise this Option shall vest and become exercisable as set forth on the first page of this Option Agreement. No additional Shares shall vest after the date of termination of Optionee’s “Continuous Service” (as defined below), but this Option shall continue to be exercisable in accordance with Section 3 hereof with respect to that number of Shares that have vested as of the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service.

For purposes of this Option Agreement, the term “Continuous Service” means (a) employment by either the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, or by a corporation or a parent or subsidiary of a corporation issuing or assuming a stock option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, which is uninterrupted except for vacations, illness (not including Disability), or leaves of absence which are approved in writing by the Company or any of such other employer corporations, if applicable, (b) service as a member of the Board until Optionee resigns, is removed from office, or Optionee’s term of office expires and he or she is not reelected, or (c) so long as Optionee is engaged as a Consultant or other Service Provider.

3.    Term of Option. The right of the Optionee to exercise this Option shall terminate upon the first to occur of the following:

(a)    the expiration of ten (10) years from the Grant Date;2

(b)    the expiration of one (1) year from the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service if such termination is due to Disability of the Optionee;

(c)    the expiration of one (1) year from the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service if such termination is due to Optionee’s death or if death occurs during either the three-month or thirty (30) day period following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service pursuant to Section 3(d) or 3(e), as the case may be;

(d)    the expiration of three (3) months from the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service if such termination occurs for any reason other than Disability, death, voluntary resignation or Cause; provided, however, that if Optionee dies during such three-month period the provisions of Section 3(c) shall apply;

 

2  If Optionee is a 10% Stockholder (as defined in the Plan) as of the Grant Date, and to the extent that the Option is an Incentive Option, the Option will expire five (5) years from the Grant Date.


(e)    the expiration of thirty (30) days from the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service if such termination occurs due to voluntary resignation; provided, however, that if Optionee dies during such thirty (30) day period the provisions of Section 3(c) shall apply; or

(f)    the termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service, if such termination is for Cause.

4.    Exercise of Option.

(a)    General. On or after the vesting of any portion of this Option in accordance with Sections 2 or 10 hereof, and until termination of the right to exercise this Option in accordance with Section 3, the portion of this Option that has vested may be exercised in whole or in part by the Optionee (or, after his or her death, by the person designated pursuant to Section 5) upon delivery of the following to the Company at its principal executive offices:

(i)    Notice of Exercise of Stock Option and Investment Representations, in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Option Agreement, which identifies this Option Agreement, states the number of Shares then being purchased, and sets forth the investment intent of the Optionee or person designated pursuant to Section 5, as the case may be;

(ii)    payment of the total Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased in accordance with Section 4(b); and

(iii)    payment of any applicable withholding taxes in accordance with Section 4(c) below.

(b)    Payment of Exercise Price. The Optionee may elect to pay the Exercise Price by any of the following methods of payment:

(i)    cash or check;

(ii)    Subject to the approval of the Administrator at the time of exercise and restrictions under applicable law, a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares to be issued upon exercise by the number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise equal to the total Exercise Price. The Shares used to pay the Exercise Price under this “net exercise” provision shall be considered to have resulted from the exercise of this Option, and accordingly, this Option will not again be exercisable with respect to such Shares, as well as any Shares actually delivered to Optionee;

(iii)    Subject to the approval of the Administrator at the time of exercise and restrictions under applicable law, delivery of Shares already owned by Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise equal to the total Exercise Price. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Administrator at the time of exercise, shall include delivery to the Company of the certificate(s) representing the Shares or Optionee’s attestation of ownership of such Shares in a form approved by the Administrator;

(iv)    such other form of consideration as may be approved by the Administrator from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law; or

(v)    any combination of the foregoing.


(c)    Withholding. At the time of exercise of this Option, Optionee shall deliver to the Company a check or cash in the amount reasonably requested by the Company to satisfy the Company’s withholding obligations under federal, state or other applicable tax laws with respect to the taxable income, if any, recognized by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of this Option. The Company shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including Participant’s employment tax obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning Participant arising as a result of this Option or otherwise under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the authority to deduct such amounts from other compensation payable to Participant by the Company or, with the consent of the Administrator, the authority to reduce the number of Shares to be issued upon exercise of this (so long as such withholding will not result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company), provided such arrangements satisfy the requirements of applicable law (with any such withholding based on the minimum statutory withholding rates (or such other rate as may be determined by the Company after considering any accounting consequences or costs).

5.    Death of Optionee; No Assignment. The rights of the Optionee under this Option Agreement may not be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by such Optionee. Any attempt to sell, pledge, assign, hypothecate, transfer or dispose of this Option in contravention of this Option Agreement or the Plan shall be void and shall have no effect. If the Optionee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of his or her death, and provided Optionee’s rights hereunder shall have vested pursuant to Section 2 hereof, Optionee’s legal representative, his or her legatee, or the person who acquired the right to exercise this Option by reason of the death of the Optionee (individually, a “Successor”) shall succeed to the Optionee’s rights and obligations under this Option Agreement. After the death of the Optionee, only a Successor may exercise this Option.

6.    Representations and Warranties of Optionee.

(a)    Own Account for Investment. Optionee represents and warrants that this Option is being acquired by Optionee for Optionee’s personal account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to the distribution, resale or other disposition thereof. At no time was Optionee presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

(b)    Shares Unregistered. Optionee acknowledges that the Company may issue Shares upon the exercise of the Option without registering such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on the basis of certain exemptions from such registration requirement. Accordingly, Optionee agrees that his or her exercise of the Option may be expressly conditioned upon his or her delivery to the Company of an investment certificate including such representations and undertakings as the Company may reasonably require in order to assure the availability of such exemptions, including a representation that Optionee is acquiring the Shares for investment and not with a present intention of selling or otherwise disposing thereof and an agreement by Optionee that the certificates evidencing the Shares may bear a legend indicating such non-registration under the Securities Act and the resulting restrictions on transfer. Optionee acknowledges that, because Shares received upon exercise of an Option may be unregistered, Optionee may be required to hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered for resale under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.

(c)    Agrees to Terms of the Plan. Optionee has received a copy of the Plan and has read and understands the terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their


terms and conditions. Optionee understands that all rights and obligations connected with this Option are set forth in this Option Agreement and in the Plan.

(d)    SEC Rule 144. Optionee has been advised that Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Optionee understands that use of a promissory note as payment for the Shares may not be deemed to be “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of Rule 144 unless certain conditions are met and that, accordingly, the Rule 144 holding period of such Shares may not begin to run until such Shares are fully paid for within the meaning of Rule 144. Optionee understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Optionee remains an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available. Optionee understands that, in the case of securities to which Rule 144 is not applicable, compliance with some other exemption under the Securities Act will be required.

(e)    Tax Consequences. Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of this Option or disposition of the Shares, and that Optionee should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition. Optionee acknowledges that the Exercise Price has been determined by the Administrator based upon the best evidence available to the Administrator and is intended to equal the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of grant, or in some cases 110% of Fair Market Value, as required by the Code. However, the tax treatment of this Option is not guaranteed. Optionee agrees to bear the entire risk of adverse tax consequences if this Option Agreement is later determined to be have been granted at below Fair Market Value and acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company, the Administrator nor any of their designees shall be liable for any taxes, penalties or other monetary amounts owed by the Optionee, employee, beneficiary or other person as a result of the grant, amendment, modification, exercise and/or payment of, or under, this Option Agreement, notwithstanding any challenge made to the determination of Fair Market Value by any taxing authority. Optionee represents that prior to purchase or disposition of the Shares, Optionee will consult with his/her own tax advisor who Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

(f)    Personal Data. Optionee acknowledges and agrees to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Optionee’s personal data in order to implement, administer and manage the Plan. Optionee acknowledges that the Company holds certain personal information regarding the Optionee (including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, cancelled, purchased, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor (“Data”). Optionee acknowledges that the Data may be transferred to any third-parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that third-parties may be located in the United States or elsewhere. Optionee authorizes recipients of the Data to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data, as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom Optionee may elect to deposit any Shares acquired under the Plan. Optionee understands that the Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage participation in the Plan. Optionee understands that he/she may view his/her Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to the Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting the Administer in writing. Optionee understands that refusing or withdrawing consent may affect Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan.


7.    Transfer Limitations.

(a)    General. The Optionee shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Option other than in compliance with the provisions of this Section 7 and Section 6(b) hereof.

(b)    Right of First Refusal. The Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Option may be sold by the Optionee only in compliance with the provisions of this Section 7(b), and subject in all cases to compliance with the provisions of Section 6(b) hereof.

(i)    Prior to any intended sale, Optionee shall first give written notice (the “Offer Notice”) to the Company specifying (A) his or her bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares, (B) the name and address of the proposed purchaser(s), (C) the number of Shares the Optionee proposes to sell (the “Offered Shares”), (D) the price for which he or she proposes to sell the Offered Shares, and (E) all other material terms and conditions of the proposed sale.

(ii)    Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Offer Notice, the Company or its nominee(s) may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice by delivery of written notice (the “Acceptance Notice”) to the Optionee specifying the number of Offered Shares that the Company or its nominees elect to purchase. Within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Acceptance Notice to the Optionee, the Company and/or its nominee(s) shall deliver to the Optionee payment of the amount of the purchase price of the Offered Shares to be purchased pursuant to this Section 7(b), against delivery by the Optionee of a certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company or such nominee(s), as the case may be. Payment shall be made on the same terms as set forth in the Offer Notice or, at the election of the Company or its nominees(s), by check or wire transfer of funds. If the Company and/or its nominee(s) do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Optionee shall be entitled to sell the balance of the Offered Shares to the purchaser(s) named in the Offer Notice at the price specified in the Offer Notice or at a higher price and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice; provided, however, that such sale or other transfer must be consummated within sixty (60) days from the date of the Offer Notice and any proposed sale after such sixty (60) day period may be made only by again complying with the procedures set forth in this Section 7(b).

(iii)    The Optionee may transfer all or any portion of the Shares during Optionee’s lifetime or on Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust for the benefit of Optionee or Optionee’s Immediate Family without such transfer being subject to the “right of first refusal” (the “Right of First Refusal”) set forth in this Section 7(b). “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister or a person registered with the state of his or her residence as a same-sex domestic partner or a person deemed to be a spousal equivalent for whom the following circumstances are true: (A) irrespective of whether or not the Optionee and the spousal equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (B) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (C) neither are married to anyone else, (D) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (E) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (F) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (G) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.


(c)    Involuntary Transfers. In the event of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding in the event of death a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 7(b)(iii)) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have the right to purchase any or all of the Shares transferred at purchase price equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the Plan) of the Shares on the date of transfer. In the event of a transfer contemplated by this Section 7(c), the transferee shall promptly notify the Company of the occurrence of such transfer. The Company’s right to purchase Shares under this Section shall commence upon the date of the transfer and shall continue until thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice of the occurrence of such transfer from the transferee.

(d)    Binding on Successors and Transferees. Any Successor of Optionee pursuant to Section 5 hereof, and any transferee of the Shares pursuant to this Section 7, shall hold the Shares subject to the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement and no further transfer of the Shares may be made without complying with the provisions of this Section 7.

(e)    Termination of Rights. The rights provided the Company and its nominee(s) under this Section 7 shall terminate upon the closing of the initial public offering of shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.

(f)    Assignment of Rights. The Company may assign its rights under this Section 7 without the consent of the Optionee.

8.    Restrictive Legends.

(a)    Optionee hereby acknowledges that federal securities laws and the securities laws of the state in which he or she resides may require the placement of certain restrictive legends upon the Shares issued upon exercise of this Option. Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933; THEY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED BY THE HOLDER FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT AS MAY BE AUTHORIZED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.”

(b)    In addition, all stock certificates evidencing the Shares shall be imprinted with a legend substantially as follows:

“THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS NOMINEE(S). AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SAID AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATION. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.”


9.    Adjustments Upon Changes in Capital Structure. This Option shall be subject to Section 4.2 of the Plan.

10.    Change in Control. This Option shall be subject to Section 9.1 of the Plan. In addition, following a Change in Control in which this Option is assumed pursuant to Section 9.1(c) of the Plan, this Option or any New Incentives, as the case may be, shall continue to vest in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 hereof and shall continue in effect for the remainder of the term of this Option in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. However, in the event of a Change in Control, the vesting of this Option or the New Incentives, as the case may be, shall accelerate automatically and vest in full effective upon the first to occur of (a) the first anniversary of the closing of such Change in Control, or (b) an Involuntary Termination (as defined below) of Optionee’s Continuous Service following such Change in Control.

For purposes of this Section 10, “Involuntary Termination” shall mean the termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service by reason of:

(i)    Optionee’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company, or by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof employing the Optionee) for reasons other than Cause; or

(ii)    Optionee’s voluntary resignation following (x) a change in Optionee’s position with the Company, or the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof) which materially reduces Optionee’s duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which Optionee reports; (y) a reduction in Optionee’s level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than ten percent (10%); or (z) a relocation of Optionee’s principal place of employment by more than thirty (30) miles; provided and only if such change, reduction, or relocation is effected without Optionee’s written consent.

11.    Limitation of Company’s Liability for Nonissuance. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from any applicable regulatory agency such authority or approval as may be required in order to issue and sell the Shares to the Optionee pursuant to this Option. Inability of the Company to obtain, from any such regulatory agency, authority or approval deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of the Shares hereunder and under the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the nonissuance or sale of such shares as to which such requisite authority or approval shall not have been obtained.

12.    No Retention Rights. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall obligate the Company or any Affiliated Company, or their respective stockholders, directors, officers or employees, to continue any relationship that Optionee might have as a director, employee, Consultant or other Service Provider of the Company. The right of the Company or any Affiliated Company to terminate at will Optionee’s employment at any time (whether by dismissal, discharge or otherwise), with or without Cause, is specifically reserved. Moreover, the Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the vesting of right to exercise the Option pursuant to this Option Agreement is earned only by continuing service as a service provider at will. The Optionee further acknowledges and that this Option Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule, if any, do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued employment or engagement as a service provider for the vesting period, or for any period at all, and shall not interfere with the Optionee’s right or the Company’s or Affiliated Company’s right to terminate the Optionee’s relationship with the Company or Affiliated Company at any time, with or without Cause or notice.


13.    Rights as Stockholder. The Optionee (or transferee of this option by will or by the laws of descent and distribution) shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by this Option until such person has duly exercised this Option, paid the Exercise Price, and become a holder of record of the Shares purchased.

14.    Market Stand-Off Agreement. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules promulgated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. Optionee or transferee further agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if reasonably requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee or transferee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Option Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 14.

15.    Interpretation. This Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan, and shall in all respects be interpreted in accordance therewith. To the extent of any conflict or ambiguity between the terms of the this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern, and the Administrator shall interpret and construe this Option Agreement and the Plan, and any action, decision, interpretation or determination made in good faith by the Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and the Optionee.

16.    Notices. Any notice, demand, offer, request or other communication required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Optionee pursuant to the terms of this Option Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given the earlier of (a) when received, (b) when delivered personally, (c) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (d) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service, or (e) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties at the addresses provided to the Company (which the Company agrees to disclose to the other parties upon request) or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.


17.    Governing Law. The validity, construction, interpretation, and effect of this Option shall be governed by and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

18.    Severability. Should any provision or portion of this Option Agreement be held to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of this Option Agreement shall be unaffected by such holding.

19.    Attorneys’ Fees. If any party shall bring an action in law or equity against another to enforce or interpret any of the terms, covenants and provisions of this Option Agreement, the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

20.    Counterparts. This Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be deemed one instrument.

21.    Reliance on Counsel and Advisors. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to review this Option Agreement, including all attachments hereto, and the transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement with his or her own legal counsel, tax advisors and other advisors. The Optionee is relying solely on his or her own counsel and advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal or other advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement.

22.    Confidentiality. Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement are confidential and shall not be disclosed to any third party other than the (a) Administrator of the Plan, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, or the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and (b) Optionee’s professional advisors.

23.    Additional Agreements. Optionee hereby agrees that if required by the Administrator, any Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option that is required to be bound by any applicable stockholders agreement by and among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company shall be bound by and subject to the terms of any such stockholders agreement and the stockholders agreement shall be adopted by the Optionee with the same force and effect as if the Optionee were originally a party thereto.

24.    California Corporate Securities Law. The sale of the shares that are the subject of this Option Agreement has not been qualified with the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California and the issuance of such shares or the payment or receipt of any part of the consideration therefor prior to such qualification is unlawful, unless the sale of such shares is exempt from such qualification by Section 25100, 25102 or 25105 of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended. The rights of all parties to this Option Agreement are expressly conditioned upon such qualification being obtained, unless the sale is so exempt.

EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF

STOCK OPTION AND INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS

Name of Optionee:                                         


Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

                                         

                                         

Attention: President

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I hereby exercise my option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”), of Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement, dated                     , 20    , granted to me under the Company’s amended and restated 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. The number of Shares that I am purchasing at this time is set forth below, and my check payable to the Company in the amount of the Total Exercise Price is enclosed with this Notice of Exercise:

 

Number of Shares purchased hereby:

                                                  

Exercise Price per Share:

     $                                           

Total Exercise Price:

     $                                           

In connection with the exercise of my Option, I hereby represent to the Company that:

1.    I am acquiring the Shares for my own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to the distribution, resale or other disposition thereof.

2.    I understand that the Shares are being issued by the Company without having first registered them under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the securities laws of any state, on the basis of certain exemptions from such registration requirements which depend, in part, upon the truth and accuracy of my representations made herein.

3.    Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above, I agree that I will not dispose of any interest in the Shares unless and until (a) I shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition; (b) I shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel to the effect that such disposition will not require registration under the Securities Act, and (c) such opinion of counsel shall have been concurred in by the Company’s counsel.

4.    I acknowledge receipt of all information as I deem necessary and appropriate to enable me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Shares, including information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company, and that I have had the opportunity to discuss such information with, and ask questions of, an officer of the Company.

5.    I am an investor of sufficient sophistication and experience to make an informed investment decision regarding my purchase of the Shares, and I am able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Shares. I am aware of the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; the financial hazards involved; the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares (e.g., that I may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and the tax consequences of investment in the Shares.

6.    I recognize that the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available, and further


recognize that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares or to comply with any exemption from such registration.

7.    I have been advised that Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). I understand that use of a promissory note as payment for the Shares may not be deemed to be “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of Rule 144 unless certain conditions are met and that, accordingly, the Rule 144 holding period of such Shares may not begin to run until such Shares are fully paid for within the meaning of Rule 144. I understand that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as I remain an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available. I further understand that, in the case of securities to which Rule 144 is not applicable, compliance with some other exemption under the Securities Act will be required.

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date
EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and R. Scott Struthers (“Executive”), and shall be effective as of October 30, 2015 (the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ Executive, and Executive desires to continue employment with the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a)    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)    “Cause” means any of the following:

(i)     the commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Executive, or the commission of some other illegal act by Executive, that causes material harm to the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof;

(ii)     Executive’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;

(iii)     any intentional unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof;

(iv)     Executive’s gross negligence, insubordination or material violation of any duty of loyalty to the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof, or any other material misconduct on the part of Executive;

(v)    Executive’s ongoing and repeated failure or refusal to perform or neglect of Executive’s duties as required by this Agreement, which failure, refusal or neglect continues for fifteen (15) days following Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Board stating with specificity the nature of such failure, refusal or neglect; or

(vi)     Executive’s intentional, material breach of any Company policy or any contract or agreement between Executive and the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof;

provided, however, that prior to the determination that “Cause” under clauses (iv), (v) or (vi) of this Section 1(b) has occurred, the Company shall (A) provide to Executive in writing, in reasonable detail, the reasons for the determination that such “Cause” exists, (B) other than with


respect to clause (v) above which specifies the applicable period of time for Executive to remedy his or her breach, afford Executive a reasonable opportunity to remedy any such breach, (C) provide Executive an opportunity to be heard prior to the final decision to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for such “Cause” and (D) make any decision that such “Cause” exists in good faith.

The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof to discharge or dismiss Executive for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of this Agreement, to constitute grounds for termination for Cause.

(c)    “Change in Control” means an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, as such terms are defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as may be amended from time to time).

(d)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the Treasury Regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.

(e)    “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions without Executive’s written consent:

(i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

(ii) a material diminution in Executive’s base compensation, unless such a reduction is imposed across-the-board to senior management of the Company;

(iii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform his or her duties; or

(iv) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company or any successor or affiliate of its obligations to Executive under this Agreement.

Executive must provide written notice to the Company of the occurrence of any of the foregoing events or conditions without Executive’s written consent within sixty (60) days of the occurrence of such event. The Company or any successor or affiliate shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such event or condition after receipt of written notice of such event from Executive. Executive’s Separation from Service by reason of resignation from employment with the Company for Good Reason must occur within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the foregoing thirty (30) day cure period.

(f)    “Involuntary Termination” means (i) Executive’s Separation from Service by reason of Executive’s discharge by the Company other than for Cause, or (ii) Executive’s Separation from Service by reason of Executive’s resignation of employment with the Company for Good Reason. Executive’s Separation from Service by reason of Executive’s death or discharge by the Company following Executive’s Permanent Disability shall not constitute an Involuntary Termination.

 

2


(g)    Executive’s “Permanent Disability” shall be deemed to have occurred if Executive shall become physically or mentally incapacitated or disabled or otherwise unable fully to discharge his or her duties hereunder for a period of ninety (90) consecutive calendar days or for one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in any one hundred eighty (180) calendar-day period. The existence of Executive’s Permanent Disability shall be determined by the Company on the advice of a physician chosen by the Company and the Company reserves the right to have Executive examined by a physician chosen by the Company at the Company’s expense.

(h)    “Separation from Service,” with respect to Executive, means Executive’s “separation from service,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(i)    “Stock Awards” means all stock options, restricted stock and such other awards granted pursuant to the Company’s stock option and equity incentive award plans or agreements and any shares of stock issued upon exercise thereof; provided that “Stock Awards” shall not include those shares of the Company’s common stock owned by Executive as of the date hereof and issued to Executive pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 2011 (the “Founders’ Shares”), which Founders’ Shares are subject to the terms of the Stock Restriction Agreement of even date herewith between Executive and the Company (the “Stock Restriction Agreement”).

2.     Services to Be Rendered.

(a)    Duties and Responsibilities. Executive shall serve as President, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of the Company. In the performance of such duties, Executive shall report directly to the Board and shall be subject to the direction of the Board and to such limits upon Executive’s authority as the Board may from time to time impose. Executive hereby consents to serve as an officer and/or director of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof without any additional salary or compensation, if so requested by the Board. Executive shall be employed by the Company on a full time basis. Executive’s primary place of work shall be the Company’s offices in San Diego, California, or, with the Company’s consent, at any other place at which the Company maintains an office; provided, however, that the Company may from time to time require Executive to travel temporarily to other locations in connection with the Company’s business. Executive shall be subject to and comply with the policies and procedures generally applicable to senior executives of the Company to the extent the same are not inconsistent with any term of this Agreement.

(b)    Exclusive Services. Executive shall at all times faithfully, industriously and to the best of his or her ability, experience and talent perform to the satisfaction of the Board all of the duties that may be assigned to Executive hereunder and shall devote substantially all of his or her productive time and efforts to the performance of such duties. Subject to the terms of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement referred to in Section 5(b), this shall not preclude Executive from (i) serving on industry trade, civic, or charitable boards or committees; (ii) delivering lectures or fulfilling speaking engagements; (iii) serving on the board of directors or other similar governance body of any entity, subject to the consent of the Board, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; or (iv) managing personal, family and other investments, provided such activities do not interfere with his or her duties to the Company, as determined in

 

3


good faith by the Board. Executive agrees that he or she will not join any boards, other than community and civic boards (which do not interfere with his or her duties to the Company), without the prior approval of the Board.

3.    Compensation and Benefits. The Company shall pay or provide, as the case may be, to Executive the compensation and other benefits and rights set forth in this Section 3.

(a)    Base Salary. The Company shall pay to Executive a base salary of $350,000 per year, payable in accordance with the Company’s usual pay practices (and in any event no less frequently than monthly). Executive’s base salary shall be subject to review annually by and at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board or its designee.

(b)    Bonus. Executive shall participate in any bonus plan that the Board or its designee may approve for the senior executives of the Company.

(c)    Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in benefits under the Company’s benefit plans and arrangements, including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan or arrangement made available in the future by the Company to its senior executives, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements. The Company shall have the right to amend or delete any such benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Company to its senior executives and not otherwise specifically provided for herein.

(d)    Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in connection with the performance of his or her duties hereunder, subject to such policies as the Company may from time to time establish, and Executive furnishing the Company with evidence in the form of receipts satisfactory to the Company substantiating the claimed expenditures.

(e)    Paid Time Off. Executive shall be entitled to such periods of paid time off (“PTO”) each year as provided from time to time under the Company’s PTO policy and as otherwise provided for senior executive officers.

(f)    Equity Plans. Executive shall be entitled to participate in any equity or other employee benefit plan that is generally available to executives of the Company. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Executive’s participation in and benefits under any such plan shall be on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in the governing document of the particular plan.

(g)    Stock Award Acceleration.

(i)    Subject to Section 4(d), in the event of Executive’s Separation from Service by reason of Executive’s death or discharge by the Company following Executive’s Permanent Disability, the vesting and/or exercisability of 100% of Executive’s outstanding unvested Stock Awards shall be automatically accelerated on the date of Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

4


(ii)    Subject to Section 4(d), in the event of a Change in Control, the vesting and/or exercisability of 100% of Executive’s outstanding unvested Stock Awards shall be automatically accelerated on the first to occur of (A) Executive’s Involuntary Termination following such Change in Control, or (B) the first anniversary of the closing of such Change in Control.

(iii)    Subject to Section 4(d), in the event of Executive’s Involuntary Termination prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, the vesting and/or exercisability of any outstanding unvested portion of each of Executive’s Stock Awards shall be automatically accelerated as to the number of Stock Awards that would vest over the twelve (12) month period following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service had Executive remained continuously employed by the Company during such period.

(iv)    The vesting pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 3(g) shall be cumulative. The foregoing provisions are hereby deemed to be a part of each Stock Award and to supersede any less favorable provision in any agreement or plan regarding such Stock Award.

4.    Severance. Executive shall be entitled to receive benefits upon a Separation from Service only as set forth in this Section 4:

(a)    At-Will Employment; Termination. The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, and that Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by either party at any time for any or no reason, with or without notice. If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided in this Agreement. Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be terminated immediately on the death of Executive.

(b)    Severance Upon Involuntary Termination.    Subject to Sections 4(d) and 9(o) and Executive’s continued compliance with Section 5, if Executive’s employment is Involuntarily Terminated, Executive shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of any severance benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any severance plan or program of the Company, the benefits provided below:

(i)    the Company shall pay to Executive his or her fully earned but unpaid base salary, when due, through the date of Executive’s Involuntary Termination at the rate then in effect, accrued and unused PTO, plus all other benefits, if any, under any Company group retirement plan, nonqualified deferred compensation plan, equity award plan or agreement (other than any such plan or agreement pertaining to Stock Awards whose treatment is prescribed by Section 3(g) above), health benefits plan or other Company group benefit plan to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the terms of such plans or agreements at the time of Executive’s Involuntary Termination (the “Accrued Obligations”);

(ii)    Executive shall be entitled to receive severance pay in an amount equal to twelve (12) multiplied by Executive’s monthly base salary as in effect immediately prior

 

5


to the date of Executive’s Involuntary Termination, which amount shall be payable in a lump sum sixty (60) days following Executive’s Involuntary Termination; and

(iii)    for the period beginning on the date of Executive’s Separation from Service and ending on the date which is twelve (12) full months following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier, (1) the date on which the applicable continuation period under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) expires or (2) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive the equivalent or increased healthcare coverage by means of subsequent employment or self-employment) (such period, the “COBRA Coverage Period”), if Executive and/or his or her eligible dependents who were covered under the Company’s health insurance plans as of the date of Executive’s Separation from Service elect to have COBRA coverage and are eligible for such coverage, the Company shall pay for or reimburse Executive on a monthly basis for an amount equal to (A) the monthly premium Executive and/or his or her covered dependents, as applicable, are required to pay for continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA for Executive and/or his or her eligible dependents, as applicable, who were covered under the Company’s health plans as of the date of Executive’s Separation from Service (calculated by reference to the premium as of the date of Executive’s Separation from Service) less (B) the amount Executive would have had to pay to receive group health coverage for Executive and/or his or her covered dependents, as applicable, based on the cost sharing levels in effect on the date of Executive’s Separation from Service. If any of the Company’s health benefits are self-funded as of the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, or if the Company cannot provide the foregoing benefits in a manner that is exempt from Section 409A (as defined below) or that is otherwise compliant with applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), instead of providing the payments or reimbursements as set forth above, the Company shall instead pay to Executive the foregoing monthly amount as a taxable monthly payment for the COBRA Coverage Period (or any remaining portion thereof). Executive shall be solely responsible for all matters relating to continuation of coverage pursuant to COBRA, including, without limitation, the election of such coverage and the timely payment of premiums. Executive shall notify the Company immediately if Executive becomes eligible to receive the equivalent or increased healthcare coverage by means of subsequent employment or self-employment.

(iv)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4(b), and subject to Sections 4(d) and 9(o) and Executive’s continued compliance with Section 5, in the event of Executive’s Involuntary Termination within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, Executive shall be entitled to receive, in addition to the severance benefits described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, an amount equal to Executive’s target bonus for the year in which Executive’s Involuntary Termination occurs, prorated for the portion of the year that has expired prior to the date of Executive’s Involuntary Termination, which amount shall be payable in a lump sum sixty (60) days following Executive’s Involuntary Termination.

(c)    Termination for Cause, Voluntary Resignation Without Good Reason, Death or Termination for Permanent Disability. In the event of Executive’s termination of employment as a result of Executive’s discharge by the Company for Cause, Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive’s death or Executive’s termination of employment following Executive’s Permanent Disability, the Company shall not have any other or further obligations to Executive under this Agreement (including any financial obligations) except that

 

6


Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Obligations. The foregoing shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any and all other rights and remedies which may be available to the Company under the circumstances, whether at law or in equity.

(d)    Release. As a condition to Executive’s receipt of any post-termination benefits pursuant to Section 4(b) above, Executive (or, in the event of Executive’s incapacity as a result of his or her Permanent Disability, Executive’s legal representative) shall execute and not revoke a general release of all claims in favor of the Company (the “Release”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. In the event the Release does not become effective within the fifty-five (55) day period following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, Executive shall not be entitled to the aforesaid payments and benefits.

(e)    Exclusive Remedy. Except as otherwise expressly required by law (e.g., COBRA) or as specifically provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, severance, benefits, bonuses and other amounts hereunder (if any) accruing after the termination of Executive’s employment shall cease upon such termination. In the event of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, Executive’s sole remedy shall be to receive the payments and benefits described in Section 3(g) and this Section 4. In addition, Executive acknowledges and agrees that he or she is not entitled to any reimbursement by the Company for any taxes payable by Executive as a result of the payments and benefits received by Executive pursuant to Section 3(g) and this Section 4, including, without limitation, any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code. Any payments made to Executive under this Section 4 shall be inclusive of any amounts or benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C. Sections 2101 et seq., and the Department of Labor regulations thereunder, or any similar state statute.

(f)    No Mitigation. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(b)(iii) above, Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 4 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer or self-employment or by retirement benefits; provided, however, that loans, advances or other amounts owed by Executive to the Company may be offset by the Company against amounts payable to Executive under this Section 4.

(g)    Return of the Company’s Property. In the event of Executive’s termination of employment for any reason, the Company shall have the right, at its option, to require Executive to vacate his or her offices prior to or on the effective date of separation and to cease all activities on the Company’s behalf. Upon Executive’s termination of employment in any manner, as a condition to Executive’s receipt of any severance benefits described in this Agreement, Executive shall immediately surrender to the Company all lists, books and records of, or in connection with, the Company’s business, and all other property belonging to the Company, it being distinctly understood that all such lists, books and records, and other documents, are the property of the Company. Executive shall deliver to the Company a signed statement certifying compliance with this Section 4(g) prior to the receipt of any severance benefits described in this Agreement.

 

7


(h)    Deemed Resignation. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates, and, at the Company’s request, Executive shall execute such documents as are necessary or desirable to effectuate such resignations.

5.    Certain Covenants.

(a)    Noncompetition. Except as may otherwise be approved by the Board, during the term of Executive’s employment, Executive shall not have any ownership interest (of record or beneficial) in, or have any interest as an employee, salesman, consultant, officer or director in, or otherwise aid or assist in any manner, any firm, corporation, partnership, proprietorship or other business that engages in any county, city or part thereof in the United States and/or any foreign country in a business which competes directly or indirectly (as determined by the Board) with the Company’s business in such county, city or part thereof, so long as the Company, or any successor in interest of the Company to the business and goodwill of the Company, remains engaged in such business in such county, city or part thereof or continues to solicit customers or potential customers therein; provided, however, that Executive may own, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, securities of any entity which are traded on any national securities exchange if Executive (i) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity; or (ii) does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of any such entity; provided, further, that Executive’s continued ownership interest in ScienceMedia shall not be considered a violation of this Agreement.

(b)    Confidential Information. Executive and the Company have entered into the Company’s standard employee proprietary information and inventions agreement (the “Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement”). Executive agrees to perform each and every obligation of Executive therein contained.

(c)    Solicitation of Employees. Executive shall not during the term of Executive’s employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following Executive’s Separation from Service (the “Restricted Period”), directly or indirectly, solicit or encourage to leave the employment of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates.

(d)    Solicitation of Consultants. Executive shall not during the term of Executive’s employment and for the Restricted Period, directly or indirectly, hire, solicit or encourage to cease work with the Company or any of its affiliates any consultant then under contract with the Company or any of its affiliates within one year of the termination of such consultant’s engagement by the Company or any of its affiliates.

(e)    Rights and Remedies Upon Breach. If Executive breaches or threatens to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Section 5 (the “Restrictive Covenants”), the Company shall have the following rights and remedies, each of which rights and remedies shall be independent of the other and severally enforceable, and all of which rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company under law or in equity:

 

8


(i)    Specific Performance. The right and remedy to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, all without the need to post a bond or any other security or to prove any amount of actual damage or that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide adequate remedy to the Company; and

(ii)    Accounting and Indemnification. The right and remedy to require Executive (A) to account for and pay over to the Company all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits derived or received by Executive or any associated party deriving such benefits as a result of any such breach of the Restrictive Covenants; and (B) to indemnify the Company against any other losses, damages (including special and consequential damages), costs and expenses, including actual attorneys’ fees and court costs, which may be incurred by them and which result from or arise out of any such breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants.

(f)    Severability of Covenants/Blue Pencilling. If any court determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Restrictive Covenants shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portions. If any court determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, are unenforceable because of the duration of such provision or the area covered thereby, such court shall have the power to reduce the duration or area of such provision and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced. Executive hereby waives any and all right to attack the validity of the Restrictive Covenants on the grounds of the breadth of their geographic scope or the length of their term.

(g)    Enforceability in Jurisdictions. The Company and Executive intend to and do hereby confer jurisdiction to enforce the Restrictive Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of the breadth of such scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the Company and Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such covenants, as to breaches of such covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable into diverse and independent covenants.

(h)    Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5, the term “Company” means not only Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., but also any company, partnership or entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

6.    Insurance; Indemnification.

(a)    Insurance. The Company shall have the right to take out life, health, accident, “key-man” or other insurance covering Executive, in the name of the Company and at the Company’s expense in any amount deemed appropriate by the Company. Executive shall

 

9


assist the Company in obtaining such insurance, including, without limitation, submitting to any required examinations and providing information and data required by insurance companies.

(b)    Indemnification. Executive will be provided with indemnification against third party claims related to his or her work for the Company as required by Delaware law. The Company shall provide Executive with directors and officers liability insurance coverage at least as favorable as that which the Company may maintain from time to time for members of the Board and other executive officers.

7.    Arbitration. Any dispute, claim or controversy based on, arising out of or relating to Executive’s employment or this Agreement shall be settled by final and binding arbitration in San Diego, California, before a single neutral arbitrator in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (the “Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The Rules may be found online at www.adr.org. Arbitration may be compelled pursuant to the California Arbitration Act (Code of Civil Procedure §§ 1280 et seq.). If the parties are unable to agree upon an arbitrator, one shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with its Rules. Each party shall pay the fees of its own attorneys, the expenses of its witnesses and all other expenses connected with presenting its case; however, Executive and the Company agree that, to the extent permitted by law, the arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party. Other costs of the arbitration, including the cost of any record or transcripts of the arbitration, AAA’s administrative fees, the fee of the arbitrator, and all other fees and costs, shall be borne by the Company. This Section 7 is intended to be the exclusive method for resolving any and all claims by the parties against each other for payment of damages under this Agreement or relating to Executive’s employment; provided, however, that Executive shall retain the right to file administrative charges with or seek relief through any government agency of competent jurisdiction, and to participate in any government investigation, including but not limited to (i) claims for workers’ compensation, state disability insurance or unemployment insurance; (ii) claims for unpaid wages or waiting time penalties brought before the California Division of Labor Standards Enforcement; provided, however, that any appeal from an award or from denial of an award of wages and/or waiting time penalties shall be arbitrated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and (iii) claims for administrative relief from the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and/or the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing (or any similar agency in any applicable jurisdiction other than California); provided, further, that Executive shall not be entitled to obtain any monetary relief through such agencies other than workers’ compensation benefits or unemployment insurance benefits. This Agreement shall not limit either party’s right to obtain any provisional remedy, including, without limitation, injunctive or similar relief, from any court of competent jurisdiction as may be necessary to protect their rights and interests pending the outcome of arbitration, including without limitation injunctive relief, in any court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 1281.8 or any similar statute of an applicable jurisdiction. Seeking any such relief shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such party’s right to compel arbitration. Both Executive and the Company expressly waive their right to a jury trial.

8.    General Relationship. Executive shall be considered an employee of the Company within the meaning of all federal, state and local laws and regulations including, but

 

10


not limited to, laws and regulations governing unemployment insurance, workers’ compensation, industrial accident, labor and taxes.

9.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Modification; Prior Claims. This Agreement, the Stock Restriction Agreement and the Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (and the other documents referenced therein) set forth the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all existing agreements between them concerning such subject matter. This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and an authorized representative of the Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

(b)    Assignment; Assumption by Successor. The rights of the Company under this Agreement may, without the consent of Executive, be assigned by the Company, in its sole and unfettered discretion, to any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly, acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and to agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place; provided, however, that no such assumption shall relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. As used in this Agreement, the “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.

(c)    Survival. The covenants, agreements, representations and warranties contained in or made in Sections 3(g), 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9 of this Agreement shall survive any Executive’s termination of employment.

(d)    Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement does not create, and shall not be construed as creating, any rights enforceable by any person not a party to this Agreement.

(e)    Waiver. The failure of either party hereto at any time to enforce performance by the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall in no way affect such party’s rights thereafter to enforce the same, nor shall the waiver by either party of any breach of any provision hereof be deemed to be a waiver by such party of any other breach of the same or any other provision hereof.

(f)    Section Headings. The headings of the several sections in this Agreement are inserted solely for the convenience of the parties and are not a part of and are not intended to govern, limit or aid in the construction of any term or provision hereof.

(g)    Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (i) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (ii) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (iii) by email, telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic

 

11


transmission; or (iv) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to Executive at the address listed on the Company’s personnel records and to the Company at its principal place of business, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

(h)    Severability. All Sections, clauses and covenants contained in this Agreement are severable, and in the event any of them shall be held to be invalid by any court, this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such invalid Sections, clauses or covenants were not contained herein.

(i)    Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within such State, and without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Except as provided in Sections 5 and 7, any suit brought hereon shall be brought in the state or federal courts sitting in San Diego, California, the parties hereto hereby waiving any claim or defense that such forum is not convenient or proper. Each party hereby agrees that any such court shall have in personam jurisdiction over it and consents to service of process in any manner authorized by California law.

(j)    Non-transferability of Interest. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be assignable or transferable except through a testamentary disposition or by the laws of descent and distribution upon the death of Executive. Any attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance, or other disposition (other than as aforesaid) of any interest in the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation to be made by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be void.

(k)    Gender. Where the context so requires, the use of the masculine gender shall include the feminine and/or neuter genders and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, and the word “person” shall include any corporation, firm, partnership or other form of association.

(l)    Counterparts; Facsimile or .pdf Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or by .pdf file and upon such delivery the facsimile or .pdf signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

(m)    Construction. The language in all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed simply, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any of the parties hereto. Without limitation, there shall be no presumption against any party on the ground that such party was responsible for drafting this Agreement or any part thereof.

(n)    Withholding and other Deductions. All compensation payable to Executive hereunder shall be subject to such deductions as the Company is from time to time required to make pursuant to law, governmental regulation or order.

(o)    Code Section 409A.

 

12


(i)    This Agreement is not intended to provide for any deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, and, accordingly, the severance payments payable under Sections 4(b)(ii) and 4(c)(ii) and (iv) shall be paid no later than the later of: (A) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third month following Executive’s first taxable year in which such amounts are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and (B) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third month following first taxable year of the Company in which such amounts are is no longer subject to substantial risk of forfeiture, as determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and any Treasury Regulations and other guidance issued thereunder. To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Code Section 409A and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder. Each series of installment payments made under this Agreement is hereby designated as a series of “separate payments” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.    For purposes of this Agreement, all references to Executive’s “termination of employment” shall mean Executive’s Separation from Service.

(ii)    If Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, on the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, to the extent that the payments or benefits under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A of the Code and the delayed payment or distribution of all or any portion of such amounts to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then such portion deferred pursuant to this Section 9(o)(ii) shall be paid or distributed to Executive in a lump sum on the earlier of (A) the date that is six (6)-months following Executive’s Separation from Service, (B) the date of Executive’s death or (C) the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code. Any remaining payments due under the Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(iii)    To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the applicable exemptions from Section 409A of the Code. If Executive and the Company determine that any payments or benefits payable under this Agreement intended to comply with Sections 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code do not comply with Section 409A of the Code, Executive and the Company agree to amend this Agreement, or take such other actions as Executive and the Company deem reasonably necessary or appropriate, to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (and any applicable transition relief) while preserving the economic agreement of the parties. To the extent that any provision in this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner that no payments payable under this Agreement shall be subject to an “additional tax” as defined in Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code.

(iv)    Any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits payable under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) and shall be paid on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which Executive incurred the expenses. The amount of expenses reimbursed or in-kind benefits payable during any taxable year of Executive’s shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits payable in any other taxable year of Executive’s, and

 

13


Executive’s right to reimbursement for such amounts shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael G. Wood

Name:   Michael G. Wood
Title:   Vice President of Corporate Development & Operations
EXECUTIVE

            /s/ R. Scott Struthers

R. Scott Struthers

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

[The language in this Release may change based on legal developments and evolving best practices; this form is provided as an example of what will be included in the final Release document.]

This General Release of Claims (“Release”) is entered into as of this              day of             ,         , between R. Scott Struthers (“Executive”), and Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) (collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, Executive and the Company are parties to that certain Employment Agreement dated as of October 30, 2015 (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Parties agree that Executive is entitled to certain severance benefits under the Agreement, subject to Executive’s execution of this Release; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive now wish to fully and finally to resolve all matters between them.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of, and subject to, the severance benefits payable to Executive pursuant to the Agreement, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by Executive, and which Executive acknowledges that he or she would not otherwise be entitled to receive, Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1.    General Release of Claims by Executive.

(a) Executive, on behalf of himself or herself and his or her executors, heirs, administrators, representatives and assigns, hereby agrees to release and forever discharge the Company and all predecessors, successors and their respective parent corporations, affiliates, related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of their past and present investors, directors, shareholders, officers, general or limited partners, employees, attorneys, agents and representatives, and the employee benefit plans in which Executive is or has been a participant by virtue of his or her employment with or service to the Company (collectively, the “Company Releasees”), from any and all claims, debts, demands, accounts, judgments, rights, causes of action, equitable relief, damages, costs, charges, complaints, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, suits, expenses, compensation, responsibility and liability of every kind and character whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees and costs), whether in law or equity, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, suspected or unsuspected (collectively, “Claims”), which Executive has or may have had against such Company Releasees based on any events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date hereof or on or prior to the date hereof, arising directly or indirectly out of, relating to, or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever Executive’s employment by or service to the Company or the termination thereof, including any and all claims arising under federal, state, or local laws relating to employment, including without limitation claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract,

 

1


fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, or liability in tort, and claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency including, without limitation, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 2000, et seq.; the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 701 et seq.; the Civil Rights Act of 1866, and the Civil Rights Act of 1991; 42 U.S.C. Section 1981, et seq.; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 621, et seq. (the “ADEA”); the Equal Pay Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 206(d); regulations of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, 41 C.F.R. Section 60, et seq.; the Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.; the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 201 et seq.; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq.; and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, California Government Code Section 12940, et seq.

Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, Executive does not release the following claims:

(i)    Claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law;

(ii)    Claims for workers’ compensation insurance benefits under the terms of any worker’s compensation insurance policy or fund of the Company;

(iii)    Claims pursuant to the terms and conditions of the federal law known as COBRA;

(iv)    Claims for indemnity under the bylaws of the Company, as provided for by California law or under any applicable insurance policy with respect to Executive’s liability as an employee, director or officer of the Company;

(v)    Claims based on any right Executive may have to enforce the Company’s executory obligations under the Agreement; and

(vi)    Claims Executive may have to vested or earned compensation and benefits.

(b) EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE OR SHE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

2


BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, EXECUTIVE HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS HE OR SHE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

[Note: Clauses (c), (d) and (e) apply only if Executive is age 40 or older at time of termination]

(c) Executive acknowledges that this Release was presented to him or her on the date indicated above and that Executive is entitled to have [twenty-one (21)][forty-five (45)] days’ time in which to consider it. Executive further acknowledges that the Company has advised him or her that he or she is waiving his or her rights under the ADEA, and that Executive should consult with an attorney of his or her choice before signing this Release, and Executive has had sufficient time to consider the terms of this Release. Executive represents and acknowledges that if Executive executes this Release before [twenty-one (21)][forty-five (45)] days have elapsed, Executive does so knowingly, voluntarily, and upon the advice and with the approval of Executive’s legal counsel (if any), and that Executive voluntarily waives any remaining consideration period.

(d) Executive understands that after executing this Release, Executive has the right to revoke it within seven (7) days after his or her execution of it. Executive understands that this Release will not become effective and enforceable unless the seven (7) day revocation period passes and Executive does not revoke the Release in writing. Executive understands that this Release may not be revoked after the seven (7) day revocation period has passed. Executive also understands that any revocation of this Release must be made in writing and delivered to the Company at its principal place of business within the seven (7) day period.

(e) Executive understands that this Release shall become effective, irrevocable, and binding upon Executive on the eighth (8th) day after his or her execution of it, so long as Executive has not revoked it within the time period and in the manner specified in clause (d) above.

(f) Executive further understands that Executive will not be given any severance benefits under the Agreement unless this Release is effective on or before the date that is fifty-five (55) days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment.

2.    No Assignment. Executive represents and warrants to the Company Releasees that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim that Executive may have against the Company Releasees. Executive agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company Releasees from any liability, claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of any such assignment or transfer from Executive.

3.    Severability. In the event any provision of this Release is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

3


4.    Interpretation; Construction. The headings set forth in this Release are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Release has been drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Release and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Release. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Release shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Release.

5.    Governing Law and Venue. This Release will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the State of California applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within such State, and without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any suit brought hereon shall be brought in the state or federal courts sitting in San Diego County, California, the Parties hereby waiving any claim or defense that such forum is not convenient or proper. Each party hereby agrees that any such court shall have in personam jurisdiction over it and consents to service of process in any manner authorized by California law.

6.    Entire Agreement. This Release and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the Parties in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and supersede all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations and agreements, whether written or oral. This Release may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and an authorized representative of the Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

7.    Counterparts. This Release may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties have executed the foregoing Release as of the date first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE       CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

    

      By:                                                                             
Print Name: R. Scott Struthers       Print Name:
      Title:
EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Marc J.S. Wilson (“Executive”), and shall be effective as of January 4, 2018 (the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ Executive, and Executive desires to continue employment with the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a)    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)    “Cause” means any of the following:

(i)     the commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Executive, or the commission of some other illegal act by Executive, that causes material harm to the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof;

(ii)     Executive’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;

(iii)     any intentional unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof;

(iv)     Executive’s gross negligence, insubordination or material violation of any duty of loyalty to the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof, or any other material misconduct on the part of Executive;

(v)     Executive’s ongoing and repeated failure or refusal to perform or neglect of Executive’s duties as required by this Agreement, which failure, refusal or neglect continues for fifteen (15) days following Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Board or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) stating with specificity the nature of such failure, refusal or neglect; or

(vi)     Executive’s intentional, material breach of any Company policy or any contract or agreement between Executive and the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof;

provided, however, that prior to the determination that “Cause” under clauses (iv), (v) or (vi) of this Section 1(b) has occurred, the Company shall (A) provide to Executive in writing, in


reasonable detail, the reasons for the determination that such “Cause” exists, (B) other than with respect to clause (v) above which specifies the applicable period of time for Executive to remedy his or her breach, afford Executive a reasonable opportunity to remedy any such breach, (C) provide Executive an opportunity to be heard prior to the final decision to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for such “Cause” and (D) make any decision that such “Cause” exists in good faith.

The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof to discharge or dismiss Executive for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of this Agreement, to constitute grounds for termination for Cause.

(c)    “Change in Control” means an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, as such terms are defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as may be amended from time to time).

(d)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the Treasury Regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.

(e)    “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions without Executive’s written consent:

(i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

(ii) a material diminution in Executive’s base compensation, unless such a reduction is imposed across-the-board to senior management of the Company;

(iii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform his or her duties; or

(iv) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company or any successor or affiliate of its obligations to Executive under this Agreement.

Executive must provide written notice to the Company of the occurrence of any of the foregoing events or conditions without Executive’s written consent within sixty (60) days of the occurrence of such event. The Company or any successor or affiliate shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such event or condition after receipt of written notice of such event from Executive. Executive’s Separation from Service by reason of resignation from employment with the Company for Good Reason must occur within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the foregoing thirty (30) day cure period.

(f)    “Involuntary Termination” means (i) Executive’s Separation from Service by reason of Executive’s discharge by the Company other than for Cause, or (ii) Executive’s Separation from Service by reason of Executive’s resignation of employment with the Company for Good Reason. Executive’s Separation from Service by reason of Executive’s death or discharge by the Company following Executive’s Permanent Disability shall not constitute an Involuntary Termination.

 

2


(g)    Executive’s “Permanent Disability” shall be deemed to have occurred if Executive shall become physically or mentally incapacitated or disabled or otherwise unable fully to discharge his or her duties hereunder for a period of ninety (90) consecutive calendar days or for one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in any one hundred eighty (180) calendar-day period. The existence of Executive’s Permanent Disability shall be determined by the Company on the advice of a physician chosen by the Company and the Company reserves the right to have Executive examined by a physician chosen by the Company at the Company’s expense.

(h)    “Separation from Service,” with respect to Executive, means Executive’s “separation from service,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(i) “Stock Awards” means all stock options, restricted stock and such other awards granted pursuant to the Company’s stock option and equity incentive award plans or agreements and any shares of stock issued upon exercise thereof.

2.    Services to Be Rendered.

(a)    Duties and Responsibilities. Executive shall serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company the scope of which shall include responsibility for accounting, financial planning, treasury, SEC reporting and other administrative responsibilities as assigned by the CEO. In the performance of such duties, Executive shall report directly to the CEO and shall be subject to the direction of the CEO and to such limits upon Executive’s authority as the CEO may from time to time impose. In the event of the CEO’s incapacity or unavailability, Executive shall be subject to the direction of the Board. Executive hereby consents to serve as an officer and/or director of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof without any additional salary or compensation, if so requested by the CEO. Executive shall be employed by the Company on a full time basis. Executive’s primary place of work shall be the Company’s offices in San Diego, California, or, with the Company’s consent, at any other place at which the Company maintains an office; provided, however, that the Company may from time to time require Executive to travel temporarily to other locations in connection with the Company’s business. Executive shall be subject to and comply with the policies and procedures generally applicable to senior executives of the Company to the extent the same are not inconsistent with any term of this Agreement.

(b)    Exclusive Services. Executive shall at all times faithfully, industriously and to the best of his or her ability, experience and talent perform to the satisfaction of the Board and the CEO all of the duties that may be assigned to Executive hereunder and shall devote substantially all of his or her productive time and efforts to the performance of such duties. Subject to the terms of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement referred to in Section 5(b), this shall not preclude Executive from (i) serving on industry trade, civic, or charitable boards or committees; (ii) delivering lectures or fulfilling speaking engagements; (iii) serving on the board of directors or other similar governance body of any entity, subject to the consent of the Board, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; or (iv) managing personal, family and other investments, provided such activities do not interfere with his or her duties to the Company, as determined in good faith by the CEO. Executive agrees that he or she will not

 

3


join any boards, other than community and civic boards (which do not interfere with his or her duties to the Company), without the prior approval of the Board and the CEO.

3.    Compensation and Benefits. The Company shall pay or provide, as the case may be, to Executive the compensation and other benefits and rights set forth in this Section 3.

(a)    Base Salary. The Company shall pay to Executive a base salary of $255,000 per year, payable in accordance with the Company’s usual pay practices (and in any event no less frequently than monthly). Executive’s base salary shall be subject to review annually by and at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board or its designee.

(b)    Bonus. Executive shall participate in any bonus plan that the Board or its designee may approve for the senior executives of the Company.

(c)    Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in benefits under the Company’s benefit plans and arrangements, including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan or arrangement made available in the future by the Company to its senior executives, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements. The Company shall have the right to amend or delete any such benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Company to its senior executives and not otherwise specifically provided for herein.

(d)    Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in connection with the performance of his or her duties hereunder, subject to such policies as the Company may from time to time establish, and Executive furnishing the Company with evidence in the form of receipts satisfactory to the Company substantiating the claimed expenditures.

(e)    Paid Time Off. Executive shall be entitled to such periods of paid time off (“PTO”) each year as provided from time to time under the Company’s PTO policy and as otherwise provided for senior executive officers.

(f)    Equity Plans. Executive shall be entitled to participate in any equity or other employee benefit plan that is generally available to executives of the Company. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Executive’s participation in and benefits under any such plan shall be on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in the governing document of the particular plan.

(g)    Stock Award Acceleration.

(i)    Subject to Section 4(d), in the event of Executive’s Separation from Service by reason of Executive’s death or discharge by the Company following Executive’s Permanent Disability, the vesting and/or exercisability of 100% of Executive’s outstanding unvested Stock Awards shall be automatically accelerated on the date of Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

4


(ii)    Subject to Section 4(d), in the event of a Change in Control, the vesting and/or exercisability of 100% of Executive’s outstanding unvested Stock Awards shall be automatically accelerated on the first to occur of (A) Executive’s Involuntary Termination following such Change in Control, or (B) the first anniversary of the closing of such Change in Control.

(iii)    Subject to Section 4(d), in the event of Executive’s Involuntary Termination prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, the vesting and/or exercisability of any outstanding unvested portion of each of Executive’s Stock Awards shall be automatically accelerated as to the number of Stock Awards that would vest over the six (6) month period following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service had Executive remained continuously employed by the Company during such period.

(iv)    The vesting pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 3(g) shall be cumulative. The foregoing provisions are hereby deemed to be a part of each Stock Award and to supersede any less favorable provision in any agreement or plan regarding such Stock Award.

(h)     Stock Options. Subject to approval of the Board, as soon as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement, the Company will grant Executive an option to purchase 367,500 shares of common stock of the Company, which shall vest over four years beginning July 18, 2016 as follows: 91,875 shares shall vest on January 1, 2019 and the remaining shares shall vest in equal monthly installments over the following three years.

4.    Severance. Executive shall be entitled to receive benefits upon a Separation from Service only as set forth in this Section 4:

(a)    At-Will Employment; Termination. The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, and that Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by either party at any time for any or no reason, with or without notice. If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided in this Agreement. Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be terminated immediately on the death of Executive.

(b)    Severance Upon Involuntary Termination.    Subject to Sections 4(d) and 9(o) and Executive’s continued compliance with Section 5, if Executive’s employment is Involuntarily Terminated, Executive shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of any severance benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any severance plan or program of the Company, the benefits provided below:

(i)    the Company shall pay to Executive his or her fully earned but unpaid base salary, when due, through the date of Executive’s Involuntary Termination at the rate then in effect, accrued and unused PTO, plus all other benefits, if any, under any Company group retirement plan, nonqualified deferred compensation plan, equity award plan or agreement (other than any such plan or agreement pertaining to Stock Awards whose treatment is prescribed by Section 3(g) above), health benefits plan or other Company group benefit plan to which

 

5


Executive may be entitled pursuant to the terms of such plans or agreements at the time of Executive’s Involuntary Termination (the “Accrued Obligations”);

(ii)    Executive shall be entitled to receive severance pay in an amount equal to six (6) multiplied by Executive’s monthly base salary as in effect immediately prior to the date of Executive’s Involuntary Termination, which amount shall be payable in a lump sum sixty (60) days following Executive’s Involuntary Termination; and

(iii)    for the period beginning on the date of Executive’s Separation from Service and ending on the date which is six (6) full months following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier, (1) the date on which the applicable continuation period under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) expires or (2) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive the equivalent or increased healthcare coverage by means of subsequent employment or self-employment) (such period, the “COBRA Coverage Period”), if Executive and/or his or her eligible dependents who were covered under the Company’s health insurance plans as of the date of Executive’s Separation from Service elect to have COBRA coverage and are eligible for such coverage, the Company shall pay for or reimburse Executive on a monthly basis for an amount equal to (A) the monthly premium Executive and/or his or her covered dependents, as applicable, are required to pay for continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA for Executive and/or his or her eligible dependents, as applicable, who were covered under the Company’s health plans as of the date of Executive’s Separation from Service (calculated by reference to the premium as of the date of Executive’s Separation from Service) less (B) the amount Executive would have had to pay to receive group health coverage for Executive and/or his or her covered dependents, as applicable, based on the cost sharing levels in effect on the date of Executive’s Separation from Service. If any of the Company’s health benefits are self-funded as of the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, or if the Company cannot provide the foregoing benefits in a manner that is exempt from Section 409A (as defined below) or that is otherwise compliant with applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), instead of providing the payments or reimbursements as set forth above, the Company shall instead pay to Executive the foregoing monthly amount as a taxable monthly payment for the COBRA Coverage Period (or any remaining portion thereof). Executive shall be solely responsible for all matters relating to continuation of coverage pursuant to COBRA, including, without limitation, the election of such coverage and the timely payment of premiums. Executive shall notify the Company immediately if Executive becomes eligible to receive the equivalent or increased healthcare coverage by means of subsequent employment or self-employment.

(iv)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4(b), and subject to Sections 4(d) and 9(o) and Executive’s continued compliance with Section 5, in the event of Executive’s Involuntary Termination within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, Executive shall be entitled to receive, in addition to the severance benefits described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, an amount equal to Executive’s target bonus for the year in which Executive’s Involuntary Termination occurs, prorated for the portion of the year that has expired prior to the date of Executive’s Involuntary Termination, which amount shall be payable in a lump sum sixty (60) days following Executive’s Involuntary Termination.

 

6


(c)    Termination for Cause, Voluntary Resignation Without Good Reason, Death or Termination for Permanent Disability. In the event of Executive’s termination of employment as a result of Executive’s discharge by the Company for Cause, Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive’s death or Executive’s termination of employment following Executive’s Permanent Disability, the Company shall not have any other or further obligations to Executive under this Agreement (including any financial obligations) except that Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Obligations. The foregoing shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any and all other rights and remedies which may be available to the Company under the circumstances, whether at law or in equity.

(d)    Release. As a condition to Executive’s receipt of any post-termination benefits pursuant to Section 4(b) above, Executive (or, in the event of Executive’s incapacity as a result of his or her Permanent Disability, Executive’s legal representative) shall execute and not revoke a general release of all claims in favor of the Company (the “Release”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. In the event the Release does not become effective within the fifty-five (55) day period following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, Executive shall not be entitled to the aforesaid payments and benefits.

(e)    Exclusive Remedy. Except as otherwise expressly required by law (e.g., COBRA) or as specifically provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, severance, benefits, bonuses and other amounts hereunder (if any) accruing after the termination of Executive’s employment shall cease upon such termination. In the event of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, Executive’s sole remedy shall be to receive the payments and benefits described in Section 3(g) and this Section 4. In addition, Executive acknowledges and agrees that he or she is not entitled to any reimbursement by the Company for any taxes payable by Executive as a result of the payments and benefits received by Executive pursuant to Section 3(g) and this Section 4, including, without limitation, any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code. Any payments made to Executive under this Section 4 shall be inclusive of any amounts or benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C. Sections 2101 et seq., and the Department of Labor regulations thereunder, or any similar state statute.

(f)    No Mitigation. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(b)(iii) above, Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 4 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer or self-employment or by retirement benefits; provided, however, that loans, advances or other amounts owed by Executive to the Company may be offset by the Company against amounts payable to Executive under this Section 4.

(g)    Return of the Company’s Property. In the event of Executive’s termination of employment for any reason, the Company shall have the right, at its option, to require Executive to vacate his or her offices prior to or on the effective date of separation and to cease all activities on the Company’s behalf. Upon Executive’s termination of employment in any manner, as a condition to Executive’s receipt of any severance benefits described in this Agreement, Executive shall immediately surrender to the Company all lists, books and records of, or in connection with, the Company’s business, and all other property belonging to the

 

7


Company, it being distinctly understood that all such lists, books and records, and other documents, are the property of the Company. Executive shall deliver to the Company a signed statement certifying compliance with this Section 4(g) prior to the receipt of any severance benefits described in this Agreement.

(h)    Deemed Resignation. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates, and, at the Company’s request, Executive shall execute such documents as are necessary or desirable to effectuate such resignations.

5.    Certain Covenants.

(a)    Noncompetition. Except as may otherwise be approved by the Board, during the term of Executive’s employment, Executive shall not have any ownership interest (of record or beneficial) in, or have any interest as an employee, salesman, consultant, officer or director in, or otherwise aid or assist in any manner, any firm, corporation, partnership, proprietorship or other business that engages in any county, city or part thereof in the United States and/or any foreign country in a business which competes directly or indirectly (as determined by the CEO) with the Company’s business in such county, city or part thereof, so long as the Company, or any successor in interest of the Company to the business and goodwill of the Company, remains engaged in such business in such county, city or part thereof or continues to solicit customers or potential customers therein; provided, however, that Executive may own, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, securities of any entity which are traded on any national securities exchange if Executive (i) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity; or (ii) does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of any such entity.

(b)    Confidential Information. Executive and the Company have entered into the Company’s standard employee proprietary information and inventions agreement (the “Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement”). Executive agrees to perform each and every obligation of Executive therein contained.

(c)    Solicitation of Employees. Executive shall not during the term of Executive’s employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following Executive’s Separation from Service (the “Restricted Period”), directly or indirectly, solicit or encourage to leave the employment of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates.

(d)    Solicitation of Consultants. Executive shall not during the term of Executive’s employment and for the Restricted Period, directly or indirectly, hire, solicit or encourage to cease work with the Company or any of its affiliates any consultant then under contract with the Company or any of its affiliates within one year of the termination of such consultant’s engagement by the Company or any of its affiliates.

(e)    Rights and Remedies Upon Breach. If Executive breaches or threatens to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Section 5 (the “Restrictive Covenants”), the Company shall have the following rights and remedies, each of which rights and remedies shall

 

8


be independent of the other and severally enforceable, and all of which rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company under law or in equity:

(i)    Specific Performance. The right and remedy to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, all without the need to post a bond or any other security or to prove any amount of actual damage or that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide adequate remedy to the Company; and

(ii)    Accounting and Indemnification. The right and remedy to require Executive (A) to account for and pay over to the Company all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits derived or received by Executive or any associated party deriving such benefits as a result of any such breach of the Restrictive Covenants; and (B) to indemnify the Company against any other losses, damages (including special and consequential damages), costs and expenses, including actual attorneys’ fees and court costs, which may be incurred by them and which result from or arise out of any such breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants.

(f)    Severability of Covenants/Blue Pencilling. If any court determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Restrictive Covenants shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portions. If any court determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, are unenforceable because of the duration of such provision or the area covered thereby, such court shall have the power to reduce the duration or area of such provision and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced. Executive hereby waives any and all right to attack the validity of the Restrictive Covenants on the grounds of the breadth of their geographic scope or the length of their term.

(g)    Enforceability in Jurisdictions. The Company and Executive intend to and do hereby confer jurisdiction to enforce the Restrictive Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of the breadth of such scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the Company and Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such covenants, as to breaches of such covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable into diverse and independent covenants.

(h)    Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5, the term “Company” means not only Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., but also any company, partnership or entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

6.    Insurance; Indemnification.

 

9


(a)    Insurance. The Company shall have the right to take out life, health, accident, “key-man” or other insurance covering Executive, in the name of the Company and at the Company’s expense in any amount deemed appropriate by the Company. Executive shall assist the Company in obtaining such insurance, including, without limitation, submitting to any required examinations and providing information and data required by insurance companies.

(b)    Indemnification. Executive will be provided with indemnification against third party claims related to his or her work for the Company as required by Delaware law. The Company shall provide Executive with directors and officers liability insurance coverage at least as favorable as that which the Company may maintain from time to time for members of the Board and other executive officers.

7.    Arbitration. Any dispute, claim or controversy based on, arising out of or relating to Executive’s employment or this Agreement shall be settled by final and binding arbitration in San Diego, California, before a single neutral arbitrator in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (the “Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The Rules may be found online at www.adr.org. Arbitration may be compelled pursuant to the California Arbitration Act (Code of Civil Procedure §§ 1280 et seq.). If the parties are unable to agree upon an arbitrator, one shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with its Rules. Each party shall pay the fees of its own attorneys, the expenses of its witnesses and all other expenses connected with presenting its case; however, Executive and the Company agree that, to the extent permitted by law, the arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party. Other costs of the arbitration, including the cost of any record or transcripts of the arbitration, AAA’s administrative fees, the fee of the arbitrator, and all other fees and costs, shall be borne by the Company. This Section 7 is intended to be the exclusive method for resolving any and all claims by the parties against each other for payment of damages under this Agreement or relating to Executive’s employment; provided, however, that Executive shall retain the right to file administrative charges with or seek relief through any government agency of competent jurisdiction, and to participate in any government investigation, including but not limited to (i) claims for workers’ compensation, state disability insurance or unemployment insurance; (ii) claims for unpaid wages or waiting time penalties brought before the California Division of Labor Standards Enforcement; provided, however, that any appeal from an award or from denial of an award of wages and/or waiting time penalties shall be arbitrated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and (iii) claims for administrative relief from the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and/or the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing (or any similar agency in any applicable jurisdiction other than California); provided, further, that Executive shall not be entitled to obtain any monetary relief through such agencies other than workers’ compensation benefits or unemployment insurance benefits. This Agreement shall not limit either party’s right to obtain any provisional remedy, including, without limitation, injunctive or similar relief, from any court of competent jurisdiction as may be necessary to protect their rights and interests pending the outcome of arbitration, including without limitation injunctive relief, in any court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 1281.8 or any similar statute of an applicable jurisdiction. Seeking any such relief shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such party’s right to compel arbitration. Both Executive and the Company expressly waive their right to a jury trial.

 

10


8.    General Relationship. Executive shall be considered an employee of the Company within the meaning of all federal, state and local laws and regulations including, but not limited to, laws and regulations governing unemployment insurance, workers’ compensation, industrial accident, labor and taxes.

9.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Modification; Prior Claims. This Agreement and the Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (and the other documents referenced therein) set forth the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all existing agreements between them concerning such subject matter. This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and an authorized representative of the Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

(b)    Assignment; Assumption by Successor. The rights of the Company under this Agreement may, without the consent of Executive, be assigned by the Company, in its sole and unfettered discretion, to any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly, acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and to agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place; provided, however, that no such assumption shall relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. As used in this Agreement, the “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.

(c)    Survival. The covenants, agreements, representations and warranties contained in or made in Sections 3(g), 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9 of this Agreement shall survive any Executive’s termination of employment.

(d)    Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement does not create, and shall not be construed as creating, any rights enforceable by any person not a party to this Agreement.

(e)    Waiver. The failure of either party hereto at any time to enforce performance by the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall in no way affect such party’s rights thereafter to enforce the same, nor shall the waiver by either party of any breach of any provision hereof be deemed to be a waiver by such party of any other breach of the same or any other provision hereof.

(f)    Section Headings. The headings of the several sections in this Agreement are inserted solely for the convenience of the parties and are not a part of and are not intended to govern, limit or aid in the construction of any term or provision hereof.

(g)    Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (i) by personal

 

11


delivery when delivered personally; (ii) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (iii) by email, telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (iv) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to Executive at the address listed on the Company’s personnel records and to the Company at its principal place of business, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

(h)    Severability. All Sections, clauses and covenants contained in this Agreement are severable, and in the event any of them shall be held to be invalid by any court, this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such invalid Sections, clauses or covenants were not contained herein.

(i)    Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within such State, and without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Except as provided in Sections 5 and 7, any suit brought hereon shall be brought in the state or federal courts sitting in San Diego, California, the parties hereto hereby waiving any claim or defense that such forum is not convenient or proper. Each party hereby agrees that any such court shall have in personam jurisdiction over it and consents to service of process in any manner authorized by California law.

(j)    Non-transferability of Interest. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be assignable or transferable except through a testamentary disposition or by the laws of descent and distribution upon the death of Executive. Any attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance, or other disposition (other than as aforesaid) of any interest in the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation to be made by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be void.

(k)    Gender. Where the context so requires, the use of the masculine gender shall include the feminine and/or neuter genders and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, and the word “person” shall include any corporation, firm, partnership or other form of association.

(l)    Counterparts; Facsimile or .pdf Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or by .pdf file and upon such delivery the facsimile or .pdf signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

(m)    Construction. The language in all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed simply, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any of the parties hereto. Without limitation, there shall be no presumption against any party on the ground that such party was responsible for drafting this Agreement or any part thereof.

 

12


(n)    Withholding and other Deductions. All compensation payable to Executive hereunder shall be subject to such deductions as the Company is from time to time required to make pursuant to law, governmental regulation or order.

(o)    Code Section 409A.

(i)    This Agreement is not intended to provide for any deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, and, accordingly, the severance payments payable under Sections 4(b)(ii) and 4(c)(ii) and (iv) shall be paid no later than the later of: (A) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third month following Executive’s first taxable year in which such amounts are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and (B) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third month following first taxable year of the Company in which such amounts are is no longer subject to substantial risk of forfeiture, as determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and any Treasury Regulations and other guidance issued thereunder. To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Code Section 409A and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder. Each series of installment payments made under this Agreement is hereby designated as a series of “separate payments” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.    For purposes of this Agreement, all references to Executive’s “termination of employment” shall mean Executive’s Separation from Service.

(ii)    If Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, on the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, to the extent that the payments or benefits under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A of the Code and the delayed payment or distribution of all or any portion of such amounts to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then such portion deferred pursuant to this Section 9(o)(ii) shall be paid or distributed to Executive in a lump sum on the earlier of (A) the date that is six (6)-months following Executive’s Separation from Service, (B) the date of Executive’s death or (C) the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code. Any remaining payments due under the Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(iii)    To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the applicable exemptions from Section 409A of the Code. If Executive and the Company determine that any payments or benefits payable under this Agreement intended to comply with Sections 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code do not comply with Section 409A of the Code, Executive and the Company agree to amend this Agreement, or take such other actions as Executive and the Company deem reasonably necessary or appropriate, to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (and any applicable transition relief) while preserving the economic agreement of the parties. To the extent that any provision in this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner that no payments payable under this Agreement shall be subject to an “additional tax” as defined in Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code.

 

13


(iv)    Any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits payable under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) and shall be paid on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which Executive incurred the expenses. The amount of expenses reimbursed or in-kind benefits payable during any taxable year of Executive’s shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits payable in any other taxable year of Executive’s, and Executive’s right to reimbursement for such amounts shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:  

/s/ R. Scott Struthers

Name: R. Scott Struthers
Title: Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Marc J.S. Wilson

Marc J.S. Wilson

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

[The language in this Release may change based on legal developments and evolving best practices; this form is provided as an example of what will be included in the final Release document.]

This General Release of Claims (“Release”) is entered into as of this              day of             ,         , between Marc J.S. Wilson (“Executive”), and Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) (collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, Executive and the Company are parties to that certain Employment Agreement dated as of January 4, 2018 (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Parties agree that Executive is entitled to certain severance benefits under the Agreement, subject to Executive’s execution of this Release; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive now wish to fully and finally to resolve all matters between them.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of, and subject to, the severance benefits payable to Executive pursuant to the Agreement, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by Executive, and which Executive acknowledges that he or she would not otherwise be entitled to receive, Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1.    General Release of Claims by Executive.

(a) Executive, on behalf of himself or herself and his or her executors, heirs, administrators, representatives and assigns, hereby agrees to release and forever discharge the Company and all predecessors, successors and their respective parent corporations, affiliates, related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of their past and present investors, directors, shareholders, officers, general or limited partners, employees, attorneys, agents and representatives, and the employee benefit plans in which Executive is or has been a participant by virtue of his or her employment with or service to the Company (collectively, the “Company Releasees”), from any and all claims, debts, demands, accounts, judgments, rights, causes of action, equitable relief, damages, costs, charges, complaints, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, suits, expenses, compensation, responsibility and liability of every kind and character whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees and costs), whether in law or equity, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, suspected or unsuspected (collectively, “Claims”), which Executive has or may have had against such Company Releasees based on any events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date hereof or on or prior to the date hereof, arising directly or indirectly out of, relating to, or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever Executive’s employment by or service to the Company or the termination thereof, including any and all claims arising under federal, state, or local laws relating to employment, including without limitation claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract,

 

1


fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, or liability in tort, and claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency including, without limitation, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 2000, et seq.; the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 701 et seq.; the Civil Rights Act of 1866, and the Civil Rights Act of 1991; 42 U.S.C. Section 1981, et seq.; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 621, et seq. (the “ADEA”); the Equal Pay Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 206(d); regulations of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, 41 C.F.R. Section 60, et seq.; the Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.; the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 201 et seq.; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq.; and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, California Government Code Section 12940, et seq.

Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, Executive does not release the following claims:

(i)    Claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law;

(ii)    Claims for workers’ compensation insurance benefits under the terms of any worker’s compensation insurance policy or fund of the Company;

(iii)    Claims pursuant to the terms and conditions of the federal law known as COBRA;

(iv)    Claims for indemnity under the bylaws of the Company, as provided for by California law or under any applicable insurance policy with respect to Executive’s liability as an employee, director or officer of the Company;

(v)    Claims based on any right Executive may have to enforce the Company’s executory obligations under the Agreement; and

(vi)    Claims Executive may have to vested or earned compensation and benefits.

(b) EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE OR SHE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

2


BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, EXECUTIVE HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS HE OR SHE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

[Note: Clauses (c), (d) and (e) apply only if Executive is age 40 or older at time of termination]

(c) Executive acknowledges that this Release was presented to him or her on the date indicated above and that Executive is entitled to have [twenty-one (21)][forty-five (45)] days’ time in which to consider it. Executive further acknowledges that the Company has advised him or her that he or she is waiving his or her rights under the ADEA, and that Executive should consult with an attorney of his or her choice before signing this Release, and Executive has had sufficient time to consider the terms of this Release. Executive represents and acknowledges that if Executive executes this Release before [twenty-one (21)][forty-five (45)] days have elapsed, Executive does so knowingly, voluntarily, and upon the advice and with the approval of Executive’s legal counsel (if any), and that Executive voluntarily waives any remaining consideration period.

(d) Executive understands that after executing this Release, Executive has the right to revoke it within seven (7) days after his or her execution of it. Executive understands that this Release will not become effective and enforceable unless the seven (7) day revocation period passes and Executive does not revoke the Release in writing. Executive understands that this Release may not be revoked after the seven (7) day revocation period has passed. Executive also understands that any revocation of this Release must be made in writing and delivered to the Company at its principal place of business within the seven (7) day period.

(e) Executive understands that this Release shall become effective, irrevocable, and binding upon Executive on the eighth (8th) day after his or her execution of it, so long as Executive has not revoked it within the time period and in the manner specified in clause (d) above.

(f) Executive further understands that Executive will not be given any severance benefits under the Agreement unless this Release is effective on or before the date that is fifty-five (55) days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment.

2.    No Assignment. Executive represents and warrants to the Company Releasees that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim that Executive may have against the Company Releasees. Executive agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company Releasees from any liability, claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of any such assignment or transfer from Executive.

3.    Severability. In the event any provision of this Release is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

3


4.    Interpretation; Construction. The headings set forth in this Release are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Release has been drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Release and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Release. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Release shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Release.

5.    Governing Law and Venue. This Release will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the State of California applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within such State, and without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any suit brought hereon shall be brought in the state or federal courts sitting in San Diego County, California, the Parties hereby waiving any claim or defense that such forum is not convenient or proper. Each party hereby agrees that any such court shall have in personam jurisdiction over it and consents to service of process in any manner authorized by California law.

6.    Entire Agreement. This Release and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the Parties in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and supersede all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations and agreements, whether written or oral. This Release may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and an authorized representative of the Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

7.    Counterparts. This Release may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties have executed the foregoing Release as of the date first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE       CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

    

      By:                                                                              
Print Name: Marc J.S. Wilson       Print Name:                                                                
      Title:                                                                          
EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

LEASE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

6262 LUSK INVESTORS LLC,

a California limited liability company

(LANDLORD)

AND

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

(TENANT)

February 21, 2018

10222 Barnes Canyon Road

SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE 1

    

TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

     1

1.1

    

Landlord

     1

1.2

    

Landlord’s Address

     1

1.3

    

Tenant

     1

1.4

    

Tenant’s Address

     1

1.5

    

Building

     1

1.6

    

Premises

     1

1.7

    

Initial Term

     1

1.8

    

Tenant’s Vehicle Parking Spaces

     1

1.9

    

Tenant Improvement Allowance

     2

1.10

    

Scheduled Commencement Date

     2

1.11

    

Commencement Date

     2

1.12

    

Basic Rent

     2

1.13

    

Tenant’s Percentage

     2

1.14

    

Security Deposit

     2

1.15

    

Letter of Credit Amount

     2

1.15

    

Broker(s)

     2

1.16

    

Permitted Use

     2

1.17

    

Building Area

     2

ARTICLE 2

    

PREMISES AND COMMON AREAS

     2

2.1

    

Premises

     2

2.2

    

Rentable Area

     3

2.3

    

Common Areas

     3

2.4

    

Landlord’s Reservation of Rights

     3

ARTICLE 3

    

TERM

     4

3.1

    

Initial Term

     4

3.2

    

Option Term

     4

ARTICLE 4

    

DELIVERY

     6

ARTICLE 5

    

RENT

     6

5.1

    

Basic Rent

     6

5.2

    

Additional Rent

     6

5.3

    

Late Payment

     7

5.4

    

Additional Late Payment Remedies

     7

ARTICLE 6

    

RENT ADJUSTMENT

     7

6.1

    

Definitions

     7

6.2

    

Calculation Methods and Adjustments

     9

6.3

    

Payment of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes

     10

6.4

    

Review of Annual Reconciliation

     11

ARTICLE 7

    

SECURITY DEPOSIT; LETTER OF CREDIT

     11

7.1

    

Security Deposit

     11

7.2

    

Letter of Credit

     12

ARTICLE 8

    

USE

     12

8.1

    

General

     12

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

8.2

    

Laws/CC&&R’s

     12

8.3

    

Hazardous Materials

     13

8.4

    

Odors and Exhaust

     15

ARTICLE 9

    

MOLD

     16

ARTICLE 10

    

NOTICES

     16

10.1

    

Method of Delivery

     16

10.2

    

Receipt of Notices

     16

10.3

    

Statutory Service of Notice

     16

ARTICLE 11

    

BROKERS

     17

ARTICLE 12

    

HOLDING OVER

     17

ARTICLE 13

    

TAXES ON TENANT’S PROPERTY

     17

13.1

    

Personal Property and Fixtures

     17

13.2

    

Tenant Improvements

     17

13.3

    

Additional Taxes

     17

ARTICLE 14

    

CONDITION OF PREMISES

     18

14.1

    

As Is

     18

14.2

    

Limited Warranty

     18

ARTICLE 15

    

ALTERATIONS

     18

15.1

    

Alterations and Major Alterations

     18

15.2

    

Removal of Alterations and Tenant’s Personal Property

     19

ARTICLE 16

    

REPAIRS

     20

16.1

    

Tenant Obligations

     20

16.2

    

Landlord Obligations

     20

ARTICLE 17

    

LIENS

     21

ARTICLE 18

    

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     21

ARTICLE 19

    

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

     21

19.1

    

Premises Utilities

     21

19.2

    

Janitorial Service

     22

19.3

    

Landlord Exculpation

     22

19.4

    

Limitations on Tenant’s Utilities

     22

19.5

    

Intentionally Omitted

     22

19.6

    

Energy Tracking

     22

19.7

    

Reservation of Rights

     23

ARTICLE 20

    

INDEMNIFICATION AND EXCULPATION OF LANDLORD

     23

ARTICLE 21

    

DAMAGE TO TENANT’S PROPERTY

     24

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

ARTICLE 22

    

INSURANCE

     24

22.1

    

Tenant’s Insurance

     24

22.2

    

Standard of Insurance

     26

22.3

    

Landlord Insurance

     27

22.4

    

Subrogation Waivers

     27

22.5

    

Exclusions

     27

ARTICLE 23

    

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

     28

23.1

    

Damages

     28

23.2

    

Termination of Lease

     28

23.3

    

Rent Abatement

     28

23.4

    

Damage Near End of Term

     29

23.5

    

Waiver of Statute

     29

ARTICLE 24

    

EMINENT DOMAIN

     29

24.1

    

Permanent Taking

     29

24.2

    

Temporary Taking

     29

24.3

    

Waiver of Statute

     29

ARTICLE 25

    

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     29

25.1

    

Tenant Default

     29

25.2

    

Landlord Remedies

     30

25.3

    

Additional Remedies

     31

25.4

    

Notice of Default

     31

25.5

    

Landlord’s Right to Cure

     32

25.6

    

Waiver of Redemption

     32

25.7

    

Landlord’s Default

     32

25.8

    

Tenant’s Right to Cure

     32

ARTICLE 26

    

NO WAIVER

     33

ARTICLE 27

    

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     33

27.1

    

Transfer

     33

27.2

    

Transfer Procedure

     33

27.3

    

Recapture

     34

27.4

    

Landlord’s Consent; Consent Standards; No Release

     34

27.5

    

Landlord’s Costs; Transfer Premiums

     35

27.6

    

Rights Not Transferable

     36

27.7

    

Permitted Transfers

     36

ARTICLE 28

    

SUBORDINATION

     36

ARTICLE 29

    

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

     37

29.1

    

Tenant Estoppel Certificate

     37

29.2

    

Failure to Deliver

     37

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  
ARTICLE 30      INTENTIONALLY OMITTED      37
ARTICLE 31      SURRENDER OF PREMISES      37
ARTICLE 32      PERFORMANCE BY TENANT      37
ARTICLE 33      PARKING      37
ARTICLE 34      LIMITATION ON LIABILITY      38
34.1      Landlord’s Liability      38
ARTICLE 35      CONFIDENTIALITY      38
ARTICLE 36      MISCELLANEOUS      39
36.1      Rules and Regulations      39
36.2      Conflict of Laws      39
36.3      Successors and Assigns      39
36.4      Professional Fees      39
36.5      Mortgagee Protection      39
36.6      Definition of Landlord      39
36.7      Identification of Tenant      40
36.8      Force Majeure      40
36.9      Terms and Headings      40
36.10      Examination of Lease      40
36.11      Time      40
36.12      Prior Agreement; Amendments      40
36.13      Severability      40
36.14      Recording      40
36.15      Modification for Lenders      40
36.16      Financial Statements      41
36.17      Quiet Enjoyment      41
36.18      Tenant as Corporation, Partnership or Limited Liability Company      41
36.19      CASp Disclosure      41
ARTICLE 37      SIGNAGE      41
ARTICLE 38      EXECUTIVE ORDER 13224      42
ARTICLE 39      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      43
ARTICLE 40      TENANT REPRESENTATIONS      43
ARTICLE 41      ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS      43
41.1      Environmental Assessments      43
41.2      Early Occupancy      44
41.3      Early Access      44
41.4      Termination Option      45
41.5      Roof Rights and Telecommunications Equipment      45
41.6      Existing Lease      45

 

-iv-


LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT    SECTION REFERENCE  

A-I

   -    Outline of Premises      2.1  

A-II

   -    Project Site Plan      2.1  

A-III

   -    Outline of Office Premises      41.2  

B

   -    Work Letter Agreement      2.1  

Sch. B-1

   -    Space Plan     
Exhibit
B
 
 

Sch. B-2

   -    Work Schedule     
Exhibit
B
 
 

C

   -    Form of Memorandum of Lease Terms      3  

D

   -    Letter of Credit Terms      7.2  

Sch. D-1

   -    Form of Letter of Credit     
Exhibit
D
 
 

E

   -    Form of Tenant Estoppel Certificate      29  

F

   -    Rules and Regulations      31  

G

   -    Parking Rules and Regulations      40  

H

   -    Phase I Environmental Site Assessment – Executive Summary      41.1  

 

-v-


LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease”) is made as of February 21, 2018 (“Effective Date”), by and between 6262 LUSK INVESTORS LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

ARTICLE 1

TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Lease, the following terms shall have the following definitions and meanings:

1.1    Landlord: 6262 Lusk Investors LLC, a California limited liability company

1.2    Landlords Address:

6262 Lusk Investors LLC

c/o Bollert/LeBeau Inc.

4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 210

San Diego, CA 92037

Attention: Greg Bowman

1.3    Tenant: Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation

1.4    Tenants Address:

Prior to the Commencement Date:

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

6197 Cornerstone Ct., Suite 111

San Diego, CA 92121

Attn: Mark Narcy

As of the Commencement Date:

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

10222 Barnes Canyon Road, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

Attn: Mark Narcy

1.5    Building: That certain one (1)-story (plus mezzanine) building located at 10222 Barnes Canyon Road (formerly known as 6262 Lusk Boulevard), San Diego, California 92121.

1.6    Premises: Approximately 29,499 rentable square feet of area (“Rentable Square Feet”), subject to final determination in accordance with Section 2.2 below, in Suite number 200 in the Building.

1.7    Initial Term: Eighty-four (84) months.

1.8    Tenants Vehicle Parking Spaces: Tenant’s Percentage (as defined in Section 1.13 below) of the number of parking spaces located within the Parking Area (as defined in Article 33 below) (for example, if Tenant’s Percentage is 35.99% and there are 251 parking spaces located within the Parking Area (which is the number of parking spaces located within the Parking Area as of the Effective Date), Tenant’s Vehicle Parking Spaces shall be 90), at no additional charge during the Term, subject to the terms and conditions of Article 33 below. All of Tenant’s Vehicle Parking Spaces shall be unreserved spaces except that a portion of Tenant’s Vehicle Parking Spaces which is equal to one (1) space per one thousand (1,000) Rentable Square Feet of the Premises (i.e., thirty (30) spaces) may be reserved spaces (“Tenants Reserved Vehicle Parking Spaces”). The location of Tenant’s Reserved Vehicle Parking Spaces within the Parking Area shall be determined by Landlord, subject to the reasonable approval of Tenant.

 

- 1 -


1.9    Tenant Improvement Allowance: (i) Up to One Hundred Forty-Eight and 00/100 Dollars ($148.00) per Rentable Square Foot of the Premises (i.e., up to $4,365,852.00) (“Initial Allowance”), plus (ii) at Tenant’s election and subject to repayment as provided herein, an additional amount of up to Ten Dollars ($10.00) per Rentable Square Foot of the Premises (i.e., up to $294,990.00) (“Additional Allowance”), to be contributed by Landlord toward the cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Work Letter Agreement described in Section 2.1 below. The Initial Allowance and the Additional Allowance shall be collectively referred to herein as the “Tenant Improvement Allowance.” If Tenant elects to use the Additional Allowance or a portion thereof, such amount shall be amortized over the Initial Term at an annual percentage rate of eight percent (8%) and payable by Tenant as a component of Basic Rent. Tenant shall notify Landlord of its election to use the Additional Allowance prior to commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of the Effective Date, a portion of the Initial Allowance equal to Thirty-Six and 00/100 Dollars ($36.00) per Rentable Square Foot of the Premises (i.e., $1,061,964.00) has already been applied toward the cost of the Tenant Improvements; accordingly, the remaining Initial Allowance is One Hundred Twelve and 00/100 Dollars ($112.00) per Rentable Square Foot of the Premises (i.e., $3,303,888.00).

1.10    Scheduled Commencement Date: July 27, 2018.

1.11    Commencement Date: The earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Laboratory Premises (as defined in Section 41.2 below), and (ii) the date on which all of the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete pursuant to the terms and conditions of, and as that term is defined in, the Work Letter Agreement.

1.12    Basic Rent:

 

Months of

Initial Term

 

Basic Rent per Rentable

Square Foot ($/mo)

 

Monthly Installments

of Basic Rent ($/mo)

 

Annual
Basic Rent ($/yr)

1-12*   $3.00   $88,497.00   $1,061,964.00
13-24   $3.09   $91,151.91   $1,093,822.92
25-36   $3.18   $93,806.82   $1,125,681.84
37-48   $3.28   $96,756.72   $1,161,080.64
49-60   $3.38   $99,706.62   $1,196,479.44
61-72   $3.48   $102,656.52   $1,231,878.24

73-84

  $3.58   $105,606.42   $1,267,277.04

 

* Provided that Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, monthly installments of Basic Rent shall be abated by fifty percent (50%) for months two (2) through five (5) of the Initial Term pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.1 below.

1.13    Tenants Percentage: 35.99%.

1.14    Security Deposit: Intentionally omitted.

1.15    Letter of Credit Amount: $500,000, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 7.2 below.

1.16    Broker(s): Cushman & Wakefield (Ted Jacobs), representing Tenant, and Jones Lang LaSalle (Chad Urie, Tim Olson and Grant Schoneman), representing Landlord.

1.17    Permitted Use: Office, laboratory and research and development and all uses ancillary thereto, and no other use, subject to compliance with all applicable Laws (defined below).

1.18    Building Area: 81,976 Rentable Square Feet.

ARTICLE 2

PREMISES AND COMMON AREAS

2.1    Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises outlined on the Floor Plan attached hereto, marked Exhibit “A-I, and incorporated herein by this reference (“Outline of Premises”). The Premises are located in the Building, which, together with the Parking Area, is located

 

- 2 -


on the parcel or parcels of real property (“Project Site”) outlined on the Project Site Plan attached hereto, marked as Exhibit “A-II”, and incorporated herein by this reference (“Project Site Plan”) (all of which, together with the Building Common Areas and the Project Common Areas, as hereinafter defined, are collectively referred to as the “Project”). During the Term, Tenant shall have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. The Premises are leased in their “AS-IS” condition in accordance with Article 14; provided however, the Premises will be improved by Landlord with the Landlord Work and the Tenant Improvements described in the Work Letter Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto, marked as Exhibit “B” and incorporated herein by this reference (“Work Letter Agreement”). The Premises are agreed, for the purposes of this Lease, to have approximately the number of Rentable Square Feet designated in Section 1.6, subject to adjustment as described in Section 2.2 below. The parties hereto agree that this Lease is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth. Each of Landlord and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed.

2.2    Rentable Area.

2.2.1.    Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that: (a) subject to Section 2.2.2 below, the Rentable Square Feet contained in the Building is as specified in Section 1.18, and (b) the Rentable Square Feet of the Building shall include all of, and the Rentable Square Feet of the Premises shall include a portion of (such portion to be equitably determined by Landlord) the total square feet contained in any common areas (e.g., lobbies, mail room, fire control room, etc.) of the Building. The initial Monthly Basic Rent and Tenant’s Percentage specified in Section 1.13 of this Lease are based upon the approximate Rentable Square Feet of the Premises set forth in Section 1.6 and the Rentable Square Feet of the Building set forth in Section 1.18. The Memorandum of Lease Terms (as defined in Section 3) shall indicate, among other things, the actual Rentable Square Feet of the Premises, as set forth in this Section 2.2.1.

2.2.2.    Landlord reserves the right (a) to modify the standards utilized hereunder for the measurement of Rentable Square Feet (so long as any such modification is reasonably consistent with then prevailing Institutional Owner Practices (defined below)) and (b) consistent with any such modifications of measurement standards, to adjust the Rentable Square Feet of the Premises and the Building and/or portions thereof and any economic terms set forth herein (such as Tenant’s Percentage) calculated on the basis thereof; provided that Landlord shall have no right to adjust the Basic Rent then in effect as a result of any such modification.

2.3    Common Areas. Tenant and its employees, invitees and agents shall have the nonexclusive right to use in common with Landlord and other tenants or occupants of the Project and their respective employees, invitees and agents, subject to the Rules and Regulations referred to in Section 36.1 below and all covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project, any of the following areas which may be appurtenant to the Premises (collectively, “Common Areas”):

2.3.1.    any common entrances, lobbies, shared entry lobbies and corridors, shared restrooms, service areas, elevators, stairways, accessways and/or ramps which may be located in the Building, and any common pipes, wires and appurtenant equipment which may be serving the Premises (collectively, “Building Common Areas”); and

2.3.2.    the Parking Area and any loading and unloading areas, trash areas, service areas, parking areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, plazas, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas and similar areas and facilities from time to time situated within the Project (collectively, “Project Common Areas”).

2.4    Landlords Reservation of Rights. Landlord reserves for itself, and for the owner(s) and operator(s) of the Project or any portion thereof, the right from time to time without material interference with Tenant’s Permitted Use:

2.4.1.    to install, use, maintain, repair and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment for service to other parts of the Building above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces, within the walls and in the central core areas of the Premises, and to relocate any pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment which are located in the Premises or elsewhere, and to expand the Building and/or the Parking Area (after which expansion there shall be an appropriate adjustment made to Tenant’s Percentage);

 

- 3 -


2.4.2.    to make changes in its sole and absolute discretion to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas and walkways;

2.4.3.    to close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes and to avoid claims of prescriptive rights so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

2.4.4.    to designate other land outside the boundaries of the Building or the Project to be a part of the Project Common Areas;

2.4.5.    to add additional buildings and improvements to the Project Common Areas;

2.4.6.    to use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Building, the Parking Area or the Project, or any portion thereof; and

2.4.7.    to do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Project or any portion thereof as Landlord and/or the owner(s) and/or operator(s) thereof may deem to be appropriate.

ARTICLE 3

TERM

3.1    Initial Term. The “Initial Term” of this Lease shall be for the period designated in Section 1.7, commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the expiration of such period occurs, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided; provided that if the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of any calendar month, for purposes of calculating the date (“Expiration Date”) on which the Term is scheduled to expire and the timing of all scheduled increases in Basic Rent during the Term, the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the first day of the calendar month following the Commencement Date. The Commencement Date, the date upon which the Initial Term of this Lease shall end unless sooner terminated pursuant to the provisions hereof, the Rentable Square Feet in the Premises and Tenant’s Percentage as determined pursuant to Section 2.2 above shall be specified in a Memorandum of Lease Terms, which shall be in the form of Exhibit “C”, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (“Memorandum of Lease Terms”), and shall be executed by Tenant as soon as practicable after the Commencement Date. As used herein, “Term” shall refer to the Initial Term as it may be extended by written agreement of Landlord and Tenant, including, without limitation, as a result of Tenant’s exercise of its Extension Option in accordance with Section 3.2 below.

3.2    Option Term. Tenant shall have the right and option (“Option”) to extend the Term of this Lease for one (1) additional period of five (5) years (“Option Term”). The Option Term shall commence on the day immediately succeeding the expiration date of the Initial Term and shall end on the day immediately preceding the fifth (5th) anniversary of the first day of such Option Term. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 3.2 to the contrary, the Option shall be personal to the original Tenant named hereunder (i.e., Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) (“Original Tenant”).

3.2.1.    Tenant shall exercise the Option by giving written notice to Landlord of its election to do so not earlier than twelve (12) months and not later than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term. The giving of such notice of extension by Tenant shall automatically extend the Term of this Lease for such Option Term, and no instrument of renewal or extension need be executed. In the event that Tenant fails to give timely notice to Landlord, this Lease shall automatically terminate at the end of the Initial Term and Tenant shall have no further option to extend the Term of this Lease. The Option shall be exercisable by Tenant only on the express condition that (i) at the time of the exercise, and at all times prior to the commencement of the Option Term, a Tenant Default shall not exist under any of the provisions of this Lease, and (ii) Tenant shall not have been ten (10) or more days late in the payment of Monthly Basic Rent more than once during any twelve (12) consecutive month period during the Term.

3.2.2.    The Option Term shall be on all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that: (i) Tenant shall have no further right or option to extend the Term as provided by this Section 3.2 and (ii) the Basic Rent for the Option Term shall be equal to the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises for such Option Term, determined pursuant to Subsection 3.2.3 below. If Tenant subleases any portion of the Premises or assigns or

 

- 4 -


otherwise transfers any interest under this Lease (other than a Permitted Transfer or sublease of thirty percent (30%) or less of the square footage of the Premises), the Option shall lapse. If Tenant subleases any portion of the Premises or assigns or otherwise transfers any interest of Tenant under this Lease to any person or entity after the exercise of the Option but prior to the commencement of the Option Term (whether with or without Landlord’s consent), the Option shall lapse and the Term of this Lease shall expire as if the Option was not exercised.

3.2.3.    For the purposes hereof, “Fair Market Rental Value” of the Premises shall mean the prevailing annual market rental value (which rental value determination may include increases in Rent during the Option Term) for Class “A” office and laboratory/research and development space of comparable size, quality and location in comparable first-class office and laboratory/research and development buildings located in the Sorrento Mesa submarket of San Diego, California, as of the date of commencement of the Option Term (“Comparable Transactions”), taking into consideration (a) the amenities offered in or near the Project, (b) the amount, availability and cost of parking, and (c) base rent abatement, tenant improvement allowances, moving allowances and any other leasing incentives provided in Comparable Transactions; provided, however, that in calculating the Fair Market Rental Value, no consideration shall be given to the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its right to lease the Premises during the Option Term or the fact that landlords are or are not paying real estate brokerage commissions in connection with such comparable space. The Fair Market Rental Value shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or security deposit, for Tenant’s Rent obligations in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Premises during the Option Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants).

3.2.4.    Promptly after receiving Tenant’s notice of its election to exercise the Option to extend the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall provide Tenant with Landlord’s good faith estimate of the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises for the Option Term (“Landlord’s Fair Market Rental Value Notice”). In the event that Tenant objects to Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Value within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Fair Market Rental Value Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Fair Market Rental Value using their best good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s objection to the Fair Market Rental Value (“Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall make a separate determination of the Fair Market Rental Value within five (5) business days after the Outside Agreement Date, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Subsection 3.2.4(A) through Subsection 3.2.4(G) below.

(A)    Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall be a real estate broker or attorney who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of office and laboratory/research and development properties in the Sorrento Mesa submarket of San Diego, California. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Rental Value is the closest to the actual Fair Market Rental Value, as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Subsection 3.2.3. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date.

(B)    The two (2) arbitrators so appointed shall within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two (2) arbitrators.

(C)    The three (3) arbitrators shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Rental Value and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

(D)    The decision of the majority of the three (3) arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

(E)    If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, then the arbitrator appointed by one of them shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof and such arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 

- 5 -


(F)    If the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, or if both parties fail to appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the third arbitrator or any arbitrator shall be dismissed and the matter to be decided shall be forthwith submitted to arbitration under the provisions of the American Arbitration Association, but subject to the instruction set forth in this Subsection 3.2.4.

(G)    The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

ARTICLE 4

DELIVERY

Landlord will endeavor to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements Substantially Complete on or before the Scheduled Commencement Date; provided, that if the date on which Landlord actually tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant in such condition does not occur on or before the Scheduled Commencement Date, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, the Term of this Lease shall not be extended, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom; provided further that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to tender to Tenant delivery of possession of the Premises in such condition as soon as reasonably possibly after the Scheduled Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, if Landlord fails to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the date which is six (6) months after the Scheduled Commencement Date (“Outside Delivery Date”), which Outside Delivery Date shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for any delay caused by an event of Force Majeure (as defined in Section 36.8 below), a Tenant Delay (as that term is defined in the Work Letter Agreement) or similar matters beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering Notice thereof to Landlord no later than five (5) business days after the Outside Delivery Date, which termination shall be effective as of the date of such Notice. Upon such termination, this Lease shall be of no further force or effect (except for those provisions which expressly survive termination) and Tenant shall immediately vacate the Early Occupancy Space; if Tenant fails to fully vacate the Early Occupancy Space upon such termination, Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over under Article 12 below, at a holdover rate of $79,650.00 per month (which amount is based on an estimated rentable square footage of 17,700 square feet, at a rate of $3.00 per rentable square foot, multiplied by 150%). Tenant’s failure to deliver a Notice of termination within five (5) business days after the Outside Delivery Date shall be deemed Tenant’s waiver of its right to terminate this Lease due to a delay in delivery of the Premises. The remedy set forth in this Article 4 shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or equity for the matter described herein.

ARTICLE 5

RENT

5.1    Basic Rent. Tenant shall pay Landlord as consideration for the use and enjoyment of the Premises the Basic Rent designated in Section 1.11 (subject to proration as hereinafter provided) in equal monthly installments, each in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term commencing on the Commencement Date, except that the first month’s Rent shall be paid to Landlord upon delivery to Landlord of a copy of this Lease, executed by Tenant. If the Term of this Lease commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such period shall be prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and provided that Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, the monthly installment of Basic Rent for the Premises shall be abated by fifty percent (50%) during months two (2) through five (5) of the Initial Term (“Abatement Period”). All other terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Operating Expenses) shall apply to the Premises both during the Abatement Period and thereafter.

5.2    Additional Rent. In addition to the Basic Rent, Tenant agrees to pay as Additional Rent (defined below) the amount of Rent adjustments and other charges required by this Lease. Other charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder, including, without limitation, payments for Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes, insurance, insurance deductibles and repairs shall be considered “Additional Rent” for purposes of this Lease. The term “Rent” as used in this Lease shall mean Basic Rent and Additional Rent and all other amounts payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease. When no other time is stated herein for payment, payment of any amount due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be made within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice or statement therefor. All Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without prior demand and without any deduction or offset

 

- 6 -


except as specified herein, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the address designated in Section 1.2 hereof or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.

5.3    Late Payment. If Tenant fails to pay any installment of Rent when due or in the event Tenant fails to make any other payment for which Tenant is obligated under this Lease when due, such late amount shall accrue interest and Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent interest on such amount at an annual rate (“Default Rate”) equal to the lesser of: (a) the then prevailing prime rate of Bank of America NT & SA (“Prime Rate”) plus six (6) percentage points or (b) the maximum rate permitted by law from the date such amount became due until such amount is paid. If the format or components of the Prime Rate are materially changed, or if the Prime Rate ceases to exist, Landlord shall substitute a prime rate or alternative base rate of interest that is maintained by the Bank of America NT & SA or similar financial institution which Landlord determines in its reasonable business judgment. In addition to said interest, Tenant shall pay to Landlord concurrently with any installment of Rent, or other payment, not paid within five (5) days of the date upon which it is due, and Landlord may demand same from Tenant, as Additional Rent, a late charge equal to eight percent (8%) of the late amount to compensate Landlord for the extra costs incurred as a result of such late payment. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY SUCH LATE PAYMENT MAY CAUSE LANDLORD TO INCUR ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS AND OTHER DAMAGE, THE EXACT AMOUNT OF WHICH WOULD BE IMPRACTICABLE OR EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO ASCERTAIN, AND THAT SUCH INTEREST AND LATE CHARGE REPRESENT A FAIR AND REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF THE DETRIMENT THAT LANDLORD WILL SUFFER BY REASON OF LATE PAYMENT BY TENANT. Acceptance of any such interest and late charge shall not constitute a waiver of any Tenant Default with respect to the overdue amount, or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord hereunder or at law.

5.4    Additional Late Payment Remedies. If any payment of Rent made by check, draft or money order is returned to Landlord due to insufficient funds, or otherwise, Landlord shall have the right, at any time thereafter and upon Notice (defined below) to Tenant, to require Tenant to make all subsequent payments of Rent by cashier’s or certified check. Any payment returned to Landlord shall be subject to a handling charge of $50.00. If Tenant fails to pay an installment of Basic Rent within ten (10) days following the date the same is due on any three (3) or more occasions during any twelve (12) month period, Landlord shall have the right, in addition to any other rights or remedies it may have hereunder or at law, to require Tenant thereafter to pay installments of Basic Rent quarterly in advance.

ARTICLE 6

RENT ADJUSTMENT

6.1    Definitions. For the purposes of this Lease, the following terms shall be defined as follows:

6.1.1.    Operating Expenses: “Operating Expenses” shall consist of all costs of operation, management, ownership, insurance, maintenance and repair of the Project, including without limitation the Building, the Common Areas and all other portions of the Project, including any expansions thereof by Landlord or by the owner(s) and/or the operator(s) thereof. Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation, the following: (a) any and all non-tax assessments payable by Landlord for, or costs or expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with, the Building or the Project pursuant to any covenants, conditions or restrictions, reciprocal easement agreements, tenancy-in-common agreements or similar restrictions and agreements affecting the Building or the Project; (b) assessments and any taxes or assessments hereafter imposed in lieu thereof; (c) Rent taxes and gross receipts taxes (whether assessed against Landlord or assessed against Tenant and paid by Landlord, or both); (d) water and sewer charges; (e) accounting, legal and other consulting fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the Project or any portion thereof; (f) the net cost and expense of insurance, and any associated insurance deductibles, for which Landlord and/or the owner(s) and/or the operator(s) of the Project is (are) responsible or any first mortgagee with a lien affecting the Premises reasonably deems necessary in connection with the operation of the Building or the Project; (g) utilities, including, but not limited to, any and all costs and fees associated with the installation, maintenance, repair, or replacement of intrabuilding network telephone and data cable; (h) janitorial services, security, labor, utilities surcharges or any other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from statutes, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. Section 12101 et seq.), or regulations or interpretations thereof promulgated by, any federal, state, regional, local or municipal governmental authority, agency or subdivision (each, a “Governmental Authority”) in connection with the use or

 

- 7 -


occupancy of the Project or any portion thereof; (i) costs and expenses incurred or suffered by Landlord in connection with transportation or energy management programs; (j) the cost (amortized over such period as is customary under sound institutional real estate property management procedures (“Institutional Owner Practices”), together with interest at a rate (“Interest Rate”) equal to the Prime Rate plus two (2) percentage points on the enumerated balance): (i) of any capital improvements or replacements intended as labor-saving devices or to effect other economies in the maintenance or operation of, or stability of services to, the Building (including Building Common Areas) or the Project Common Areas by Landlord or by the owner(s) and/or the operator(s) thereof, or (ii) of replacing any equipment, systems or materials needed to operate the Project or any portion thereof at the same quality levels as prior to the improvement or replacement or as mandated by revisions or governmental interpretations of any applicable Laws (defined below) or (iii) which are designed to reduce Operating Expenses or to comply with Laws; (k) costs incurred in the management of the Project, including supplies, materials, equipment, on-site management office rent, wages and salaries of employees used in the management, operation and maintenance thereof, payroll taxes and similar governmental charges with respect thereto, and a Building management fee (not to exceed three percent (3%) of gross receipts, grossed up to reflect ninety-five percent (95%) occupancy); (l) all costs and expenses for air-conditioning, waste disposal, heating, ventilating, elevator repair and maintenance, supplies, materials, equipment, and tools incurred in connection with the Project or any portion thereof (except as the same is payable to Landlord by tenants of the Project under their leases for space in the Project); (m) repair and maintenance of the roof and structural portions of the Building and the Common Areas, including the plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord; (n) maintenance costs of the Building, the Common Areas and the Project or any portion thereof, including utilities and payroll expenses, rent of personal property used in maintenance and all other upkeep; (o) costs and expenses of gardening and landscaping the Project or any portion thereof; (p) maintenance of signs located in or about the Project (other than Tenant’s signs or the signs of other tenants or occupants of the Building who are responsible to maintain their own signs); (q) personal property taxes levied on or attributable to personal property of Landlord or the owner(s) and/or operator(s) of the Project used in connection with the Project; (r) reasonable audit or verification fees incurred in connection with the Project; and (s) the costs and expenses of repairs (including latent defects), resurfacing, maintenance, painting, lighting, cleaning, refuse removal, security and similar items incurred with respect to the Project, including appropriate reserves.

Operating Expenses shall not include: (A) depreciation on the Building or equipment therein; (B) Landlord’s executive salaries (above building manager); (C) real estate broker’s commissions; (D) legal fees and disbursements incurred for collection of tenant accounts or negotiation of leases, or relating to disputes between Landlord and other tenants and occupants of the Building or Project; (E) the cost of any capital improvements unless specifically permitted by this Section 6.1.1, parts (a) through (s), inclusive; (F) Real Property Taxes; (G) amounts received by Landlord on account of proceeds of insurance to the extent the proceeds are reimbursement for expenses which were previously included in Operating Expenses; (H) payments of principal and interest on any mortgages upon the Project or Building; (I) payments of ground rent pursuant to any ground lease covering the Project or Building; (J) the costs of gas, steam or other fuel; operation of elevators and security systems; heating, cooling, air conditioning and ventilating; chilled water, hot and cold domestic water, sewer and other utilities or any other service work or facility, or level or amount thereof, provided to any other tenant or occupant in the Project which either (x) is not required to be supplied or furnished by Landlord to Tenant under the provisions of this Lease or (y) is supplied or furnished to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease with separate or additional charge; (K) any cost that is expressly excluded from Operating Expenses in an express provision contained in this Lease; (L) depreciation, principal, interest, and fees on mortgages or ground lease payments; (M) initial improvements or alterations to lessee spaces in the Project; (N) the cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by a single individual lessee, or costs incurred for the benefit of a single lessee; (O) costs of any items to the extent Landlord actually receives reimbursement therefor from insurance proceeds, under warranties, or from a lessee or other third party (such costs shall be excluded or deducted – as appropriate – from Operating Expenses in the year in which the reimbursement is received), or which are paid out of reserves previously included in Operating Expenses; (P) costs incurred due to Landlord’s breach of a law or ordinance; (Q) repairs necessitated by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents, or contractors; (R) charitable or political contributions and membership fees or other payments to trade organizations; (S) Landlord’s general overhead expenses not related to the Project; (T) Landlord’s costs of any services provided to lessees or other occupants for which Landlord is actually reimbursed by such lessees or other occupants (other than reimbursement through Operating Expenses) as an additional charge or rental over and above the basic rent (and escalations thereof) payable under the lease with such lessee or other occupant: (U) costs in connection with services that are provided to another

 

- 8 -


lessee or occupant of the Project, but are not offered to Tenant; (V) costs (i.e., interest and penalties) incurred due to Landlord’s default of this Lease or any other lease, mortgage, or other agreement, in each case affecting the Project; (W) payments to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord, or to any other party, in each case as a result of a non-arm’s length transaction, for management or other services for the Project, or for supplies or other materials for the Project, to the extent that such payments exceed arm’s length competitive prices in the market where the Premises are located for the services, supplies or materials provided; (X) salaries of employees of Landlord above those performing property management and facilities management duties for the Building; (Y) costs or expenses incurred in connection with the financing or sale of the Project or any portion thereof; (Z) costs of environmental testing, monitoring, removal or remediation of any Hazardous Materials in the Building that are in existence at the Building prior to the Commencement Date except to the extent caused by Tenant; (AA) the costs of acquiring investment-grade art; (BB) fines, penalties, interest or other amounts imposed in connection with the Landlord’s failure to pay any tax when due; and (CC) any item that, if included in Operating Expense, would involve a double collection for such item by Landlord.

6.1.2.    Real Property Taxes: “Real Property Taxes” shall mean and include any form of assessment, re-assessment, license fee, license tax, business license fee, commercial rent tax, levy, charge, penalty, tax or similar imposition, imposed by any authority having the direct power to tax, including any Governmental Authority, or any school, agricultural, lighting, drainage or other improvement or special assessment district thereof, as against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Building, the Premises or the Project, including but not limited to the following:

(A)    any tax on Landlord’s “right” to other income from the Project or any portion thereof or as against Landlord’s business of leasing the Project or any portion thereof;

(B)    any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real estate tax, including but not limited to, any assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges that may be imposed by any Governmental Authority for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk or road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, it being the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of “Real Property Taxes” for the purposes of this Lease;

(C)    any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge allocable to or measured by the area of any premises in the Project or the Rent payable hereunder and under any other leases for premises in the Building, the Parking Area or the Project, including without limitation any gross income tax or excise tax levied by any Governmental Authority or any political subdivision thereof, with respect to the receipt of such Rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by tenants of their premises in the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(D)    any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge upon this transaction or any document creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Project or any portion thereof, or based upon a reassessment of the Project or any portion thereof by virtue of a “change in ownership”, and as a result thereof, and to the extent that in connection therewith, the Building is reassessed for real estate tax purposes by the appropriate Governmental Authority pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13 (as adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June, 1978 election, or any successor statute).

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 6.1.2 expressed or implied to the contrary, “Real Property Taxes” shall not include Landlord’s federal or state income, franchise, inheritance or estate taxes.

6.1.3.    Tenant’s Percentage. “Tenant’s Percentage” means the percentage set forth in Section 1.13; provided, however, that Landlord reserves the right from time to time during the Term of this Lease to recalculate Tenant’s Percentage, in which case Tenant’s Percentage shall mean that numeric figure obtained by dividing the Rentable Square Feet of the Premises, as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.2, by the total Rentable Square Feet of the Building.

6.2    Calculation Methods and Adjustments.

6.2.1.    Subject to the provisions of this Section 6.2, all calculations, determinations, allocations and decisions to be made hereunder with respect to Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes shall be made on a

 

- 9 -


triple net basis in accordance with the good faith determination of Landlord applying sound accounting and property management principles consistently applied which are consistent with Institutional Owner Practices. Landlord shall have the right to equitably allocate some or all Operating Expenses among particular classes or groups of tenants in the Project or Building (for example, retail tenants) to reflect Landlord’s good faith determination that measurably different amounts or types of services, work or benefits associated with Operating Expenses, as applicable, are being provided to or conferred upon such classes or groups. All discounts, reimbursements, rebates, refunds, or credits (collectively, “Reimbursements”) attributable to Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes received by Landlord in a particular year shall be deducted from Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes, as applicable, in the year the same are received; provided, however, if such practice is consistent with Institutional Owner Practices, Landlord may treat Reimbursements generally (or under particular circumstances) on a different basis.

6.2.2.    As of the date of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent under this Article 6 based on the Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes for the Project. If the Project at any time contains more than one building, Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Expenses and/or Real Property Taxes for the buildings comprising the Project among the Building and some or all of the other buildings of the Project. In such event, Landlord shall reasonably determine a method of allocating such Operating Expenses and/or Real Property Taxes attributable to the Building and/or such other building(s) of the Project to the Building and/or such other building(s) and Tenant shall be responsible for paying its proportionate share of such expense(s) which are allocated to the Building. Landlord shall also have the right, from time to time, to require Tenant to pay Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes based solely on the Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes for the Building.

6.3    Payment of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes. This shall be a triple net Lease and Basic Rent shall be paid to Landlord absolutely net of all costs and expenses, except as specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease. The provisions for payment of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Percentage of Real Property Taxes are intended to pass on to Tenant, and reimburse Landlord for, all costs and expenses of the nature described in Section 6.1 incurred in connection with the ownership, operation, management, insurance, maintenance and repair of the Project. For each calendar year of the Term, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Percentage of the Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Percentage of the Real Property Taxes paid or incurred by Landlord for such year as Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay such amounts as follows:

6.3.1.    Estimate of Annual Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes. At the beginning of each calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a reasonable estimate (“Estimated Statement”) of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Percentage of Real Property Taxes for the then current calendar year. Landlord may revise its estimates of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Percentage of Real Property Taxes for any year from time to time in its reasonable discretion, and upon receipt of a revised Estimated Statement, Tenant shall begin making payments under this Section 6.3.1 in accordance with such revised estimates. For each calendar year during the Term of this Lease, or portion thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the estimated Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses and the estimated Tenant’s Percentage of Real Property Taxes, as specified in the Estimated Statement. These estimated amounts shall be divided into twelve (12) equal monthly installments. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, concurrently with the regular monthly Basic Rent payment next due following the receipt of such an Estimated Statement, an amount equal to one monthly installment multiplied by the number of months from the commencement of the calendar year for which such estimates were prepared to the month of such payment, both months inclusive, less any amounts paid under this Section 6.3.1 after commencement of such calendar year based on the last Estimated Statement delivered by Landlord. Subsequent payments under this Section 6.3.1 shall be payable concurrently with the regular monthly Rent payments for the balance of that calendar year and shall continue until the next Estimated Statement is delivered by Landlord. Failure of Landlord to deliver an Estimated Statement for any calendar year shall not relieve Tenant of its obligation to make estimated payments of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Percentage of Real Property Taxes under this Section 6.3.1.

6.3.2.    Annual Reconciliation. At the end of each calendar year or as soon thereafter as practicable Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (“Annual Reconciliation”) of (a) the actual annual Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses for the preceding year, and (b) the actual annual Real Property Taxes and Tenant’s Percentage of Real Property Taxes for the preceding year. If for any year, the sum of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Percentage of Real Property Taxes (as specified in the Annual Reconciliation) is less than the total amount of the estimated payments made by Tenant under Section 6.3.1

 

- 10 -


above for such year, then any such overpayment, or overpayments, shall be credited toward the monthly Rent next falling due after determination by Landlord of such overpayment or overpayments and shall be paid to Tenant in a lump sum for periods after the expiration of the Term. Similarly, if for any year, the sum of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Percentage of Real Property Taxes (as specified in the Annual Reconciliation) is more than the total amount of the estimated payments made by Tenant under Section 6.3.1 above for such year, then any such underpayment, or underpayments, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord concurrently with the next regular monthly Basic Rent payment coming due after Tenant’s receipt of the Annual Reconciliation (or if the Term shall have expired or terminated, within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of such Annual Reconciliation).

6.3.3.    Survival of Reconciliation. Even though the Term shall have expired and Tenant shall have vacated the Premises, when the final determination of Tenant’s Percentage of actual annual Operating Expenses, and/or of Tenant’s Percentage of actual annual Real Property Taxes, for the year in which this Lease terminates is delivered to Tenant, (a) Tenant shall immediately pay any amounts payable to Landlord under Section 6.3.2 above (as a result of any underpayments by Tenant under Section 6.3.1 above), and/or (b) conversely, Landlord shall promptly rebate any amounts payable to Tenant under Section 6.3.2 (as a result of any overpayments under Section 6.3.1 above) provided that no Tenant Default existed at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

6.4    Review of Annual Reconciliation. Provided that Tenant is not then in default with respect to its obligations under this Lease and provided further that Tenant strictly complies with the provisions of this Section 6.4, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and upon thirty (30) days prior Notice (“Review Notice”) to Landlord delivered no later than sixty (60) days after an Annual Reconciliation is delivered to Tenant, to reasonably review or audit Landlord’s supporting books and records (at Landlord’s manager’s corporate offices) for any portion of the Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes for the particular year covered by such Annual Reconciliation, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 6.4. To the extent that any amounts specified in such Annual Reconciliation were not previously paid, Tenant shall pay all such amounts to Landlord simultaneously with Tenant’s delivery the Review Notice. Any review or audit of records under this Section 6.4 shall be at the sole expense of Tenant, shall be conducted by independent certified public accountants of national standing which are not compensated on a contingency fee or similar basis relating to the results of such review or audit and shall be completed within sixty (60) days after Landlord provides Tenant with access to Landlord’s supporting books and records. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after completion of any such review or audit, deliver Notice to Landlord specifying the items described in the Annual Reconciliation that are claimed to be incorrect by such review or audit (“Dispute Notice”). The right of Tenant under this Section 6.4 may only be exercised once for each year covered by any Annual Reconciliation, and if Tenant fails to deliver a Review Notice within the sixty (60) day period described above or a Dispute Notice within the thirty (30) day period described above, or if Tenant fails to meet any of the other above conditions of exercise of such right, the right of Tenant to review or audit a particular Annual Reconciliation (and all of Tenant’s rights to make any claim relating thereto) under this Section 6.4 shall automatically be deemed waived by Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any records of Landlord reviewed or audited under this Section 6.4 (and the information contained therein) constitute confidential information of Landlord, which shall not be disclosed other than to Tenant’s accountants performing the review or audit and principals of Tenant who receive the results of the review or audit. If Landlord disagrees with Tenant’s contention that an error exists with respect to the Annual Reconciliation in dispute, Landlord shall have the right to cause another review or audit of that portion of the Annual Reconciliation to be made by a firm of independent certified public accountants of national standing selected by Landlord (“Landlords Accountant”). In the event of a disagreement between the two accounting firms, the review or audit of Landlord’s Accountant shall be deemed to be correct and shall be conclusively binding on both Landlord and Tenant. In the event that it is finally determined pursuant to this Section 6.4 that a particular Annual Reconciliation overstated amounts payable by Tenant under this Article 6 with respect to the applicable year by more than five percent (5%), Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable costs of Tenant’s accountant and Landlord shall be liable for the costs of Landlord’s Accountant. In all other cases, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable costs of Landlord’s Accountant.

ARTICLE 7

SECURITY DEPOSIT; LETTER OF CREDIT

7.1    Security Deposit. Intentionally omitted.

 

- 11 -


7.2    Letter of Credit. Within five (5) business days after the Effective Date, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Letter of Credit (as defined in Exhibit “D”) in the Letter of Credit Amount set forth in Section 1.15 above. The Letter of Credit shall comply with the requirements of Exhibit “D” attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein. If Tenant shall fail to deliver the Letter of Credit in such amount and in such form on or before the date which is five (5) business days after the Effective Date, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivery of Notice thereof to Tenant at any time prior to Tenant’s delivery of such Letter of Credit to Landlord, and Landlord shall have no obligation to commence any work that Landlord is required to perform under the Work Letter Agreement or to tender delivery of the Premises to Tenant prior to Tenant’s delivery of such Letter of Credit to Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that (a) Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease, (b) no monetary or material non-monetary Tenant Default has theretofore occurred, and (c) Tenant has not sublet, assigned or otherwise transferred any interest under this Lease other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, then, upon the later to occur of (i) the first day of the twenty-sixth (26th) month of the Initial Term and (ii) the first day after Tenant consummates an initial public offering of Tenant’s common stock generating net proceeds to Tenant of at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000.00), Tenant shall have the right to reduce the Letter of Credit Amount (by way of an amendment to or replacement of the original Letter of Credit) to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($250,000.00). Tenant shall be solely responsible for any costs related to any amendment, replacement or transfer of the Letter of Credit.

ARTICLE 8

USE

8.1    General. Tenant shall use the Premises for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 1.17 above, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Tenant any exclusive right to such use in the Project or any portion thereof (excluding only the Premises).

8.2    Laws/CC&Rs.

8.2.1.    Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of any applicable laws, regulations, rules, orders, statutes or ordinances of any Governmental Authority, office, board or private entity in effect on or after the Effective Date and applicable to the Project or the use or occupancy of the Project, including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and requirements of the Pacific Fire Rating Bureau, and of any similar body, the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. Section 12101 et seq.) (“ADA”) and Hazardous Material Laws (as defined in Section 8.3.7 below) (collectively, “Laws”) or in violation of any government-issued permit for the Building or Project or any of the Rules and Regulations (as defined below), and shall, upon Notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any Laws, or of any government-issued permit for the Building or Project. Tenant shall cause the Premises to comply with all applicable Laws and shall comply with any direction of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction which shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any obligation (including, but not limited to, any obligation imposed pursuant to the ADA), upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupancy thereof; provided, however, unless resulting from an Alteration performed by Tenant or by Tenant’s specific use of the Premises (as opposed to general office and laboratory/research and development use), Tenant shall not be responsible for any obligation imposed by the ADA after completion of the initial Tenant Improvements with respect to the Common Areas of the Building and the Premises (except its prorata share of compliance costs included in Operating Expenses). Tenant shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the Pacific Fire Rating Bureau or any other organization performing a similar function. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done in or about the Premises anything which causes the insurance on the Premises, the Building or the Project or any portion thereof to be canceled or the cost thereof increased. Tenant shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for any insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 8.2. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises, a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Project or the Tenant Improvements showing the various components of such rate shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up such rate. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or any present or future insurer relating to the Premises. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Building, the Parking Area or the Project,

 

- 12 -


or injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in or about the Premises or the Project. Tenant shall comply with all restrictive covenants and obligations created by private contracts that affect the use and operation of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or any other portion of the Project. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises or the Project and shall keep the Premises in first class repair and appearance. If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises, Tenant, at its expense, shall procure, maintain and comply with the terms and conditions of each such license or permit.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(A)    Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate, and Tenant shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to participate in governmentally mandated regulations or voluntary traffic management programs applicable to businesses located in the area or to the Project, and, initially, shall encourage and support the use of van and car pooling and transit systems by employees and shall encourage and support staggered and flexible working hours for employees to the fullest extent permitted by the requirements of Tenant’s business. Neither this Section 8.2.1(A) nor any other provision of this Lease, however, is intended to or shall create any rights or benefits in any other person, firm, company, Governmental Authority or the public. Upon Tenant’s failure to comply with this Section 8.2.1(A), Landlord may suspend Tenant’s parking privileges in addition to taking such other remedies as may be available to a landlord against a defaulting tenant.

(B)    Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate and comply with any and all guidelines or controls imposed upon either Landlord or Tenant by any Governmental Authority or by any energy conservation association to which Landlord is a party concerning energy management

(C)    All costs, fees, assessments and other charges paid by Landlord to any Governmental Authority or voluntary association in connection with any program of the types described in Sections 8.2.1(A) and 8.2.1(B) above, and all costs and fees paid by Landlord to any Governmental Authority or third party pursuant to or to effect such program, shall be included in Operating Expenses for the purposes of Article 6, whether or not specifically listed in such Article 6.

(D)    Tenant shall be liable for all penalties, noncompliance costs or other losses, costs or expenses incurred by Landlord primarily as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with any of the provisions of Sections 8.2.1(A) through 8.2.1(C) above. Any such amount shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s demand therefor as Additional Rent. Failure of Tenant to pay any amount due pursuant to this Section 8.2.1(D) when due shall be deemed a Tenant Default pursuant to this Lease.

8.2.2.    Tenant shall be responsible for all structural engineering required to determine structural load for any of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment, other personal property, Alterations and Tenant Improvements; provided that Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all file cabinets, safes and heavy equipment which Tenant desires to place in the Premises so as to properly distribute the weight thereof. Further, Tenant’s business machines and mechanical equipment which cause vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the Building structure or to any other space in the Building shall be so installed, maintained and used by Tenant as to eliminate such vibration or noise.

8.3    Hazardous Materials.

8.3.1.    Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 8.3.7 below) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project in violation of applicable Laws by Tenant or any of its employees, agents, representatives, contractors or invitees (collectively with Tenant, each a “Tenant Party”). If (a) Tenant breaches such obligation, (b) the presence of Hazardous Materials as a result of such a breach results in contamination of the Project, any portion thereof, or any adjacent property, (c) contamination of the Premises otherwise occurs during the Term or any extension or renewal hereof or holding over hereunder or (d) contamination of the Project occurs as a result of Hazardous Materials that are placed on or under or are released into the Project by a Tenant Party, then Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnified Parties (as defined in Section 22.1.2 below) harmless from and against any and all Claims (as defined in Article 20 below) of any kind or nature, including (i) diminution in value of the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) damages for the loss or restriction

 

- 13 -


on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, (iii) damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Project or any portion thereof and (iv) sums paid in settlement of Claims that arise before, during or after the Term as a result of such breach or contamination. This indemnification by Tenant includes costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on, under or about the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property caused or permitted by any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property, then Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole cost and expense as are necessary to return the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property to its respective condition existing prior to the time of such contamination; provided that Landlord’s written approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; and provided, further, that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if such actions could have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not be affected, reduced or limited by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, employee benefit acts or similar legislation.

8.3.2.    Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Article to prohibit Tenant from operating its business for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored in accordance with applicable Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord (a) a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present at the Premises that is subject to regulation under any environmental applicable Laws (other than customary quantities of typical office and cleaning supplies, provided no permits or approvals from, and no notice or disclosure to, any Governmental Authorities is required in connection with the presence of such supplies at the Premises), (b) a list of any and all approvals or permits from Governmental Authorities required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Material at the Premises and (c) correct and complete copies of (i) notices of violations of applicable Laws related to Hazardous Materials and (ii) plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in, on, under or about the Project (provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion) and closure plans or any other documents required by any and all Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on, under or about the Project for the closure of any such storage tanks (collectively, “Hazardous Materials Documents”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord updated Hazardous Materials Documents, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of a written request therefor from Landlord, not more often than once per year, unless (m) there are any changes to the Hazardous Materials Documents or (n) Tenant initiates any Alterations or changes its business, in either case in a way that involves any material increase in the types or amounts of Hazardous Materials. For each type of Hazardous Material listed, the Hazardous Materials Documents shall include (t) the chemical name, (u) the material state (e.g., solid, liquid, gas or cryogen), (v) the concentration, (w) the storage amount and storage condition (e.g., in cabinets or not in cabinets), (x) the use amount and use condition (e.g., open use or closed use), (y) the location (e.g., room number or other identification) and (z) if known, the chemical abstract service number. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to provide Landlord with any Hazardous Materials Documents containing information of a proprietary nature, which Hazardous Materials Documents, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials. Landlord may, at Landlord’s expense, cause the Hazardous Materials Documents to be reviewed by a person or firm qualified to analyze Hazardous Materials to confirm compliance with the provisions of this Lease and with applicable Laws. In the event that a review of the Hazardous Materials Documents indicates non-compliance with this Lease or applicable Laws, Tenant shall, at its expense, diligently take steps to bring its storage and use of Hazardous Materials into compliance. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary or Landlord’s review into Tenant’s Hazardous Materials Documents or use or disposal of hazardous materials, however, Landlord shall not have and expressly disclaims any liability related to Tenant’s or other tenants’ use or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being acknowledged by Tenant that Tenant is best suited to evaluate the safety and efficacy of its Hazardous Materials usage and procedures.

8.3.3.    At any time, and from time to time, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Project or any portion thereof to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination

 

- 14 -


has occurred due to the acts or omissions of a Tenant Party. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests if such tests reveal that Hazardous Materials exist at the Project in violation of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

8.3.4.    Tenant shall not install or utilize any underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials on the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Subject to the foregoing, if underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials installed or utilized by Tenant are located on the Premises, or are hereafter placed on the Premises by Tenant (or by any other party, if such storage tanks are utilized by Tenant), then Tenant shall monitor the storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other steps necessary or required under the applicable Laws.

8.3.5.    Tenant shall promptly report to Landlord any actual or suspected presence of mold or water intrusion at the Premises.

8.3.6.    Tenant’s obligations under this Section 8.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time needed by Tenant or Landlord after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall be deemed a holdover tenant and subject to the provisions of Section 8.3.

8.3.7.    As used in this Lease, the term “Hazardous Material” means any toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise hazardous substance, material or waste that is or becomes regulated by applicable Laws or any Governmental Authority, and the term “Hazardous Material Laws” means and includes all now and hereafter existing statutes, laws, ordinances, codes, regulations, rules, rulings, orders, decrees, directives, policies and requirements by any federal, state or local governmental authority regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning public health and safety, the environment or any Hazardous Material, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.), Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), and California Health and Safety Code (Sections 25100, 25249.5, 25316 and 39000, et seq. in each case).

8.3.8.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall have sole control over the equitable allocation of control areas (as defined in the California Building Standards Code) within the Project for the storage of Hazardous Materials. Without limiting the foregoing, if the use of Hazardous Materials by Tenant is such that Tenant utilizes fire control areas in the Project in excess of Tenant’s Percentage of the Building or the Project, as applicable, then Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon Landlord’s written request, establish and maintain a separate area of the Premises classified by the California Building Standards Code as a “Group H” occupancy area for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials, or take such other action as is necessary to ensure that its share of the fire control areas of the Building and the Project is not greater than Tenant’s Percentage of the Building or the Project, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have and expressly disclaims any liability related to Tenant’s or other tenants’ use or disposal of fire control areas, it being acknowledged by Tenant that Tenant and other tenants are best suited to evaluate the safety and efficacy of its Hazardous Materials usage and procedures.

8.4    Odors and Exhaust. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord would not enter into this Lease with Tenant unless Tenant assured Landlord that under no circumstances will any other occupants of the Building or the Project (including persons legally present in any outdoor areas of the Project) be subjected to odors or fumes (whether or not noxious), and that the Building and the Project will not be damaged by any exhaust, in each case from Tenant’s operations. Landlord and Tenant therefore agree as follows:

8.4.1.    Tenant shall not cause or permit (or conduct any activities that would cause) any release of any odors or fumes of any kind from the Premises.

8.4.2.    If the Building has a ventilation system that, in Landlord’s judgment, is adequate, suitable, and appropriate to vent the Premises in a manner that does not release odors affecting any indoor or outdoor part of the Project, Tenant shall vent the Premises through such system. If Landlord at any time determines that any existing ventilation system is inadequate, or if no ventilation system exists, Tenant shall in compliance with applicable Laws vent all fumes and odors from the Premises (and remove odors from Tenant’s exhaust stream) as Landlord requires. The placement and configuration of all ventilation exhaust pipes, louvers and other equipment

 

- 15 -


shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s legitimate desire to maintain the Project (indoor and outdoor areas) in an odor-free manner, and Landlord may require Tenant to abate and remove all odors in a manner that goes beyond the requirements of applicable Laws.

8.4.3.    Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide odor eliminators and other devices (such as filters, air cleaners, scrubbers and whatever other equipment may in Landlord’s judgment be necessary or appropriate from time to time) to completely remove, eliminate and abate any odors, fumes or other substances in Tenant’s exhaust stream that, in Landlord’s judgment, emanate from Tenant’s Premises. Any work Tenant performs under this Section shall constitute Alterations.

8.4.4.    Tenant’s responsibility to remove, eliminate and abate odors, fumes and exhaust shall continue throughout the Term. Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements shall not preclude Landlord from requiring additional measures to eliminate odors, fumes and other adverse impacts of Tenant’s exhaust stream (as Landlord may designate in Landlord’s discretion). Tenant shall install additional equipment as Landlord requires from time to time under the preceding sentence. Such installations shall constitute Alterations.

8.4.5.    If Tenant fails to install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s demand made at any time, then Landlord may, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, require Tenant to cease and suspend any operations in the Premises that, in Landlord’s determination, cause odors, fumes or exhaust. For example, if Landlord determines that Tenant’s production of a certain type of product causes odors, fumes or exhaust, and Tenant does not install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s request, then Landlord may require Tenant to stop producing such type of product in the Premises unless and until Tenant has installed odor control equipment satisfactory to Landlord.

ARTICLE 9

MOLD

Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the Premises in a manner that prevents the occurrence of an infestation of hazardous mold, mildew, microbial growths, and any associated mycotoxins in the Premises.

ARTICLE 10

NOTICES

10.1    Method of Delivery. Any notice, consent, approval or objection required or permitted by this Lease (a “Notice”) shall be in writing and may be delivered: (a) in person (by hand or by messenger or courier service) or (b) by certified or registered mail or United States Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or (c) by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service that provides delivery verification, or (d) by facsimile transmission, addressed to Tenant at the Premises and to Landlord at each of the addresses designated in Section 1.2, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Article 10. Either party may specify a different address for Notice purposes by Notice to the other.

10.2    Receipt of Notices. Any Notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. Notices delivered by United States Postal Service Express Mail or overnight delivery service that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given on the next business day after delivery of the same to the United States Postal Service or overnight delivery service. If any Notice is transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall be deemed served or delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof, provided a copy is also delivered on or before the next business day via one of the methods in Section 10.1(a)-(c) above. If any Notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

10.3    Statutory Service of Notice. When a statute permits, or requires, service of a notice in a particular manner, service of that notice (or a similar Notice permitted, or required, by this Lease) in the manner permitted, or required, by this Article 10 shall replace and satisfy the statutory service-of-notice procedures, including, but not limited to, those required by California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1162, or any similar or successor statute.

 

- 16 -


ARTICLE 11

BROKERS

Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker, finder or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease except for the broker(s) whose name(s) is (are) set forth in Section 1.16, whose commission shall be payable by Landlord pursuant to one or more separate agreements, and that it knows of no other real estate broker, finder or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due to any other broker, finder, agent or other party claiming under Tenant, and shall hold Landlord free and harmless against any liability in respect thereto, including attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 12

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof without the express written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance, or, if Tenant holds over after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof with the express written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall become a month-to-month tenant, in either case at a Basic Rent equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent payable during the last month of the Term, and otherwise subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after such expiration or earlier termination without Landlord’s prior written consent shall not waive Landlord’s right to evict Tenant without thirty (30) days prior written notice. The foregoing provisions of this Article 12 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of reentry or any rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all Claims, including, without limitation, any claim made by any succeeding tenant founded on or resulting from such failure to surrender, lost profits and other consequential damages, and any and all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises in accordance with the provisions of this Lease on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 13

TAXES ON TENANT’S PROPERTY

13.1    Personal Property and Fixtures. Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay, before delinquency, all taxes levied against any of Tenant’s Personal Property (defined below) placed by Tenant or any Tenant Party in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s Personal Property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed value of the Premises, Building or Project is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such Tenant’s Personal Property, and if Landlord, after Notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof (but only under proper protest if so requested by Tenant), Tenant shall, upon demand, repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord, or the portion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment.

13.2    Tenant Improvements. If the Leasehold Improvements (defined below) in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which tenant improvements conforming to Landlord’s “Building Standard Improvements” (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement) for other space in the Building are assessed, then the real property taxes and assessments levied against the Building or Project by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against Tenant’s Personal Property and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 13.1 above. If the records of the County Assessor are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for determining whether the Leasehold Improvements are assessed at a higher valuation than Landlord’s “Building Standard Improvements”, such records shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant. If the records of the County Assessor are not available or sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for making said determination, the actual cost of construction shall be used.

13.3    Additional Taxes. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) business days of Landlord’s demand therefor, and in such manner and at such times as Landlord shall direct from time to time by written notice

 

- 17 -


to Tenant, any excise, sales, privilege or other tax, assessment or other charge (other than income or franchise taxes) imposed, assessed or levied by any Governmental Authority upon Landlord on account of: (a) the Rent payable by Tenant hereunder (or any other benefit received by Landlord hereunder), including, without limitation, any gross receipts tax, license fee or excise tax levied by any Governmental Authority, (b) this Lease, Landlord’s business as a lessor hereunder, and the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of any portion of the Premises (including, without limitation, any applicable possessory interest taxes), (c) this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises, or (d) otherwise in respect of or as a result of the agreement or relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder.

ARTICLE 14

CONDITION OF PREMISES

14.1    As Is. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, except with respect to the Landlord Work: (a) Tenant has inspected, or has had the opportunity to inspect, the Project, the Building and the Premises and, subject to Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, acknowledges that the same are acceptable for Tenant’s intended use and agrees to accept them in their “AS IS, WHERE IS” condition, (b) except as expressly provided in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Parking Area or any other portion of the Project or with respect to the condition thereof or the suitability of the same for the conduct of Tenant’s business, (c) except as expressly provided in the Work Letter Agreement and Section 16.2 below, and subject to the express representations and warranties of Landlord set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof, or any portion of the Building or Project and (d) except as expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with any allowance, rent credit or abatement in connection with Tenant’s entering into this Lease. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Project, the Building and the Premises were at such time in good order and clean condition and that Landlord shall have discharged all of its obligations under the Work Letter Agreement (subject to any punch list items as set forth in the Work Letter Agreement), and the execution of this Lease by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises, the Building, the Project and the Parking Area were in good and sanitary order, condition and repair at such time, except for latent defects, if any. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant’s execution of the Memorandum of Terms shall constitute a specific acknowledgment and acceptance of the various start-up inconveniences that may be associated with the use of the Building, the Parking Area and other portions of the Project, such as certain construction obstacles (e.g., scaffolding), delays in use of freight elevator service, unavailability of certain elevators for Tenant’s use, uneven air-conditioning services and other typical conditions incident to recently constructed (or recently modified) office and laboratory/research and development buildings. Tenant (for itself and all other claiming through Tenant) hereby irrevocably waives and releases its right to terminate this Lease under Section 1932(l) of the California Civil Code.

14.2    Limited Warranty. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 14.1, Landlord hereby warrants that (a) all Building Systems (as that term is defined in Section 15.1 below) servicing the Premises, other than the New HVAC Units (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement), shall be in good working order and condition for a period of twelve (12) months beginning on the Early Occupancy Date (as defined in Section 41.2 below), and (b) each New HVAC Unit shall be in good working order and condition for a period of twelve (12) months beginning on the date that the installation of such New HVAC Unit is complete. In the event of a failure of the foregoing warranty, provided that Tenant delivers Notice thereof to Landlord within the applicable twelve (12) month period, then Landlord shall cure such failure within a reasonable period of time after receiving such Notice and the cost thereof shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and shall not be included in Operating Expenses, except to the extent such failure is caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost to cure such failure.

ARTICLE 15

ALTERATIONS

15.1    Alterations and Major Alterations. Except for Permitted Alterations, Tenant shall make no alterations, additions, or improvements in or to the Premises (collectively, the “Alterations”) without Landlord’s

 

- 18 -


prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed for all Alterations other than Major Alterations (which shall be granted in Landlord’s sole discretion), and then only by licensed contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (provided that any contractors performing any Major Alterations shall be subject to approval by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion). Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans and specifications for any proposed Alterations to the Premises, and may not make such Alterations until Landlord has approved such plans and specifications and the contractor performing any Alterations in writing. Tenant shall construct such Alterations in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord and in compliance with all applicable Laws, and shall not amend or modify such plans and specifications without Landlord’s prior written consent. If any proposed Alterations require the consent or approval of any lessor of a superior lease or the holder of a mortgage encumbering the Premises, Tenant acknowledges that such consent or approval must be secured prior to the construction of such Alterations. Tenant agrees not to construct or erect partitions or other obstructions that might interfere with Landlord’s free access to mechanical installations or service facilities of the Building or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing said installations or facilities. All Alterations shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate. Tenant will pay the entire cost and expense of all Alterations, including, without limitation, for any painting, restoring or repairing of the Premises or the Building necessitated by the Alterations, and Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket third party review and Landlord’s supervision fee in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the cost of the Alterations in question (except for Permitted Alterations). Tenant will also obtain and/or require: (a) builder’s “all-risk” insurance (or the equivalent thereof) in an amount at least equal to the replacement value of the Alterations; (b) liability insurance insuring Tenant and each of Tenant’s contractors against construction related risks in at least the form, amounts and coverage required of Tenant under Article 22; and (c) if requested by Landlord, demolition (if applicable) and payment and performance bonds in an amount not less than the full cost of the Alterations. The insurance policies described in clause (b) of this Section 15.1 must name Landlord, Landlord’s lender (if any), Bollert/LeBeau Inc. (“Property Manager”) and other parties reasonably requested by Landlord as additional insureds, specifically including completed operations. Tenant covenants and agrees that all Alterations done by Tenant shall be performed in full compliance with all Laws. If any Governmental Authority requires any alterations or modifications to the Building or the Premises as a result of Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises or as a result of any Alteration to the Premises made by or on behalf of Tenant, Tenant will pay the cost of all such alterations or modifications. If any such Alterations involve any modifications to (i) the structural portions of the Building, (ii) the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire/life safety or heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems of the Building (collectively, “Building Systems”) or (iii) any portion of the Building outside of the interior of the Premises (a “Major Alteration”), it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any such Major Alterations and it shall be reasonable for Landlord to condition its consent to any Major Alterations on Landlord making the Major Alterations, provided that Landlord may first require Tenant to deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to pay the cost of the Major Alterations (including, without limitation, reasonable overhead, administrative costs and profit). Before commencing any work, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days Notice of the proposed commencement of such work and shall, if required by Landlord, deliver a copy of the completion and payment bond required by Landlord in form, substance and amount satisfactory to Landlord. “Permitted Alterations” means only usual and customary maintenance and repairs of Leasehold Improvements if and to the extent that such maintenance and repairs: (A) are of a type and extent which are customarily permitted to be made without consent by landlords acting consistently with Institutional Owner Practices leasing similar space for similar uses to similar tenants, (B) are in compliance with the Rules and Regulations and all applicable Laws, (C) are not Major Alterations, and (D) do not cost more than Twenty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($20,000.00) in each instance.

15.2    Removal of Alterations and Tenants Personal Property. The Tenant Improvements together with all Alterations upon the Premises made by Tenant after the Commencement Date, including, without limitation, all wall coverings, built-in cabinet work, paneling and the like (collectively, “Leasehold Improvements”), shall, at Landlord’s election, either (a) be removed by Tenant if Landlord requests such removal at the time of approving such Alterations, or (b) shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon, and be surrendered with, the Premises at the end of the Term hereof; provided, however, that if Landlord, by Notice to Tenant, requires Tenant to remove any such Leasehold Improvements, Tenant shall repair all damage resulting from such removal or, at Landlord’s option, shall pay to Landlord the cost of such removal, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to, nor have the right to, remove the initial Tenant Improvements to the extent approved by Landlord. All articles of personal property and all business and trade fixtures, cabling, machinery and equipment, furniture and movable partitions

 

- 19 -


owned by Tenant or any other Tenant Party or that are installed by or for Tenant or any other Tenant Party at its expense in the Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Personal Property”) shall be and remain the property of Tenant and shall be removed by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term, and Tenant shall repair all damage to the Premises, if any, resulting from such removal. If Tenant shall fail to remove any of the foregoing from the Premises prior to termination of this Lease for any cause whatsoever, Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over in the Premises without the consent of Landlord and Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose, and store the same without liability to Tenant for loss thereof. In such event, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal (including court costs and attorneys’ fees) and storage charges thereon, for any length of time that the same shall be in Landlord’s possession or control. Landlord may, at its option, without Notice, sell such property, or any of the same, at a private sale and without legal process, for such price as Landlord may obtain and apply the proceeds of such sale to any amounts due under this Lease from Tenant to Landlord and/or to all expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, incident to the removal and/or sale thereof.

ARTICLE 16

REPAIRS

16.1    Tenant Obligations. Tenant shall, when and if needed, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and subject to Section 14.2 and Article 15 above, make all repairs to the Premises and every part thereof (including all structural and non-structural parts) to maintain the Premises in the condition and repair that existed as of the Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and free from any Hazardous Materials. Except as expressly set forth in Section 14.2 above and Section 16.2 below, all Supplemental Equipment and all Building Systems exclusively serving the Premises shall be maintained, repaired and replaced as needed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and Landlord shall have no liability for the operation, repair, maintenance or replacement of any Supplemental Equipment, nor shall Landlord have any liability for the operation, repair or maintenance of any Building Systems exclusively serving the Premises. “Supplemental Equipment” means any items that are installed within the Premises by or at the direction of Tenant or that exclusively serve the Premises (other than standard Building Systems), including, without limitation: (A) any supplemental, specialty or non-Building standard electrical (including lighting), mechanical, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems, fixtures and equipment; (B) any supplemental, specialty or non-Building standard fire, life, safety or security systems, fixtures and equipment; and (C) all video, audio, communications or computer systems, fixtures and equipment (including cabling). Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall maintain, at its sole cost and expense, a contract for the regular maintenance and repair of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems, fixtures and equipment located in or exclusively serving the Premises.

16.2    Landlord Obligations. Landlord shall maintain, repair and replace the structural portions of the Building (including, without limitation, the roof structure (including the roof membrane), slab and exterior walls) outside of the Premises, the Parking Area and the Building Systems (other than Building Systems and/or components thereof exclusively serving the Premises, except as expressly set forth in Section 14.2 above), and, except as expressly set forth in Section 14.2 above, the costs incurred by Landlord in performing such maintenance, repairs and replacements shall be included in Operating Expenses to the extent permitted under Section 6.1 above. For purposes of clarification, Landlord shall have no obligation to repair, maintain or replace any part of the Premises, any Building Systems exclusively serving the Premises (except as expressly set forth in Section 14.2 above) or any Supplemental Equipment. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or replacements or to perform any maintenance to the extent that the need for such repairs, replacements or maintenance is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Tenant Party. Except as provided in Articles 23 and 24 hereof, there shall be no abatement of Rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations, improvements or replacements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant waives the right to make repairs and replacements at Landlord’s expense under any Law now or hereafter in effect including Section 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code (as the same may be amended from time to time) and any successor statute and similar Law now or hereafter in effect.

 

- 20 -


ARTICLE 17

LIENS

Tenant shall not cause or permit to be filed against the Premises, the Building or the Project or of any portion thereof or against Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises any mechanics’, materialmen’s or other liens, including without limitation any state, federal or local “superfund” or Hazardous Materials cleanup lien imposed as a result of the presence of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project. Landlord shall have the right at all reasonable times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices that it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Tenant shall discharge any lien filed against the Premises or against the Building for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant, by bond or otherwise, within ten (10) business days after the filing thereof, at the cost and expense of Tenant. If any such liens are filed and Tenant fails to discharge them pursuant to the foregoing sentence, Landlord may, without waiving its rights and remedies based on such breach of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, cause such lien(s) to be released by any means it shall deem proper, including payments in satisfaction of the claim giving rise to such lien or by obtaining a corporate statutory mechanic’s lien release bond in an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of such lien claim. Tenant shall: (a) pay to Landlord, immediately upon Notice from Landlord, any cost or expense, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to discharge any such lien, together with interest thereon at the maximum rate per annum permitted by Law from the date of such payment by Landlord and (b) shall indemnify, defend and hold the Landlord Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any liens.

ARTICLE 18

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves and shall at any and all reasonable times and upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) have the right to enter the Premises to supply any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, to inspect the same, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders, or investors and during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or following a default by Tenant to prospective tenants, to post notices of non-responsibility, to alter, improve or repair the Premises or any other portion of the Building and/or the Project, as provided in Section 2.4 above, or for any other reasonable purpose, all without being deemed guilty of any eviction of Tenant and without abatement of Rent. Except in the case of an emergency, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enter the Premises pursuant to the foregoing sentence only during regular business hours. Landlord may, in order to carry out such purposes, erect scaffolding and other necessary structures where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, provided that Tenant shall have access to the Premises at all times and provided further that the business of Tenant shall be interfered with as little as is reasonably practicable. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, for any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises and for any other loss in, upon and about the Premises, the Building or the Project on account of Landlord’s entry or work permitted by this Article 18 or by Section 2.4 above. Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes. Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means that Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises. Any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof, and any damages caused on account thereof shall be paid by Tenant.

ARTICLE 19

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

19.1    Premises Utilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay for the cost of all water (including the cost to service, repair and replace reverse osmosis, de-ionized and other treated water), electricity, gas, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“HVAC”), light, power, telephone, internet service, cable television, other telecommunications and other utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. All such utilities and services provided to the Premises that are separately metered shall be paid by Tenant directly to the supplier of such utilities or services. If any such utility is not separately

 

- 21 -


metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Percentage of all charges of such utility jointly metered with other premises as Additional Rent or, in the alternative, Landlord may, at its option, monitor the usage of such utilities by Tenant and charge Tenant with the cost of purchasing, installing and monitoring such metering equipment, which cost shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent. Landlord may base its bills for utilities on reasonable estimates; provided that Landlord adjusts such billings promptly thereafter or as part of the next Annual Reconciliation to reflect the actual cost of providing utilities to the Premises. In the event that the Building or Project is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate utility usage that varies depending on the occupancy of the Building or Project (as applicable) to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such utility usage would have been had the Building or Project, as applicable, been one hundred percent (100%) occupied during such calendar year; provided, however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of the actual cost of such utilities. Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time, contract, or require Tenant to contract, for utility services (including generation, transmission, or delivery of the utility service) with a utility service provider(s) of Landlord’s choosing. Tenant shall fully cooperate with Landlord and any utility service provider selected by Landlord. Tenant shall permit Landlord and the utility service provider to have reasonable access to the Premises and the utility equipment serving the Premises, including lines, feeders, risers, wiring, pipes, and meters. Tenant shall either pay or reimburse Landlord for all costs associated with any change of utility service, including the cost of any new utility equipment, within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s written demand for payment or reimbursement.

19.2    Janitorial Service. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall enter into an agreement for regular janitorial services for the Premises with a company which is fully bonded and insured and approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Tenant shall keep the Premises at all times in a clean and orderly condition, at Tenant’s expense and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord, no one other than persons approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Premises for the purpose of providing janitorial or cleaning service.

19.3    Landlord Exculpation. Landlord’s failure to furnish or cause to be furnished any service which Landlord is required or elects to provide hereunder shall not result in any liability to Landlord unless and to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for any loss, damage, or expense that Tenant may incur as a result of any change of utility service, including any change that makes the utility supplied less suitable for Tenant’s needs, or for any failure, interruption, stoppage, or defect in any utility service. In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent, no eviction of Tenant shall result from and Tenant shall not be relieved from the performance of any covenant or agreement in this Lease by reason of any such change, failure, interruption, stoppage or defect. In the event of any such failure, interruption, stoppage or defect of a service which Landlord is required to provide hereunder, Landlord shall diligently attempt to cause service to be resumed promptly.

19.4    Limitations on Tenants Utilities. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use any device in the Premises (including data processing machines) that will in any way (a) increase the amount of ventilation, air exchange, gas, steam, electricity or water required or consumed in the Premises based upon Tenant’s Percentage of the Building or Project (as applicable) beyond the existing capacity of the Building or the Project usually furnished or supplied for the Permitted Use or (b) exceed Tenant’s Percentage of the Building’s or Project’s (as applicable) capacity to provide such utilities or services. If Tenant shall require utilities or services in excess of those usually furnished or supplied for tenants in similar spaces in the Building or the Project by reason of Tenant’s equipment or extended hours of business operations, then Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s consent for the use thereof, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (except that Landlord may condition such consent upon the availability of such excess utilities or services), and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent an amount equal to the cost of providing such excess utilities and services.

19.5    Intentionally Omitted.

19.6    Energy Tracking. Within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s written request therefor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of any invoices for utility services provided to the Premises and related information reasonably requested by Landlord in connection with the requirements of California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10, the corresponding regulations adopted by the California Energy Commission and provided in California Code of Regulations, Title 20, Division 2, Chapter 4, Article 9, Sections 1680-1684, and any supplemental and/or successor statute or regulations concerning the reporting of energy usage and efficiency relative

 

- 22 -


to commercial buildings. Tenant acknowledges that any utility information for the Premises, the Building and the Project may be shared with third parties, including Landlord’s consultants and Governmental Authorities. In the event that Tenant fails to comply with this Section, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to collect utility usage information directly from the applicable utility providers. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall comply with all applicable Laws related to the disclosure and tracking of energy consumption at the Premises. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

19.7    Reservation of Rights. Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and utility systems, when Landlord deems necessary, due to accident, emergency or the need to make repairs, alterations or improvements, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, and Landlord shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning or utility service when prevented from doing so by Force Majeure (as defined in Section 36.8 below) or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, Landlord’s ordinary negligence; provided, however, that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) provide prior written notice of such stoppage to Tenant and (b) minimize any interference with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises as a result of such stoppage. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of Force Majeure or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, Landlord’s ordinary negligence.

ARTICLE 20

INDEMNIFICATION AND EXCULPATION OF LANDLORD

Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Landlord Indemnified Parties (as defined in Section 22.1.2 below) from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, actions (including, without limitation, informal proceedings), settlements, judgments, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs) of whatever kind or nature, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, incurred or suffered by or asserted against such Landlord Indemnified Party (collectively, “Claims”) arising from or in connection with, directly or indirectly, (a) any cause whatsoever in the Premises (including, but not limited to, Claims resulting in whole or in part from the negligence of the Landlord Indemnified Party), except to the extent directly caused by the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of such Landlord Indemnified Party, (b) the presence at or use or occupancy of the Premises or Project by a Tenant Party, (c) any act, neglect, fault or omission on the part of any Tenant Party, or (d) a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder. Payment shall not be a condition precedent to enforcement of the foregoing indemnity. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against any Landlord Indemnified Party by reason of any such Claim, at such Landlord Indemnified Party’s option, upon Notice from Landlord, Tenant shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel selected by Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to Landlord, hereby assumes all risk of damage to property (including, without limitation, any damage to personal property or scientific research, including loss of records kept by Tenant within the Premises (in each case, regardless of whether such damage is foreseeable)) or injury to Tenant or any other Tenant Parties in, upon or about the Premises, the Building, the Parking Area or the Project from any cause whatsoever and hereby waives all Claims (including consequential damages and claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income arising out of any loss of use of the Premises, the Building, the Parking Area or the Project or any equipment or facilities therein, or relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property as described in this Section) in respect thereof against each Landlord Indemnified Party, except that which is solely caused by, or solely the result of: (i) any Landlord Default (defined below), (ii) the grossly negligent acts of such Landlord Indemnified Party, or (iii) the willful misconduct of such Landlord Indemnified Party. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any other tenant in the Building or the Project, or of any other third party. Tenant acknowledges that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts. Landlord shall not be liable for injuries or losses caused by criminal acts of third parties, and Tenant assumes the risk that any security device or service may malfunction or otherwise be circumvented by a criminal. If Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain appropriate insurance coverage. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant that survive the expiration of the Term, the clauses of this Article 20 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease until all Claims against the Landlord Indemnified Parties involving any of the indemnified matters are fully, finally, and absolutely barred by the applicable statutes of limitations.

 

- 23 -


Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant and its agents, employees, successors and assigns from and against any and all Claims to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

ARTICLE 21

DAMAGE TO TENANT’S PROPERTY

Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 20 or anything to the contrary in this Lease, no Landlord Indemnified Party shall be liable for: (a) loss or damage to any property by theft or any other cause whatsoever, (b) any injury or damage to persons resulting from fire, storms, earthquakes, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building or the Project or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing work therein or from the roof, street or sub-surface or from any other place or resulting from dampness or any other cause whatsoever, except that which is solely caused by, or solely the result of: (i) the grossly negligent acts of such Landlord Indemnified Party, (ii) the willful misconduct of such Landlord Indemnified Party, or (iii) any latent defect in the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project that is not promptly remedied by Landlord following Landlord’s receipt of notice thereof. Tenant shall immediately give Notice to Landlord in case of the occurrence of any fire or accidents in or about the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project, or the discovery of any defects therein (including, without limitation, any latent defect in the Premises) or in any fixtures or equipment that are the property of Landlord, Tenant or any other tenant or occupant of premises in the Project.

Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that safety and access control devices, services and programs provided by Landlord, if any, while intended to deter crime and ensure safety, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts, or ensure safety of persons or property. The risk that any safety or access control device, service or program may not be effective, or may malfunction, or be circumvented by a criminal, is assumed by Tenant with respect to Tenant’s property and interests, and Tenant shall obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts and other losses, as further described in Article 22. Tenant agrees to cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.

ARTICLE 22

INSURANCE

22.1    Tenants Insurance. Tenant shall, during the Term hereof (and during any period that Tenant may enter, occupy and/or use the Premises prior to the Commencement Date and any holdover period), at its sole cost and expense, keep in full force and effect the following insurance:

22.1.1.    Property insurance insuring against any perils included within the classification “All Risk,” including, without limitation, fire, windstorm, cyclone, tornado, hail, earthquake, explosion, riot, riot attending a strike, civil commotion, aircraft, vehicle, smoke damage, vandalism, malicious mischief and sprinkler leakage (and earthquake sprinkler leakage). Such insurance shall insure all property owned by Tenant or any other Tenant Party, for which Tenant or any other Tenant Party is legally liable or that was installed at the expense of Tenant or any other Tenant Party, and which is located in the Building, including, without limitation, furniture, furnishings, installations, fixtures and equipment, any other personal property, and in addition, all improvements and betterments to the Premises, including all Leasehold Improvements, in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement cost thereof. For the purposes of this Section 22.1.1, the Premises shall consist of the floor area shown in the Outline of Premises, consisting of the cubic space spanning from the floor slab to the bottom surface of the floor slab of the floor immediately above the Premises (“Upper Slab”), without any offsets or deductions that are included for the Permitted Use of Tenant. Such cubic space shall include the plenum space which is bounded by the lower surface of the Upper Slab and the suspended ceiling of the Premises. In the event that there shall be a dispute as to the amount that comprises full replacement cost, the decision of Landlord or any mortgagees of Landlord shall be conclusive. Such policy shall name Landlord, any mortgagees of Landlord and any other additional parties designated by Landlord as loss payees, as their respective interests may appear.

22.1.2.    Commercial General Liability Insurance insuring Tenant on the current ISO CG 00 01 occurrence form or any equivalent reasonably acceptable to Landlord against any liability arising out of the lease, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or any portion of the foregoing. Such

 

- 24 -


insurance shall be in the following minimum limits: $2,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate and shall be endorsed to have the aggregate apply on a per location/per project basis and shall cover injury (including mental anguish) to or death of one or more persons and damage to tangible property (including loss of use) including blanket contractual liability, broad form property damage (including coverage for explosion, collapse and underground hazards), $1,000,000 personal & advertising injury, and $2,000,000 Products Completed Operations. The policy shall not include any exclusions or limitations other than those incorporated in the standard form. The policy shall insure the hazards of the Premises and Tenant’s operations thereon, Tenant’s independent contractors and Tenant’s contractual liability (including, without limitation, the indemnity contained in Article 20 hereof) and shall: (i) name Landlord (6262 Lusk Investors LLC); B/L Lusk LLC; the Property Manager; any additional entity Landlord may designate from time to time; and their respective partners, parents, affiliates, divisions and subsidiaries, and each of their respective directors, officers, principals, partners, shareholders, members, managing members, agents, employees, successors and assigns (together with Landlord, collectively, “Landlord Indemnified Parties”) as additional insureds; and (ii) include coverage for cross liability claims between Named Insureds (i.e., “Named Insured vs. Named Insured” Cross Liability Coverage Endorsement if required for coverage and no exclusion for cross liability claims between Named Insureds). Such insurance shall indicate that defense costs shall be outside of the policy limits, and shall not contain any exclusions or restrictions applicable to operations of the type contemplated by this Lease. In addition to any insurance required of Tenant, Tenant shall secure, pay for and maintain or cause Tenant’s contractors and sub-contractors to secure, pay for and maintain insurance during any construction or work to the Premises performed by or on behalf of Tenant at a minimum equal to the limits of liability required by Tenant. Tenant’s products and completed operations insurance shall be maintained for a minimum period equal to the greater of (i) the period under which a claim can be asserted under any applicable statutes of limitations and/or repose or (ii) three (3) years after Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant’s contractual liability insurance shall include coverage sufficient to meet the indemnity obligations included herein.

22.1.3.    Worker’s Compensation Insurance in compliance with statutory requirements of the state(s) in which the employee resides, is hired and in which this Lease takes place, which insurance shall apply to all persons employed by Tenant, and Employer’s Liability insurance in amounts not less than $1,000,000 per accident, $1,000,000 per disease, and $1,000,000 disease-policy limit.

22.1.4.    Business interruption insurance and extra expense coverage on ISO coverage form CP 00 30 or equivalent reasonably acceptable to Landlord, which shall cover Tenant’s monetary obligations under this Lease and any direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to perils insured against in Section 22.1.1 above for a period of at least twelve (12) months. If Tenant fails to obtain business interruption insurance, it is understood and agreed upon that Tenant is fully responsible for its own business interruption exposure whether insured or not.

22.1.5.    Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance including coverage for all owned, leased, hired and non-owned vehicles with a minimum combined single limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability.

22.1.6.    Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance policy with a per occurrence and annual aggregate limit of $5,000,000 per location/project. The limits of liability required in Section 22.1.2 above for Commercial General Liability can be provided in a combination of a Commercial General Liability policy and an Umbrella Liability policy. Coverage shall be in excess of Commercial General Liability, Auto Liability and Employers’ Liability insurance with such coverage being on a follow form basis, concurrent to and not more restrictive than underlying insurance. Tenant shall, by specific endorsement to its Umbrella/Excess Liability policy, cause the coverage afforded to the Landlord Indemnified Parties thereunder to be first tier umbrella/excess coverage above the primary coverage afforded to the Landlord Indemnified Parties as set forth in this Lease and not concurrent with or excess to any other valid and collectible insurance available to the Landlord Indemnified Parties whether provided on a primary or excess basis. It is the specific intent of the parties that Tenant procure the excess carriers’ agreement to waive and/or forego any viable “horizontal exhaustion” rights it might have in regard to any insurance any Landlord Indemnified Party might carry for its own benefit or on behalf of any other Landlord Indemnified Party.

22.1.7.    If Tenant sells or dispenses alcoholic beverages, Liquor Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence.

22.1.8.    Medical malpractice insurance at limits of not less than $1,000,000 each claim during such periods, if any, that Tenant engages in the practice of medicine at the Premises.

 

- 25 -


22.1.9.    Pollution Legal Liability insurance if Tenant stores, handles, generates or treats Hazardous Materials, as determined solely by Landlord, on or about the Premises. Such coverage shall include bodily injury, sickness, disease, death or mental anguish or shock sustained by any person; property damage including physical injury to or destruction of tangible property including the resulting loss of use thereof, clean-up costs, and the loss of use of tangible property that has not been physically injured or destroyed; and defense costs, charges and expenses incurred in the investigation, adjustment or defense of claims for such compensatory damages. Coverage shall apply to both sudden and non-sudden pollution conditions including the discharge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste materials or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants into or upon land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water. Claims-made coverage is permitted, provided the policy retroactive date is continuously maintained prior to the Commencement Date (or such earlier date that Tenant has access to the Premises), and coverage is continuously maintained during all periods in which Tenant occupies the Premises. Coverage shall be maintained with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per incident with a $2,000,000 policy aggregate.

22.1.10.    Any other form or forms of insurance as Tenant or Landlord or any mortgagees of Landlord may reasonably require from time to time in form, in amounts and for insurance risks against which a prudent tenant would protect itself.

22.1.11.    Tenant may place all or any of the foregoing insurance coverages under blanket insurance policies carried by Tenant provided that no other loss which may also be insured by such blanket insurance shall affect the insurance coverages required hereby and so long as such policy complies with the amount of coverage required hereunder and otherwise provides the same protection as would a separate policy insuring only Tenant’s insurance obligations in compliance with the provisions of Section 22.1 hereof. In addition, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certificate specifically stating that such coverages apply to Landlord, the Premises, the Building and the Project.

22.1.12.    If Tenant shall hire or bring a vendor or contractor onto the Premises to perform any alterations, work or improvements, Tenant agrees to have a written agreement with such vendor or contractor whereby such vendor or contractor will be required to carry the same insurance coverages for Commercial General Liability, Auto and Worker’s Compensation, Employer’s Liability and Pollution Legal Liability insurance as required of Tenant herein. Tenant shall also require that such vendor’s or contractor’s insurance meet the same additional terms as required of Tenant herein with regards to adding the Landlord Indemnified Parties and all mortgagees as additional insureds, maintaining primary and non-contributory coverage, waiving all rights of recovery and subrogation, and making certificates of insurance available as evidence of all policies during the term of their work and in advance of all applicable renewals. Tenant shall not allow any vendors or contractors to begin work prior to obtaining certificates evidencing all insurance requirements contained herein.

22.2    Standard of Insurance. All policies shall be written in a form satisfactory to Landlord, and the Commercial General Liability, Comprehensive Automobile Liability, Umbrella/Excess Liability, Liquor Liability (if applicable) and Pollution Legal Liability policies required under Section 22.1 shall name all Landlord Indemnified Parties as additional insureds on a primary and non-contributory basis. In addition, if Tenant places any such required coverages under a blanket insurance policy as set forth in Section 22.1.11, the blanket policy shall name all Landlord Indemnified Parties as additional insureds on a primary and non-contributory basis. All insurance policies required under Section 22.1 shall be issued by companies authorized to do business in the State of California with an A.M. Best’s Rating of at least A-/VIII. No deductibles or Self-Insured Retention (“SIR”) of Tenant shall exceed $25,000 without Landlord’s prior written approval. All deductibles and SIR are the responsibility of Tenant and must be shown on the certificate of insurance. On or before the date which is ten (10) days after the execution of this Lease, and prior to or on the renewal of such policies thereafter, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of policies or certificates evidencing the existence of the amounts and forms of coverage satisfactory to Landlord. No such policy shall be cancelable or reducible in coverage except after thirty (30) days prior Notice to Landlord. Any insurance limits required by this Lease are minimum limits only and not intended to restrict the liability imposed on any Tenant for liability under this Lease. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals or “binders” thereof, or Landlord may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Tenant as Additional Rent. If Landlord obtains any insurance that is the responsibility of Tenant under this Article 22, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement setting forth the cost of any such insurance and showing in reasonable detail the manner in which it has been computed and Tenant shall remit said amount to Landlord within ten (10) business days.

 

- 26 -


22.3    Landlord Insurance.

22.3.1.    During the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall insure the Building and the Parking Areas (to the extent Landlord is the owner thereof) (excluding any property which Tenant is obligated to insure under Sections 22.1 and 22.2 hereof) against damage with All-Risk insurance (which may, but shall not be required to, insure against earthquake damage) and public liability insurance, all in such amounts and with such deductibles as Landlord considers appropriate. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain and carry any other form or forms of insurance as Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagees may determine advisable. Notwithstanding any contribution by Tenant to the cost of insurance premiums, as provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that it has no right to receive any proceeds from any insurance policies carried by Landlord.

22.3.2.    If any of Landlord’s insurance policies shall be canceled or cancellation shall be threatened or the coverage thereunder reduced or threatened to be reduced in any way because of Tenant’s specific use of the Premises or any part thereof by Tenant or any assignee or subtenant of Tenant or by anyone Tenant permits on the Premises and, if Tenant fails to remedy the condition giving rise to such cancellation, threatened cancellation, reduction of coverage, threatened reduction of coverage, increase in premiums, or threatened increase in premiums, within forty-eight (48) hours after Notice thereof, Landlord may, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, enter upon the Premises and attempt to remedy such condition, and Tenant shall promptly pay the cost thereof to Landlord as Additional Rent.

22.4    Subrogation Waivers.

22.4.1.    Subrogation Waiver – Policies Other than Property Insurance. Tenant hereby waives all rights against the Landlord Indemnified Parties, Landlord’s contractors (and their subcontractors of every tier), and their respective employees and agents, for any claims that arise from Tenant’s work or activities and for recovery of damages under Tenant’s insurance policies required under Section 22.1 or any other insurance policy carried by Tenant related to the Premises or this Lease (excluding Tenant’s property insurance, which is addressed hereunder in Section 22.4.2). Tenant shall obtain an endorsement effecting the foregoing waiver with respect to its workers compensation and employers liability insurance. If any other policy implicated by the waiver in this Section 22.4.1 does not allow Tenant to waive rights of recovery against others prior to a loss, Tenant shall obtain an endorsement effecting the applicable waiver.

22.4.2.    Subrogation Waiver – Property Insurance. Landlord and Tenant waive all rights against each other for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss occurring on and after the date on which this Lease is executed to the extent such damages are covered (or are required to be covered) by any property insurance required under this Article 22 (including business income and loss of rent insurance) or otherwise carried by such party in relation to the Premises, the Building or the Project, regardless of whether such insurance is specifically required under this Lease. Tenant’s waiver in this Section 22.4.2 also extends to the Landlord Indemnified Parties. Each party shall obtain an endorsement pursuant to which its insurers waive their subrogation rights against the parties specified in this Section 22.4.2. If a property insurance policy implicated by the waiver in this Section 22.4.2 does not allow the insured to waive rights of recovery against others prior to a loss, the insured shall cause the policy to be endorsed to provide for such waiver. The waivers in this Section 22.4.2 will be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, or did not have an insurable interest in the property damaged. To the extent that either party self-insures for its insurance obligations under this Lease (e.g., maintains a deductible amount), such party shall be treated as an independent insurer with full waiver of subrogation.

22.5    Exclusions. Landlord shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, electrical or electronic emanations or disturbance, water, rain or leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, or caused by dampness, vandalism, malicious mischief or by any other cause of whatever nature, unless caused by or due to the gross negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees, and then only after (i) reasonable prior notice to Landlord of the condition claimed to constitute gross negligence and (ii) the expiration of a reasonable time after such notice has been received by Landlord without Landlord having taken all reasonable and practicable means to cure or correct such condition; and pending such cure or correction by Landlord, Tenant shall take all reasonably prudent temporary measures and safeguards to prevent any injury, loss or damage to persons or property. In no event shall Landlord be liable for any loss, the risk of which is covered by Tenant’s insurance or is required to be so covered by this Lease; nor shall Landlord or its agents be liable for any such damage caused by other persons in the Building or caused by operations

 

- 27 -


in construction of any private, public, or quasi-public work; nor shall Landlord be liable for any latent defect in the Premises or in the Building.

ARTICLE 23

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

23.1    Damages. If the Building and/or the Premises are damaged by fire or other perils covered by Landlord’s insurance, Landlord shall:

23.1.1.    In the event of one hundred percent (100%) destruction of the Premises (“Total Destruction”), at Landlord’s option, as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, commence repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Building and/or the Premises and prosecute the same diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that if within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such damage, Landlord shall by Notice to Tenant elect not to so repair, reconstruct or restore the Building and/or the Premises, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such Total Destruction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the restoration is expected to take longer than two hundred seventy (270) days to complete, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord, in which case this Lease shall terminate as of the date set forth in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than the date of the Total Destruction.

23.1.2.    In the event of a partial destruction of the Building and/or the Premises and if the damage thereto is such that the Building and/or the Premises is capable of being repaired, reconstructed or restored within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of Landlord’s discovery of such damage, and if Landlord will receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the total cost of such repairs, reconstruction or restoration, Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repairs, reconstruction and restoration of the Building and/or the Premises or both, as the case may be, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If such work of repair, reconstruction and restoration shall require a period longer than ninety (90) days or exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of the full replacement cost of the Building and/or the Premises, or both, as the case may be, or if insurance proceeds will not be sufficient to cover the cost of such repairs, reconstruction and restoration, then Landlord either may elect to so repair, reconstruct or restore and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect or may elect not to repair, reconstruct or restore and this Lease shall then terminate as of the date of such partial destruction. Under any of the conditions of this Section 23.1.2, Landlord shall give Notice to Tenant of its intention regarding repairs within said ninety (90) day period. If damage is due to any cause other than fire or other peril covered by extended coverage insurance, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease.

23.1.3.    In any case where Landlord elects to repair, restore or reconstruct the Premises following the occurrence of any damage to which this Article 23 applies, then Tenant shall assign to Landlord the proceeds of its property insurance attributable to the Leasehold Improvements. If the cost of restoring the Leasehold Improvements exceeds the amount of the proceeds of Tenant’s property insurance that are received by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly pay the amount of such deficiency to Landlord upon demand.

23.2    Termination of Lease. Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Article 23, the parties shall be released without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord except for items which have therefore accrued and/or are then unpaid or items which expressly survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

23.3    Rent Abatement. In the event of any casualty, the Rent payable under this Lease shall be abated proportionately with the degree to which Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises is impaired either during the period of such repair, reconstruction or restoration or until termination of the Lease pursuant to this Article 23, but only to the extent that Landlord is compensated for such loss by the insurance carried or required to be carried pursuant to Section 22.1.4 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no abatement of Rent if such damage is caused primarily by the negligence or intentional wrongdoing of Tenant or any Tenant Party. Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for loss in the use of the whole or any part of the Premises and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such damage, repair, reconstruction or restoration. If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair or restore as herein provided, Landlord shall be obligated to repair or restore only those portions of the Building and the Premises which were originally provided at Landlord’s expense, and the repair and restoration of items not provided at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant.

 

- 28 -


23.4    Damage Near End of Term. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 23, if material damage to the Premises occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, either party may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than ten (10) business days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given.

23.5    Waiver of Statute. In the event of damage to the Premises and/or the Building, Tenant shall not be released from any of its obligations under this Lease except to the extent and upon the conditions expressly stated in this Article 23. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932, Subsection 2, and Section 1933, Subsection 4, and any other statute or court decision relating to the abatement or termination of a lease upon destruction of the Premises and the provisions of this Article 23 shall govern in case of such destruction.

ARTICLE 24

EMINENT DOMAIN

24.1    Permanent Taking. If all of the Premises, or such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s Permitted Use and occupancy thereof, shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking (a “Taking”), either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by Notice to the other effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to said authority. Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord or the taking authority for any compensation because of such Taking, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant. If the amount of property or the type of estate taken shall not substantially interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire amount of the award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant, Landlord shall restore the Premises to substantially their same condition prior to such partial Taking, and Basic Rent shall be reduced, effective as of the date the condemning authority takes possession, in the same proportion which the Rentable Square Feet of the portion of the Premises so taken bears to the Rentable Square Feet of the entire Premises before the Taking. Nothing contained in this Section 24.1 shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in any award made to Tenant for the taking of personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant or for relocation costs and expenses.

24.2    Temporary Taking. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 24.1 above, in the event of Taking of the Premises or any part thereof for temporary use, (a) this Lease shall be and remain unaffected thereby and Rent shall not abate, and (b) Tenant shall be entitled to receive for itself such portion or portions of any award made for such use with respect to the period of the Taking which is within the Term, provided that if such Taking shall remain in force at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall then pay to Landlord a sum equal to the reasonable cost of performing Tenant’s obligations under Section 15.2 above and Article 31 below with respect to surrender of the Premises and, upon such payment, shall be excused from such obligations. For purpose of this Article 24, a “temporary” Taking shall be defined as a Taking for a period of two hundred seventy (270) days or less and a “permanent” Taking shall be defined as a Taking for a period of more than two hundred seventy (270) days.

24.3    Waiver of Statute. Tenant (for itself and all others claiming through Tenant) hereby irrevocably waives and releases its rights under Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

ARTICLE 25

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

25.1    Tenant Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events, upon the expiration of any applicable time period, shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant (“Tenant Default”):

25.1.1.    Abandonment of the Premises by Tenant. Notwithstanding the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1951.3, “Abandonment” is defined to include, but not limited to, any absence by Tenant from the Premises for thirty (30) days or longer while in default pursuant to this Section 25.1; provided that no Abandonment shall be deemed to have occurred if Tenant has vacated the Premises solely as a result of restoration or remediation which makes the Premises untenantable;

 

- 29 -


25.1.2.    The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) business days after Landlord’s delivery of Notice thereof;

25.1.3.    The failure by Tenant to obtain and keep in force at all times any insurance Tenant is required to obtain and keep in force under Article 22 where such failure is not cured within five (5) business days after Landlord’s delivery of Notice of such failure;

25.1.4.    Hypothecation, assignment or other transfer of this Lease or subletting of the Premises, or attempts of such actions in violation of Article 27 of this Lease;

25.1.5.    The failure by Tenant to deliver any certificate, instrument or statement that is required to be delivered by Tenant under Article 28, Article 29 or Section 36.16 within the time frames required in Article 28, Article 29 or Section 36.16, as applicable, which Tenant fails to cure within five (5) business days after Landlord’s delivery of Notice thereof;

25.1.6.    The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in Sections 25.1.1 – 25.1.5 above or Section 25.1.7 below, where such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) business days after Landlord’s delivery of Notice thereof; provided that if the nature of any such failure is such that more than ten (10) business days are reasonably required for its cure, then no Tenant Default shall be deemed to occur if (and for so long as) Tenant commences the cure of such failure within said ten (10) business day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion within one hundred twenty (120) days after Landlord’s delivery of Notice thereof; or

25.1.7.    The (a) making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any Law relating to bankruptcy; (c) appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease; (d) attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease; or (f) Tenant’s convening of a meeting of its creditors or any class thereof for the purpose of effecting a moratorium upon or composition of its debts, or any class thereof; provided that no Tenant Default will be deemed to occur under this Section 25.1.7 if (i) any petition described in clause (a) above that filed against (rather than by) Tenant, is dismissed within thirty (30) days) after filing, (ii) in the event any trustee or receiver shall take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or Tenant’s interest in this Lease, possession of the same is restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days or (iii) any attachment, execution or other judicial seizure described in clause (d) above is discharged within thirty (30) days.

Any Notice from Landlord required hereby shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any Notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 regarding unlawful detainer actions or any similar successor statute. Accordingly, Tenant (for itself and all others claiming through Tenant) hereby expressly and irrevocably waives the notice requirements of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1162 that would otherwise govern notices required under Section 1161, and agrees that any notice provided pursuant to this Section 25.1 shall replace and satisfy any such requirements of Section 1162.

25.2    Landlord Remedies. In the event of any such Tenant Default, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the remedies available under California Civil Code Section 1951.2 and any successor statute, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease then Landlord may recover from Tenant:

25.2.1.    The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

25.2.2.    the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

- 30 -


25.2.3.    the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

25.2.4.    any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary repair, renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees and any other reasonable costs; and

25.2.5.    at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable Law.

As used in Sections 25.2.1 and 25.2.2 above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 25.2.3 above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“Discount Rate”) at the time of award plus one percent (1%). If the format or components of the Discount Rate are materially changed, or if the Discount Rate ceases to exist, Landlord shall substitute a discount rate which is maintained by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco or similar financial institution and which is most nearly equivalent to the Discount Rate.

25.3    Additional Remedies. If any such Tenant Default occurs, Landlord may utilize the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (which provides landlord may continue the lease in effect after a tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if tenant has the right to sublet or assign subject to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, in the event of any Tenant Default and abandonment of the Premises by Tenant, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of such Tenant Default, then Landlord may from time-to-time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due. In the event of the Abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or in the event that Landlord utilizes the remedy described in this Section 25.3 above or shall take possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by Law, then if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided above, Landlord may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, either recover all Rent as it becomes due or relet the Premises or any part thereof for the Term of this Lease on terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises.

If Landlord shall elect to so relet, such reletting shall not relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder, except that the rents received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied as follows: (a) first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; (b) second, to the payment of any cost of such reletting; (c) third, to the payment of the cost of any alterations and repairs to the Premises; (d) fourth, to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder and (e) the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied to payment of future Rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder. Should that portion of such rents received from such reletting during any month, which is applied to the payment of Rent hereunder, be less than the Rent payable during that month by Tenant hereunder, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord immediately upon demand therefor by Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as soon as ascertained, any costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the rents received from such reletting. During the continuance of a Tenant Default, Landlord shall have the right to market the Premises to potential new tenants and may show the Premises to such potential new tenants during normal business hours.

25.4    Notice of Default. Tenant hereby acknowledges that default by Tenant hereunder, and Landlord’s election to prepare and serve a Notice of any such default hereunder (a “Notice of Default”), will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, and costs in addition to any costs which may be reimbursed to Landlord by any provision which may be contained herein relative to the payment of interest or late charges on amounts due hereunder. Accordingly, Landlord shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of a Notice of Default and consultations in connection therewith, with respect to which Landlord and Tenant agree that Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($750.00) is a reasonable minimum sum per such occurrence, whether or not legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with any such default. It is further hereby specifically agreed by and between Landlord and Tenant that any and all such fees and costs shall be

 

- 31 -


deemed Additional Rent hereunder, and may, at the option of Landlord, be included in any Notice of Default hereunder.

25.5    Landlords Right to Cure. If Tenant should fail to make any payment or perform any of its other obligations hereunder, Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may make such payment and/or remedy such other default for the account of Tenant (and enter the Premises for such purpose): (a) immediately and without notice in the case: (i) of emergency, (ii) of a default by Tenant of its obligations under Section 8.3, Section 15.2 and/or Article 31, (iii) where such default unreasonably interferes with any other tenant in the Building or Project, (iv) a failure to satisfy or otherwise discharge any lien, or (v) where such default will result in the violation of Law or the cancellation of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord and (b) in any other case if such default continues beyond the applicable notice and cure period specified in Section 25.1 above, and thereupon Tenant shall be obligated to, and hereby agrees to pay Landlord, upon demand, all costs, expenses, and disbursements incurred by Landlord in taking such remedial action, together with an amount equal to five percent (5%) thereof for Landlord’s overhead and administrative expenses, and the sum of such costs, together with interest thereon at the rate described in Section 5.3 from the date of Landlord’s payment thereof, shall be deemed Additional Rent.

25.6    Waiver of Redemption. Tenant (for itself and all others claiming through Tenant) hereby irrevocably waives and releases its rights to redemption and reinstatement under any present or future case law or statutory provision (including, without limitation, Sections 473, 1174 and 1179 of the California Code of Civil Procedure and Section 3275 of the California Civil Code) in the event that Tenant is dispossessed from the Premises for any reason.

25.7    Landlords Default. Landlord’s failure to perform or observe any of its obligations under this Lease shall constitute a default by Landlord under this Lease (a “Landlord Default”) only if Landlord, or the Holder (defined below) of any Security Instrument (defined below) covering the Premises, fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within thirty (30) days after Notice by Tenant to Landlord (and to each Holder pursuant to Section 36.5 below), specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligations in reasonable detail; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then no Landlord Default shall occur if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion (or if any Holder of any Security Instrument commences and prosecutes the cure pursuant to Section 36.5 below). In no event shall Tenant be entitled to terminate this Lease by reason of any Landlord Default, and Tenant’s remedies shall be limited to an action for monetary damages at law. Without limiting the foregoing, in recognition that Landlord must receive timely payments of Rent and operate the Building and Project, Tenant shall have no right of self-help to perform repairs or any other obligation of Landlord and, except as expressly provided in Articles 23 and 24, shall have no right to withhold, set-off, or abate Rent.

25.8    Tenant’s Right to Cure. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other contrary provision in this Lease, if (i) Landlord fails to take or perform any of Landlord’s express construction, maintenance, replacement or repair obligations under this Lease, (ii) no good faith dispute exists with respect to such obligation, and (iii) such failure to take action will materially affect Tenant’s ability to operate at the Premises (a “Material Landlord Maintenance Failure”), Tenant may deliver written notice thereof to Landlord (“Initial Notice”). If within ten (10) business days of receiving Tenant’s Initial Notice, Landlord fails to cure or commence to cure and diligently pursue the cure of the items specified in the Initial Notice, Tenant may deliver to Landlord a second notice (“Reminder Notice”). The Reminder Notice must include a copy of the Initial Notice and specify that Tenant will have the rights granted under this Section 25.8. If Landlord fails to take or commence to take the required action within five (5) business days of receiving the Reminder Notice (and diligently pursue the same to completion), then Tenant may, subject to the terms of this Section, proceed to take the required action with respect to correcting the Material Landlord Maintenance Failure; provided, however, if a Material Landlord Maintenance Failure is creating an imminent danger to Tenant’s improvements, personal property or personnel, Tenant may take immediate action to correct the Material Landlord Maintenance Failure without prior notice to Landlord, but only to the extent reasonably necessary to mitigate the imminent danger. Tenant may not take any such self-help action which alters or modifies the structural integrity of the Building, except in connection with an imminent danger. Landlord will reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in remedying the Material Landlord Maintenance Failure within thirty (30) days after receiving an invoice from Tenant setting forth a reasonably particularized breakdown of such costs and expenses. If Landlord does not pay such invoice within thirty (30) days

 

- 32 -


after Landlord receives the invoice, then the amount due by Landlord hereunder shall begin accruing interest at the Default Rate beginning on the thirty-first (31st) day after Landlord receives the invoice and continuing until the day that such amount is paid by Landlord or abated, offset and/or recouped against Rent as set forth in the following sentence. If Landlord does not pay such invoice within ninety (90) days after Landlord receives the invoice, then Tenant may thereafter abate, offset and/or recoup against Rent the amount set forth in such invoice plus any interest which has accrued pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

ARTICLE 26

NO WAIVER

All rights, options and remedies of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be construed and held to be cumulative, and not one of them shall be exclusive of the other, and Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies or any other remedy or relief which may be provided by Law, whether or not stated in this Lease. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained, nor shall any custom or practice which may grow up between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof be deemed a waiver of or in any way affect the right of Landlord to insist upon the performance by Tenant in strict accordance with said terms. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum than the Basic Rent and Additional Rent or other sum then due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest installment of such Rent or other amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or other amount or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant (for itself and all others claiming through Tenant) acknowledges that this Article 26 imparts actual notice to Tenant, pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161.1(c), that Landlord’s acceptance of partial payment of Rent shall not constitute a waiver of any rights available under this Lease or at law or equity, including, without limitation, the right to recover possession of the Premises.

ARTICLE 27

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

27.1    Transfer. Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law: (a) sublease all or any part of the Premises (“Sublease”), (b) assign this Lease (“Assignment”), or (c) enter into any other agreement or arrangement: (i) that permits a third party (other than Tenant’s employees and occasional guests) to enter, occupy or use any portion of the Premises or remove any of Tenant’s Personal Property therefrom or (ii) otherwise assigns, transfers, mortgages, pledges, hypothecates, encumbers or permits a lien to attach to Tenant’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises (each of the foregoing (a), (b) and (c), a “Transfer”), without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent in accordance with this Article 27. In addition, for purposes of this Lease a “Transfer” (which shall be subject to the provisions of this Article 27) shall also include: (A) a direct or indirect transfer, assignment, pledge, or hypothecation of a Controlling (defined below) interest in Tenant and/or (B) the dissolution of the entity that constitutes Tenant without its immediate reconstitution. “Control” or “Controlling” means possession of the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person or entity. No consent to an assignment, encumbrance or sublease shall constitute a waiver of any provision of this Article 27 or consent to any future assignment, encumbrance or transfer. Any Transfer without Landlord’s prior written consent shall be voidable at Landlord’s election and shall constitute a Tenant Default.

27.2    Transfer Procedure. If Tenant desires to make any Transfer, then at least thirty (30) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (“Transfer Date”) Tenant shall give Landlord a Notice (“Transfer Notice”) setting forth: (a) the name, address and business of the person or entity to which the Transfer is proposed (“Proposed Transferee”); (b) information (including references) concerning the character, ownership and financial condition of the Proposed Transferee; (c) the proposed Transfer Date (which shall not be later than 90 days following the Transfer Notice); (d) any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the Proposed

 

- 33 -


Transferee; and (e) the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord shall reasonably require. If Landlord reasonably requests additional detail (including, without limitation, financial statements of the proposed Transferee or a current estoppel certificate from Tenant), the Transfer Notice shall not be deemed to have been received until Landlord receives such additional detail, and Landlord may withhold consent to any proposed Transfer until such information is provided to it.

27.3    Recapture. Within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of a Transfer Notice and all information specified in Section 27.2 above, Landlord may, at its option, in its sole and absolute discretion, by Notice to Tenant (“Recapture Notice”), elect to: (a) in the case of a proposed Sublease, sublease the Premises or the portion thereof proposed to be sublet by Tenant at a rental rate per square foot equal to the lesser of the per square foot rental rate under this Lease or the proposed Sublease; (b) in the case of a proposed Assignment, take an assignment of this Lease upon the same terms as those offered to the proposed assignee; or (c) terminate this Lease in its entirety or as to the portion of the Premises subject to the proposed Transfer. Tenant shall have the right, by Notice to Landlord no later than five (5) business days following Landlord’s delivery of a Recapture Notice, to withdraw the subject Transfer Notice, in which event such Recapture Notice shall have no force or effect. Tenant’s failure to deliver such Notice to withdraw the subject Transfer Notice within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed a waiver of its right to withdraw such Transfer Notice and the parties shall proceed pursuant to the Recapture Notice. If Landlord elects to proceed pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above (and Tenant does not timely withdraw the subject Transfer Notice), any payment by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to such clause shall not exceed the amount which Tenant would have received pursuant to Section 27.5.2 below if Landlord had elected to consent to the proposed Sublease or Assignment. If this Lease shall be terminated with respect to the entire Premises, the Term shall end on the Transfer Date as if that date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. If Landlord recaptures only a portion of the Premises, the Rent during the unexpired Term and Tenant’s Percentage shall be adjusted proportionately based on the Rentable Square Feet remaining in the Premises after such recapture and Landlord shall be responsible for the construction of any partitions necessary to separate the recaptured space. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, discharge in full any commissions which may be due and owing as a result of any proposed assignment or subletting, whether or not the Premises (or portion thereof) are recaptured pursuant to this Section 27.3 and rented by Landlord to the proposed tenant or any other tenant.

27.4    Landlords Consent; Consent Standards; No Release.

27.4.1.    Unless Landlord elects to exercise any of its rights under Section 27.3 above, Landlord shall, by Notice to Tenant, elect to: (a) consent to such proposed Transfer upon the terms and to the Proposed Transferee; or (b) refuse to give its consent to the proposed Transfer. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any Proposed Transfer; provided that, without limiting other situations in which it may be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that: (i) the Proposed Transferee does not have sufficient financial strength or stability to perform all obligations under this Lease, and to perform them without any higher risk of default than Tenant; (ii) the intended use of the Premises (or the applicable portion thereof) by the Proposed Transferee is inconsistent or incompatible with other uses in the Building or in the Project; (iii) the intended use of the Premises (or the applicable portion thereof) by the Proposed Transferee will require alteration of the Premises; (iv) the intended use of the Premises (or the applicable portion thereof) by the Proposed Transferee will violate this Lease or any Laws governing the Premises or the Building or Project; (v) the Proposed Transferee has the power of eminent domain, is a Governmental Authority or an agency or subdivision of a foreign government; (vi) either the Proposed Transferee, or any person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Proposed Transferee: (A) occupies space in the Project or has negotiated with Landlord or any of its affiliates within the preceding one hundred eighty (180) days (or is currently negotiating with Landlord or any of its affiliates) to lease space in the Building or Project or (B) does not intend to occupy the Premises or the applicable portion thereof; (vii) at the time Tenant delivers the Transfer Notice, there exists an uncured Tenant Default; (viii) the proposed Transfer would cause Landlord to be in violation of another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party or would give an occupant of the Building or Project a right to cancel or modify its lease; (ix) any ground lessor or mortgagee whose consent to such Transfer is required fails to consent thereto; (x) the use of the Premises (or the applicable portion thereof), the Building or the Project by the Proposed Transferee would, in Landlord’s judgment, significantly increase pedestrian traffic in and out of the Building and/or the Project, generate increased loitering in Common Areas, increase security risk, or require any alterations to the Building or the Project to comply with applicable Laws; (xi) the Proposed Transferee would be a competitor to another tenant in the Building; (xii) the Proposed Transferee has been required by any prior landlord, lender or

 

- 34 -


Governmental Authority to take material remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, which contamination resulted from Proposed Transferee’s action or omission or use of the property in question; or (xiii) the Proposed Transferee is subject to a material enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials.

27.4.2.    Tenant further agrees that Landlord may condition its consent to any proposed Transfer upon satisfaction of any of the following conditions: (a) delivery to Landlord of a true copy of a fully executed sublease, assignment of lease or other instrument pursuant to which the applicable Transfer is made (“Transfer Instrument”); (b) delivery to Landlord of original executed copies (by Tenant and the Transferee (defined below)) of Landlord’s form of Consent to Sublease (in the case of a Sublease) or Assignment and Assumption of Lease and Consent (in the case of an Assignment) or other instrument under which Landlord grants consent to the applicable Transfer (“Consent Instrument”) and (c) receipt by Landlord of all sums and amounts to which Landlord is entitled under Section 27.5 below. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any Consent Instrument may, without limitation: (i) in the case of a Sublease or Assignment, require the person or entity to which the Transfer is made (“Transferee”) to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of this Lease and to perform all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder applicable to the Premises, or the portion thereof that is the subject of the applicable Transfer; (ii) in the case of an Assignment, include waivers by Tenant of all applicable suretyship defenses, including, but not limited to, those contained in Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code; and (iii) in the case of a Sublease: (A) provide that such Sublease is subject and subordinate to this Lease to all Security Instruments encumbering the Building or the Project, (B) require the Transferee to, upon demand by Landlord following the occurrence of any Tenant Default, remit directly to Landlord, all monies payable from such Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Sublease and (C) provide that in the event of termination of this Lease for any reason, including without limitation a voluntary surrender by Tenant, or in the event of any reentry or repossession of the Premises by Landlord, Landlord may, at its option, either: (x) terminate the sublease or (y) take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, in which case such sublessee shall attorn to Landlord, but that nevertheless Landlord shall not: (1) be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (2) be subject to any defense or offset previously accrued in favor of the sublessee against Tenant, or (3) be bound by any previous modification of any sublease made without Landlord’s written consent, or by any previous prepayment by sublessee of more than one month’s rent.

27.4.3.    If Landlord grants its consent to any proposed Transfer described in any Transfer Notice, Tenant may during the thirty (30) days thereafter consummate such Transfer with the Proposed Transferee upon the terms and conditions described in the applicable Transfer Notice; provided, however, that any material change in such terms shall be subject to Landlord’s consent as provided in this Article 27. No Assignment or Sublease or other Transfer (whether with or without Landlord’s consent) shall relieve Tenant or any assignee or sublessee from any obligation under this Lease whether or not accrued as of the date of the Assignment or Sublease (and, to the extent such Tenant is deemed a surety of an assignee, Tenant hereby waives all applicable suretyship defenses, including, but not limited to, those contained in Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code.

27.5    Landlords Costs; Transfer Premiums.

27.5.1.    If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a proposed Transfer under the provisions of this Article 27, Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse all of Landlord’s reasonable expenses, costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with processing such request for consent, whether or not Landlord grants consent to such proposed Transfer.

27.5.2.    If Landlord consents to a Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any rent or other consideration realized by Tenant pursuant to such Transfer in excess of (i) the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease, (ii) any reasonable tenant improvement allowance or other economic concession (e.g., space planning allowance, moving expenses, free or reduced rent periods, etc.) actually incurred by Tenant in connection with such Transfer, (iii) any reasonable advertising costs and brokerage commissions actually incurred by Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and (iv) any reasonable legal fees actually incurred by Tenant in connection with such Transfer. Landlord shall have the right to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and if the amount of such Additional Rent shall be found understated, Tenant shall immediately pay such deficiency upon demand and, if understated by more than two percent (2%), Tenant shall also pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

 

- 35 -


27.6    Rights Not Transferable. All: (a) options to extend or renew the Term and/or to expand the Premises, if any, contained in this Lease or any addendum or amendment hereto or letter of agreement; (b) all rights to any signage at the Project in any location outside of the Premises, if any, contained in this Lease or any addendum or amendment hereto or letter of agreement; (c) all rights to above standard (or discounted) parking at the Project, if any, contained in this Lease or any addendum or amendment hereto or letter of agreement; and (d) all rights to receive any above standard services or utilities, if any, contained in this Lease or any addendum or amendment hereto or letter of agreement, are personal to the Original Tenant, and may not be transferred in connection with any Transfer or exercised by any Transferee. Consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not include consent to the assignment or transfer of any such options, rights or privileges (and such options, rights, or privileges shall terminate upon such assignment or subletting), unless Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, specifically grants in writing such options, rights, privileges or services to such assignee or subtenant.

27.7    Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27, (a) any Transfer to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with Tenant), (b) any Transfer to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the assets or interests (partnership, stock or other) of Tenant, (c) any Transfer to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant, or (d) any exchange of stock on a nationally recognized exchange, shall not be deemed a Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent under this Article 27, provided that (i) the financial condition of such transferee entity (other than a transferee under subsection (d) of this Section 27.7) is, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, greater than that of the Original Tenant both as of the Effective Date of this Lease and as of the date of the proposed transfer; (ii) Tenant notifies Landlord of such transfer within thirty (30) days thereof and promptly thereafter supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such transfer or such affiliate; and (iii) such transfer is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease or otherwise effectuate any “release” by Tenant of such obligations. A transfer made in accordance with this Section 27.7 shall be referred to as a “Permitted Transfer” and the transferee shall be referred to as a “Permitted Transferee.” “Control,” as used in this Section 27.7, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity. No assignment or sublease under this Section 27.7 shall relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease whether or not accrued as of the date of such assignment or sublease.

ARTICLE 28

SUBORDINATION

Without the necessity of any additional documents being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, and at the election of Landlord, or any current or future mortgagee or holder of deed of trust with a lien on the Building or the Project or any ground lessor with respect to the Building or the Project (each, a “Holder”), this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to: (a) all ground leases or underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting the Building, the Project, or the land upon which the Building and the Project are situated, or both; and (b) the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now exist or hereafter be executed in any amount for which the Building, the Project, the land upon which the Building and the Project are situated, ground leases or underlying leases, or Landlord’s interest or estate in any of said items is specified as security (collectively, “Security Instruments”). With respect to any Security Instrument existing as of the Commencement Date, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Tenant in obtaining a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement from the Holder thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to subordinate or cause to be subordinated such ground leases or any such liens to this Lease. In the event that any ground lease or underlying lease terminates for any reason or any mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall, notwithstanding any subordination, attorn to and become the tenant of the successor-in-interest to Landlord, at the option of such successor-in-interest to Landlord. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, within ten (10) business days after demand by Landlord therefor, any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease with respect to any such Security Instruments. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as its attorney-in-fact to execute, deliver and record any such document in the name and on behalf of Tenant.

 

- 36 -


ARTICLE 29

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

29.1    Tenant Estoppel Certificate. Within ten (10) days following any written request which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a statement, in a form substantially similar to the form of Exhibit “E attached hereto, and incorporated herein by this reference (a “Tenant Estoppel Certificate”) certifying: (a) the Commencement Date of this Lease; (b) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications hereto, that this Lease is in full force and effect, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (c) the date to which the Rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (d) that to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in Tenant’s statement; and (e) such other matters as are included in such statement by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 29 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, lessor, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of the Building or the Project or any interest therein.

29.2    Failure to Deliver. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant: (a) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (b) that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, (c) that not more than one (1) month’s Rent has been paid in advance and (d) that the statements included in the Tenant Estoppel Certificate are true and correct, without exception. Additionally, any such failure to timely deliver a Tenant Estoppel Certificate shall constitute an immediate Tenant Default hereunder.

ARTICLE 30

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE 31

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof, Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Premises and all Leasehold Improvements therein, excepting only any of the same that are required to be removed in accordance with Section 15.2 above, to Landlord broom-clean, in good order, repair and condition, with all of Tenant’s Personal Property removed and free of any Hazardous Materials, and shall otherwise comply with all of the requirements of Section 15.2 above and Section 41.1 below. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all subleases or subtenancies. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or to Landlord’s agent or any employee thereof shall not be sufficient to constitute a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

ARTICLE 32

PERFORMANCE BY TENANT

All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be timely performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of Rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money owed to any party other than Landlord, for which it is liable hereunder, or if Tenant shall fail to timely perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from obligations of Tenant, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such other act to be made or performed by Tenant pursuant to Section 25.5 above.

ARTICLE 33

PARKING

Beginning on the Commencement Date, Tenant and Tenant’s business visitors (“Tenant’s Parking Invitees”) shall be entitled to use the number of parking spaces set forth in Section 1.8 during the Initial Term, which parking spaces shall be located in the surface parking area of the Project (“Parking Area”). Except with respect to reserved

 

- 37 -


spaces, if any, there shall be no direct charge attributable to Tenant’s use of the Parking Area, other than any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of parking spaces by Tenant or the use of the Parking Area by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the Parking Area is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by the Parking Rules and Regulations set forth on Exhibit “G” as amended from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Area, including any sticker, parking pass or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with the Parking Rules and Regulations and Tenant not being in default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods). Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Parking Area at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Parking Area for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements; provided, however, in connection with any such access restrictions, the same shall be without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease to the extent Landlord provides any reasonably required temporary, alternate parking. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to Landlord. Any parking passes issued to Tenant pursuant to this Article 33 shall be provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

ARTICLE 34

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

34.1    Landlord’s Liability. In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant and all of its successors and assigns covenant and agree that, in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord:

34.1.1.    The sole and exclusive remedy shall be against Landlord’s interest in the Building;

34.1.2.    Only Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action;

34.1.3.    No writ of attachment, execution, possession, or sale, will ever be levied against the assets of Landlord, except the Building;

34.1.4.    The obligations under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of any Landlord Indemnified Party (other than Landlord), and Tenant shall not seek recourse against any Landlord Indemnified Party (other than Landlord) or any of their personal assets (other than Landlord’s interest in the Building) for satisfaction of any liability in respect to this Lease (and, without limiting the foregoing, neither the negative capital account of any Landlord Indemnified Party, nor any obligation of any Landlord Indemnified Party to restore a negative capital account or to contribute capital to Landlord, shall at any time be deemed to be the property or an asset of Landlord, and neither Tenant nor any of its successors or assigns shall have any right to collect, enforce or proceed against or with respect to any such negative capital account of an Landlord Indemnified Party’s obligation to restore or contribute); and

34.1.5.    These covenants and agreements are enforceable by Landlord and the other Landlord Indemnified Parties.

ARTICLE 35

CONFIDENTIALITY

Tenant agrees that the terms and conditions of this Lease and any documents or information delivered hereunder are confidential and constitute proprietary information. Disclosure of the terms and conditions hereof or any documents or information delivered hereunder could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate with other tenants or potential tenants of the Building. Tenant and its partners, officers, members, managers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, representatives and attorneys, shall not disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease or any documents or information delivered hereunder to any other person without the prior written consent of Landlord except (a) pursuant to an order of a court of competent jurisdiction, (b) to its lenders or prospective lenders, (c) to accountants who audit its financial statements or prepare its tax returns, (d) to its attorneys, insurers,

 

- 38 -


to any Governmental Authority or person to whom disclosure is required by applicable Law and (e) in connection with any action brought to enforce the terms of this Lease on account of the breach or alleged breach hereof. In the event that Tenant concludes that it is obligated by Law to disclose the terms of this Lease (e.g., pursuant to a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or the New York Stock Exchange), Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord before any public disclosure, and the parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause a mutually agreeable release or announcement to be issued. The foregoing shall not preclude communications or disclosures by Tenant necessary to implement the provisions of this Lease or to comply with the accounting and disclosure obligations of the SEC or the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. If Tenant determines that it is required to file this Lease, a summary thereof, or a notification thereof, and/or descriptions related thereto, to comply with the requirements of an applicable stock exchange, SEC regulation, or any Governmental Authority, including the SEC, Tenant shall use its best efforts to provide the maximum amount of advance written notice of any such required disclosure to Landlord with a minimum advance notice period of five (5) business days. Tenant will provide Landlord with a copy of this Lease marked to show provisions for which Tenant intends to seek confidential treatment. Tenant shall reasonably consider and incorporate Landlord’s comments thereon to the extent consistent with the legal requirements governing redaction of information from material agreements that must be publicly filed.

ARTICLE 36

MISCELLANEOUS

36.1    Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the “Rules and Regulations”, a copy of which is attached hereto, marked Exhibit “F”, and incorporated herein by this reference (“Rules and Regulations”), and all modifications thereof and additions thereto made from time to time by Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the violation or nonperformance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building or the Project of any of said Rules and Regulations.

36.2    Conflict of Laws. This Lease shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the Laws of the State of California (without reference to its conflicts of laws rules or principles).

36.3    Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns (subject to the restrictions on Tenant’s right to assign, sublet or transfer contained in Article 27).

36.4    Professional Fees. If Landlord should bring suit for possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provisions of this Lease, or for any other relief against Tenant hereunder, or in the event of any other litigation between the parties with respect to this Lease, then all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses, including, without limitation, actual professional fees such as appraisers’, accountants’, and attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

36.5    Mortgagee Protection. Tenant shall give Notice to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgage covering the Premises whose address shall have been furnished to Tenant of any default on the part of Landlord under this Lease, and shall offer such beneficiary or mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, in no event less than sixty (60) days, including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or a judicial foreclosure if necessary to effect a cure.

36.6    Definition of Landlord. The term “Landlord”, as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title of the Premises or the lessees under any ground lease, if any. In the event of any transfer, assignment or other conveyance or transfers of any such title, the original landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then grantor) shall be automatically freed and relieved from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance of all liability as respects the performance of any covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed. Without further agreement, the transferee of such title shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all obligations of Landlord hereunder, during its ownership of the Premises. Landlord may transfer its interest in the

 

- 39 -


Premises without the consent of Tenant and such transfer or any subsequent transfer shall not be deemed a violation on Landlord’s part of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

36.7    Identification of Tenant. If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant: (a) each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for observing and performing all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant, and (b) the term “Tenant” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them jointly and severally. The act of or Notice from, or Notice or refund to, or the signature of any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including but not limited to any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted, so given or received such Notice or refund, or so signed.

36.8    Force Majeure. Each party shall have no liability whatsoever to the other party on account of any of the following (“Force Majeure”): (a) the inability of such party to fulfill, or any delay in fulfilling, any of its obligations under this Lease by reason of strike, other labor trouble, governmental preemption or priorities or other controls in connection with a national or other public emergency, or shortages of fuel, supplies or labor resulting therefrom, inclement weather, casualty, earthquake, war, riot, civil commotion, terrorism or any other cause, whether similar or dissimilar to the above, beyond such party’s reasonable control (financial condition excepted); or (b) any failure or defect in the supply, quantity, character, or maintenance of electricity, water, intrabuilding network telephone and data cable service, or other service furnished to the Premises by reason of any requirement, act or omission of the public utility or others furnishing the Building with such service, or for any other reason, whether similar or dissimilar to the above, beyond such party’s reasonable control. If this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of such party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by any of the events of Force Majeure described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 36.8 shall relieve Tenant from the obligation to pay any Rent or extend the time for payment of any Rent.

36.9    Terms and Headings. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. Words used in any gender include other genders. The Article and Section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

36.10    Examination of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

36.11    Time. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time is a factor.

36.12    Prior Agreement; Amendments. This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease, and no prior agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter, written or verbal, shall be effective for any purpose. No provisions of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors-in-interest.

36.13    Severability. Any provision of this Lease which shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

36.14    Recording. Tenant shall not record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the consent of Landlord (in its sole and absolute discretion), which consent may be conditioned upon Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of a fully executed quitclaim releasing Tenant’s interest in the Premises, the Project or any portion thereof.

36.15    Modification for Lenders. If, in connection with obtaining construction, interim or permanent financing for the Project the lender shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not materially increase the obligations or costs of Tenant hereunder or materially adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created or Tenant’s rights hereunder.

 

- 40 -


36.16    Financial Statements. At any time during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall, upon ten (10) days’ Notice from Landlord, provide Landlord with its current financial statements and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the year in which Landlord’s Notice was given (together with, if Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are guaranteed, the guarantor’s current financial statements and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the year in which Landlord’s Notice was given). Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. All financial statements shall be certified as true and correct by Tenant’s chief financial officer and Tenant agrees that Landlord may share such financial statements with prospective lenders or purchasers of the Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to provide such financial statements more than once in each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Term unless (a) Tenant is in default under this Lease, or (b) requested in connection with a proposed sale, transfer, financing or refinancing of the Building.

36.17    Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that, upon Tenant paying the Rent required under this Lease and performing all of the covenants and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Tenant shall during the Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises in accordance with this Lease without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

36.18    Tenant as Corporation, Partnership or Limited Liability Company. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, Tenant and the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represent and warrant that it is an entity duly qualified to do business in California and that the individuals executing this Lease on Tenant’s behalf are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf, in the case of a corporation, in accordance with its by-laws and with a duly adopted resolution of the board of directors of Tenant, a copy of which shall be delivered to Landlord upon execution hereof by Tenant, in the case of a partnership, in accordance with the partnership agreement and the most current amendments thereto, if any, copies of which shall be delivered to Landlord upon execution hereof by Tenant, and, in the case of a limited liability company, in accordance with its governing documents and any documents required thereby, copies of which shall be delivered to Landlord upon execution hereof by Tenant, and that this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms.

36.19    CASp Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant that the Building Common Areas, Project Common Areas and Premises, as of the date of this Lease, have not been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp), as that term is defined in California Civil Code Section 55.52. In accordance with subsection (e) of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Tenant is further notified as follows:

A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.

ARTICLE 37

SIGNAGE

Landlord retains absolute control over the exterior appearance of the Building and the Project and the exterior appearance of the Premises as viewed from the Building Common Areas and Project Common Areas. Tenant will not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, install, or permit to be installed, any drapes, furnishings, signs, lettering, designs, advertising or any items that will in any way alter the exterior appearance of the Building, the Project or the exterior appearance of the Premises as viewed from the Building Common Areas and Project Common Areas. Any sign, advertising, design, or lettering installed by Tenant shall be considered an Alteration and

 

- 41 -


shall be subject to the provisions of Article 15; provided that Landlord shall have the right to withhold its consent to the same in its sole and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right, without obligation, to have its name (including its logo) displayed on signage constituting its pro rata portion of the Project Signage (as that term is defined below) as reasonably determined by Landlord based on Tenant’s Percentage (collectively, “Tenant’s Signage”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 37. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, as of the Effective Date, Landlord has not received approval from the City of San Diego (or any other authority with jurisdiction over the Project) for any exterior signage for the Project and, accordingly, Tenant’s right to any such signage is contingent on such approval. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such approval as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date. In addition, the specifications of Tenant’s Signage (including, without limitation, the dimensions and configuration thereof) shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that such specifications are consistent with Landlord’s sign program for the Project and all applicable Laws. As used herein, the “Project Signage” shall mean all exterior signage for the Project (including, without limitation, signs on the side(s) of the Building facing Lusk Boulevard and/or Barnes Canyon Road (e.g., building-top signage and/or façade signage above the main entrance(s) to the Building) and one or more monument signs), which Project Signage (including the size, location and existence thereof) shall be determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. The construction and installation of Tenant’s Signage shall be performed by Tenant (upon Landlord’s approval thereof), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense subject to the Tenant Improvement Allowance, which may be applied toward the cost of Tenant’s Signage as set forth in the Work Letter Agreement. Prior to installation, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a drawing depicting the design, size, location, specifications, graphics, materials and colors of Tenant’s Signage, all of which shall be consistent with Landlord’s sign program and the Rules and Regulations. Tenant’s Signage shall be subject to any applicable review and approval by the City of San Diego and any other authorities with jurisdiction over the Project, and Tenant shall obtain all applicable permits and authorizations by Governmental Authorities prior to installation of Tenant’s Signage. After installation, Tenant shall maintain Tenant’s Signage in good condition and repair at all times through the Term. Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Signage upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and shall repair any damage caused thereby. The maintenance and removal of Tenant’s Signage shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. All signage rights granted to Tenant under this Lease are personal to the original Tenant named herein, and, except in connection with a Permitted Transfer to a Permitted Transferee, may not be assigned or transferred without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

ARTICLE 38

EXECUTIVE ORDER 13224

Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is not: (a) in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law (defined below); (b) conducting any business or engaging in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person (defined below), including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Prohibited Person; (c) dealing in, or otherwise engaging in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; (d) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (e) a Prohibited Person, nor are any of its partners, members, managers, officers or directors a Prohibited Person. As used herein, “Anti-Terrorism Law” is defined as any Law relating to terrorism, anti-terrorism, money laundering or anti-money laundering activities, including, without limitation, Executive Order No. 13224 and Title 3 of the USA Patriot Act. As used herein “Executive Order No. 13224” is defined as Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing effective September 24, 2001, and relating to “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, or Support Terrorism.” “Prohibited Person” is defined as: (i) a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224; (ii) a person or entity with whom Tenant or Landlord is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (iii) a person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/t11sdn.pdf or at any replacement website or other official publication of such list. “USA Patriot Act” is defined as the “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001” (Public Law 107-56).

 

- 42 -


ARTICLE 39

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY.

ARTICLE 40

TENANT REPRESENTATIONS

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord as of the date hereof and continuing thereafter as follows:

(a)    The execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant will not result in a breach of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default (or a condition that, upon notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under its organizational documents or any indenture, agreement, or obligation by which Tenant is bound, and will not constitute a violation of any Law applicable to Tenant.

(b)    The person executing this Lease on Tenant’s behalf is duly authorized to so act; that Tenant is duly organized, is qualified to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Building is located, is in good standing under the Laws of the state of its organization and the Laws of the jurisdiction in which the Building is located, and has the power and authority to enter into this Lease; and that all action required to authorize Tenant and such person to enter into this Lease has been duly taken.

(c)    Any financial statements provided by Tenant are true, correct and complete in all material respects and do not omit to state a fact that would be material to Tenant’s financial condition. As of the Effective Date of this Lease, there has been no material adverse change in Tenant’s financial condition since Tenant provided such financial statements.

(d)    Tenant is in compliance with all applicable anti-money laundering Laws, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act, and the Laws administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, including, without limitation, Executive Order No. 13224. Tenant is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any person or entity, on the SDN List published by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and Tenant is not a person otherwise identified by any Governmental Authority as a person with whom a U.S. Person is prohibited from transacting business. As of the date hereof, a list of such designations and the text of Executive Order No. 13224 are published under the internet website address www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac.

ARTICLE 41

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

41.1    Environmental Assessments. Tenant hereby acknowledges receipt of the Phase I Environmental Site Assessment dated August 16, 2016, prepared by AES Due Diligence, Inc. regarding the Project (“Original Phase I Assessment”); a copy of the executive summary of the Original Phase I Assessment is attached hereto as Exhibit “H”. The Original Phase I Assessment shall serve as the “baseline” for determining the environmental condition of the Project prior to Tenant’s occupancy thereof. In addition to the surrender obligations set forth elsewhere in this Lease (including, without limitation, Section 15.2 and Article 31), upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall (a) cause a Phase I environmental assessment (or similar non-invasive assessment) of the Project (“Phase I Surrender Assessment”) to be performed and deliver the results thereof to Landlord no later than thirty (30) days following such expiration or earlier termination (but in no event shall the Phase I Surrender Assessment be dated more than ten (10) days prior to such expiration or earlier termination); and (b) if and to the extent recommended by the Phase I Surrender Assessment and consented to by Landlord in writing, cause a Phase II environmental assessment (or similar additional assessment) of the Project (“Phase II Surrender Assessment”) to be performed and deliver the results thereof to Landlord no later than thirty (30) days following the date of the Phase I Surrender Assessment. In addition, Landlord shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to hire, or to cause Tenant to hire, an environmental consultant to conduct a physical inspection of the Project (“Environmental Inspection”) upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, which inspection shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The Phase I Surrender Assessment and any Phase II Surrender Assessment

 

- 43 -


and/or Environmental Inspection, as the same compare to the Original Phase I Assessment, shall be used to, among other things, determine the extent of Tenant’s compliance (or noncompliance) with Section 8.3 above.

41.2    Early Occupancy. Beginning on the Early Occupancy Date (as defined herein), Tenant shall have the right to occupy and use the portion of the Premises outlined on Exhibit “A-III” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, which portion is intended for primarily office use (“Office Premises”), on all of the same terms and conditions of this Lease except as expressly provided herein. The remaining portion of the Premises, which portion is intended for primarily laboratory use, shall be referred to herein as the “Laboratory Premises.” As used herein, the “Early Occupancy Date” shall mean the date upon which the Tenant Improvements in the Office Premises are Substantially Complete in accordance with the Work Letter Agreement. The period between the Early Occupancy Date and the Commencement Date shall be referred to herein as the “Early Occupancy Period.” During the Early Occupancy Period, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Basic Rent, Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes, but Tenant shall be obligated to pay for all utilities provided to the Office Premises during the Early Occupancy Period in accordance with Article 19 above. All other terms and provisions of this Lease shall apply to the Office Premises both during the Early Occupancy Period and thereafter.

41.3    Early Access. Landlord shall permit Tenant and its agents to enter (a) the Office Premises approximately four (4) weeks prior to the Early Occupancy Date and (b) the Laboratory Premises approximately four (4) weeks prior to the Commencement Date (each such period, the “Early Access Period”), for the sole purpose of installing, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (except as expressly set forth in the Work Letter Agreement), its furniture, fixtures, equipment and cabling in such portion of the Premises and as otherwise reasonably necessary to perform any facility validations required by Governmental Authorities for Tenant’s Permitted Use, but in no event shall Tenant’s failure to complete such installations or validations during the Early Access Period extend the Commencement Date. Any such entry shall be in a manner and upon terms and conditions and at times reasonably satisfactory to Landlord’s representative. The foregoing licenses to enter the Office Premises prior to the Early Occupancy Date and the Laboratory Premises prior to the Commencement Date are, however, conditioned upon Tenant’s agents, contractors and their subcontractors and employees reasonably cooperating and not unreasonably interfering with the work being performed by Landlord. If at any time such entry shall unreasonably interfere with the work being performed by Landlord, this license may be withdrawn by Landlord upon twenty-four (24) hours written notice to Tenant. Tenant shall be liable for any damages caused by Tenant’s activities at the Premises except to the extent caused by Landlord’s or Landlord’s contractors’ gross negligence or willful misconduct. Such license is further conditioned upon the compliance by Tenant’s contractors with all requirements imposed by Landlord on third party contractors, including, without limitation, the maintenance by Tenant and its contractors and subcontractors of workers’ compensation and public liability and property damage insurance in amounts and with companies and on forms satisfactory to Landlord, with certificates of such insurance being furnished to Landlord prior to proceeding with any such entry. The entry shall be deemed to be under all of the provisions of this Lease except as expressly set forth in this Section 41.3. During each Early Access Period, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Basic Rent, Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes or costs for electricity, gas or HVAC (provided that Tenant’s usage thereof during such Early Access Period is not excessive). Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any such work being performed by Tenant, the same being solely at Tenant’s risk, except to the extent caused by Landlord’s or Landlord’s contractors’ gross negligence or willful misconduct. All costs and expenses in connection with or arising out of the performance of any work by Tenant during such early entry shall be borne by Tenant, and all payments therefor shall be made by Tenant promptly as they become due. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations and policies governing its work. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and its members, agents, employees, partners, and their respective employees, partners, officers, directors, agents, representatives, successors and assigns, harmless from and against any and all suits, claims, actions, losses, costs, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and claims for workers’ compensation) to the extent arising out of or in connection with any and all work performed by or (excepting the Tenant Improvements or any other work performed by Landlord) on behalf of Tenant or Tenant’s contractors during such early entry (including, but not limited to, claims for breach of warranty, personal injury or property damage), except to the extent caused by Landlord’s or Landlord’s contractors’ gross negligence or willful misconduct. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to settle, compromise, or otherwise dispose of any and all suits, claims, and actions against any of the indemnified parties arising out of or in connection with the work performed by Tenant during any early entry. Tenant shall coordinate such entry with Landlord’s building manager, and such entry shall,

 

- 44 -


except as expressly set forth in this Section 41.3, be made in compliance with all terms and conditions of this Lease and the Rules and Regulations attached hereto.

41.4    Termination Option. Tenant shall have a one (1) time option to terminate this Lease (“Termination Option”) effective on the first day of the sixty-first (61st) month after the Commencement Date (“Termination Date”), provided that (i) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice (“Termination Notice”) of its exercise of the Termination Option, if at all, no more than twelve (12) months and no less than nine (9) months prior to the Termination Date, (ii) Tenant shall not be in default under the terms of this Lease (after the lapse of all applicable notice and cure periods) at the time Tenant delivers the Termination Notice to Landlord or at any time between delivery of the Termination Notice and the Termination Date, and (iii) concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of the Termination Notice to Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a termination fee (“Termination Fee”) which is equal to the sum of the following amounts, all amortized over the Initial Term:

(i)    $1,195,411.86, representing the unamortized balance, as of the Termination Date, of the Initial Allowance;

(ii)    $80,771.07, representing the unamortized balance, as of the Termination Date, of the Additional Allowance, if applicable;

(iii)    $119,450.72, representing the unamortized balance, as of the Termination Date, of the brokerage commissions paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease; and

(iv)    $199,413.24, representing two (2) months of the Basic Rent payable hereunder as of the Termination Date.

Accordingly, as of the date of this Lease, the Termination Fee is estimated to be $1,595,046.89 (including the unamortized Additional Allowance); the actual amount of the Termination Fee shall be specified in the Commencement Letter. The Termination Option is applicable to the original Premises only and shall not apply to any additional or expansion premises in the Project which may become a part of this Lease. The Termination Option is personal to, and may be exercised only by, the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease).

41.5    Roof Rights and Telecommunications Equipment. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to install on the roof of the Building, at its sole cost and expense but at no charge due to Landlord, one (1) satellite dish or one (1) antenna, together with related cables and appurtenances for Tenant’s data transmission network, provided that (i) the dish or antenna, all appurtenant equipment, and all connecting wires and cables on the roof and within the Building risers shall be depicted on plans and specifications showing the size and configuration thereof and such plans and specifications shall be delivered to Landlord for its prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; (ii) any such installation shall be completed in full compliance with any and all rules established for the location of communications installations established by Landlord, all applicable laws, municipal or governmental rules, regulations, permits and approvals, any covenants, conditions or restrictions governing the Premises and/or the Project in effect at the time Tenant desires to install such equipment, and any applicable owners’ association rules, regulations, permits and approvals; (iii) any such installation and the use thereof shall not interfere with the operation of any third party communications installations existing on the roof of the Building at the time Tenant installs its equipment; and (iv) any such installation shall not be visible from view from the ground level or any other lot within the Project to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to vertical access to the roof at no additional cost for the purpose of installing and maintaining its rooftop installation. Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the installation, maintenance and, upon the expiration of the Term or any earlier termination of this Lease, the removal of all of Tenant’s equipment, wires and cables from the roof and all other portions of the Building. Furthermore, Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, prior to each occasion on which Tenant or its agents access the roof. Tenant shall contract solely with Landlord’s roof contractor for any and all rooftop installation and removal.

41.6    Existing Lease. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant hereby acknowledges that, as of the Effective Date, the Premises are subject to a lease agreement (“Existing Lease”) between Landlord and a third party tenant (“Existing Tenant”). Accordingly, this Lease and all obligations of Landlord hereunder (including, without limitation, delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant and construction

 

- 45 -


of the Landlord Work and Tenant Improvements) are conditioned upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Existing Lease and the full vacation of the Existing Tenant from the Premises. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Existing Lease to be terminated as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant in any manner for any failure to so terminate the Existing Lease.

[signatures on following page]

 

- 46 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the date written below.

 

LANDLORD:   6262 LUSK INVESTORS LLC,
  a California limited liability company
  By:   B/L Lusk LLC,
a California limited liability company,
Managing Member
    By:  

/s/ Steve Bollert

    Name:  

Steve Bollert

    Its:  

Managing Member

    Date:  

2-21-2018

TENANT:  

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

  a Delaware corporation
  By:  

/s/ R. Scott Struthers

  Name:  

R. Scott Struthers

  Its:  

CEO

  Date:  

2/16/2018

 

- 47 -


EXHIBIT “A-I”

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT “A-I”

1


EXHIBIT “A-II”

PROJECT SITE PLAN

The following site plan is intended only to show the approximate general outline of the Project, which is subject to change in accordance with the Lease. This site plan is not to be scaled and any measurements or distances shown thereon are approximations only.

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT “A-II”

1


EXHIBIT “A-III”

OUTLINE OF OFFICE PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT “A-III”

1


EXHIBIT “B”

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

THIS WORK LETTER AGREEMENT is entered into as of February     , 2018, by and between 6262 LUSK INVESTORS LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”) and CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S:

A.    Concurrently with the execution of this Work Letter Agreement, Landlord and Tenant have entered into a lease (“Lease”) covering certain premises (“Premises”) more particularly described in the Lease. Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

B.    In order to induce Tenant to enter into the Lease (which is hereby incorporated by reference to the extent applicable) and in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1.    Landlord Work. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense (separate from the Tenant Improvement Allowance), shall cause the following improvements (collectively, “Landlord Work”) to be made to the Premises and/or Common Areas, as applicable:

a.    Replace the following three (3) HVAC units serving the Premises: AC 20, AC 12B and AC 8 (each, a “New HVAC Unit”); and

b.    If deemed to be required by Landlord, install a screen wall outside the exterior shipping and receiving area portion of the Common Area which is adjacent to the Premises near the main entry of the adjacent tenant of the Project; provided, however, that such screen wall shall not give Tenant the right to store any property in such area or in any other portion of the Common Area.

The details and specifications of the Landlord Work shall be determined by Landlord in its sole but commercially reasonable discretion.

2.    Tenant Improvements. Reference herein to “Tenant Improvements” shall include all work to be done in the Premises pursuant to the Space Plan and Construction Documents (defined below), including, but not limited to, partitioning, doors, ceilings, floor coverings, wall finishes (including paint and wallcovering), electrical (including lighting; switching; outlets; telephone, excluding any and all telephone and data wire and cable of any type or kind, including the exclusion of, but not limited to the exclusion of, intrabuilding network telephone and data cable; etc.), plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, fire protection, cabinets and other millwork, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein. The Tenant Improvements shall also include the installation of a 150kW standby emergency power generator, together with any foundation which is reasonably required therefor (collectively, “Generator”); provided, however, that during the Term of the Lease, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be solely responsible for the maintenance, repair and replacement, as necessary, of the Generator.

3.    Tenant Improvement Allowance; Excess Costs. The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be used for the cost of the Tenant Improvements only; provided, however, that Tenant may elect to use a portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance not to exceed Seven and 00/100 Dollars ($7.00) per Rentable Square Foot of the Premises (i.e., $206,493.00) toward Tenant’s cabling, furniture, fixtures and equipment for the Premises prior to Substantial Completion. In the event that the Tenant Improvement Allowance exceeds the cost of the Tenant Improvements, any remaining portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance as of the date of Substantial Completion shall accrue to the sole benefit of Landlord, it being agreed that Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, offset, abatement or payment with respect thereto. Landlord shall be entitled to deduct from the Tenant Improvement Allowance a construction management fee for Landlord’s oversight of the Tenant Improvements in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the total cost of the Tenant Improvements. Any and all amounts incurred by Landlord in connection with the Tenant Improvements in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, and any and all increased costs and expenses incurred by Landlord that arise out of any change requested by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 8 below or any Tenant Delay (defined below), shall be deemed “Excess Costs.” Any and all Excess Costs shall be deemed Rent under the Lease and Tenant shall pay to Landlord such Excess Costs within ten (10) business

 

EXHIBIT “B”

1


days after demand therefor. Tenant’s failure to timely pay any Excess Costs shall constitute a Tenant Default under the Lease. The statements of costs submitted to Landlord by Landlord’s contractors shall be conclusive for purposes of determining the actual cost of the items described therein.

4.    Work Schedule. Landlord and Tenant have approved the work scheduled attached to this Work Letter Agreement as Schedule B-2 (“Work Schedule”) for the planning and completion of the installation of the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in the Premises. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Tenant Improvements will generally be completed in two phases; the Tenant Improvements within the Office Premises will be completed during the first phase and the Tenant Improvements within the Laboratory Premises will be completed during the second phase.

5.    Space Plan. Landlord and Tenant have approved the space plan attached to this Work Letter Agreement as Schedule B-1 (“Space Plan”) for the installation of Tenant Improvements to be constructed in the Premises by Landlord.

6.    Construction Documents. Based upon the approved Space Plan, Landlord’s architect and/or space planner shall prepare final working drawings and/or construction documents for the Tenant Improvements containing architectural drawings and mechanical, plumbing, fire sprinkler and electrical engineering drawings (“Construction Documents”). Landlord shall submit the Construction Documents to Tenant for its review. If Tenant fails to approve the Construction Documents within five (5) calendar days after delivery by Landlord thereof the Construction Documents shall be deemed approved. Landlord’s supervision and/or performance of any work for or on behalf of Tenant or Landlord’s approval of the Space Plan and/or Construction Documents and any revisions thereto shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that such Space Plan and/or Construction Documents or any revisions thereto comply with applicable insurance requirements, building codes, ordinances, laws or regulations or that the Tenant Improvements will be adequate for Tenant’s use. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) Landlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to the design of the Tenant Improvements or any portion thereof; (ii) certain design elements of the Tenant Improvements may increase the risk of injury to persons and/or damage to the Premises and Tenant’s personal property and equipment contained therein; and (iii) any such injury and/or damage shall be subject to the waiver of liability set forth in Sections 20 and 21 of the Lease.

7.    Cost of Space Plan and Construction Documents. The cost of preparing the Space Plan and the Construction Documents, not to exceed one (1) major and one (1) minor revision to the Space Plan with no modifications to the Construction Documents, shall be deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

8.    Changes in Plan and Construction Documents. Any changes requested by Tenant in the Construction Documents or other plans and specifications after approval thereof by Tenant shall be subject to Landlord’s approval and, if approved, shall be prepared at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and any excess costs resulting from such changes shall also be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Furthermore, Tenant shall be liable for any resulting delays in completing the Tenant Improvements and for any increased cost in completing the Tenant Improvements, if any, resulting from such delays. Any such delays shall be “Tenant Delays” and shall impact the Commencement Date of the Lease as provided in Paragraph 12 below.

9.    Standard Tenant Improvements. The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed in accordance with the Construction Documents using only Building standard materials and quantities as established by Landlord from time to time and applied generally to construction of improvements within the Building (“Building Standard Improvements”), except as specifically noted and drawn on the Space Plan.

10.    Non-Standard Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall permit Tenant to deviate from the Building Standard Improvements, provided that (a) the deviations shall not be of a lesser quality than the Standards; (b) the total lighting for the Premises shall not exceed 1.25 watts per Rentable Square Foot; (c) the deviations conform to applicable governmental regulations, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. Section 12101 et seq.), and necessary governmental permits and approvals have been secured; (d) the deviations do not require building service beyond the level normally provided to other tenants in the Building and do not overload the floors; (e) Landlord has determined in its sole discretion that the deviations are of a nature and quality that are consistent with the overall objectives of Landlord for the Building; and (f) the deviations are noted and drawn on the Space Plan.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

2


11.    Construction of Tenant Improvements. After the Construction Documents have been prepared and approved, the final pricing has been approved and a building permit for the Tenant Improvements has been issued, Landlord shall cause its contractor to begin installation of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Documents. Landlord shall cause the Landlord Work and the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in accordance with all applicable Laws. Landlord shall supervise the completion of such work and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to secure substantial completion of the work in accordance with the Work Schedule. The cost of such work shall be paid as provided in Paragraph 3 above. Landlord shall not be liable for any direct or indirect damages as a result of delays in construction beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, inability to secure governmental approvals or permits, governmental restrictions, strikes, availability of materials or labor or delays by Tenant (or its architect or anyone performing services on behalf of Tenant). In the event that increases occur in the cost of the Tenant Improvements due to the requirements of any Governmental Authority as a result of Tenant’s intended use or occupancy, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such increase within five (5) days of Landlord’s notice.

12.    Substantial Completion. The Tenant Improvements (or applicable portion thereof) shall be deemed “Substantially Complete” (and “Substantial Completion” shall be deemed to have occurred) upon the date upon which (i) construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed pursuant to the Construction Documents, with the exception of any minor punch list items and any Tenant fixtures, work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant, and (ii) either (A) Landlord’s architect has certified in writing that the Tenant Improvements (or applicable portion thereof) are Substantially Complete and/or (B) a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy or other equivalent approval from the local governmental authority has been issued permitting occupancy of the Premises (or applicable portion thereof), such as sign off on the building inspection cards. If there shall be a delay in Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements as a result of:

(a)    Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations other than those readily available;

(b)    Tenant’s request to deviate from the Building Standard Improvements;

(c)    Tenant’s changes in the Space Plan or Construction Documents after approval by Tenant;

(d)    Tenant’s failure to timely perform any obligation or provide any approval required of Tenant hereunder; or

(e)    Tenant’s failure to timely pay any Excess Costs;

(each of the foregoing, a “Tenant Delay”), then the Commencement Date of the Term of this Lease shall be the date that the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Complete but for such Tenant Delay, as reasonably determined by Landlord. The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed Substantially Complete notwithstanding the fact that minor details of construction, mechanical adjustments or decorations that do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises remain to be performed (items normally referred to as “punch list” items).

[signatures on following page]

 

EXHIBIT “B”

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Work Letter Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:   6262 LUSK INVESTORS LLC,
  a California limited liability company
  By:   B/L Lusk LLC,
a California limited liability company,
Managing Member
    By:  

/s/ Steve Bollert

    Name:  

Steve Bollert

    Its:  

Managing Member

    Date:  

2-21-2018

TENANT:   CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,
 

a Delaware corporation

  By:  

/s/ R. Scott Struthers

  Name:  

R. Scott Struthers

  Its:  

CEO

  Date:  

2/16/2018

 

EXHIBIT “B”

4


SCHEDULE “B-1”

SPACE PLAN

 

LOGO

 

SCHEDULE “B-1”

1


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE “B-1”

2


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE “B-1”

3


ACCEPTED:                      , 2018

TENANT: CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

BY:

 

/s/ R. Scott Struthers

  
  NAME:  

R. Scott Struthers

  
  TITLE:  

CEO

  

NOTE: Upon signing this Space Plan, all of Tenant’s requirements have been addressed and I have full authority to bind Tenant to this Space Plan. Any changes to this Space Plan after this date shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

SCHEDULE “B-1”

4


SCHEDULE “B-2”

WORK SCHEDULE

 

LOGO

 

SCHEDULE “B-2”

1


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE “B-2”

2


EXHIBIT “C”

FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE TERMS

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE TERMS

To:                                                                                                   Date:                    

Re: Lease Agreement (“Lease”) dated                     , 20    , between 6262 LUSK INVESTORS LLC, a California limited liability company, Landlord, and                     , a                     , Tenant, concerning Suite                      located at 10222 Barnes Canyon Road (f/k/a 6262 Lusk Boulevard), San Diego, California 92121 (“Premises”).

Dear                     :

In accordance with the Lease, we wish to advise and/or confirm as follows (terms with initial capital letters which are not separately defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease):

1. That the Premises have been accepted herewith by Tenant as being Substantially Complete in accordance with the subject Lease and that there is no deficiency in construction.

2. That Tenant has possession of the Premises and acknowledges that under the provisions of the Lease the Term of said Lease shall commence as of                      for a term of                      ending on                     .

3. That in accordance with the Lease, Rent commenced to accrue on                     .

4. If the Commencement Date of the Lease is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in Lease.

5. Rent is due and payable in advance on the first day of each and every month during the Term of Lease. Your Rent checks should be made payable to                      at                                          .

6. The number of Rentable Square Feet within the Premises is              square feet.

7. The number of Rentable Square Feet within the Building is              square feet.

8. Tenant’s Percentage, as adjusted based upon the number of Rentable Square Feet within the Premises, is         %.

9. Tenant elected to use $         of the Additional Allowance. Accordingly, during the Initial Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional $         per month as a component of Basic Rent, which amount represents the Additional Allowance (or portion thereof which Tenant elected to use) amortized over the Initial Term at an annual percentage rate of eight percent (8%). Such payments shall not be subject to any abatement of Basic Rent provided in the Lease (i.e., Tenant shall make such payments during the Abatement Period).

10. The Termination Fee is $        , which is the sum of the following amounts, all amortized over the Initial Term:

(i) $1,195,411.86, representing the unamortized balance, as of the Termination Date, of the Initial Allowance;

(ii) [$80,771.07, representing the unamortized balance, as of the Termination Date, of the Additional Allowance;]

(iii) $119,450.72, representing the unamortized balance, as of the Termination Date, of the brokerage commissions paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease; and

(iv) $199,413.24, representing two (2) months of the Basic Rent payable hereunder as of the Termination Date.

 

EXHIBIT “C”

3


AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

TENANT:         LANDLORD:

 

      6262 LUSK INVESTORS LLC,

 

      a California limited liability company
        By:   

B/L Lusk LLC,

a California limited liability company,

Managing Member

By:  

 

      By:   

 

Name:  

 

      Name:   

 

Its:  

 

      Its:   

 

Date:  

 

      Date:   

 

SAMPLE ONLY

NOT FOR EXECUTION

 

EXHIBIT “C”

4


EXHIBIT “D”

LETTER OF CREDIT TERMS

1.    Within five (5) business days after the Effective Date of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as collateral for the full performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any Tenant Default under this Lease, including, but not limited to, any post lease termination damages under Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code, a standby, irrevocable letter of credit (“Letter of Credit”), in the form attached hereto as Schedule D-1, with a face amount in the Letter of Credit Amount (as defined in Section 1.15 of this Lease), naming Landlord as beneficiary. The Letter of Credit shall be issued by a money-center, solvent and nationally recognized bank, with a branch office in Southern California (unless the Letter of Credit contains a draw-by-fax provision), that will negotiate a letter of credit, and whose deposits are insured by the FDIC (as defined below). The issuing bank shall be acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and shall permit multiple and partial draws on the Letter of Credit. Tenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be continuously maintained in effect (whether through replacement, renewal or extension) in the Letter of Credit Amount through the date (“Letter of Credit Expiration Date”) which is thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Term of this Lease, or any extension thereof. If the Letter of Credit held by Landlord expires earlier than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date (whether by reason of a stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non-renewal given by the issuing bank), Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord. Any renewal or replacement Letter of Credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Exhibit “D” and shall remain in effect (whether through replacement, renewal or extension) in the Letter of Credit Amount through the Letter of Credit Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole but reasonable discretion. The term of the Letter of Credit shall be for at least one (1) year and shall contain an “evergreen clause” that prevents the expiration of the Letter of Credit without due notice from the issuer. The “evergreen clause” shall provide for a period of no less than thirty (30) days notice to Landlord prior to the expiration date or nonrenewal.

2.    Landlord shall have the immediate right to draw up to the then-aggregate face amount of the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time (each of the following being a “Letter of Credit Draw Event”): (a) if such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, beyond applicable notice and cure periods; (b) if Landlord incurs any costs following the expiration or any earlier termination of the Term in connection with its performance of any obligations that Tenant has failed to perform in a timely manner (including, without limitation, under Section 15.2 and Article 31 of this Lease), whether or not a Tenant Default occurs as a result of Tenant’s failure to timely perform such obligations; (c) if the Letter of Credit held by Landlord expires (or is set to expire) earlier than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date (whether by reason of a stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non-renewal given by the issuing bank), and Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, a renewal or substitute Letter of Credit that is in effect and that complies with the provisions of this Lease, including the Letter of Credit Amount required under this Lease (such failure in this clause (c) hereinafter being referred to as a “Renewal Failure”); (d) the occurrence of any event described in Section 25.1.7 of this Lease (whether or not a Tenant Default occurs as a result thereof); and/or (e) if: (i) any of the issuing bank’s Fitch Ratings (or other comparable ratings to the extent the Fitch Ratings are no longer available) have been reduced below a “BBB+” rating, or (ii) there is otherwise a material adverse change in the financial condition of the issuing bank, and Tenant has failed to provide Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit that complies with the provisions of this Lease, including the Letter of Credit Amount required under this Lease, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) (such failure in this clause (e) hereinafter being referred to as an “Issuing Bank Replacement Failure”). No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. In addition, in the event the issuing bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity (as applicable, “FDIC”), and the FDIC does not honor the commitments of such issuing bank, then, effective as of the date such receivership or conservatorship occurs, the Letter of Credit shall be deemed to fail to meet the requirements of this Lease and, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such receivership or conservatorship (“Letter of Credit FDIC Replacement Notice”), Tenant shall replace the Letter of Credit with a substitute letter of credit from a different issuer (which

 

EXHIBIT “D”

1


issuer shall be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion) and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Lease. If Tenant fails to replace the Letter of Credit with a conforming, substitute letter of credit pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 2 as a result of a Renewal Failure or an Issuing Bank Replacement Failure, then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to declare a Tenant Default under this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto (other than the aforesaid notice and ten (10) business day period). Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section 2 or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

3.    Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any Letter of Credit Draw Event. Upon the occurrence of any Letter of Credit Draw Event, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any such Letter of Credit Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s Default under this Lease or other Letter of Credit Draw Event, and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and such Letter of Credit shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that: (a) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the issuing bank, (b) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (c) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and (d) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, and/or there is an event of a receivership, conservatorship or a bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Tenant, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise. If Landlord draws on the Letter of Credit due to a Renewal Failure or an Issuing Bank Replacement Failure and is holding those proceeds of the Letter of Credit before application due to any other Letter of Credit Draw Event (“Letter of Credit Proceeds”) and has not elected to terminate this Lease due to Tenant’s failure to deliver a replacement letter of credit as required under Section 2 above, then Landlord agrees to return to Tenant the Letter of Credit Proceeds, provided that Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease (other than as a result of Tenant’s failure to deliver the replacement letter of credit) concurrently with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of a substitute letter of credit in the Letter of Credit Amount that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Lease (including, in the case of a Letter of Credit Issuing Bank Replacement Failure, a substitute Letter of Credit from a different issuer, which issuer shall be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion). Nothing contained in the immediately preceding sentence shall imply that Landlord waives any right to declare a Tenant Default under this Lease due to Tenant’s failure to provide a replacement letter of credit in accordance with Section 2 above following the occurrence of a Renewal Failure or an Issuing Bank Replacement Failure.

4.    Landlord may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer all or any portion of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, including Landlord’s assignee, successor, transferee or mortgagee and/or to have the Letter of Credit reissued in the name of Landlord’s assignee, successor, transferee or mortgagee. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Building and transfers the Letter of Credit (or any proceeds thereof then held by Landlord) in whole or in part to the transferee, Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties hereto, thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability therefor. The provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of all or any part of the Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and submit to the issuer of the Letter of Credit such applications, documents and instruments as

 

EXHIBIT “D”

2


may be necessary to effectuate such transfer. Tenant shall be responsible to pay any then-applicable transfer fee in connection with such transfer.

5.    Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal of it or any proceeds of it be: (a) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (b) subject to the terms of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, or (c) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7. Landlord and Tenant: (i) further acknowledge and agree that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and California Civil Code Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules, and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”) shall have no applicability or relevancy to the Letter of Credit, and (ii) waive any and all rights, duties, and obligations either party may now or in the future have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

 

EXHIBIT “D”

3


SCHEDULE D-1

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

MUFG Union Bank, N.A.

Trade Service Operations

1980 Saturn Street, V02-906

Monterey Park, California 91755-7417

Attention: Standby Letter of Credit Section

     

Irrevocable Standby Letter

of Credit No.                     

Date: (Current Date)

 

BENEFICIARY       APPLICANT

6262 Lusk Investors LLC

c/o Bollert/LeBeau Inc.

4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 210

La Jolla, CA 92037

     

Crinetics Pharmaceuticals Inc.,

6197 Cornerstone CT E # 111

San Diego, CA 92037

 

Currency:    USD
Amount:    500,000.00 (Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 U.S. Dollars)
Available by:    Payment at this office as herein set forth.
Expiry Date:                         (one year from issuance date) or any automatically extended date as herein set forth at the close of business of this office.

Ladies/Gentlemen:

We hereby issue our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit (“Letter of Credit”) in your favor. This Letter of Credit is available by sight payment with ourselves at MUFG Union Bank, N.A., Trade Service Operations, 1980 Saturn Street, V02-906, Monterey Park, California 91755-7417, Attention: Standby Letter of Credit Section against presentation at this office of the following documentation:

 

  1. A dated statement signed by an authorized officer of the Beneficiary certifying that:

“The undersigned being a duly authorized officer of 6262 Lusk Investors LLC (“Landlord”), hereby demands payment of $         which amount represents and covers monies due and owing to Landlord by Crinetics Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“Tenant”), pursuant to that certain lease agreement dated             , 2018 (the “Lease”) by and between Landlord and Tenant.”

Partial drawings are permitted.

We will honor this Letter of Credit without inquiry as to the accuracy, genuineness or effect of any document presented hereunder for a draw request or the authority of the individual signing the draw request, and irrespective of whether Applicant disputes the content of the draw request. References to the “Lease” are for identification purposes only and any such reference shall not be construed in any manner to require MUFG Union Bank, N.A. (or any subsequent issuer hereof) to inquire into the terms and conditions of the Lease.

This Letter of Credit shall be deemed automatically extended without an amendment for a one year period beginning on the present expiration date hereof                      2018 and upon each anniversary of such date, unless at least thirty (30) days prior to any such expiration date we have sent you written notice by courier service or overnight mail that we elect not to permit this Letter of Credit to be so extended beyond, and will expire on its then current expiry date. No presentation made under this Letter of Credit after such expiry date will be honored. Upon receipt by you of our notice that we elect not to

 

SCHEDULE D-1

1


extend, you may draw against presentation to our office at the address above of the following documentation:

 

1. A dated statement signed by an officer of the Beneficiary stating: “The undersigned being a duly authorized officer of 6262 Lusk Investors LLC (the “Landlord”) hereby represents and warrants that we have received a non extension notice from MUFG Union Bank, N.A. and Crinetics Pharmaceuticals Inc. has failed to provide an acceptable substitute Letter of Credit at least 15 days prior to expiration of Union Bank, N. A. Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit Number                      [L/C Number - to be inserted by Union Bank, Monterey Park at time of L/C issuance.].”

This Letter of Credit shall finally expire on September 1, 2030, if it has not previously expired in accordance with the preceding paragraph.

This Letter of Credit is transferable successively in its entirety only up to the then available amount in favor of any nominated transferee (“Transferee”), assuming such transfer to such Transferee would be in compliance with then applicable law and regulations, including but not limited to the regulations of the U.S. Department of Treasury and U. S. Department of Commerce. At the time of transfer, the original Letter of Credit and original Amendment(s), if any, must be surrendered to us together with our transfer form (available upon request) and payment of our transfer commission. Transfer charges are for account of the Applicant.

This Letter of Credit sets forth in full the terms of our undertaking, and such terms shall not be modified, amended or amplified by any document, instrument or agreement referred to in this Letter of Credit, in which this Letter of Credit is referred to or to which this Letter of Credit relates.

Except as stated herein, this Letter of Credit is not subject to any condition or qualification and is our individual obligation which is in no way contingent upon reimbursement or any right of subrogation. We irrevocably waive any and all rights of subrogation, whether as provided by statute or otherwise, now or hereafter that might, but for such waiver, exist, in respect to this Letter of Credit or any payment we make under it, as to the Applicant, you, or the transaction between you and the Applicant. We further give irrevocable notice that we are not now and will not be the secondary obligor or co-obligor of Applicant’s obligations and liabilities to you for any purpose. Our obligations to you under this Letter of Credit are our primary obligations and are strictly as stated herein.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:

The original of this Letter of Credit must be presented together with the above documents in order to endorse the amount of each drawing on the reverse side and will be returned to the Beneficiary unless it is fully utilized.

All banking charges under this Letter of Credit for the account of the Applicant.

All demands for payment shall be made by presentation of original documents or by facsimile transmission of documents to (323) 720-2773, Attention: Standby Letters of Credit Section. If presentation is made by facsimile transmission, in this case, original documents are not required. Beneficiary may contact the Bank at (323) 720-7957 to confirm receipt of the transmission. Beneficiary’s failure to seek such a telephone confirmation does not affect the Bank’s obligation to honor such a presentation. We shall be entitled to rely thereon as if such facsimile presentation of documents were the original presentation and is in conformity therewith except for the requirement of the original signature. In the event of facsimile presentation, the presentation of the original document(s) will not be required.

We hereby agree with you that document(s) drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this letter of credit will be duly honored upon presentation and delivery to MUFG Union Bank, N.A. at the address above, if presented on or prior to the expiration date. Documents are to be sent in one lot by courier service, overnight mail or hand delivery.

 

SCHEDULE D-1

2


This Letter of Credit is subject to the 2007 revision of the “Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits of the International Chamber of Commerce (Publication No. 600).

 

MUFG Union Bank, N.A

 

Authorized Signature(s)

 

SCHEDULE D-1

3


EXHIBIT “E”

FORM OF TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

This Estoppel Certificate is given to [                    , a                     ] (together with any successors and assigns, collectively, “Landlord”), by [                     a                     ] (“Tenant”), with the understanding that Landlord, its current or prospective lenders and their respective counsel will rely on this Certificate in connection with the real property known as [                    ], located at [                    ] (“Property”). Tenant hereby certifies as follows:

1.    The undersigned is Tenant under that certain lease dated             ,      (“Lease”) executed by Landlord or its predecessor in interest, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant.

2.    Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant has leased a portion of the Property consisting of approximately              leasable square feet (“Premises”).

3.    The commencement date of the term of the Lease is                     .

4.    The expiration date of the term of the Lease is                     .

5.    The annual minimum rent is currently $            , payable monthly in advance on the first day of each calendar month.

6.    No rent has been prepaid except for the current month, and Tenant agrees not to pay rent more than one month in advance at any time.

7.    All rent has been paid through             , 20    .

8.    Tenant does not have any right or option to renew or extend the term of the Lease or to expand into any additional space or to terminate the Lease in whole or in part prior to the expiration of the term except as follows:                                                                                                                   .

9.    The Lease has been duly executed and delivered by, and is a binding obligation of, Tenant (and Guarantor, if applicable), and the Lease is in full force and effect. The Lease is the entire agreement between Landlord (or any affiliated party) and Tenant (or any affiliated party) pertaining to the Premises. A true, correct and complete copy of the Lease, together with any amendments, modifications and supplements thereto, is attached hereto as Exhibit A, and except as attached hereto, there are no amendments, modifications, supplements, arrangements, side letters or understandings, oral or written, of any sort, modifying, amending, altering, supplementing or changing the terms of the Lease.

10.    Tenant has unconditionally accepted the Premises and is satisfied with all the work done by and required of Landlord; Tenant has taken possession and is in occupancy of the Premises and is open for business; rent payments have commenced, and all tenant improvements in the Premises have been completed by Landlord in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Tenant; and as of the date hereof Tenant is not aware of any defect in the Premises.

11.    Except as set forth on Exhibit B attached to this Certificate: Landlord has satisfied all commitments made to induce Tenant to enter into the Lease; there are no offsets or credits against rentals payable under the Lease; no free rent, tenant improvements, contributions or other concessions have been granted to Tenant; Landlord is not reimbursing Tenant or paying Tenant’s rent obligations under any other lease, and Tenant has not advanced any funds for or on behalf of Landlord for which Tenant has a right of deduction from, or set off against, future rent payments.

12.    Except as set forth on Exhibit B attached to this Certificate, Landlord has no obligations to repair or maintain the Premises.

13.    To Tenant’s actual knowledge, all obligations of Landlord under the Lease have been performed, and no event has occurred and no condition exists that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would

 

EXHIBIT “E”

1


constitute a default by Landlord under the Lease. There are no offsets or defenses that Tenant has against the full enforcement of the Lease by Landlord.

14.    To Tenant’s actual knowledge, Tenant is not in any respect in default under the Lease and has not assigned, transferred or hypothecated the Lease or any interest therein or subleased all or any portion of the Premises. Tenant (and Guarantor, as applicable) is not insolvent and is able to pay its debts as they mature. Tenant (and Guarantor, as applicable) has not declared bankruptcy or filed a petition seeking to take advantage of any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up or composition or adjustment of debts, Tenant has no present intentions of doing so, and no such proceeding has been commenced against Tenant seeking such relief, and Tenant has no knowledge that any such proceeding is threatened.

15.    Tenant does not have any right or option to purchase all or any part of the real property of which the Premises constitute a part.

16.    Tenant agrees that no future modifications or amendment of the Lease will be enforceable unless the modification or amendment has been consented to in writing by Landlord.

24.    Tenant has no notice of any assignment of the Lease by Landlord, or any assignment, hypothecation or pledge of rents accruing under the Lease by Landlord, except in connection with prior mortgage financing obtained by Landlord.

17.    Tenant has received no notice by any governmental authority or person claiming a violation of, or requiring compliance with, any applicable federal, state or local law or regulation intended to protect the environment and public health and safety (“Environmental Law”). The Premises are not, and during the term of the Lease have never been used to handle, treat, store, or dispose of oil, petroleum products, hazardous substances in any quantity, hazardous waste, toxic substances, regulated substances or hazardous air pollutants in violation of any Environmental Law.

18.    The person executing this Estoppel Certificate is authorized by Tenant to do so and execution hereof is the binding act of Tenant enforceable against Tenant.

 

Dated:              20         TENANT:
        By:  

 

        Name:  

 

        Title:  

 

Exhibits

 

A –    Complete copy of the Lease, together with any amendments
B –    Exceptions to certifications (Note: If no exceptions are noted on Exhibit B, then the word “none” shall be deemed to have been inserted therein)

SAMPLE ONLY

NOT FOR EXECUTION

 

EXHIBIT “E”

2


EXHIBIT “F”

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1.    Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2.    All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3.    Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in San Diego County, California. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4.    Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5.    The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

6.    No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and the agents of Landlord to prevent same.

7.    The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

8.    Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

EXHIBIT “F”

1


9.    Tenant shall provide material safety data sheets for any Hazardous Material used or kept on the Premises.

10.    Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

11.    Tenant shall not permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

12.    Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals (other than valid service animals), birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

13.    No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable Laws.

14.    Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

15.    Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

16.    Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Building Common Areas or Project Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises. Tenant shall not store any property in the Common Areas or use the Common Areas for any purpose not approved by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion.

17.    Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning provided to the Building Common Areas and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls with respect thereto.

18.    Tenant shall deposit all of its trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials in receptacles within its Premises or in receptacles designated by Landlord outside of the Premises. Tenant shall not place in any such receptacle any material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal. Any Hazardous Materials transported through Common Area shall be held in secondary containment devices provided by Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for Tenant’s removal of its trash, garbage from the Premises to designated receptacles outside of the Premises and the removal of Hazardous Materials from the Premises and the Project pursuant to a separate contract maintained by Tenant. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.

19.    Tenant shall comply with all orders, requirements and conditions now or hereafter imposed by applicable Laws or by Landlord for the Project (“Waste Regulations”) regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash generated by Tenant (collectively, “Waste Products”), including (without limitation) the separation of Waste Products into receptacles reasonably approved by Landlord and the removal of such receptacles in accordance with any collection schedules prescribed by Waste Regulations.

 

EXHIBIT “F”

2


20.    Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any Governmental Authority.

21.    No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the window film on the exterior windows of the Premises and shall promptly repair any such damage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall keep its window coverings closed during any period of the day when the sun is shining directly on the windows of the Premises. Prior to leaving the Premises for the day, Tenant shall draw or lower window coverings and extinguish all lights. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building, Building Common Areas or Project Common Areas.

22.    Tenant must comply with requests by Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to Landlord.

23.    Tenant must comply with any applicable “NO-SMOKING” ordinances. If Tenant is required under the ordinance to adopt a written smoking policy, a copy of said policy shall be on file in the office of the Building.

24.    Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.

25.    Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

26.    No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

27.    No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

28.    Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate, visibly marked and properly operational fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machines or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.

Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Building Common Areas and the Project Common Areas, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Provided that the Rules and Regulations are applied and enforced in a non-discriminatory manner, Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT “F”

3


EXHIBIT “G”

PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS

The following rules and regulations shall govern the use of the Parking Area of the Project:

1.    Except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord shall not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injuries to persons, or loss of property, all of which risks are assumed by the party using the Parking Area. All claimed damage, injuries, or loss must be reported, itemized in writing and delivered to the parking management office located within the Project within ten (10) days after any claimed damage, injuries, or loss occurs. Any claim not so made is waived. In any event, (a) the total liability of Landlord, if any, shall be limited to Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00) for all damages to any vehicle and/or loss of any property, and (b) Landlord shall not be responsible for the loss of use of any vehicle or property.

2.    Tenant shall not park, nor permit Tenant’s Parking Invitees except visitors to park, in any parking areas designated by Landlord as areas for parking by visitors to the Project; nor shall Tenant and/or Tenant’s Parking Invitees park in parking areas designated by Landlord for the exclusive use of tenants or other occupants of the Project. Neither Tenant, nor Tenant’s Parking Invitees, shall leave vehicles in the parking areas overnight or as extended term storage or park any vehicles in the parking areas other than automobiles, motorcycles, motor driven or non-motor driven bicycles or four wheeled trucks.

3.    Parking stickers or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord as a condition of use of the Parking Area shall remain the property of Landlord. Such parking identification device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void. Landlord may charge a fee for parking stickers, cards or other parking control device supplied by Landlord.

4.    Vehicles must be parked entirely within painted stall lines of a single parking stall.

5.    All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

6.    The speed limit within all parking areas shall be five (5) miles per hour.

7.    Parking is prohibited:

(a)    in areas not striped for parking;

(b)    in aisles;

(c)    where “no parking” signs are posted;

(d)    on ramps;

(e)    in cross-hatched areas;

(f)    in loading areas; and

(g)    in such other areas as may be designated by Landlord or Landlord parking operator.

8.    Every parker is required to park and lock his own vehicle.

9.    Loss or theft of parking identification devices must be reported to Landlord immediately, and a lost or stolen report must be filed by Tenant or user of such parking identification device at the time. Landlord has the right to exclude any car from the Parking Area that does not have an identification device.

10.    Any parking identification devices reported lost or stolen found on any unauthorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution.

11.    Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicle in any area not specifically reserved for such purpose is prohibited.

 

EXHIBIT “G”

1


12.    The parking operators, managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these rules and regulations.

13.    Tenant’s and Tenant’s Parking Invitees’ continued right to use any parking spaces in the Parking Area is conditioned upon Tenant, and Tenant’s Parking Invitees, abiding by these rules and regulations and those contained in this Lease. Further, if this Lease terminates for any reason whatsoever, Tenant’s, and Tenant’s Parking Invitees’, right to use the parking spaces in the Parking Area shall terminate concurrently therewith.

14.    Tenant agrees to sign a parking agreement with Landlord or Landlord’s parking operator within five (5) days of request, which agreement shall provide the manner of payment of monthly parking fees, if any, and otherwise be consistent with this Lease and these rules and regulations.

15.    Landlord reserves the right to refuse the sale of monthly stickers or other parking identification devices to any tenant or person and/or his agents or representatives who willfully refuse to comply with these rules and regulations or any posted or unposted Laws.

16.    Landlord reserves the right to establish and change parking fees (except to the extent that same are specifically fixed pursuant to Section 1.8) and to modify and/or adopt such other reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations for the Parking Area as it deems necessary for the operation of the Parking Area. Nothing herein shall require Landlord to charge a uniform monthly parking fee for the use of vehicle parking spaces in the Project, it being expressly acknowledged and agreed that parking fees may differ based on any factor deemed sufficient by Landlord, including without limitation the degree of a particular tenant’s participation in energy and/or traffic management programs of the type described in Section 8.2(a) of this Lease. Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates these rules to park in the Parking Area, and any violation of the rules shall subject the car to removal, at such car owner’s expense.

17.    A third party may own, operate or control the Parking Area, and such party may enforce these Parking Rules and Regulations relating to parking. Tenant will obey any additional rules and regulations governing parking that may be imposed by the parking operator or any other person controlling the Parking Area serving the Project.

18.    Tenant will be responsible for the observance of all of the Parking Rules and Regulations by Tenant (including, without limitation, all employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests).

19.    Landlord may, from time to time, waive any one or more of these Parking Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a continuing waiver of such Parking Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Parking Rules and Regulations against Tenant or any or all of the tenants of the Project.

20.    These Parking Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the other terms, covenants, agreements, and conditions of this Lease. To the extent there is any conflict between any of the Parking Rule and Regulations and any express term or provision otherwise set forth in this Lease, such other express term or provision will be controlling.

 

EXHIBIT “G”

2


EXHIBIT “H”

PHASE I ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ASSESSMENT

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT “H”

1


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Abandonment, 29   

Landlord, 1

ADA, 12   

Landlord Default, 32

Additional Allowance, 2   

Landlord Indemnified Parties, 25

Additional Rent, 6   

Landlord Work. See Exhibit B

Alterations, 18   

Landlord’s Accountant, 11

Annual Reconciliation, 10   

Landlord’s Address, 1

Anti-Terrorism Law, 42   

Landlord’s Fair Market Rental Value Notice, 5

Assignment, 33   

Laws, 12

Basic Rent, 2   

Lease, 1

Broker(s), 2   

Leasehold Improvements, 19

Building, 1   

Letter of Credit. See Exhibit D

Building Area, 2   

Letter of Credit Amount, 2

Building Common Areas, 3   

Letter of Credit Draw Event. See Exhibit D

Building Standard Improvements. See Exhibit B   

Letter of Credit Expiration Date. See Exhibit D

Building Systems, 19   

Letter of Credit FDIC Replacement Notice. See

Claims, 23   

Exhibit D

Commencement Date, 2   

Letter of Credit Proceeds. See Exhibit D

Common Areas, 3   

Major Alteration, 19

Comparable Transactions, 5   

Material Landlord Maintenance Failure, 32

Consent Instrument, 35   

Memorandum of Lease Terms, 4

Construction Documents. See Exhibit B   

New HVAC Unit. See Exhibit B

Control, 33   

Notice, 16

Controlling, 33   

Notice of Default, 31

Default Rate, 7   

Office Premises, 44

Discount Rate, 31   

Operating Expenses, 7

Dispute Notice, 11   

Option, 4

Early Access Period, 44   

Option Term, 4

Early Occupancy Date, 44   

Original Phase I Assessment, 43

Early Occupancy Period, 44   

Original Tenant, 4

Effective Date, 1   

Outline of Premises, 2

Environmental Inspection, 43   

Outside Agreement Date, 5

Estimated Statement, 10   

Outside Delivery Date, 6

Excess Costs. See Exhibit B   

Parking Area, 37

Executive Order No. 13224, 42   

Permitted Alterations, 19

Existing Lease, 45   

Permitted Transfer, 36

Existing Tenant, 45   

Permitted Transferee, 36

Expiration Date, 4   

Permitted Use, 2

Fair Market Rental Value, 5   

Phase I Surrender Assessment, 43

FDIC. See Exhibit D   

Phase II Surrender Assessment, 43

Force Majeure, 40   

Premises, 1

Generator. See Exhibit B   

Prime Rate, 7

Governmental Authority, 7   

Prohibited Person, 42

Hazardous Material, 15   

Project, 3

Hazardous Material Laws, 15   

Project Common Areas, 3

Holder, 36   

Project Signage, 42

HVAC, 21   

Project Site, 3

Initial Allowance, 2   

Project Site Plan, 3

Initial Notice, 32   

Property Manager, 19

Initial Term, 1, 4   

Proposed Transferee, 33

Institutional Owner Practices, 8   

Real Property Taxes, 9

Interest Rate, 8   

Recapture Notice, 34

Issuing Bank Replacement Failure. See Exhibit D   

Reimbursements, 10

Laboratory Premises, 44   

Reminder Notice, 32

 

Index of Defined Terms

i


Renewal Failure. See Exhibit D    Tenant’s Address, 1
Rent, 6    Tenant’s Parking Invitees, 37
Rentable Square Feet, 1    Tenant’s Percentage, 2, 9
Review Notice, 11    Tenant’s Personal Property, 20
Rules and Regulations, 39    Tenant’s Reserved Vehicle Parking Spaces, 1
Scheduled Commencement Date, 2    Tenant’s Signage, 42
SEC, 39    Term, 4
Security Deposit, 2    Termination Date, 45
Security Deposit Laws. See Exhibit D    Termination Fee, 45
Security Instruments, 36    Termination Notice, 45
SIR, 26    Termination Option, 45
Space Plan. See Exhibit B    Total Destruction, 28
Sublease, 33    Transfer, 33
Substantial Completion. See Exhibit B    Transfer Date, 33
Substantially Complete. See Exhibit B    Transfer Instrument, 35
Supplemental Equipment, 20    Transfer Notice, 33
Taking, 29    Transferee, 35
Tenant, 1    Upper Slab, 24
Tenant Default, 29    USA Patriot Act, 42
Tenant Delay. See Exhibit B    Waste Products. See Exhibit F
Tenant Estoppel Certificate, 37    Waste Regulations. See Exhibit F
Tenant Improvement Allowance, 2    Work Letter Agreement, 3
Tenant Improvements. See Exhibit B    Work Schedule. See Exhibit B
Tenant Party, 13   

 

Index of Defined Terms

ii


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is entered into as of March 27, 2018 (“Effective Date”), by and between 6262 LUSK INVESTORS LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with reference to the facts set forth in the Recitals below.

RECITALS

A.    Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of February 21, 2018 (“Lease”), for certain Premises known as Suite 200 within the Project located at 10222 Barnes Canyon Road, San Diego, California 92121, as more particularly described in the Lease.

B.     Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease, as more fully provided below.

AMENDMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals above, the mutual covenants and conditions below, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.    Energy Improvements. The “Landlord Work,” as that term is defined in the Work Letter Agreement, shall include an upgraded electrical system, a solar electricity system and an energy management system for the Building.

2.    Basic Rent. Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the contrary, the Basic Rent schedule shall be as follows:

 

Months of

Initial Term

 

Basic Rent per Rentable

Square Foot ($/mo)

 

Monthly Installments of

Basic Rent ($/mo)

 

Annual
Basic Rent ($/yr)

1-12*

  $3.12   $92,036.88   $1,104,442.56

13-24

  $3.12   $92,036.88   $1,104,442.56

25-36

  $3.28   $96,756.72   $1,161,080.64

37-48

  $3.38   $99,706.62   $1,196,479.44

49-60

  $3.48   $102,656.52   $1,231,878.24

61-72

  $3.58   $105,606.42   $1,267,277.04

73-84

  $3.69   $108,851.31   $1,306,215.72

 

* Provided that Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, monthly installments of Basic Rent shall be abated by fifty percent (50%) during months two (2) through five (5) of the Initial Term pursuant to the term and conditions of Section 5.1 of the Lease.

 

1


3.    Defined Terms. Unless otherwise specifically defined in this Amendment, terms with initial capital letters in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as such terms have in the Lease.

4.    Interpretation. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that each of them, and their respective professional advisors, have reviewed this Amendment and that the provisions of this Amendment shall not be construed against either party. The rule of construction that ambiguities are to be construed against the party drafting the agreement shall not apply to the interpretation of this Amendment and is waived.

5.    Counterpart Execution. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

6.    Continued Effect. Except as specifically modified by this Amendment, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

[signatures on following page]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to Lease Agreement as of the Effective Date.    

 

LANDLORD:  

6262 LUSK INVESTORS LLC,

a California limited liability company

  By:  

B/L Lusk LLC,

a California limited liability company,

Managing Member

    By:  

/s/ Steven Bollert

    Name:  

Steven Bollert

    Title:  

Managing Member

TENANT:  

CRINETICS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  By:  

/s/ Marc Wilson

  Name:  

Marc Wilson

  Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

 

3